Documente Academic
Documente Profesional
Documente Cultură
y
y +
x
y
z
yz z + b = 0
z =
xz
E
y
+
=
+
+
b
0
3
z
,33
y +
= 1
( +
x
z
y
3
z
r
r r
x
z =
10 5
+ b = 0
t (n ) =n
3
)
z
,
E
3
=
( +
323x1 a r4ax 2
4ax 2 z
2,31
x
n ) = 0 2 x1 a
10 5
(
x
1
t
=
n
xy
0
x +
8
xz y =
4ax 2 2ax1 x +
z )=
+
=
+
b
0
10 5
4
ax
2
ax
2
2
1x
y =
G
x
y
z
x
,
y =
3
2 2
1
4,
+
8 (2 x1a )(2ax1 ) 16
2 2
x(22ax a=0 )(2ax )2,16
10 5
xy
x xy
1 xyzy = 1 1 2 x1 a5x120a 5=40ax 2 348
y =
y
10 6
=0
2
2
+
+
+G2by = 0 2
4,13
(4ax 2+) +
=
(
)
2
x
a
1
x
y
x =
x
y (2 x1xaz ) =xy(4=ax02 )x41 ax 2 2ax1
48
dx1 t
0 5
x
1
=
y
2
2
2
x
a
4
ax
E x 10 6
1
2
(2x11 a==2 xd1)(
xy y
a 41ax2 ) 16 x 2 a = 0
1yz +
2 x1 a = 4ax
xz
z
=xb4ax
2 + 2
t 2ax
+
+
X1 x1
+
=
G
x
a
0
=
+
t
1
2
z
=
y
y = 1
y2 2 x1za 4ax 2 0 ( =02x )a2 +
x1
x =l2n1
x
x
y
y + 4ax2 x
2
x
a
4
ax
=
1
(
)
2
1
2
x
2
x
a
4
ax
2
1
2
= t
=
z =
0
E
dt
E
dx2
Xx
t
y x(4ax 2 2ax1 3,3
yz
xz
33
0
1 1=2 x1 a 4ax 2 x1 =
ln 1
=
d
+
+
z = 1
t
r
1
x =+
=
y
X
x22 x1 a = 4ax 2
10 52 2 t (n ) = n X
y +
1xexp t y
t
2
=
(
)(
)
16 x a
0
1 2 x a z ) =2ax1
E z
0 2t + 3
E lyn2=x22 x1 a + 4axz2 = 3
2 2xx1 =a X 2 4ax
dt
1
x
=
,33
3
( = ln
= 1
X3
2
1182)2 1 exp t
3
+2x1 a )2 = (,43ax
x (
=0
z
X2
2t=+ 13
r
x + 2t +
10 5
1
x
5
0
l
4
ax
2
ax
n
t(
y
2
1
l
n
)
G xy =
z
E
==ln4
=
z
3
2 x1 a r4axr2
2
2,5 X
,3 +2 ( 1= )(
r r
+ 1b =)0 16 x 22 a 2 = 0 +xb
,31
1
8 3 2xln1a = 22xax
x
1
10 25x21a = 24t4ax
=
0
+
=
y
x
8
+
a
4
ax
1
1
2
0 6 23 2
10 5
2
y
G xy = x1
=
G xy =
(2 x1 a ) = (4ax 2x )
0 dx
4,3
2,5
t
2 = X
2
1
48
r
x
1
r
2
=
y
1
t
+
=
5
0+ b = 0
1 = 23x1 a 14ax 2
10 6
x
dt
X1 x1
2 x a = 4ax
G xy = x1
y =
2 x1 a 4a
0
ln x1 1 x + 2 xy +2 xz= 2+x1 ab+=4ax
0 x2
0xz dx W.
xy
V.
Chaves
t
= t
x x 0x= 2+1 Eduardo
+ 1b = 0
+
y
4ax 2 2ax1
z
y
dx2
X1
t
x
2 x1 a
zX x =x dt
x
xy
x
=
dt
=
G
1
1
x (
xy r 1 y X1exyzp t
y =
X 2 x2
0
2 )(2a2
l
0
r
n
x1 a4ax
2
+ by = xy
x + +b = 0 +
0 + y + xyz2 +
bx =0 xy 2x1xza =4tax
0 2t +13
2
l
d
2
=
X
yt+
y
x z
x3 = X x
+ b1 =20x a
+
x =x1
y
x z x2=
1
(2x1a=)02 =
x
z4ax 2 x2(ax
3
dty
x
X 2 = ln 2
E x
1
t
x
+3
X2
E
ln 3z + b =2x0xz1 a yz 4ax
z2 2 xy0 2t +3y
xz +x yz
+
(2x1 a=)
z
y = 1
bx)(
4
+= 0b z += 0 + (yz2 x+1 aln
+
+
y + y = 1
22
a1
x3 = X
y y +z
=2x01ax
x
r1 rxx
y
=
z =
= 2X y 2ax
y
x
E y
X ln
2 1 z 3x
3E
, x yxy xz xz+==b = 0 42 ax
(z2 x1 a 2)2= 2(4xaxa 22)t 2+
(
2
3
2 x=1 a 1 4ax
t
+
+
=
+
+
b
3
0
3
1
2
,
1
E
x
33x 3(2 x a 3)(2ax ) 16 x2 ayz2 = 0
3 y ( zr n
z
x =+0 z = 1x
1
( )
xz
z
1
1
2
5 x +t
r
0
n
n
+
+
+
=
b
1
( )
4Eax 2 2ax1
0
1
0 5
z )=
=
z
2
4a
2 x1 a
1
2
z =
Eby2=,y30
+
+
xy
= (12x x=1 a 1 )(2axx 1 + )xy 16= x 221a 2,3=108 +x +
3
3
y
2
1
z
1 r
2
1
+
+ 10x ++5 b = 0
)2 = (4ax )2 = G x
G(2 xx1yaE= 2
= n
4,3 y = 2 yz y E=x 4 y 2xz1 a z =)x=4ax 2 10=52 x a t+(n4)ax
x5
2
,
xz
4
z
2
xy = 1
1
2 (2 x1 a )(2a
2
10 5y xy+ =1 = 8 1 +,5 1 + + b,z3z4=80
y = 1
,31
2x1ax 04ax62y 0 xy5 =z 1 xy
y 10
yz
+
6
x
8
G x2yEx1=a x1 = 4ax 2 Gz =
1 5
+
+ by = 0
(2 x1 a )2 =
+
0 y dx t x =12 =xy32,=x10a +x14ax 2
0
x
y
x
=
3
z
G x
xy = 1
1(
4,3
z = 1
=xxy+d= 1E 33 1dx1 = t r (n ) y = 2,5
5
x
x
t
x
0
1
X
y =dtt =xz n
2 x1 a = 4
G xyE = 1 1 Gz )
1
yz
x
z
5
0 + b = 0 8 10 6
4ax
x111 a21
+
+
xy = ln 2Xx
0y = 1 =
0 z x2
2
x
x
a
4
ax
+
y
0
l
0
G
n
=
1
2
1
2
x
x
0
= 0 1=y 0 =z
,31 Xx2 = t
yx
dx
xy = 1
t
+
x
8
z
4
ax
2
ax
dx t t
= 1
2
E y 1d1x02xy524=ax
(+ = t12dt3,323ax3x11=XX1xeXx1p1 =t2r 2dt= x1 = X + br = 0r
G xy =X 2 x2 =z = y d1t =
4,
X 2x x2(2x1 aG )(
1
2,5
x 1 ex p t
2 a(n
=)(12ax10)1516
3
(2 x a xy2ax
) x16
0 2t +
x )2 a02 =
0
xy = 1
x3 = X 10 5 E 3z 48 x1ln x2 z)0 =21t+ 23 0 1x2 2 ln x0t2 2 = n ln 1 =
r0=XX
3
rx1 a=ln2), = (24ax 2 )dx 2 t
(620
X 1 t
x = 1
G xy = x1 x3y = 1
3t1+)8 = (4ax22 ) X = ln
b
=
23 (2 x1 a 2
+
x
3
0 dx
x
2
=
d
t
2
+
=
t
t
1
1X 20 lxn5231 = 2 x1 a 4ax 2 3 ln
X1 E
e
tx
2= 1
1
x
y
p
=+2 x1 a 4ax 2 3
1
=0
x =
= G
=
0 21t
x1=a2
x xy y = xz1 x =
dt y
3
x
2,5 2
x41,a34 4=axx24ax
X1 x1
x
l
n
G xy =
=
+
2
2+ =
x+ = X + 2bEx = 0x y +
X 22 2 = +
24 ax
8 3 = X 3 2 22 x=1 a2 x1 4aax
ln1 0x15
0 x2 xy = 01
10 6
Xt 2+1x ln x 2=ty +1 2 E
z 2 y t+
=
3
3 ln
y = 31 1(
dx2 Gt xy = x1 X1 xy t
xy E
0 dxx + t + xz + bx == 0
x1 a 4ax 2
zy = x1
+
x
yz
=
d
t
1
x
1x
1
X1 exp t
+
+ +E b y y
=0 x
r
r
X 2 yx2=
=
x
y
z
(2
x = 1
x
x1 a + 4ax 2
y +
dt
+ b = 0 x y = 1y Ez x=z z 1
0 2t +
X
x
x3 = X G xy = 30 1 1xy ln0x2y
z
l
n
Exy = y1E x + = 3x
E x
x2
= ln yz + b 1 = =0
+
+
X
dx
t
+
x
+
y
l
=
y
n
x y xy = z1 2,
=
dt
3 x1 r= Xr e tz
5 z ) = x +
E x
X 2 x2
Exy = z 1
E
y+b = 01 xp
=
yz
2
3
(x2 = X 2 ,33
z
xz 0+ t + 3 +
xz 20= 1
+ lnbz =
x Gxx =+xy1 = 2 0 5 2,3
3
y = 1
x
1
G
2
=
y + x3 = X
y
x
,5
r
+
x
y
1
y
z
3 t + 1 10 xy5 = 1t=(n0) E
3x
t 10 5
=dy
n
X 2 E= ln 2t +
z =
x
)
E y
z
=
x
x
G
1
=
y = xy1 =
x
z 3
3,33
(
ln 3 2,3
r= 1r
2,G
x1= 4d,3
y
=
5
1
x
t4yt8+
3
z b = 0
1 5
xy = 118 G
xy = 1
r
x +
xy =y =10 X15 01
x +
n
x
(
)
01
t = n
xy
1x0y =5 21 0 E x2
z )=
= d
E z
=bx20x==y X
y
G xy = x + x + +xyy +=xz+xzb+xG
x1
=
2
x
t
2
X
0
d
t
G
(
x
1
t
1
0
+
4
x
2
x
y
z
=
y
,
,
2
d
1
3
,
t
1
5x
z3 = x1
y
18
0 x2 = xdt0+
xyz=341
= 1
x +
xy = 1
8
0 5
=X x
10 5
1 6
y =
x22t +t z
G xy = xyx1+xy y + y yz+yzGb yx=y 00= X1 x1E 2z dt2 d0
4
G
xy xy = xz2,
0
0
= l3nd
+
+
+
=
b
0
,
0
x
1
348
5+ b x = 0
x =
y
x dx1 yt x z
xy x2= 1
3 = X
1 +
1
X 2 x2x +
x
=
x
1
=
y
1
x
y
x
3
0 5
z
dx2 t
X
10 6 E
z
y
0 y2t +
X x = dt
x G
G =xy = xdt =
G xy = x1
E
1
yz
1
x
x
xz
z
=
y
1
23,5 X 3
y 0 yz dx t
0 x2 +xz +0 +yz + + z bl+nz=bx10=xy 0=X 2 1x2
y =
y +
z = t
5
2
y = 1
t
+ 3 10
+
+1 =b y = 0
x
y
z
0
+
y
z X 1
dx2x t y
ln
x
z
x3G=
x y
E
dt
=
Xx1 z x1
y
z
X 3y = x1 =x1
E y(
3,3=33 =
x
y =
d
t
0
0
X
0
l
n z 1= 1
dx1 expt t
X x32,3
(+
33
x
1
)]
ij =
X 0
0
2X
0
X 0
2 3
l
2X
00
l2 3
X 2
X 2 X
0
2
l2
2
2
0
l
2
l
ij =
3
X
2X
l 2
X
0
l 2 3
X
2X
2X
2 3
0
2 3
0
0
ij =
X 2
3
X 2
l2
0
3
X 0
X l
2X
0
2X
2 3
l
l 2 3
0
X 2
X
2
l2
3
l 2
X
2X
0
ij =
l 2 3
X 0
2X
0
2 3
l
X 2
X
2
2
l
3
2
X l
2X
l 2 3
)]
[ [
[ [
( (
)] )]
)]
=
0
ij
() ( )
)]
)]
) ( )[
[(
[(
[
(
)
[ ( )[
[ (
[
[ ( )]
( )]
[
]
(
[)]
(
)]
=
0
ij
0
ij =
0 0
0
ij =
X
2X
0 0
Xl 2 0 3
X 22 X3
0
l
32
X
2
l 2
X 2 20 3
3
X l X 2
l2
3
2lX32
2
X
l
2X
l 2 3
ij
X 0
2X
3
2
0
l ij =
0
X
2
0
3 0
X
2
X 0
ij 2=
X3
l
2X
00 0l 2 2 X
3
X
2
l
X 2 l 2 3
2 XX
0
0
X 2
l 22 X3332
3
X
l
2
X
2
2
2
3
l
0
3
X 2
2
l 2
3
X l
X
2
l2
2X
23 X
2
l 2 3
X ll 2 3
2X
l 2 3
2
2
=
0
X 2
3
2
X l
2X
l 2 3
l
X 2
3
l2
] ) ( )
)]
)]
=
0
) ( )
([ )
(( )
)] [
)] [
(
] [
]
[
(
)]
(
)]
)] [
]
(
(
)]
)]
[
]
(
[
)]
)
[
]
(
( )
( )
( )
)]
( )
X 0
2X
2 3
l
X 2
X
2
l2
3
2
X l
2X
l 2 3
CONTINUUM
MECHANICS
(
[
)]
ij
ij
BY MEANS OF
=
0
X 0
2X
2 3
l
0
X 2
X
2
l2
3
2
X l
2X
l 2 3
X l
2X
)]
SOLVING PROBLEMS
X
2
)]
)]
2
l
X 2
3
l2
)]
II
Nomenclature
III
IV
Presentacin
s
anic
mec
h
dif
fu
sio
Flu
x
Flu
ids
n-
Soil
Co
nv
ec
tio
er
transf
t
a
e
H
Presentation
s
lic
u
a
dr
y
H
Structure
s
am
e
B
Plate
ds
i
l
So
IBVP and Numerical Treatment
Constitutive equations
Tensors
VI
Abbreviations
VII
Contents
Contents
VIII
Abbreviations
Abbreviations
IBVP
BVP
FEM
BEM
FDM
Latin
i.e.
et al.
e.g.
etc.
Q.E.D.
v., vs.
viz.
id est
et alii
exempli gratia
et cetera
Quod Erat Demonstrandum
versus
vidilicet
that is
and the others
for example
and so on
which had to be demonstrated
versus
namely
+
2
Tr ()
() T
() 1
() T
() sym
() skew
() sph
() dev
[[]]
det()
D
&
Dt
cof ()
Adj()
Tr ()
:
2
grad()
div ()
I , II , III
r
1
I
I sym I
Macaulay bracket
Euclidian norm of
trace of ()
transpose of ()
inverse of ()
inverse of the transpose of ()
symmetric part of ()
antisymmetric (skew-symmetric) part of ()
spherical part of ()
deviatoric part of ()
module of
jump of
scalar product
determinant of ()
material time derivative of ()
cofactor of ;
adjugate of ()
trace of ()
double scalar product (or double contraction or double dot product)
Scalar differential operator
tensorial product
gradient of
divergence of
vector product (or cross product)
first, second and third principal invariants of the tensor
vector
unity vector
Second-order unit tensor
fourth-order unit tensor
symmetric fourth-order unit tensor
SI-Units
SI-Units
length
mass
time
temperature
velocity
acceleration
energy
force
pressure, stress
frequency
thermal
conductivity
mass density
Prefix
pico
nano
micro
mili
centi
deci
m - meter
kg - kilogram
s - second
K - kelvin
m
s
m
s2
J = Nm - Joules
N - Newton
N
Pa 2 - Pascal
m
1
Hz Hertz
s
W
mK
kg
m3
Symbol
10 n
10 12
10 6
m
c
d
10 9
10 3
10 2
10
electric current
amount of substance
luminous intensity
A - ampere
mol - mole
cd - candela
J = Nm - Joules
power
J
W watt
s
permeability
m2
dynamic viscosity
Pa s
kg
m2s
J
m2s
J
m3
mass flux
energy flux
energy density
Prefix
kilo
Mega
Giga
Tera
Symbol
10 n
10 3
M
G
10 6
1012
10 9
XII
Physical Constants
Newtonian constant of gravitation: G = 6.67384 10 11
m3
kg s 2
m
m
Speed of light in vacuum: c = 299 792 458 300 000 000
s
s
Nomenclature
Nomenclature
r r
r r
A( X , t ) a ( X , t )
r r
a ( x, t )
B0
B
B
r r
b( x , t )
Ce
Elasticity tensor
Elasticity matrix (Voigt notation)
Inelasticity tensor
Cauchy deformation tensor
Calor especfico a volumen constante
Calor especfico a presin constante
Cohesion
cc
Solute concentration
DV
Dilation
D
r
dA
r
da
dV
Rate-of-Deformation tensor
Area element vector in the reference configuration
Area element vector in the current configuration
Volume element
[C ]
in
C
c
Cv
Cp
m
s2
m
s2
N
m3
J
sK
J
kg s K
Pa
Pa
Pa
Pa
mol
m3
m
m
m2
m2
m3
XIV
E
e i
i , j, k
G
H
Shear modulus
Biot strain tensor
Total entropy
r
HO
Angular momentum
Jacobian determinant
r
J ( X , t)
r
j ( x, t )
r
J
Diffusion tensor
Kinetic energy
r
L
Linear momentum
m
M
Mass
Mandel stress tensor
Outward unit normal to the boundary (current
configuration)
Outward unit normal to the boundary (reference
configuration)
r
p
P
p
r r
q( x , t )
Q
Q
r
r ( x, t )
Orthogonal tensor
Thermal work
Radiant heat constant, or heat source (per unit mass)
m
m
m
m
Pa
m
m
Pa
J
K
kgm 2
= Js
s
m3
m3
m
m
m
m
mol
m2s
W
J
=
mK smK
J
kg m
s
m
sm
kg
Pa
N
m3
Pa
Pa
J
m2s
J
J
kg s
XV
NOMENCLATURE
R
S
Entropy flux
T
r r
t (n) ( x , t , n )
r (N )
t0
r
T ( x, t )
t
t0 t = 0
K
s
s
J
=W
s
J
kg
r r
r r
V ( X , t) v ( X , t)
r r
v ( x, t )
w int
r
X
r
x
Stress power
ij
1 , 2 , 3
Kronecker delta
Principal strains (infinitesimal strain)
Unit Extension
ijk
Pa
Pa
r
V ( x, t )
J
kg s m 2
Pa
U&
r r
u( x , t )
r r
u( X , t )
r
U( X , t )
Pa
Specific entropy
Bulk modulus
m
s
m
s
m rad
=
ms
s
J
=W
s
m
m
1
K
m
m
m
m
m
m
J
kg K
Pa
XVI
Thermal diffusivity
Stretch
Lam constants
Poissons ratio
0 (X )
r
( x, t )
1
Specific volume
r
N
r
S
m
1 , 2 , 3
r
oct
r
oct
max
( ) = e
m2
s
m
m
Pa
kg
m3
kg
m3
kg
m3
kg
m3
m3
kg
Pa
Pa
Pa
Pa
Pa
Pa
Pa
Pa
J
kg
J
m3
J
m3
Useful Formulas
Some Trigonometric Identities
sin( ) = sin( ) cos( ) cos( ) sin( )
cos( ) = cos( ) sin( ) m sin( ) sin( )
1
cos( ) cos( ) = [cos( + ) + cos( )]
2
1
sin( ) sin( ) = [cos( ) cos( + )]
2
1
sin( ) cos( ) = [sin( + ) + sin( )]
2
1
cos 2 ( ) = [1 + cos(2 )]
2
1
sin 2 ( ) = [1 cos(2 )]
2
+
cos( ) + cos( ) = 2 cos
cos
2 2
+
cos( ) cos( ) = 2 sin
sin
2 2
m
sin( ) sin( ) = 2 sin
cos
2 2
cos 2 ( ) + sin 2 ( ) = 1
sin( )
cos( )
1
sec( ) =
cos( )
1
cos( )
=
cot( ) =
tan( ) sin( )
tan( ) =
sec2 ( ) + tan 2 ( ) = 1
sin( x)
=1
x 0
x
lim
1 cos( x)
=0
x 0
x
lim
XVIII
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Trigonometric_identity
a
)
+
( x a ) 3 + L (Taylors series)
x
2! x 2
3! x 3
n(n 1) 2
x +L ;
( x < 1) (binomial series)
(1 + x) n = 1 + nx +
2!
1
1
exp x = 1 + x + x 2 + x 3 + L
2!
3!
1 3 1 5
Ln(1 + x) = x x + x L
3!
5!
1
1
cos( x) = 1 x 2 + x 4 L
2!
4!
1 3 1 5
sin( x) = x x + x L
3!
5!
1 2 1 4
cosh( x) = 1 + x + x + L
2!
4!
1
1
sinh( x) = x + x 3 + x 5 + L
3!
5!
1
1
tan( x) = x + x 3 + x 5 + L x <
3
15
2
f ( x) = f (a ) +
Some Derivatives
d
d x
d
d
1
1
(exp x ) = exp x
;
(a ) = Ln(a) a x
;
[Ln( x)] =
;
[log a ( x)] =
dx
dx
dx
x
dx
xLn(a )
d
1 f ( x)
[Ln( f ( x))] =
dx
f ( x) x
where e exp stands for exponential and Ln for natural logarithm, where it fulfils:
Ln(exp x ) = x
and
d
[sin( x)] = cos( x) ;
dx
1
d
[arcsin( x)] =
dx
1 x2
exp Ln( x ) = x
d
d
[cos( x)] = sin( x) ;
[tan( x)] = sec 2 ( x)
dx
dx
d
d
1
1
;
[arccos(x)] =
;
[arctan(x)] =
dx
dx
1 + x2
1 x2
List of derivatives
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_derivatives
Some Integrals
XIX
USEFUL FORMULAS
exp dx = exp
x
x dx = Ln( x)
f ( x)
exp f ( x ) dx = exp f ( x )
x
u
= sin 1 + C
a
a u
du
1
u
= tan 1 + C
2
2
a
a +u
a
du
du
2
u a
u
1
sec 1 + C
a
a
List of integrals
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/List_of_integrals
solution
x=
b b 2 4ac
2a
( a 0)
Ruffinis rule
http://en.wikipedia.org/wiki/Ruffini%27s_rule
x1
XX
f2
f1
x1
a 2 b2
a2
p
1 + e cos
0 < e < 1 , where a 2 =
p2
holds.
(1 e 2 ) 2
1 Tensors
Problem 1.1
r
Let a and b be arbitrary vectors. Prove that the following relationship is true:
Solution:
(ar br ) (ar br )
2
r r 2
r r
= a b = a b sin
r 2 r 2
r 2 r 2
r 2 r
= a b sin 2 = a b 1 cos 2 = a b
2
r 2 r 2
r r
r 2 r 2 r r 2
= a b a b cos = a b a b
r r r r
r r 2
= (a a) b b a b
( ) ( )
r r
( )
r r
r
a
r 2
b cos 2
Problem 1.2
r
r
a
r
r r
+ 2 a b cos + b
r
r r
a+b
)(
r r r r
= a+b a+b
r r r r r r r r
= aa + ab + b a + b b
r r r r
r r r 2 r r r 2
Taking into account that a a = a , b b = b and a b = b a (commutative), we can
2
conclude that:
r r
a+b
r r r r r r r r
= aa + ab + b a + b b
r
= a
r r r
+ 2a b + b
r
= a
r
r r
+ 2 a b cos + b
r
b
r
a
r
r r
2 a b cos + b
r
a
r
r r
+ 2 a b cos + b
r r
a+b
.
r
r r
r
a
r
= a
r r r
+ 2a b + b
r
= a
r
r r
+2a b + b
r
r
= a + b
= 0
2
r
b
r
a
r
r r
r
a+b = a + b
Then, for any value of 0 < 180 the outcome a + b will be less than a + b . Then,
r
r r
r
a + b a + b holds:
r
b
r
r
r r
r
c = a+b a + b
r r r
c = a+b
r
b
r
a
r
b<a+c
c<a+b
Draft
1 TENSORS
Problem 1.3
1
2
()
( 1 + 2 ) = ( 1 ) + ( 2 )
( 2 )
( 1 )
1 + 2
1
2
(1 + 2 ) = (1 ) + ( 2 ) has not been satisfied:
The function () = E 2 does not show a linear transformation because the condition
1
1
2
2
= (1 ) + ( 2 ) + E 1 2 ( 1 ) + ( 2 )
1
2
1
2
()
(1 + 2 )
(1 ) + ( 2 )
( 2 )
(1 )
1
1 + 2
Problem 1.4
Consider the points: A(1,3,1) , B (2,1,1) , C (0,1,3) and D(1,2,4 ) , defined in the Cartesian
coordinate system.
Draft
1) Find the parallelogram area defined by AB and AC ; 2) Find the volume of the
) (
)
r
b = AC = OC OA = (0i + 1j + 3k ) (1i + 3j + 1k ) = 1i 2j + 2k
r
a = AB = OB OA = 2i 1j + 1k 1i + 3j + 1k = 1i 4j + 0k
j k
4 0 = ( 8)i 2j + ( 6)k
1 2
Then, the parallelogram area can be obtained by using the following definition:
r r
A = a b = (8) 2 + (2) 2 + ( 6) 2 = 104
) (
r
c = AD = OD OA = 1i + 2j + 4k 1i + 3j + 1k = 0i 1j + 3k
) (0i 1j + 3k ) ( 8i 2j 6k )
r r r
r r r
V (a, b, c ) = c a b =
= 0 + 2 18 = 16
) (
BC = OC OB = 0i + 1j + 3k 2i 1j + 1k = 2i + 2j + 2k
proj BC AB =
BC AB
BC
BC
4
1
42
3
BC
BC
( 2i + 2j + 2k ) (1i 4j + 0k ) ( 2i + 2j + 2k )
( 2i + 2j + 2k ) ( 2i + 2j + 2k )
( 2 8 + 0 ) ( 2i + 2j + 2k ) = 5 i 5 j 5 k
(4 + 4 + 4 )
3
3
3
Problem 1.5
Rewrite the following equations using indicial notation:
1) a1 x1 x 3 + a 2 x 2 x 3 + a 3 x3 x 3
Solution:
a i xi x 3
(i = 1,2,3)
2) x1 x1 + x2 x2
Solution:
xi x i
(i = 1,2)
Draft
1 TENSORS
3) a 21 x + a 22 y + a 23 z = b y
a 31 x + a 32 y + a 33 z = b z
Solution:
a11 x1 + a12 x 2 + a13 x 3 = b1
a 21 x1 + a 22 x 2 + a 23 x 3 = b2
a x + a x + a x = b
32 2
33 3
3
31 1
a1 j x j = b1
a 2 j x j = b2
a 3 j x j = b3
dummy
index j
free
index
i
a ij x j = bi
As we can appreciate in this problem, the use of the indicial notation means that the equation
becomes very concise. In many cases, if algebraic operation do not use indicial or tensorial
notation they become almost impossible to deal with due to the large number of terms
involved.
Problem 1.6
Show that:
a) 3 p v p = v3 ; b) 3i A ji = A j 3 ; c) ij ijk ; d) i 2 j 3 Aij .
Solution:
The Kronecker delta components are:
11
ij = 21
31
12 13 1 0 0
22 23 = 0 1 0
32 33 0 0 1
(1.1)
3 p v p = 31v1 + 32 v 2 + 33 v 3 = v3
(1.2)
b) The expression 3i A ji has one free index ( j ), then the result is a vector:
3i A ji = 31 A j1 + 32 A j 2 + 33 A j 3 = A j 3
(1.3)
c) The expression ij ijk has one free index ( k ), then the result is a vector:
ij ijk = 1 j 1 jk
123
1111k
+ 2 j 2 jk + 3 j 3 jk
1
424
3
123
+ 21 21k
+
+ 31 31k
+
12 12 k + 22 22 k
+ 32 32 k
+
+
13 13k
+ 23 23k
(1.4)
+
+ 33 33k
thus ij ijk = 0 k is the null vector. Note that ij ijk = iik = 11k + 22 k + 33k = 0 k .
d)
i 2 j 3 Aij = A23
Draft
(1.5)
Problem 1.7
Expand the equation: Aij x i x j
(i, j = 1,2,3)
Solution: The indices i, j are dummy indices, and indicate index summation and there is no
free index in the expression Aij x i x j , therefore the result is a scalar. So, we expand first the
dummy index i and later the index j to obtain:
expanding j
expanding i
A1 j x1 x j + A2 j x 2 x j + A3 j x 3 x j
Aij x i x j
1
424
3 1
424
3 1
424
3
A11 x1 x1 A21 x 2 x1 A31 x 3 x1
+
+
+
A12 x1 x 2
A22 x 2 x 2
A32 x 3 x 2
A13 x1 x 3
A23 x 2 x 3
A33 x 3 x 3
Problem 1.8
Obtain the numerical value of:
1) ii jj
Solution:
ii jj = ( 11 + 22 + 33 )( 11 + 22 + 33 ) = 3 3 = 9
2) 1 1
Solution:
1 1 = 1 1 = 11 = 1
ijk a j ak = ijk (a a ) jk = 0i = (a a )i = 0i
b) ijk 2 j 3k 1i = 123 = 1
Draft
1 TENSORS
Problem 1.10
Get the value of the following expressions:
a) ijk i1 j 2 3k
b) ijk pqk = ip jq iq jp for the following cases:
b.1) i = 1, j = q = 2, p = 3
b.2) i = q = 1, j = p = 2
c) ( ijk A jp c p A kq c q + i1 )( ist A sa c a A tb c b + i1 )
where ijk is the permutation symbol and ij is the Kronecker delta.
Solution:
a) ijk i1 j 2 3k = 123 = 1 ; b.1)
b.2)
c) Note that the result of A jp c p = b j is a vector, and also note that the following is true
r
( ijk A jp c p A kq c q + i1 )( ist A sa c a A tb c b + i1 ) = i1 i1 = 11 = 1
ijk = 1
ijk = 1
k =3
i =1
k =2
i=2
j =1
i =1
k =1
i=2
j =1
i =1
i=2
i=3
0
0
0
j=2
0
0
-1
i=3
j =3
j=2
0
1
0
1
0
0
0
i=3
j =3
-1
j =1
0
-1
0
j=2
1
0
0
j =3
0
0
0
ij 3
0
0
ij 2
0
ij1
Draft
= w1 0 0 1 + w2 0 0 0 + w3 1 0 0 = w3
0 1 0
1 0 0
0 0 0 w2
w3
0
w1
w2
w1
0
Problem 1.11
r
Write in indicial notation: a) the modulus of the vector a ; b) cos , where is the angle
r
r
between the vectors a and b .
Solution:
r
a
r r
= a a = a i e i a j e j = a i a j ij = a i a i = a j a j
r
thus, it is also true that b = b i b i .
2
r r
r
a = ai ai
r r
Taking into account that the index cannot appear more than twice in a term of the expression,
we can express cos as follows:
r r
a jb j
ab
cos = r r =
ai ai b k b k
a b
Problem 1.12
Show the Schwarz inequality:
r r
r r
ab a b
Schwarz inequality
(1.6)
Solution:
Let us consider a scalar , then the following is true:
r2 r
r r
r r r
r r
r r
r
r r
a b = (a b) (a b) = a a 2 a b b a + b b 0
1424
3
0
r2
r2
r r
= a 2 2a b + b 0
r r
r 2
r 2 2
r r
ab
f ( ) = a 2a b + b 0 , if we now obtain the value when = r 2 we obtain that:
a
Draft
1 TENSORS
2
r r
r r
r r
r
r r ( a b) r 2
2
(a b)
(a b )
f = r 2 = a r 2 2(a b) r 2 + b 0
a
a
a
r
r
r r
r r
r r
r 2
r 2 ( a b) 2
r r (a b) r 2 (a b) 2
( a b) 2
= a
r 4 2 ( a b) r 2 + b = r 2 2 r 2 + b 0
a
a
a
a
r
r
r 2
(a b ) 2
= r 2 + b 0
a
r r 2
r 2 (a
b)
b r 2
a
r 2 r 2
r r
a b ( a b) 2
r r
r r
a b ab
Q.E.D.
Alternative solution
r r
r r
r r
r r
that a b a b .
Problem 1.13
(r r ) (r r )
r r
r r
Solution: The vector product (a b ) can be expressed as (a b ) = a e b e =
r r
r r
Likewise, it is possible to express (c d) as (c d) = c d e , thus:
(ar br ) (cr dr ) = a b e ) ( c d e ) = a b c d e e
nlm
ijk
nlm
ijk
nlm
ijk a j b k e i
and
by
applying
the
equation
ijk ilm a j b k c l d m = ( jl km jm kl ) a j b k c l d m = a l b m c l d m a m b l c l d m
r r
(r r )
(ar br ) (cr dr ) = (ar cr ) (br dr ) (ar dr )(br cr )
(ar br ) (ar br ) = ar br
( ) ( )( )
r r r r
r r r r
r
= (a a) b b a b b a = a
r
b
( )
r r
ab
r r
NOTE: We can start from the above equation to show a b = a b sin , i.e.:
r r 2 r 2 r 2 r r
r 2 r 2
r r
a b = a b (a b) 2 = a b a b cos
Draft
) = ar
2
r 2
r 2 r 2
b 1 cos 2 = a b sin 2
10
r r
r r
a b = a b sin
r
r r
r r
Note that 0 sin 1 , with that we can prove that a b = a b sin a b , thus
r r
r r
ab a b
Problem 1.14
Show that:
a) ijk a i a j b k = 0 ;
r r
b) ijk (a k b 3 i1 j 2 + a j b 2 i1 k 3 + a i b1 j 2 k 3 ) = a b ;
c) Aij A ji is an invariant.
Solution:
a) ijk a i a j b k = ij1a i a j b1 + ij 2 a i a j b 2 + ij 3 a i a j b 3 . The term ij1a i a j b1 can be evaluated as
follows:
ij1a i a j b1 = 1 j1 a1 a j b1 + 2 j1a 2 a j b1 + 3 j1a 3 a j b1
= 111 a1 a1b1 + 211 a 2 a1b1 + 311 a 3 a1b1 +
+ 121 a1 a 2 b1 + 221 a 2 a 2 b1 + 321 a 3 a 2 b1 +
+ 131 a1 a 3 b1 + 231 a 2 a 3b1 + 331 a 3 a 3 b1
= 321 a 3 a 2 b1 + 231 a 2 a 3b1 = a 3 a 2 b1 + a 2 a 3b1
=0
r r
12 k a k b 3 + 1 j 3 a j b 2 + i 23 a i b1 = a 3b 3 + a 2 b 2 + a1b1 = a i b i = a b
Problem 1.15
(r r ) (r r ) r [r
] r [r
Prove that a b c d = c d (a b) d c (a b)
] [
r r r
rr r r
cr d (a
b) d c (a b) = c p d i ijk a j b k d p c i ijk a j b k
[ (
ijk a j b k c p d i ijk a j b k c i d p
)]
)]
ijk a j b k (c p d i c i d p )
[ (
ijk a j b k
)c
m dn
pm
ni im np )
and by applying the equation pm ni im np = pil mnl , the above equation can be rewritten
as follows:
( ijk a j b k ) c m d n ( pil mnl )
Draft
1 TENSORS
11
(r r )
(r r )
[(r r ) (r r )]
Problem 1.16
r
v i = a i + b i + c i 0 i
components
ijk v i b j c k
pqr a p b q c r
; =
ijk a i v j c k
pqr a p b q c r
; =
ijk a i b j v k
pqr a p b q c r
b) Given three linearly independent vectors, show that: when interchanging two rows or two
r r r
columns the sign of the determinant a (b c ) changes.
r
=0
r r r
v (b c )
= r r r
a (b c )
v1
b1
v2
b2
v3
b3
c1
c2
c3
a1
b1
a2
b2
a3
b3
c1
c2
c3
v1
v2
b1
b2
c1
c2
v3
b3
c3
a1
a2
b1
b2
c1
c2
a3
b3
c3
ijk v i b j c k
pqr a p b q c r
v 1 a1
v i = v 2 = a 2
v a
3 3
b1
b2
b3
c 1 a1
c 2 = a 2
c 3 a 3
b1
b2
b3
c 1 z1
c 2 z 2 = B ij z j
c 3 z 3
Draft
12
v1
v2
b1
b2
c1
c2
vb c
v
=z1 = ijk i j k = 3
a1
pqr a p b q c r
b3
c3
a2
b1
b2
c1
c2
a3
b3
c3
a1
a2
b1
b2
v1
v2
ab v
a b3
=z 3 = ijk i j k = 3
a1 b 1
pqr a p b q c r
v3
a2
b2
c1
c2
a3
b3
c3
a1
a2
v1
v2
c1
c2
av c
a
; =z 2 = ijk i j k = 3
=
a1
B
pqr a p b q c r
v3
c3
a2
b1
b2
c1
c2
a3
b3
c3
B (1)
B (2)
B
B (3)
B
where B (i ) is the determinant of the resulting matrix by replacing the column (i) of the
r
zi =
B (i )
B
Cramers rule
NOTE 2: Although we have demonstrated for 3 3 matrix, this procedure is also valid for
matrices of n-dimensions, which is known, in the literature, as Cramers Rule.
NOTE 3: The solution ( z i ) is possible if B 0 .
NOTE 4: If v i = 0 i we have B ij z j = 0 i and B (i ) = 0 i , with that according to Cramers rule
we have:
z i B = B (i ) = 0 i
Note that the non-trivial solution z i 0 i is only possible if and only if B = 0 , (see Problem
1.51).
Draft
1 TENSORS
13
r r r
Thus:
j
a1
ijk a i b j c k = b 1
a2
b2
a3
b3
c1
c2
c3
a1
a2
a3
= c1
b1
c2
b2
c 3 = ikj a i b j c k
b3
b1
b2
b3
c1
a1
c2
a2
c 3 = jki a i b j c k
a3
r r r
r r r
r r r
Problem 1.17
a) Show that
( ) (
r r
r
r r r r r r r r r r r
a (b c ) = (a c ) b a b c = b c c b a
r r
r
r r
r r r
a (b a) = [(a a)1 a a] b
r r
r r
b) Obtain the explicit component of the tensor [(a a)1 a a] .
Solution:
(r r )
(r r )
a) Taking into account that (d) i = b c i = ijk b j c k and that a d q = qjk b j c k , we obtain:
[ar (br cr )]
= rsi a s ( ijk b j c k )
= rsi ijk a s b j c k = rsi jki a s b j c k
= rj sk rk sj a s b j c k
= rj sk a s b j c k rk sj a s b j c k
= ak br c k a jb j c r
r r
r r
= b r (a c ) c r a b
r r r rr r
= b(a c ) c a b r
( )
( )]
( ) (
= asb r c s asb s c r
= (b r c s b s c r )a s
r r r r r
= b c c b a r
[(
) ]
r r r
r r r r r r r r r r r
a b c = (a c ) b a b c = b c c b a
Draft
14
) (
r r r r r
r r r
r r
r r r r r r r
r
a b c = b c c b a = [(a c )1 c a] b = b a (a b)1 c
r
[ar (br ar )] = (a a )b
r
(a j b j )a r = (a j a j )b p rp (a j b p
jp ) a r
= (a j a j ) rp (a j jp )a r b p = (a j a j ) rp a p a r b p
r r
r r r
= [(a a)1 a a] b r
ij
+ a 32 )
= a1 a 2
a1 a 3
ai a j =
(a12
+ a 22
1 0 0 a 1 a 1
1 0 a1 a 2
0 0 1 a1 a 3
a 32 ) 0
a1 a 2
a2a2
a1 a 3
a1 a 3
a1 a 3
a 3 a 3
a1 a 3
a1 a 3
(a12 + a 32 )
a1 a 3
(a12 + a 22 )
a1 a 2
Problem 1.18
Show the Jacobi identity:
r r r r r r r r r r
a b c + b (c a) + c a b = 0
r
(r r )
r r r
) ( )
(r r ) r
( ) ( )
r r r
r r r r r r
b (c a) = b a c b c a
r r r
r r r r r r
c a b = c b a (c a) b
r r
r r
r r
r r
Then, by considering that the dot product is commutative, i.e. (a c ) = (c a) , a b = b a ,
r r
r r
b c = c b , we can conclude that:
r r r r r r
(a c )b a b c
r r r+ r r r r
r r r r
r r r r r
a b c + b (c a) + c a b = b a c b c a = 0
r r r+ r r r
c b a (c a) b
;
( ) ( )
1.1.2
( ) ( )
( )
) ( ) ( )
( )
Problem 1.19
Define the order of the tensors represented by their Cartesian components: v i , ijk , Fijj , ij ,
C ijkl , ij . Determine the number of components in tensor C .
Solution: The order of the tensor is given by the number of free indices, so it follows that:
r r
Draft
1 TENSORS
15
The number of tensor components is given by the maximum index range value, i.e.
i, j , k , l = 1,2,3 , to the power of the number of free indices which is equal to 4 in the case of
C ijkl . Thus, the number of independent components in C is given by:
3 4 = (i = 3) ( j = 3) (k = 3) (l = 3) = 81
(r r ) r (r r ) r
(r r ) (r r ) (r r ) r
Show that a) a b c = b c a ; b) a b c d = b c a d
Solution:
a)
r r r
r r
r r r
r
a b c = (ai e i b j e j ) c k e k = ai e ib j c k jk = (b k c k )ai e i = (b c )a (b c ) a
r r r r
b) The expression a b c d , which is a second-order tensor, can be expressed in indicial
)(
notation as follows:
ik
kj
i k
r r
= (b k c k )(ai d j ) = (b c )(a d)ij
123
i k k
= b k c k ai d j
scalar
Problem 1.21
Expand and simplify the expression A ij xi x j when a) A ij = A ji ; b) A ij = A ji .
Solution:
By expanding A ij xi x j we obtain:
A ij xi x j = A 1 j x1 x j + A 2 j x 2 x j + A 3 j x3 x j =
= A 11 x1 x1 + A 21 x 2 x 1 + A 31 x3 x 1 +
(1.7)
A 12 x1 x 2 + A 22 x 2 x 2 + A 32 x 3 x 2 +
A 13 x1 x 3 + A 23 x 2 x 3 + A 33 x3 x 3
a) If A ij = A ji (symmetry) we have
A ij xi x j = A11x12 + 2A12 x1x 2 +2 A13 x1x 3 + A 22 x22 + 2A 23 x2 x3 + A 33 x32
(1.8)
b) If A ij = A ji (antisymmetry) we have
A ij xi x j = 0
(1.9)
as expected, since:
r
r
r r
A ij xi x j = x A x = A : ( x x )
(1.10)
r r
That is, if A is an antisymmetric and ( x x ) is a symmetric tensor, the double scalar product
Draft
16
3 1 2
Tij = 4 2 1
1 3 8
(1.11)
Obtain T : .
Solution:
T : = Tij ij
(1.12)
Tij ij = T1 j 1 j + T2 j 2 j + T3 j 3 j
123
123
123
T1111
+
T21 21
+
T31 31
+
T12 12
T22 22
T32 32
+
T23 23
+
T33 33
+
T13 13
(1.13)
thus,
Tij ij = 5 3 + 2 1 + 4 2 + (1) 4 + 2 2 + 1 1 + 4 1 + 3 3 + 6 8 = 87
(1.14)
Problem 1.23
Given the B tensor components:
3 2 4
B ij = 1 5 3
5 7 9
(1.15)
Obtain:
a) C ij = B ik B kj ; b) D ij = B ik B jk ; c) E ij = B ki B kj ; d) C ii , D ii , E ii
Solution:
C = B B
3 2 4 3 2 4 31 44 54
C ij = B ik B kj = 1 5 3 1 5 3 = 23 48 46
5 7 9 5 7 9 67 108 122
(1.16)
D = B BT
3 2 4 3 2 4
29 25 65
= 1 5 3 1 5 3 = 25 35 67
5 7 9 5 7 9
65 67 155
D ij = B ik B jk
3 2 4 3 2 4 35 46 60
E ij = B ki B kj = 1 5 3 1 5 3 = 46 78 86
5 7 9 5 7 9 60 86 106
(1.17)
E = BT B
(1.18)
Then:
Draft
1 TENSORS
17
C ii = C 11 + C 22 + C 33 = 31 + 48 + 122 = 201
D ii = D11 + D 22 + D 33 = 29 + 35 + 155 = 219
(1.19)
Obtain: a) B kk
b) B ij B ij
c) B jk B kj
Solution:
a) B kk = B 11 + B 22 + B 33 = 1 + 1 + 3 = 5
b) B ij B ij = B 1 j B 1 j
123
+ B 2 jB 2 j + B 3 jB 3 j
123
123
B 11B 11
+
B 21B 21
+
+ B 31B 31
+
B 12B 12
+ B 22B 22
+ B 32B 32
+
B 13B 13
+
+ B 23B 23
+
+ B 33B 33
c) B jk B kj = B 1k B k1 + B 2k B k 2 + B 3k B k 3
123
123
B 11B 11
+
B 12B 21
+
B 13B 31
+ B 22B 22
+
+ B 23B 32
B 21B 12
+
123
B 31B 13
+
+ B 32B 23
+
+ B 33B 33
Problem 1.25
The D tensor is given by the algebraic operation D = A : B . Obtain the D components for
the following cases:
a)
when
2 3 2
Aij = 4 1 1
1 1 5
2 3 1
Bij = 1 2 1
1 2 5
Draft
18
b)
when
7 13 14
Aik B kj = 11 18 11
16 27 31
Aik B jk
13 9 17
= 15 9 13
18 12 32
Solution:
a) A : B = 2 2 + 3 3 + 2 1 + 4 1 + 1 2 + 1 1 + 1 1 + 1 2 + 5 5 = 50
b) Taking into account that Tr ( A B T ) = Tr ( AT B) = A : B and Aik B jk = A B T , we can
conclude that A : B = Tr ( A B T ) = 13 + 9 + 32 = 54 .
Problem 1.26
Let us consider the following second-order tensor T = Tr ( E )1 + ( F : E ) E which in indicial
notation is Tij = E kk ij + ( Fkp E kp ) E ij . If the components of E and F are given by:
2 1 4
E ij = 1 5 0
2 0 1
4 3 1
Fij = 2 0 3
2 0 0
a) Obtain the T tensor components. b) Are T and E coaxial tensors? Prove it.
Solution:
Next, we obtain the following scalars:
Tr ( E ) = 2 + 5 + 1 = 8
F : E = 2 4 + 1 3 + 4 1 + 1 2 + 5 0 + 0 3 + 2 2 + 0 0 + 1 0 = 21
Then
1 0 0
2 1 4 50 21 84
Two tensors are coaxial when they have the same eigenvectors or when the relationship
T E = E T holds:
50 21 84 2 1 4 289
Tik E kj = 21 113 0 1 5 0 = 155
42 0 29 2 0 1 142
2 1 4 50 21 84 289
E ik Tkj = 1 5 0 21 113 0 = 155
2 0 1 42 0 29 142
155 284
586 84
42 197
155 284
586 84
42 197
I = 11 = I ijkl e i e j e k e l
where
I ijkl = ik jl
(1.20)
I = 11 = I ijkl e i e j e k e l
where
I ijkl = il jk
(1.21)
Draft
1 TENSORS
I = 1 1 = I ijkl e i e j e k e l
19
I ijkl = ij kl
where
(1.22)
Solution:
(I : I ) ijkl = I ijpq I pqkl = ip jq pk ql = ik jl = I ijkl
( I : I ) ijkl = I ijpq I pqkl = iq jp pl qk = ik jl = I ijkl
I : I = (1 1) : (1 1) = 3(1 1) = 3I
I : I = (11) : (11) = 11 = I
I : I = (11) : (11) = 11 = I
I : I = (11) : (1 1) = 1 1 = I
I : I = (11) : (1 1) = 1 1 = I
(
[(
[
(
)(
) (
)
) (
]
1
11 + 11 : 11 + 11
4
1
= 11 : 11 + 11 : 11 + 11 : 11 + (11 : 11)
4
1
= 11 + 11 + 11 + 11
4
1
= 11 + 11
2
= I sym
=
(1 1) : I sym = I : I sym
(
(
) ( )
) ( )
1
1
1
I + I : I = I : I + I : I = I + I = I =1 1
2
2
2
1
1
1
= I : I + I = I :I + I : I = I + I = I =1 1
2
2
2
I sym : (1 1) = I sym : I =
1.1.3
1
1
I + I = 11 + 11 , we conclude that:
2
2
Tensor Transpose
Draft
20
Problem 1.28
Let A , B and C be arbitrary second-order tensors. Show that:
A : (B C ) = B T A : C = A C T : B
A : (B C ) = A ij e i e j : B lk e l e k C pq e p e q
= A ij B lk C pq e i e j : kp e l e q
= A ij B lk C pq kp il
jq
= A ij B ik C kj
Note that, when we are dealing with indicial notation the position of the terms does not
matter, i.e.:
A ij B ik C kj = B ik A ij C kj = A ij C kj B ik
We can now observe that the algebraic operation B ik A ij is equivalent to the components of
the second-order tensor (B T A ) kj , thus,
B ik A ij C kj = (B T A ) kj C kj = B T A : C .
Let u , v be vectors and A be a second-order tensor. Show that the following relationship
holds:
r
r r
r
u AT v = v A u
Solution:
1.1.4
r
r
u AT v
u i e i A jl e l e j v k e k
r
r
= v A u
= v k e k A jl e j e l u i e i
u i A jl il v k jk
u l A jl v j
= v k kj A jl u i il
= v j A jl u l
Problem 1.30
Show that : W = 0 is always true when is a symmetric second-order tensor and W is an
antisymmetric second-order tensor.
Solution:
: W = ij (e i e j ) : Wlk (e l e k ) = ij Wlk il
jk
= ij Wij (scalar)
Thus,
Draft
1 TENSORS
21
ij Wij = 1 j W1 j + 2 j W2 j + 3 j W3 j
123
1
424
3
1
424
3
31W31
21W21
11W11
+
+
+
32 W32
22 W22
12 W12
+
+
+
33W33
23W23
13W13
Taking into account the characteristics of a symmetric and an antisymmetric tensor, i.e.
12 = 21 , 31 = 13 , 32 = 23 , and W11 = W22 = W33 = 0 , W21 = W12 , W31 = W13 ,
W32 = W23 , the equation above becomes:
:W =0
Q.E.D.
Problem 1.31
(r
r
r r
r
M Q M = M Q sym M
r
r
NOTE: We can make the geometric interpretation of M Q skew M = 0 as follows. Note that
r r r
r
r r r r
the algebraic operation Q skew M = q (M) is a vector, thus M Q skew M = M q (M) = 0 , which
r
r r
implies that M and q (M) are orthogonal vectors. With that we conclude that: the projection of
r
r r
an antisymmetric second-order tensor according to the direction ( M ) is a vector ( q (M) ) which
r
is orthogonal to M , see figure below:
r
Q M
r r r
q (M ) M = 0
r
r r
q (M) = Q skew M
r
M
r
M
b)
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real - Spain
Draft
22
A :B
=0
c)
Q.E.D.
ijk T jk = ij1 T j1 + ij 2 T j 2 + ij 3 T j 3 = 0 i
= i11 T11 + i 21 T21 + i 31 T31 + i12 T12 + i 22 T22 + i 32 T32 + i13 T13 + i 23 T23 + i 33 T33
= i 21 T21 + i 31 T31 + i12 T12 + i 32 T32 + i13 T13 + i 23 T23 = 0 i
i=2
i=3
with that we demonstrate that if ijk T jk = 0 i holds, this implies that T is symmetric, i.e.
T = TT .
Problem 1.32
Given a second-order tensor A in which the components of the symmetric part is known in
the Cartesian system:
A ijsym
4 2 0
= 2 1 0
0 0 3
A N
, where the unit vector components are N = [1 0 0] .
Obtain N
i
Solution:
A N
=N
A sym N
with that we obtain:
In Problem 1.31 it was shown that N
4 2 0 1
sym
sym
N A N = N A N = N i A ij N j = [1 0 0] 2 1 0 0 = 4
0 0 3 0
Problem 1.33
Let W be an antisymmetric tensor. a) Show that W W is a symmetric second-order tensor.
b) Show also that (W T W W) : 1 = 0 .
Solution:
a) If we show that (W W ) skew = 0 holds, then we prove that W W is symmetric.
(W W ) skew =
] [
1
1
1
( W W) (W W )T = (W W) WT WT = [(W W) W W ] = 0
2
2
2
Draft
1 TENSORS
23
( W W ) ij = W12
0
W23 W12
0
W23
W13 W23
0 W13 W23
0
W122 W132
W12 W23
W13 W23
2
2
= W13 W23
W12 W23
W12 W13
2
W12 W23
W12 W13
W132 W23
Let B be a second-order tensor such that B pq = pqs a s with a i = ijk B jk . Prove that B is an
antisymmetric tensor.
Solution:
1
1
1
B pq = pqs a s = pqs sjk B jk = pqs sjk B jk = pqs jks B jk
2
2
2
Alternative solution:
Taking into account that B qp = qps a s and pqs = qps , we can conclude that:
B pq = pqs a s = qps a s = B qp
B = B T (antisymmetric)
Problem 1.35
Show that the tensor A skew A sym + A sym A skew is an antisymmetric tensor.
Solution: Denoting by B = A skew A sym + A sym A skew , and by taking into account that
A skew = (A skew ) T , A sym = (A sym ) T , we can conclude that:
B = A skew A sym + A sym A skew = A skew A sym A sym ( A skew )T = A skew A sym ( A skew A sym )T
Problem 1.36
Let
T be an arbitrary second-order tensor, and n be a vector. Check if the relationship
r
r
n T = T n is valid.
Draft
24
Solution:
r
n T = n i e i Tkl (e k e l )
= n i Tkl ik e l
r
T n = Tlk (e l e k ) n i e i
= n i Tlk ki e l
and
= n k Tkl e l
= n k Tlk e l
= (n1 Tl1 + n 2 Tl 2 + n 3 Tl 3 )e l
Obtain the axial vector w associated with the antisymmetric tensor ( x a ) skew .
r
antisymmetric tensor:
r r
r r
1 r r
1 r r r r
( x a ) skew = ( x a ) ( x a ) T = [ x a a x ]
2
2
r r skew r r r
and by replacing it with ( x a ) z = w z , we obtain:
1 r r r r r r r
[x a a x ] z = w z [xr ar ar xr ] zr = 2wr zr
2
r r r r r r
r r
By using the equation [x a a x ] z = z ( x a ) , (see Problem 1.17), the above
equation becomes:
Problem 1.38
Let us consider two symmetric tensors W (1) and W ( 2) , and their axial vectors represented
r
r
respectively by w (1) and w ( 2) . Show that:
r
r
r
r
W (1) W ( 2 ) = ( w ( 2 ) w (1) ) ( w (1) w ( 2) )1
r
r
Tr W (1) W ( 2 ) = 2( w (1) w ( 2 ) )
and
Draft
r r
r
W ( 2) a = w ( 2 ) a
1 TENSORS
25
(ar W ) (W
(1)
( 2)
a) = (a w (1) ) ( w ( 2) a)
r
[
[w
= a j jp
=aj
jq
(1) ( 2 )
kq w k w p
(1) ( 2 )
q wj
(1) ( 2 )
jq wk wk
(1) ( 2 )
kp wk w p
]a
]a
] ar
r
r r r
r
r
r
a W (1) W ( 2 ) a = a ( w ( 2 ) w (1) ) ( w (1) w ( 2 ) )1
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
Tr W (1) W ( 2 ) = Tr ( w ( 2 ) w (1) ) ( w (1) w ( 2) )1 = Tr ( w ( 2 ) w (1) ) Tr ( w (1) w ( 2 ) )1
r
r
r
r
r
r
= ( w ( 2 ) w (1) ) ( w (1) w ( 2) ) 1
Tr2
[3
1] = 2( w (1) w ( 2 ) )
=3
Alternative solution
In this alternative solution we use the tensor components in which it fulfills:
Wij(1)
= W12(1)
W (1)
12
Wij( 2 )
= W12( 2 )
W ( 2 )
12
W12(1)
0
W12(1)
W12( 2 )
0
W12( 2 )
W13(1) 0
(1)
(1)
W23
= w3
0 w2(1)
w3(1)
0
w1(1)
W13( 2 ) 0
(2)
(2)
W23
= w3
0 w2( 2)
w2(1)
w1(1)
0
w3( 2 )
0
w1( 2 )
w2( 2 )
w1( 2 )
0
[W
(1)
W ( 2) ]ij
Wik(1) Wkj( 2 )
= Wik(1) Wkj( 2 )
= w3(1)
w (1)
2
w1(1) w2( 2)
=
w3( 2 ) w1(1)
w3(1)
0
w1(1)
w2(1) 0
w1(1) w3( 2 )
0 w2( 2)
w3( 2 )
0
w1( 2 )
w2(1) w1( 2 )
w2( 2 )
w1( 2 )
0
w3(1) w1( 2 )
w2( 2) w3(1)
(1) ( 2 )
( 2 ) (1)
w2 w2 w1 w1
In the term (11) we sum and subtract the term w1( 2) w1(1) , in the term (22) we sum and subtract
the term w2( 2) w2(1) and in the term (33) we add and subtract the term w3( 2) w3(1) , so,
Draft
26
Wik(1) Wkj( 2 )
w1( 2) w1(1)
= w2( 2) w1(1)
w ( 2) w (1)
3 1
w1( 2 ) w3(1)
w2( 2 ) w3(1) +
w3( 2 ) w3(1)
w1( 2) w2(1)
w2( 2) w2(1)
w3( 2) w2(1)
0
+
w1(1) w1( 2 )
w2(1) w2( 2 )
w3(1) w3( 2 )
w1(1) w1( 2 )
w2(1) w2( 2 )
(1) ( 2 )
w3 w3
1.1.5
Problem 1.39
r r
Show that Tr (a b) = a b .
Solution:
r r
r r
Tr (a b) = Tr (ai e i ) (b j e j ) = aib j Tr e i e j = aib j (e i e j ) = aib j ij = aibi = a b
Problem 1.40
1
2
[Tr( E )]2
P = 4 2 E : E + (3 + 4 )[Tr ( E )]
and
1
1
1
1
W = Tij E ij = E kk ij + 2 E ij E ij = E kk ij E ij + 2 E ij E ij = E kk E ii + 2 E ij E ij
2
2
2
2
)(
[Tr( E )]2 .
Draft
1 TENSORS
27
Then
1
1
1
1
W = T : E = (Tr ( E )1 + 2 E ) : E = (Tr ( E )1 : E + 2 E : E ) = (Tr ( E ) Tr ( E ) + 2 E : E )
2
2
2
2
=
[Tr( E )]2 + E : E
P = T : T = (Tr ( E )1 + 2 E ) : (Tr ( E )1 + 2 E )
= [Tr ( E )] 1
: 1 + 2 Tr ( E ) 1
: E + 2 Tr ( E ) {
E : 1 + (2 ) 2 E : E
{
{
2
=3
= Tr ( E )
= Tr ( E )
Problem 1.41
Let ij be the second-order tensor components which are a function of ij , ij = ij ( ij ) , and
is given by:
ij = kk ij + 2 ij
Tensorial
= Tr ( )1 + 2
where and are scalars. Starting with the above equation, obtain an expression for ij in
function of ij , i.e. ij = ij ( ij ) . Express the result in indicial and tensorial notation.
Solution:
Indicial notation
Tensorial notation
ij = kk ij + 2 ij
= Tr ( )1 + 2
2 ij = ij kk ij
2 = Tr ( )1
ij =
1
ij
kk ij
2
2
Tr ( )1
2
2
Next, we need to obtain the following trace kk , to do this we obtain the trace of ij :
Indicial notation
ij = kk ij + 2 ij
Tensorial notation
(i = j )
ii = kk ii + 2 ii = kk 3 + 2 kk
kk = (3 + 2 ) kk
kk =
1
kk
(3 + 2 )
: 1 = Tr ( )1 : 1 + 2 : 1
Tr ( ) = Tr ( )3 + 2 Tr ( )
Tr ( ) =
1
Tr ( )
(3 + 2 )
Then
Indicial notation
Tensorial notation
Draft
28
ij =
=
ij
kk ij
2
2
Tr ( )1
2
2
1
1
ij
kk ij
2
2 (3 + 2 )
Tr ( )1
2
2 (3 + 2 )
Problem 1.42
Let T be a second-order tensor. Show that:
(T ) = (T )
m T
T m
and
( )
Tr T T
( )
= Tr T m .
Solution:
(T )
( )
For the second demonstration we can use the trace property Tr (T ) = Tr (T ) , thus:
Tr (T ) = Tr (T ) = Tr (T )
m T
= (T T L T ) = T T T T L T T = T T
T
T m
m T
Problem 1.43
Show that T : 1 = Tr (T ) , where T is an arbitrary second-order tensor.
Solution:
T : 1 = Tij e i e j : kl e k e l = Tij kl ik
jl
= Tij ij = Tii = T jj = Tr ( T )
Problem 1.44
Show that if and D are second-order tensors, the following relationship is valid:
D = Tr ( D )
kl
= ( D) kl lk = ( D) kk = ( D) ll
= Tr ( D)
Problem 1.45
Show that:
det (S ) S =
1
rjk tpq S rt S jp S kq
6
(1.23)
Solution:
Draft
1 TENSORS
29
det (S ) = ijk S 1i S 2 j S 3k
(1.24)
(1.25)
(1.26)
1
424
3
6
det (S ) =
1
pqr ijk S pi S qj S rk
6
(1.27)
Problem 1.46
Show that A tpq = rjk A rt A jp A kq .
Solution:
We start with the following definition:
A = rjk A r1 A j 2 A k 3
(1.28)
and also taking into account that the term rjk tpq can be replaced by:
rjk tpq
rt rp rq
= jt jp jq = rt jp kq + rp jq kt + rq jt kp rq jp kt jq kp rt kq jt rp
kt kp kq
(1.29)
= A t1 1 jk A pj A qk + A t 2 2 jk A pj A qk + A t 3 3 jk A pj A qk = rjk A rt A jp A kq = rjk A tr A pj A qk
1t 1 p 1q 1t 2t 3t
= 2t 2 p 2 q = 1 p 2 p 3 p
3 t 3 p 3 q 1q 2 q 3 q
obtain:
A tpq
Draft
30
A t1
= A p1
A q1
At2
A p2
A q2
At3
A p 3 = rjk A tr A pj A qk
A q 3
Problem 1.47
1
6
(1.30)
1
rjk tpq A rt A jp A kq
6
Problem 1.48
Show the following property:
r r r
r r r
r r r
r r r
(B a) (b c) (B b) (a c) + (B c ) (a b) = Tr (B) a (b c)
(1.31)
Solution:
Expressing in Voigt notation the left side of the above equation we obtain:
r
(1.32)
+ (1 jk B 13 + 2 jk B 23 + 3 jk B 33 )(a 3b j c k b 3 a j c k + c 3 a j b k )
Note that:
a1 a 2
1 jk (a1b j c k b1a j c k + c 1a j b k ) = b1 b 2
c1
c2
a3
b 3 = ijk a i b j c k
c3
Draft
1 TENSORS
31
r r r
B 11 ijk a i b j c k + B 22 ijk a i b j c k + B 33 ijk a i b j c k = (B 11 + B 22 + B 33 ) ijk a i b j c k = Tr (B) a (b c )
Q.E.D.
Note also that:
r r r
r r r
r r r
r r r
(B T a) (b c ) (B T b) (a c ) + (B T c ) (a b) = Tr (B) a (b c )
r
r r r r
r r r
r
r r r
(B a) (b c ) + a ((B b) c) + a (b (B c )) = Tr (B) a (b c )
r r
r r r
r
r r
r
r r r
[(B a), b, c ] + [a, (B b), c ] + [a, b, (B c )] = I B [a, b, c ]
(1.33)
Problem 1.49
Show the following property:
r
r
r
r r r
( A a) ( A b) ( A c ) = det ( A ) a (b c )
r
(1.34)
where A is a non-singular second order tensor, and a , b and c are linearly independent
vectors.
Solution:
A non-singular tensor det( A ) A 0
r r r
r r r
a , b , c linearly independent vectors a b c 0 .
(r r )
We express the scalar triple product in indicial notation, i.e. a b c = ijk a i b j c k , and by
multiply both sides of this equation by the determinant of A we obtain:
r r r
a b c A = ijk a i b j c k A
r r r
a b c A = ijk aib j c k A = pqr A pi A qj A rk aib j c k = pqr ( A pi ai )( A qjb j )( A rk c k )
r
r
r
= ( A a) ( A b) ( A c )
Problem 1.50
r
r r
r r
det 1 + a b = 3 + 2 a b
(1.35)
r r
det 1 + a b = ijk ( i1 + a i b 1 )
Draft
j2
+ a j b 2 (
k3
+ ak b3 )
(1.36)
32
r r
det 1 + a b = ijk 3 i1 j 2 k 3 + 2 a k b 3 i1 j 2 + 2 a j b 2 i1 k 3 + 2 a i b 1 j 2 k 3 +
+ 2 a j b 2 a k b 3 i1 + 2 a i a k b 1b 3 j 2 + 2 a i a j b 1b 2 k 3 + 3 a i a j a k b 1b 2 b 3
r r
2 (12 k a k b 3 + 1 j 3 a j b 2 + i 23 a i b1 ) = 2 (a 3b 3 + a 2 b 2 + a1b1 ) = 2 (a k b k ) = 2 (a b)
ijk a i a k b1b 3 j 2 = i 2 k a i a k b1b 3 = a1a 3b1b 3 a 3 a1b1b 3 = 0
ijk a i a j b1b 2 k 3 = ij 3 a i a j b1b 2 = 123 a1a 2 b1b 2 213 a 2 a1b1b 2 = 0
ijk a i a j a k b1b 2 b 3 = 0
Notice that, there was no need to expand the terms ijk a i a k b1b 3 j 2 , ijk a i a j b1b 2 k 3 , and
ijk a i a j a k b1b 2 b 3
to
realize
that
these
terms
equal
zero,
since
r
r r
r r
det 1 + a b = 3 + 2 a b
r r
r r
det 1 + a b = 1 + a b
r r
Then, it is simple to prove that det a b = 0 , since
r r
r r r
det a b = 3 ijk a i a j a k b1b 2 b 3 = 3b1b 2 b 3 [a (a a)] = 0
det I sym + A B = 3 + 2 A : B
(1.37)
where I sym is the symmetric fourth-order unit tensor, A and B are second-order tensors.
Note that det ( I sym ) = (1) 3 + (1) 2 (0)(0 : 0 ) = 1 and det (1 1) = (0) 3 + (0) 2 (1)(1 : 1) = 0 .
Problem 1.51
r
Let A be an arbitrary second-order tensor. Show that there is a nonzero vector n 0 so that
r r
A n = 0 if and only if det ( A ) = 0 , Chadwick (1976).
r
r r r
Draft
1 TENSORS
r r r
r
r
r
f g h A = ( A f ) ( A g) ( A h)
33
r
r
r
( A f ) ( A g) ( A h) = 0
r
r
r
Thus, we can conclude that the vectors ( A f ) , ( A g) , ( A h) , are linearly dependent. This
(r
( A f ) + ( A g) + ( A h) = 0 A f + g + h = 0 A n = 0
r
r r r
Now we choose two vectors k , m , which are linearly independent to n . Once more, we
apply definition:
r r r
r
r
r
k (m n) A = ( A k ) [( A m) ( A n)]
r r r
r r r
r r
Considering that A n = 0 , and k (m n) 0 owing to the fact that k , m , n are linearly
r r r
k (m n) A = 0
14243
A =0
Problem 1.52
Let F be an arbitrary second-order tensor. Show that the resulting tensors C = F T F and
b = F F T are symmetric tensors and semi-positive definite tensors. Also check in what condition are
C and b positive definite tensors.
Solution: Symmetry:
C T = (F T F )T = F T (F T )T = F T F = C
b T = (F F T ) T = (F T )T F T = F F T = b
x ( F T F ) x = F x F x
= ( F x ) ( F x )
= F x
x ( F F T ) x = x F F T x
= ( F T x ) ( F T x )
2
= F T x 0
Or in indicial notation:
x i C ij x j
= x i ( Fki Fkj ) x j
= ( Fki x i )( Fkj x j )
= Fki x i
x i bij x j
= x i ( Fik F jk ) x j
= ( Fik x i )( F jk x j )
= Fik x i
Thus, we proved that C = F T F and b = F F T are semi-positive definite tensors. Note that
x C x = F x
34
r
r
F x = 0 with x 0 if and only if det ( F ) = 0 , (see Problem 1.51). Then, the tensors
C = F T F and b = F F T are positive definite if and only if det ( F ) 0 .
Problem 1.53
r
Let dX (1) , dX ( 2) , dX (3) , dx (1) , dx ( 2) , dx (3) be vectors, and they are related to each other as
r
r
r
r
r
r
follows dx (1) = F dX (1) , dx ( 2) = F dX ( 2) , dx (3) = F dX (3) , where F is a non-singular
r
r
r
second-order tensor and F 1 . a.1) Considering dV = dx (1) (dx ( 2) dx (3) ) 0 and
r
r
r
dV0 = dX (1) (dX ( 2 ) dX (3) ) 0 , obtain a relationship between the scalars dV and dV0 in
r
r
r
r
terms of F . a.2) Obtain the relationship between c = dX ( 2) dX (3) 0 and
r
r
r
r
c * = dx ( 2 ) dx ( 3 ) 0 .
Solution
a.1) Taking into account the problem statement it fulfills that:
r
r
r
r
r
r
dV = dx (1) (dx ( 2 ) dx (3) ) = ( F dX (1) ) ( F dX ( 2 ) ) ( F dX (3) )
r
(r r )
r
r r r
r
r
a b c A = ( A a) ( A b) ( A c )
r
r
r
r
r
r
dX (1) dX ( 2 ) dX (3) F = ( F dX (1) ) ( F dX ( 2 ) ) ( F dX (3) )
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
dV = dx (1) (dx ( 2 ) dx (3) ) = ( F dX (1) ) ( F dX ( 2 ) ) ( F dX (3) ) = F dX (1) (dX ( 2 ) dX (3) )
thus
dV = F dV0
r
r
r
r
r
r
dV = F dV0
dx (1) (dx ( 2) dx (3) ) = F dX (1) dX ( 2) dX (3)
r
r
r
r
r
r
dx (1) ( dx ( 2 ) dx (3) ) = F ( F 1 dx (1) ) dX ( 2) dX (3)
r
r
r
r
r
r
dx (1) ( dx ( 2 ) dx (3) ) = dx (1) F F T dX ( 2 ) dX (3)
r
r
r
r
r
r
(dx ( 2 ) dx (3) ) = F F T dX ( 2 ) dX (3)
c * = F F T c
[
[
]
])
r
r
r
r
dx ( 2 ) dx (3) = F F T dX ( 2 ) dX (3)
r
r
r
r
( F dX ( 2 ) ) ( F dX ( 3 ) ) = F F T dX ( 2 ) dX ( 3 )
The tensor F F T is known as the cofactor of F , i.e. cof ( F ) = F F T with this we define
the inverse of a tensor:
cof ( F ) = F F T
F 1 =
[F F ]
T T
= [cof ( F )]
F F 1 = [cof ( F )]
1
[cof (F )]T = 1 [adj( F )]
F
F
Draft
1 TENSORS
r
dX (1)
35
r
r
dx (1) = F dX (1)
F
r
dX ( 3 )
r
r
r
c = dX ( 2) dX (3)
r
r
c* F c
r
r
c * = [cof ( F )] c
r
r
r
c * = dx ( 2 ) dx ( 3 )
r
r
dx (3) = F dX (3)
dV = F dV0
r
dX ( 2 )
r
r
r
dV0 = dX (1) (dX ( 2 ) dX (3) ) 0
r
r
dx ( 2 ) = F dX ( 2 )
r
dV = dx (1)
(dx ( 2) dx (3) ) 0
r
NOTE 2: Let us suppose now that F = A B , and let us consider three vectors a (b c ) 0 ,
r r
r
r r
r
and a * = B a , b * = B b , c * = B c , thus by apply the previous definitions we can state:
r
r r r
r
r
F a (b c ) = ( F a ) ( F b ) ( F c )
r
r
r
= ( A B a) ( A B b) ( A B c )
r
r
r
= ( A a* ) ( A b*) ( A c * )
r
r r r
r
r
= A a * (b * c * ) = A ( B a ) ( B b ) ( B c )
r r r
= A B a (b c )
Q.E.D.
Problem 1.55
Show that adj( A B) = adj(B) adj( A ) and cof( A B) = [cof( A )] [cof(B)] .
Solution:
Based on the definition of the inverse of a tensor we can say that:
B 1 A 1 =
[adj(B)] [adj(A )]
B
A B (A B ) = [adj(B)] [adj( A )] =
1
AB
[cof( A)]T
( [cof(A)] [cof(B)] )
(1.38)
Draft
36
where we have used the property A B = A B . Also taking into account the definition of
adjugate and cofactor we can conclude that:
adj( A B) = ([cof( A B)]) = ([cof( A )] [cof(B)])
T
(1.39)
Problem 1.56
Show that:
r
r
r r
( A a) ( A b) = [cof( A )] (a b)
(1.40)
Solution:
Starting from the equation A tpq = rjk A rt A jp A kq (see Problem 1.46), and by multiply both
sides by a t b p , we obtain:
A tpq a t b p = rjk A rt A jp A kq a t b p = rjk ( A rt a t )( A jp b p ) A kq
[cof ( A )] sq
1
A tpq a t b p A qs
= A tpq a t b p
[cof ( A )] sq
A
r
r r
r
[cof( A )] (a b) = ( A a) ( A b)
Problem 1.57
Show that:
r
r
r
r
r r
r
r
r
r r r
a ( A b) ( A c ) + ( A a) b ( A c ) + ( A a) ( A b) c = Tr ([cof ( A )]) a (b c )
(1.41)
Solution:
r r
r
r
r
r
a [cof( A )] (b c ) = a ( A b) ( A c )
r
r
r r
r
r
r r
r
b [cof( A )] (a c ) = b [( A a) ( A c ) ] = ( A a) b ( A c )
r
r
r
r r
r
r
r
r
c [cof( A )] (a b) = c ( A a) ( A b) = ( A a) ( A b) c
r r
r
r
r r
r
r r
a [cof( A )] (b c ) b [cof( A )] (a c ) + c [cof( A )] (a b) =
r
r
r
r
r r
r
r
r
= a ( A b) ( A c ) + ( A a) b ( A c ) + ( A a) ( A b) c
Draft
1 TENSORS
37
([cof( A)] ar ) (b cr ) ([cof( A)] b) (ar cr ) + ([cof( A)] cr ) (ar b) = Tr ([cof( A)])[rcr (ar b)]
r
r r
= II A [c (a b)]
r
r
r
r
r r
r
r
r
r r r
a ( A b) ( A c ) + ( A a) b ( A c ) + ( A a) ( A b) c = II A a (b c )
] [
] [
] (see Problem 1.48)
r
r
r
r
r r
r
r
r
r r r
a [( A b) ( A c )] + ( A a) [b ( A c )] + ( A a) [( A b) c ] = II [a (b c )]
r
r
r
r r r
( A a) [( A b) ( A c )] = III [a (b c )] (see Problem 1.49)
r
r r r r
r
r r
r
r r r
( A a) (b c) + a ( A b) c ) + a b ( A c ) = I A a (b c )
(1.42)
(1.43)
(1.44)
r r r
r r r
r
f
r 1
g = 1
r
h 1
2 3 ar
2 3 b
r
2 3 c
(1.45)
And according to Cramers rule, (see Problem 1.16), the following relationships are true:
r r r
r r r
r r r
r r r
[a, f , c ]
[a, b, f ]
f (b c ) [ f , b, c ]
;
;
1 = r r r r r r
2 = r r r
3 = r r r
a (b c ) [a, b, c ]
[a, b, c ]
[a, b, c ]
r r r
r r r
r r r
[g, b, c ]
[a, g, c ]
[a, b, g]
;
;
1 = r r r
2 = r r r
3 = r r r
[a, b, c ]
[a, b, c ]
[a, b, c ]
r r r
r r r
r r r
[h, b, c ]
[a, h, c ]
[a, b, h]
;
;
1 = r r r
2 = r r r
3 = r r r
[a, b, c ]
[a, b, c ]
[a, b, c ]
r r r
r r r
By performing the triple scalar product [ f (g h)] [f , g, h] , we can obtain:
Draft
38
r r r
[ f (g h)] =
1
1
2 3
r r r
2 3 [a, b, c ]
2 3
r r r
r r r
r r r
[ f , b, c ] [a, f , c ] [a, b, f ]
r r r
r r r r r r
r r r
r r r
1
, b, c ] [a, g, c ] [a, b, g] [a, b, c ] = P [a, b, c ]
r r r [g
r r r
r r r
[a, b, c ] r r r
[h, b, c ] [a, h, c ] [a, b, h]
where
r r r
r r r
r r r
[ f , b, c ] [a, f , c ] [a, b, f ]
1 2 3
r r r
r r r
r r r
1
P = 1 2 3 = r r r [g, b, c ] [a, g, c ] [a, b, g]
r r r
r r r
r r r
1 2 3 [a, b, c ] [h, b, c ] [a, h, c ] [a, b, h]
r
r r
r r
r
For the case when f = A a , g = A b , h = A c , the principal invariants of P are:
(1.46)
r r
r
r r r
r
r r
1
I P = Tr ( P ) = r r r [ A a, b, c] + [a, A b, c] + [a, b, A c ] = I A
[a, b, c]
r r
r
r
r r
r r r
r r
r
r r r
r
r r
[a
1
, A b, c ] [a, b, A b] [ A a, b, c] [a, b, A a] [ A a, b, c ] [a, A a, c ]
r r r
r r
II P = r r r
r
r r
r r
r +
r r r
r r
r +
r
([a, b, c ]) 2 [a, A c, c] [a, b, A c] [ A c, b, c ] [a, b, A c] [ A b, b, c] [a, A b, c]
= II A
III P = III A = det (A )
b = b1e 1 + b 2 e 2 + b 3 e 3
r
c = c 1e 1 + c 2 e 2 + c 3 e 3
r
r
r
Also let us consider that f = e 1 , g = e 2 , h = e 3 ,
r
a a
r 1
b = b1
cr c
1
a2
b2
c2
a 3 e 1
b 3 e 2
c 3 e 3
2 3 ar
2 3 b
r
2 3 c
1 0 0 e 1 1
0 1 0 e =
2 1
0 0 1 e 3 1
2 3 a1 a 2 a 3 e 1
2 3 b1 b 2 b 3 e 2
2 3 c 1 c 2 c 3 e 3
thus
1
1
1
2 3 a 1 a 2 a 3 1 0 0
2 3 b1 b 2 b 3 = 0 1 0
2 3 c 1 c 2 c 3 0 0 1
1
1
2 3 a1 a 2 a 3
2 3 = b1 b 2 b 3
2 3 c 1 c 2 c 3
With that we can obtain the inverse of a tensor. Let us consider the tensor A where the
components are:
A11
A ij = A 21
A 31
A12
A 22
A 32
A13 a1 a 2
A 23 = b1 b 2
A 33 c1 c 2
Draft
a3
b 3
c 3
r r r
A = [a, b, c ]
1 TENSORS
39
r r r
r r r
r r r
[ f , b, c ] [a, f , c ] [a, b, f ]
r r r
r r r
r r r
1
= r r r [g, b, c ] [a, g, c ] [a, b, g]
r r r
r r r
[a, b, c ] r r r
[h, b, c ] [a, h, c ] [a, b, h]
b1
c1
0
1
b1
=
A
c1
0
b1
c
1
a1
a2
a3
b2
b3
c2
c3
c1
c2
c3
a1
a2
a3
b2
c2
b3
c3
0
c1
1
c2
0
c3
0
b2
1
b3
a1
0
a2
0
a3
1
c2
c3
c1
c2
c3
[cof( A )]ij
b
2
c2
b
= 1
c
1
b1
c1
b3
c3
a2
a3
c2
c3
a1
a3
c3
c1
c3
c2
a2
b3
c3
a2
a3
c2
c3
b3
a1
a3
c3
c1
c3
b2
c2
a1
c1
a2
c2
a3
b2 b3
a1 a 3
b1 b 3
a1 a 2
b1 b 2
a2
1
[cof( A )]T = 1 [adj( A )] , we can conclude that:
A
A
b3
b2
a 3
b1 b 2 b 3
b2
1 0
0
c2
a1 a 2 a 3
1 b1
b1 b 2 b 3 =
A c1
0 1
0
b1
a1 a 2 a 3
c 1
b1 b 2 b 3
0 0
1
a1
a1
a2
c1
c2
b
a3
2
b2 b3
c2
a
a1 a3
= 2
c
b1 b 3
2
a2
a1 a 2
b1 b 2
b 2
a2
b3
c3
b1 b 3
c1
c3
a3
a1
a3
c3
c1
c3
a3
b3
a1 a3
b1 b 3
b1 b 2
c1 c 2
a1 a 2
c1 c 2
a1 a 2
b1 b 2
Note that the coefficient of the above matrix, [cof(A )]ij , can be obtained by solving the
determinant of the resulting matrix by removing the i th row and the j th column, which result
we multiply by (1) i + j , for example:
[cof(A)]12 = (1)
1+ 2
a1 a 2
b1 b 2
c1
c2
a3
b b3
b3 = 1
c1 c 3
c3
Problem 1.58
Given the scalars I C , II C , III C in terms of the scalars I E , II E , III E :
I C = 2I E + 3
II C = 4 I E + 4 II E + 3
III C = 2 I E + 4 II E + 8 III E + 1
(1.47)
Obtain the reverse form of the above equations, i.e. obtain I E , II E , III E in terms of I C , II C ,
III C .
Solution:
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real - Spain
Draft
40
II C = 4 4 0 II E + 3
III 2 4 8 III 1
E
C
2 0 0 I E I C 3
4 4 0 II = II 3
E C
2 4 8 III E III C 1
2 0 0 2 0 0 I E 2 0 0 I C 3
4 4 0 4 4 0 II E = 4 4 0 II C 3
2 4 8 2 4 8 III E 2 4 8 III C 1
1
I E 2 0 0 I C 3
II E = 4 4 0 II C 3
III 2 4 8 III 1
C
where
2 0 0
= 4 4 0
2 4 8
[cof( A )]T
1 0
=
64 4
8
0
8
0
0
4 0
2 8
2 0
2 8
2 0
4 0
4 4
1
2 4
2
1
2 0
=
2 4
2
1
2 0
8
4 4
1
8
0
1
4
1
8
I E 2 0 0 I C 3 2
1
II E = 4 4 0 II C 3 =
III 2 4 8 III 1 2
C
E
1
8
1.1.6
0
1
4
1
8
2 ( I C 3)
IC 3
1
0 II C 3 = ( 2 I C + II C + 3)
I
I
I
1
1 C
1
8 ( I C II C + III C 1)
8
Problem 1.59
Find a fourth-order tensor P so that P : A = A dev , where A is a second-order tensor.
Solution: Taking into account the additive decomposition into spherical and deviatoric parts,
we obtain:
A = A sph + A dev =
Tr ( A )
1 + A dev
3
A dev = A
Tr ( A )
1
3
(1.48)
I = 11 = il jk e i e j e k e l = I ijkl e i e j e k e l
(1.49)
I = 1 1 = ij kl e i e j e k e l = I ijkl e i e j e k e l
(1.50)
Draft
1 TENSORS
)(
I : A = ik jl e i e j e k e l : A pq e p e q
= ik jl A pq kp lq e i e j
= ik jl A kl e i e j
= A ij e i e j
)(
I : A = ij kl e i e j e k e l : A pq e p e q
= ij kl A pq kp lq e i e j
= ij kl A kl e i e j
= A kk ij e i e j
= Tr ( A )1
)
(1.51)
=A
41
)
(1.52)
Referring to the definition of fourth-order unit tensors seen in (1.51), and (1.52), where the
relations I : A = Tr ( A )1 and I : A = A hold, we can now state:
A dev = A
Tr ( A )
1
1
1
1 = I : A I : A = I I : A = I 1 1 : A
3
3
3
3
1.1.7
Problem 1.60
Under the base transformation e i = a ij e j and by considering that the second-order tensor
components in this new base are given by:
Tij = a ik a jl Tkl
Show that:
a) Tii = Tkk = Tr (T ) ; b) Tij T ji = Tkl Tlk ; c) det ( T ) = det ( T )
Solution:
=j
a) Tij = a ik a jl Tkl i
Tii = a ik a il Tkl = kl Tkl = Tkk = Tll
= lp
=1
we have just shown that Tkk = Tr ( T ) , Tkl Tlk = Tr ( T T ) and det ( T ) are invariants.
Draft
42
Problem 1.61
Let T be a symmetric second-order tensor and I T , II T , III T be scalars, where:
I T = Tr ( T ) = Tii
II T =
1
2
I T Tr ( T 2 )
2
III T = det ( T )
= ( a ik a jl Tkl )( a ip a jq T pq )
= a ik a ip a jl a jq Tkl T pq
123 123
kp
lq
= T pl T pl
= T : T = Tr ( T T ) = Tr ( T 2 )
=1
Problem 1.62
Show that the following relations are invariants:
C12 + C 22 + C 32
C13 + C 23 + C 33
C14 + C 24 + C 34
II C
So, we have proved that C12 + C 22 + C 32 is an invariant. Similarly, we can obtain the other
relationships, so, we summarize:
C1 + C 2 + C3 = I C
C12 + C 22 + C32 = I C2 2 II C
C13 + C 23 + C33 = I C3 3 II C I C + 3 III C
C14 + C 24 + C34 = I C4 4 II C I C2 + 4 III C I C + 2 II C2
C15 + C 25 + C35 = I C5 5 II C I C3 + 5 III C I C2 + 5 II C2 I C 5 III C II C
C1n+1 + C 2n+1 + C3n +1 = C1n + C 2n + C3n I C C1 C 2n 1 + C3n1 C 2 C1n1 + C3n1 C3 C1n 1 + C 2n1
Draft
1 TENSORS
43
Problem 1.63
Show that, if a symmetric second-order tensor T has three different real eigenvalues
( 1 2 3 ) , the principal space of T is formed by an orthonormal basis.
Solution:
Consider a symmetric second-order tensor T . By the definition of eigenvalues, given in
T n ( a ) = a n ( a ) , if 1 , 2 , 3 are the eigenvalues of T , then it follows that:
T n (1) = 1n (1)
T n ( 2 ) = 2n ( 2 )
T n (3) = 3n (3)
(1.53)
Applying the dot product between n ( 2) and T n (1) = 1n (1) , and the dot product between n (1)
and T n ( 2) = 2 n ( 2) we obtain:
n ( 2 ) T n (1) = 1n ( 2 ) n (1)
n (1) T n ( 2 ) = 2n (1) n ( 2)
(1.54)
(1)
(2)
(1.55)
=0
(1.56)
(1.57)
Similarly, it is possible to show that n (1) n (3) = 0 and n ( 2) n (3) = 0 and then we can conclude
that the eigenvectors are mutually orthogonal, and constitute an orthogonal basis, where the
transformation matrix between systems is:
n (1) n 1(1)
A = n ( 2) = n 1( 2)
n (3) n (3)
n (21)
n (22 )
n (23)
n 3(1)
n 3( 2 )
n (33)
(1.58)
NOTE: If the tensor is not symmetric the principal space not necessarily is orthogonal.
Problem 1.64
Obtain the components of T , given by the transformation:
T = A T AT
where the components of T and A are shown, respectively, as Tij and a ij . Afterwards, given
that a ij are the components of the transformation matrix, represent graphically the
components of the tensors T and T on both systems.
Solution: The expression T = A T A T in symbolic notation is given by:
(e a e b ) = ars (e r e s ) T pq (e p e q ) akl (e l e k ) = ars T pq akl sp ql (e r e k )
Tab
= arp T pq akq (e r e k )
To obtain the components of T one only need make the double scalar product with the basis
(e i e j ) , the result of which is:
Draft
44
(e a e b ) : (e i e j ) = arp T pq akq (e r e k ) : (e i e j )
Tab
ai bj = arp T pq akq ri kj
Tab
Tij = aip T pq a jq
x3
T = A T AT
T33
T23
x3
T13
T33
T31
T13
T23
T32
T22
T12
x2
T21
T22
T31
T11
T11
T32
T21
T12
x1
x2
x1
T = AT T A
(T )ij
3 1 0
= Tij = T = 1 3 0
0
0 1
Given that the transformation matrix between two systems, (x1 , x 2 , x3 ) - (x1 , x 2 , x 3 ) , is:
0
2
A=
2
2
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real - Spain
Draft
0
2
2
2
2
1 TENSORS
45
Obtain the tensor components Tij in the new coordinate system (x1 , x 2 , x 3 ) .
Solution: The transformation law for second-order tensor components is Tij = aik a jl Tkl .
To enable the previous calculation to be carried out in matrix form we use:
[ ]
Tij = [a i k ] [Tk l ] a l j
Thus
T = A T AT
0
2
T =
2
1
0
3 1 0
0 1 3 0 0
0 1
0
1
0
0
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
0
2
2
2
Problem 1.66
Find the transformation matrix between the systems: x, y , z and x, y, z . These systems are
represented in Figure 1.2.
z = z
z = z
y
y = y
x
x
Draft
46
B
r
a
r
a
B 1
r
a
A 1
initial
space
C 1
CBA
C
r
a
current
space
A 1B 1 C 1 = (CBA ) 1 iforthogonal
s A T B T C T = (CBA ) T
from x, y , z to x, y, z
cos sin 0
A = sin cos 0
0
0
1
with 0 360
Draft
1 TENSORS
from x, y, z to x, y, z
z = z
cos
B = 0
sin
y = y
47
0 sin
1
0
0 cos
with 0 180
y
z = z
from x, y, z to x, y, z
y
y = y
cos
C = sin
0
sin
cos
0
0
0
1
with 0 360
x
x
D = CBA
D = ( cos cos sin sin cos ) ( sin cos sin + cos cos ) sin sin
cos sin
sin sin
cos
The angles , , are known as Euler angles and were introduced by Leonhard Euler to
describe the orientation of a rigid body motion.
Draft
48
Problem 1.67
If a ij represent the components of the base transformation matrix, show that the following
equations are fulfilled:
2
2
2
a11
+ a12
+ a13
=1
2
2
2
a 21 + a 22 + a 23 = 1
2
2
2
a 31 + a 32 + a 33 = 1
a 21 a31 + a 22 a 32 + a 23 a 33 = 0
a a + a a + a a = 0
12 32
13 33
11 31
or
2
2
2
a11
+ a 21
+ a 31
=1
2
2
2
a12 + a 22 + a 32 = 1
2
2
2
a13 + a 23 + a 33 = 1
a11 a12 + a 21 a 22 + a 31 a 32 = 0
a12 a13 + a 22 a 23 + a 32 a 33 = 0
a a + a a + a a = 0
21 23
31 33
11 13
Solution:
We start from the principle that the basis transformation matrix is an orthogonal matrix, i.e.
a ik a jk = a ki a kj = ij . Then:
a ik a jk = a i1 a j1 + a i 2 a j 2 + a i 3 a j 3 = ij
(i = 1, j = 1)
(i = 2, j = 2)
(i = 3, j = 3)
(i = 1, j = 2)
(i = 2, j = 3)
(i = 1, j = 3)
2
2
2
a11
+ a12
+ a13
=1
2
2
2
a 21
+ a 22
+ a 23
=1
2
2
2
a31
+ a 32
+ a 33
=1
Alternative solution:
T
AA = 1
a11
a
21
a 31
a12
a 22
a 32
a13 a11
a 23 a12
a 33 a13
a 21
a 22
a 23
a 31 1 0 0
a 32 = 0 1 0
a 33 0 0 1
+ a12
+ a13
a11
1.1.8
a 21 a 31 + a 22 a 32 + a 23 a 33 = 0 1 0
2
2
2
0 0 1
+ a 32
+ a 33
a 31
Problem 1.68
Let Q be a proper orthogonal tensor, and E be an arbitrary second-order tensor. Show that
the eigenvalues of E do not change with the following orthogonal transformation:
E* = Q E QT
Solution:
Draft
1 TENSORS
(
)
= det (Q E Q 1)
= det (Q E Q Q 1 Q )
= det [Q (E 1 ) Q ]
(3) det (E 1) det
(Q3)
= det
12Q
1
424
0 = det E * 1
T
T
= det (E 1 )
49
(
= det (Q
= det (Q
0 = det E *ij ij
ik E kp Q jp
ij
ik E kp Q jp
Q ik Q jp kp
[ (
) ]
= det (Q )det (E ) det (Q )
= det (E )
= det Q ik E kp kp Q jp
ik
kp
kp
kp
jp
kp
Solution:
A 2 = A* A*
( A 2 ) ij = ( A * A * ) ij = A *ik A *kj
= ( Q A Q T ) (Q A Q T )
= QA Q QA Q
123
T
= (Q ip A pr Q kr )(Q ks A st Q jt )
= Q ip A pr Q kr Q ks A st Q jt
123
=1
= rs
= Q A A QT
= Q ip A pr rs A st Q jt = Q ip A ps A st Q jt
= Q A 2 QT
= Q ip ( A A ) pt Q jt
= (Q A 2 Q T ) ij
Problem 1.70
Given the tensor components:
5 3 3
Tij = 2 6 3
2 2 4
II T =
6 3
2 4
5 3
2 4
5 3
2 6
= 56
III T = det ( T ) = 60
Draft
50
5
3
2
6
2
3
3
=0
3 2 I T + II T III T = 0
thus:
3 152 + 56 60 = 0
3 > 2
0
0
2 + 3 = 5
23 = 6
3 = 3
2
(5 3 ) 3 = 6 3 5 3 + 6 = 0 ( 2 )
2 + 3 = 5
3 = 2
23 = 6
Problem 1.71
Find the principal values and directions of the second-order tensor T , where the Cartesian
components of T are:
(T )ij
3 1 0
= Tij = T = 1 3 0
0
0 1
Solution: We need to find nontrivial solutions for (Tij ij ) n j = 0 i , which are constrained by
n j n j = 1 (unit vector). As we have seen, the nontrivial solution requires that:
Tij ij = 0
Draft
1 TENSORS
T11
T21
T12
T22
T13
T23
T31
T32
T33
51
3 1
= 1 3
0
0
0
=0
(1 ) (3 ) 2 1 = 0
3 7 2 + 14 8 = 0
T
1
Tii T jj Tij Tij = 22
T32
2
T23
T33
T11
T13
T31
T33
T11
T12
T21
T22
= 14
3 72 + 14 8 = 0
2 = 2;
3 = 4
II T = 1 2 + 2 3 + 3 1 = 1 2 + 2 4 + 4 1 = 14
III T = 1 2 3 = 8
Thus, we can see that the invariants are the same as those evaluated previously.
Principal directions:
Each eigenvalue, i , is associated with a corresponding eigenvector, n (i ) . We can use the
equation ( Tij ij ) n j = 0 i to obtain the principal directions.
1 = 1
3 1
1
1
3 1
0 n1 0
0 n 1 3 1 1
0 n 2 = 1 3 1 0 n 2 = 0
0 1 1 n 3 0
1 1 n 3 0
n1 = n 2 = 0
n1 + 2n 2 = 0
0n = 0
3
n i n i = n12 + n 22 + n 32 = 1
n i(1) = [0 0 1] .
NOTE 1: This solution could have been directly determined by the specific features of the
T matrix. As the terms T13 = T23 = T31 = T32 = 0 imply that T33 = 1 is already a principal
value, then, consequently, the original direction is a principal direction.
Draft
52
2 = 2
3 2
1
1
3 2
0
0 n1 0
n 1 3 2 1
n = 1 3 2
0 n 2 = 0
2
0
1 2 n 3 0
1 2 n 3 0
0
0
n1 n 2 = 0 n1 = n 2
n1 + n 2 = 0
n = 0
3
The first two equations are linearly dependent, after which we need an additional equation:
n i n i = n12 + n 22 + n 32 = 1 2n12 = 1 n1 =
1
2
Thus:
2 = 2
1
n i( 2 ) =
2
1
2
3 = 4
3 3
1
1
3 3
0
0 n 1 3 4 1
0 n1 0
0 n 2 = 1 3 4
0 n 2 = 0
1 3 n 3 0
0
1 4 n 3 0
n1 n 2 = 0
n1 = n 2
n1 n 2 = 0
3n = 0
3
n i n i = n12 + n 22 + n 32 = 1 2n 22 = 1 n 2 =
1
2
Then:
3 = 4
n i(3) = m
1
2
1
2
n i(1)
= [0 0 1]
2 = 2
n i( 2)
1
2
1
2
3 = 4
n i(3)
= m
1
2
1
2
NOTE 2: The tensor components of this problem are the same as those used in Problem
1.65. Additionally, we can verify that the eigenvectors make up the transformation matrix, A ,
between the original system, (x1 , x 2 , x3 ) , and the principal space, (x1 , x 2 , x 3 ) , (see Problem
1.65).
Draft
1 TENSORS
53
Problem 1.72
Let Q be a proper orthogonal tensor a) show that Q has one real eigenvalue and equals to 1 .
b) Also show that Q can be represented by means of the angle as follows:
Q = p p + cos (q q + r r ) sin (q r r q )
where p , q , r , are unit vectors which form an orthonormal basis, where p is the direction
associated with the eigenvalue = 1 , i.e. p is an eigenvector of Q . c) Obtain the principal
r
invariants of Q in function of the angle . d) Given a vector position x , obtain the new
r
vector originated by the orthogonal transformation Q x in the space formed by p , q .
Solution:
a) Taking into account the definition of the orthogonal tensor we can conclude that:
QT Q = 1
QT Q QT = 1 QT
QT (Q 1) = (QT 1)
QT (Q 1) = (Q 1)T
[ ]
[
]
[
]
det
1
42Q
4
3 det (Q 1) = det (Q 1) = det (Q 1)
T
= detQ =1
where
[ ]
det A T
we
have used
the
following
determinant
properties:
det[A ] = 3 det[A ] ,
= det[A ] , det[A B ] = det[A ]det[B ] . The unique scalar which satisfies the expression
Taking into account the definition of eigenvalue, det[(Q 1)] = 0 , we conclude that when
= 1 it fulfills that det[(Q 1)] = 0 , then = 1 is eigenvalue of Q . Hence, there is a direction
(eigenvector) satisfying that Q e 1* = e 1* = e 1* .
b) We consider that the vectors p e 1* , q e *2 , r e *3 form an orthonormal basis.
e 3
q e *2
e 1* p
Q e 1* = e 1*
e 2
e 1
r e *3
Draft
54
Q = Q *ij e *i e *j
* *
* *
* *
= Q11
e1 e 1* + Q12
e1 e *2 + Q13
e1 e *3 +
(1.59)
Taking into account that e 1* is eigenvector of Q associated with the eigenvalue = 1 , it holds
that Q e 1* = e 1* = e 1* . In addition, making the projection of Q , given by (1.59), according to
direction e 1* , we obtain:
Q e 1* = e 1*
* *
* *
* *
Q e 1* = [ Q11
e1 e 1* + Q12
e1 e *2 + Q13
e1 e *3 +
] e 1*
* *
= Q11
e1 + Q *21e *2 + Q *31e *3
*
with that we conclude that Q11
= 1 , Q *21 = 0 , Q *31 = 0 .
Remember that two coaxial tensors have the same principal directions (eigenvectors). A tensor
and its inverse are coaxial tensors, then if Q 1 = Q T , this implies that Q T and Q are coaxial
tensors, and e 1* is also principal direction of Q T , then it fulfills that:
Q T e 1* = e 1*
* *
Q T e 1* = [ Q11
e1 e 1* + Q *21e 1* e *2 + Q *31e 1* e *3 +
* *
+ Q12
e 2 e 1* + Q *22 e *2 e *2 + Q *32 e *2 e *3 +
* *
+ Q13
e 3 e 1* + Q *23 e *3 e *2 + Q *33 e *3 e *3
] e 1*
* *
* *
* *
= Q11
e1 + Q12
e 2 + Q13
e3
*
*
*
with that we conclude that Q11
= 1 , Q12
= 0 , Q13
= 0 . Then, the equation (1.59) becomes:
(1.60)
Q *ij
1 0
= 0 Q *22
0 Q *32
Q *22
*
Q11
=1
0
Q *23
Q *33
Q *32
Q *23
x1*
Q *33
x3*
Draft
1 TENSORS
55
= ij
[(Q )
[Q Q
* 2
22
*
*
22 23
1 0
0 Q *
22
0 Q *23
0 1 0
Q *32 0 Q *22
Q *33 0 Q *32
0
] [Q Q
] [(Q )
+ (Q *32 ) 2
+ Q *32 Q *33
*
*
22 23
* 2
33
0 1 0 0
Q *23 = 0 1 0
Q *33 0 0 1
1 0 0
= 0 1 0
0 0 1
(1.61)
]
]
+ Q *32 Q *33
+ (Q *23 ) 2
0 Q *32
0
Q *23 = 1
Q *33
(1.62)
Taking into account (1.61) and (1.62) we obtain the following set of equations:
(Q *22 ) 2 + (Q *32 ) 2 = 1
* *
*
*
Q 22 Q 23 + Q 32 Q 33 = 0
* 2
* 2
(Q 33 ) + (Q 23 ) = 1
* *
*
*
Q 22 Q 33 Q 23 Q 32 = 1
cos 2 + sin 2 = 1
whereupon we have demonstrated the existence of an angle that meets the above conditions:
Q *ij
1 0
= 0 Q *22
0 Q *23
0 1
0
0
*
Q 32 = 0 cos sin
Q *33 0 sin cos
(1.63)
Returning to the equation (1.60), and taking into account (1.63), we conclude that:
Q = e 1* e 1* + (cos ) e *2 e *2 + ( sin )e *2 e *3 + (sin )e *3 e *2 + (cos ) e *3 e *3
= e 1* e 1* + cos e *2 e *2 + e *3 e *3 sin e *2 e *3 e *3 e *2
0
= 0 cos
0
0
cos
1444
4244443
sym
Q *ij
[p p +cos (q q +r r )]ij
0
0
0
0
= 0
sin
0 sin
0
14444
4244444
3
skew
Q *ij
[sin (q r r q ) ]ij
skew
Draft
56
Wij*
0 0
= 0 0
0
0
0
d) We represent the vector x by means its components and the basis p , q , r , as follows:
r
x = pp + qq + rr .
r
r
x q = q
r
x r = r
r
~ = Q xr = p p + cos (q q + r r ) sin (q r r q )
x
= pp + (q cos r sin )q + (r cos + q sin )r
] [pp + qq + rr ]
e 1* p
q e *2
r
x
r
r
~
x =Q x
r e *3
Figure 1.3
Draft
1 TENSORS
Problem 1.73
57
r
p
r
p
r
p
?
Taking into account that R 1 = R T (orthogonal tensor), we can guarantee that the inverse of
r
r
R exists, and considering that p = R p we obtain:
r
r
r
r
r
r r
p = R p R 1 p = R 1 R p R 1 p = 1 p = p
r
r
r
r
Substituting p = R 1 p into p = U p , we obtain:
r
r
r
r
p = U p
p = U p
r
r
r
r
R 1 p = U p
R 1 p = U p
r
r
r
r
R R 1 p = R U p
U 1 R 1 p = U 1 U p
r
r
r
r r
1 p = R U p
(R U) 1 p = 1 p = p
r
r
r
r
p = (R U) p
p = (R U) 1 p
(1.64)
Or in indicial notation:
p i = U ij p j
p i = U ij p j
R ij1p j = U ij p j
R ij1p j = U ij p j
R ki R ij1p j = R ki U ij p j
kj p j = R ki U ij p j
(R ki U ij ) 1 p j = kj p j = p k
p k = (R ki U ij )p j
p k = (R ki U ij ) 1 p j
Draft
(1.65)
58
r
p
U 1
R 1 = R T
r
p
r
p
(R U)
(R U) 1 = U 1 R T
1.1.9
Problem 1.74
Let w be an antisymmetric second-order tensor and V be a positive definite symmetric
tensor whose spectral representation is given by:
V=
n ( a ) n ( a )
a =1
w = w ab n (a ) n (b)
a ,b =1
a b
w V V w = w ab ( b a ) n ( a ) n (b)
a ,b =1
a b
Solution:
It is true that
a =1
a =1
a ,b =1
w 1 = w n ( a) n ( a) = w n ( a) n ( a ) = (wr n (a ) ) n ( a) = wb (n (b) n ( a ) ) n (a )
3
a =1
r
r
where we have applied the antisymmetric tensor property w n = w n , where w is the axial
(
+ w (n
+ w (n
)
) n
(
(n
)
) n
(
(n
)
) n
(1)
n ( 2 ) n ( 2 ) + w2 n ( 2 ) n ( 2) n ( 2) + w3 n (3) n ( 2) n ( 2 ) +
(1)
( 3)
( 3)
+ w2
( 2)
( 3)
( 3)
+ w3
( 3)
( 3)
( 3)
Draft
1 TENSORS
59
( )
( )
w = w31 n (3) n (1) + w21 n ( 2) n (1) + +w32 n (3) n (2) + w12 n (1) n ( 2) +
+ w23 n ( 2) n (3) + w13 n (1) n (3)
which is the same as:
3
w = w ab n (a ) n (b)
a ,b =1
a b
The terms
wV
3
3
(
)
(
)
a
b
w V = w ab n n b n (b) n (b)
b =1
a ,b =1
ab
w
b
ab
n ( a ) n (b ) n (b ) n (b ) =
a ,b =1
a b
w
b
ab
n ( a ) n (b )
a ,b =1
ab
and
3
3
a
a
a
b
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
V w = a n n
w ab n n = a w ab n ( a) n (b)
a ,b =1
a =1
a ,b =1
ab
ab
Then,
3
3
3
(
)
(
)
(
)
(
)
a
b
a
b
w V V w = bwab n n awab n n = wab (b a ) n (a ) n (b)
a ,b =1
a ,b =1
a ,b =1
ab
a b
a b
w V 2 V 2 w = w ab (2b 2a ) n ( a ) n (b)
a ,b =1
a b
Problem 1.75
Let C be a positive definite tensor, whose Cartesian components are given by:
2 0 1
C ij = 0 4 0
1 0 2
Obtain the following tensors: a) C 2 ; b) U = C . c) Check if the tensors C and U are coaxial.
Solution:
Draft
60
Note that the tensors C 2 and U = C are coaxial with the tensor C . By means of the
spectral representation of C :
C=
N
a
(a)
(a )
N
a =1
(a) N
(a)
2a N
U= C =
a =1
(a) N
(a )
aN
a =1
( 2 ) 2 = 12
1 = 2 1 = 1
( 2 ) = 1
3 = 2 + 1 = 3
=
2 1 N 3(1) 0
2 1
1
1 1 N 1(1) 0
1 1 (1) = 0
N 3
N 1(1) = N 3(1)
(1) = 1
N
1
2
1
N 3(1) = N 1(1) = m
2
N 1(3) 0
=
2 3 N (33) 0
1
(3) 0
1 1 N
1
1 1 (3) = 0
N 3
N 1(3) = N 3(3)
( 3) = 1
N
1
2
( 3) = 1
N 3(3) = N
1
2
Summarizing we have:
1 = 1
2 = 4
3 = 3
(1) =
N
i
N ( 2 ) = [0
i
( 3) =
N
i
2
2
1 0]
1
1
0
2
2
0 m
Matrix
Transforma
tion
A=
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
0
2
0
1
2
Draft
1 TENSORS
61
1 0 0
C ij = 0 4 0
0 0 3
1
2
C ij = 0
U = C
ij
ij
0
16 0
0 9
1 0
4
= 0
0
0
0 1 0
0 = 0 2
3 0 0
0
0
3
Note that the tensor C is a positive definite tensor, so, its eigenvalues are positive. In the
original space we have the following components:
2
C ij =
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
0
2
0
1
2
1 0 0
0 16 0
0 0 9
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
0
2 5 0 4
0 = 0 16 0
1
4 0 5
2
(1.66)
Note that this result could have been obtained easily by means of the operation C 2 = C C ,
which in components becomes:
C ij2
2 0 1 2 0 1 5 0 4
= C ik C kj = 0 4 0 0 4 0 = 0 16 0
1 0 2 1 0 2 4 0 5
U ij =
1
2
0
1
2
1
0
2
1
0
1
0
2
1 0
0 2
0 0
0
0
1
2
0
1
2
0
1
0
1 3 +1
0
2 2
2
0 = 0
1 3 1
0
2 2
3 1
2
0
3 + 1
2
c) The tensors C and U are coaxial, because the eigenvalues of U were obtained in the
principal space of C . We can also verify that C and U are coaxial by means of C U = U C ,
i.e.:
3 +1
0
2 0 1
2
2
C ik U kj = 0 4 0 0
3
1
1 0 2
0
2
3 +1
0
2
2
U ik C kj = 0
3 1 0
2
3 1
2 0 1 3.098 0 2.098
2
0 0 4 0 = 0
8
0
3 + 1 1 0 2 2.098 0 3.098
3 1
3.098 0 2.098
2
0 = 0
8
0
3 + 1 2.098 0 3.098
Draft
62
Problem 1.76
Let C be a symmetric second-order tensor and R a proper orthogonal tensor. The
components of these tensors, in the Cartesian system, are given by:
2 0 1
C ij = 0 4 0
1 0 2
R ij =
0
2
2
2
2
0
2
2
2
2
65536
0
a) Similarly to Problem 1.75. Answer: C = 0
3280
0
3281
8
b)
I C = Tr (C ij ) = C ii = C11 + C 22 + C 33 = 8
II C =
4 0 2 1 2 0
1
C ii C jj C ij C ij =
+
+
= 19 ; III C = C = ijk C i1C j 2 C k 3 = 12
0 2 1 2 0 4
2
c) Taking into account the determinant property, the third principal invariant of b can be
expressed as follows:
C det (C ) = det (R T b R ) = det (R T )det (b)det (R ) = det (b) = III b = 12
1
424
3
123
= +1
= +1
Problem 1.77
Let S be a symmetric second-order tensor with det (S ) 0 . Considering that S has two
equal eigenvalues, i.e. S 2 = S 3 and S1 S 2 , show that S can be represented by:
S = S 1n (1) n (1) + S 2 (1 n (1) n (1) )
where n (1) is the eigenvector of S associated with the eigenvalue S1 , 1 is the second-order
unit tensor.
Solution: We start from the spectral representation of S :
S=
S n
a
(a)
a =1
= S 1n
(1)
(1)
+ S 2 (n
( 2)
( 2)
+ n
Draft
( 3)
(1.67)
n )
( 3)
1 TENSORS
63
Remember that 1 is a spherical tensor, whereby any direction is a principal direction. Based
on this principle, we adopt the principal space of S to make the spectral representation of 1 ,
i.e.:
1=
(a)
(1.68)
a =1
0
0
0
32
0
0 21
00
33 0
0
22
0
1
0
0 I T + 0
0
23
0
2
0
0
1 0 0
0 0 0
0 II T 0 1 0 III T = 0 0 0
0 0 1
0 0 0
3
(1.69)
Note that in the principal space of T the following relationships are true:
1
Tij = 0
0
0
2
0
0
3
0
2
0
T pj = 0
Tij 3 = Tik Tkp
0
0 1
0 0
3 0
0
2
0
0
2
0
0 1
0 0
3 0
0 21
0 =0
3 0
0
2
0
0 1
0 0
3 0
Draft
0
22
0
0
2
0
0
23
31
=0
3 0
0
0
0
32
0
0
33
64
3
Fsi1 Fik Tkp
Tkp2 I T + Tkp II T III T kp F pj1 F jt = Fsi1 0 ij F jt = 0 st
Alternative solution:
In Problem 1.57 (NOTE 1) we have summarized that:
r r
r r r
r
r r
r
r r r
[( A a), b, c] + [a, ( A b), c ] + [a, b, ( A c )] = I A [a, b, c]
r
r r
r
r
r r
r
r
r r r
[a, ( A b), ( A c )] + [( A a), b, ( A c )] + [( A a), ( A b), c ] = II A [a, b, c]
r
r
r
r r r
[( A a), ( A b), ( A c )] = III A [a, b, c ]
r r r
(1.70)
Taking into account the above equation into the equation (1.70) we can obtain:
r r r
r r r
r
r r
r r
r
[( A 2 f ), b, c ] I A [( A f ), b, c ] = [( A f ), ( A b), c] [( A f ), b, ( A c )]
r r r
r r r
r
r
r r r
r
[( A 2 f ), b, c ] I A [( A f ), b, c] = [f , ( A b), ( A c )] II A [ f , b, c ]
r r r
r r r
r r r
r
r
r
[( A 2 f ), b, c ] I A [( A f ), b, c ] + II A [f , b, c ] [f , ( A b), ( A c )] = 0
r r r
r r r
r r r r
r
r
( A 2 f ) (b c ) I A ( A f ) (b c) + II A f (b c ) f ( A b) ( A c ) = 0
r
r r
r
In Problem 1.56 we have shown that ( A b) ( A c) = [cof( A )] (b c ) holds, then the
Draft
1 TENSORS
65
r r r
r r r
r r r r
r
r
( A 2 f ) (b c ) I A ( A f ) (b c) + II A f (b c ) f ( A b) ( A c ) = 0
r r r
r r r
r r r r
r r
( A 2 f ) (b c ) I A ( A f ) (b c) + II A f (b c) f [cof( A )] (b c) = 0
r
r
r r
r r
( A 2 f ) I A ( A f ) + II A f f [cof( A )] (b c ) = 0
r
r r r r
r r
r
Note that the vectors ( A 2 f ) , ( A f ) , f 0 , (f [cof(A )]) are not orthogonal to (b c ) 0 ,
r
r
r r
r
( A 2 f ) I A ( A f ) + II A f f [cof( A )] = 0
r
r
r
r r
T
A 2 f I A A f + II A 1 f [cof( A )] f = 0
r r
T
A 2 I A A + II A 1 [cof( A )] f = 0
r
T
A 2 I A A + II A 1 [cof( A )] = 0
r
A 2 A I A A A + II A 1 A A A 1 A = 0 A
r
A 3 I A A 2 + II A A A 1 = 0
Problem 1.79
Based on the Cayley-Hamilton theorem, find the inverse of a tensor T in terms of tensor
power.
Solution:
Carrying out the dot product between the previous equation and the tensor T 1 , we obtain:
T 3 T 1 T 2 T 1I T + T T 1 II T III T 1 T 1 = 0 T 1
T 2 TI T + 1 II T III T T 1 = 0
T 1 =
1
T 2 I T T + II T 1
III T
Problem 1.80
Check the Cayley-Hamilton theorem by using a second-order tensor whose Cartesian
components are given by:
5 0 0
T = 0 2 0
0 0 1
Solution:
The Cayley-Hamilton theorem states that:
T 3 T 2 I T + T II T III T 1 = 0
Draft
66
5 3
=0
0
0 125 0 0
0 = 0 8 0
1 0 0 1
0
23
0
; T
5 2
=0
0
0
22
0
0 25 0 0
0 = 0 4 0
1 0 0 1
By applying the Cayley-Hamilton theorem, we can verify that the following is true:
125 0 0
25 0 0
5 0 0
1 0 0 0 0 0
0 8 0 8 0 4 0 + 17 0 2 0 10 0 1 0 = 0 0 0
0 0 1
0 0 1
0 0 1
0 0 1 0 0 0
Problem 1.81
Given the matrix P which is represented by its components Pij (i, j = 1,2,3,4) . a) Obtain the
inverse of P , b) the invariants, y c) the characteristic equation. Consider that:
1
2
P=
4
2 3 1
2 1 2
1 5 3
1 2 4
and
1
0
1=
0
0 0 0
1 0 0
0 1 0
0 0 1
Solution:
By applying the Cayley-Hamilton theorem we obtain:
P 4 + P 3 I1 + P 2 I 2 + P I 3 + I 41 = 0
(
P (P (P
P P 3 + P 2 I1 + P I 2 + 1 I 3 + I 41 = 0
2
+ P I1 + 1 I 2 + 1 I 3 + I 41 = 0
P P P P + 1 I 1 + 1 I 2 + 1 I 3 + I 41 = 0
1442443
C1
P P C1 + 1 I 2 + 1 I 3 + I 4 1 = 0
1
4
4
2
4
4
3
C2
P C2 + 1 I 3 + I 4 1 = 0
C3 + I 4 1 = 0
C0 = P
(
= P (C
= P (C
)
+1 I )
+1 I )
C1 = P C0 + 1 I 1
C2
C3
1
2
I4 =
Tr (C3 )
4
Draft
1 TENSORS
Tr (C2 )
3
I3 =
I2 =
67
Tr (C1 )
2
I1 =
Tr (C0 )
1
Tr (C0 )
= (1 + 2 + 5 + 4) = 12
1
2 3 1 1
2 1 2 2
1 5 3 4
1 2 4 3
I2 =
2 3 1
1
0
2 1 2
12
0
1 5 3
1 2 4
0
In turn we get C2 = P C1 + 1 I 2
1
2
C2 =
4
I3 =
2 3 1 8
6
14 14
1
2 1 2 8 13
5
7
+
21
0
1 5 3 13
6
16 3
1 2 4 11
2
4
21
0
0 0 0 37 22
15 17
2 5 5
1 0 0 7
=
0 1 0 10 12 14
2
14 11
0 0 1 9
5
Tr (C2 ) ( 37 2 14 + 5) ( 48)
=
=
= 16
3
3
3
In turn we get C3 = P C2 + 1 I 3
2 3 1 37 22
15 17
1
2 1 2 7
2 5 5
+ 16
0
1 5 3 10 12 14
2
1 2 4 9
5
14 11
0
1
2
C3 =
4
I4 =
14 14
0 0 0 8
6
7
1 0 0 8 13
5
=
16 3
0 1 0 13
6
21
0 0 1 11
2
4
0 0 0 32 0 0 0
1 0 0 0 32 0 0
=
0 1 0 0 0 32 0
0 0 1 0 0 0 32
Tr (C3 ) 4(32)
=
= 32 = det (P )
4
4
The characteristic equation coefficients could have been obtained by evaluates the
determinant:
det ( P 1) P 1
P 1 P C2 + 1 I 3 + I 4 P 11 = 0
P 1 =
1
C2 + 1 I 3
I4
thus:
P 1 =
1
adj[P ]
det (P )
Draft
C2 + 1 I 3 + I 4 P 1 = 0
adj[P ] = C2 + 1 I 3
68
P 1
37 22
15 17
1
0
2 5 5
1 7
=
+
16
0
2
(32) 10 12 14
9
14 11 5
0
0 0 0
15 17
21 22
5 5
1 0 0 1 7
14
=
0 1 0 32 10 12 2
2
14 11 21
0 0 1
9
NOTE 1: This procedure just performed, in the literature, is called Faddeev-Leverrier method.
Note that the inverse can also be obtained by using the same procedure as the one used in the
equation (1.46), i.e.:
1
32
2
4
3
0
2
4
3
0
2
4
3
0
2
4
3
0 0 0
2 1 2
1 5 3
1 2 4
1 0 0
2 1 2
1 5 3
1 2 4
0 1 0
2 1 2
1 5 3
1 2 4
0 0 1
2 1 2
1 5 3
1 2 4
1
4
3
1
0
4
3
1
0
4
3
1
0
4
3
2 3 1
0 0 0
1 5 3
1 2 4
2 3 1
1 0 0
1 5 3
1 2 4
2 3 1
0 1 0
1 5 3
1 2 4
2 3 1
0 0 1
1 5 3
1 2 4
2
1
3
1
2
0
3
1
2
0
3
1
2
0
3
2 3 1
2 1 2
0 0 0
1 2 4
2 3 1
2 1 2
1 0 0
1 2 4
2 3 1
2 1 2
0 1 0
1 2 4
2 3 1
2 1 2
0 0 1
1 2 4
Draft
2
4
1
1
2
4
0
1
2
4
0
1
2
4
0
2 3 1
2 1 2
1 5 3
0 0 0
2 3 1
2 1 2
1 5 3
1 0 0
2 3 1
2 1 2
1 5 3
0 1 0
2 3 1
2 1 2
1 5 3
0 0 1
= 1
32
21
7
10
9
22 15 17
14
12
14
11 21
1 TENSORS
69
NOTE 2: We can also obtain the characteristic coefficients by means of the following
procedure. Considering P 4 P 3 I 1 + P 2 I 2 P I 3 + I 4 1 = 0
The last coefficient is I 4 = det(P ) = 32 .
The coefficient I 3 is obtained by the sum of the determinants of the resulting matrices by
eliminating 1 row and 1 column associated with the main diagonal, i.e.
1
2
I3 =
4
2 3 1 1 2
2 1 2 2 2
+
1 5 3 4 1
1 2 4 3 1
3 1 1 2
1 2 2 2
+
5 3 4 1
2 4 3 1
3 1 1 2
1 2 2 2
+
5 3 4 1
2 4 3 1
3 1
1 2
5 3
2 4
2 1 2 1 3 1 1 2 1 1 2 3
= 1 5 3 + 4 5 3 + 2 2 2 + 2 2 1 = 16
1 2 4 3 2 4 3 1 4 4 2 5
The coefficient I 2 is obtained by the sum of the determinants of the resulting matrices by
eliminating 2 rows and 2 columns associated with the main diagonal, i.e.
1
2
I2 =
4
2 3 1
2 1 2
+
1 5 3
1 2 4
1
2
2 3 1
2 1 2
+
1 5 3
1 2 4
1
2
+
4
2 3 1 1
2 1 2 2
+
1 5 3 4
1 2 4 3
2 3 1
2 1 2
+
1 5 3
1 2 4
1
2
+
4
2 3 1
2 1 2
1 5 3
1 2 4
1
2
2 3 1
2 1 2
+
1 5 3
1 2 4
5 3 2 2 2 1 1 1 1 3 1 2
=
= 21
+
+
+
+
+
2 4 1 4 1 5 3 4 4 5 2 2
The coefficient I 1 is obtained by the sum of the determinants of the resulting matrices by
eliminating 3 rows and 3 columns associated with the main diagonal, i.e.
1
2
I1 =
4
2 3 1 1 2
2 1 2 2 2
+
1 5 3 4 1
1 2 4 3 1
3 1 1
1 2 2
+
5 3 4
2 4 3
2 3 1 1 2
2 1 2 2 2
+
1 5 3 4 1
1 2 4 3 1
Draft
3 1
1 2
5 3
2 4
70
Problem 1.82
Let A be a second-order tensor, show that:
a) II A =
1
( I A ) 2 Tr ( A 2 )
2
b) det ( A ) =
1
[Tr (A )]3 + 2 Tr( A 3 ) 3Tr(A ) Tr(A 2 )
6
Solution:
III A A 1 : 1 = A 2 AI A + 1 II A : 1 = A 2 : 1 A : 1 I A + 1 : 1 II A
1
III A Tr ( A ) = Tr ( A ) Tr ( A ) I A + Tr (1) II A = Tr ( A 2 ) ( I A ) 2 + 3 II A
[cof ( A )]T
III A Tr ( A 1 ) = Tr ( III A A 1 ) = Tr III A
III A
II A 3 II A = Tr ( A 2 ) ( I A ) 2
1
( I A ) 2 Tr ( A 2 )
2
b) We start from the Cayley-Hamilton theorem, which states that any tensor satisfies its own
characteristic equation, i.e.:
A 3 A 2 I A + AII A III A 1 = 0
where I A = [Tr (A )] , II A =
1
[Tr( A )]2 Tr( A 2 ) , III
2
(1.71)
A . Applying the double scalar product between the second-order unit tensor ( 1 ) and the
equation in (1.71) we obtain:
A 3 : 1 A 2 : 1 I A + A : 1II A III A 1 : 1 = 0 : 1
Tr ( A 3 ) Tr ( A 2 ) I A + Tr ( A ) II A III
[Tr(1)] = [Tr(0)]
1
[Tr(A )]2 Tr(A 2 ) III A 3 = 0
2
1
1
3
Tr ( A 3 ) Tr ( A 2 ) Tr ( A ) + [Tr ( A )] Tr ( A ) Tr ( A 2 ) III A 3 = 0
2
2
1
3
2 Tr ( A 3 ) 3 Tr ( A 2 ) Tr ( A ) + [Tr ( A )] III A 3 = 0
2
Tr ( A 3 ) Tr ( A 2 ) Tr ( A ) + Tr ( A )
= det ( A ) =
1
[Tr( A )]3 + 2 Tr(A 3 ) 3Tr( A 2 ) Tr(A )
6
= det ( A ) =
1
A ii A jj A kk + 2 A ij A jk A ki 3A ij A ji A kk
6
or in indicial notation:
III
Draft
1 TENSORS
71
NOTE: It is interesting to note that the principal invariants of A are formed by the three
fundamental invariants of a second-order tensor, namely Tr (A ) , Tr ( A 2 ) , Tr ( A 3 ) , i.e.:
I A = Tr ( A )
III
} {
1
1
[Tr ( A )]2 Tr ( A 2 )
[ Tr ( A )] 2 Tr ( A 2 ) =
2
2
1
[Tr ( A )]3 + 2 Tr ( A 3 ) 3 Tr ( A 2 ) Tr ( A )
= det ( A ) =
6
II A =
Problem 1.83
Show that II T = III T Tr ( T 1 ) , where II T =
invariant of T , and III
1
[Tr( T )]2 Tr(T 2 )
2
Solution:
It was shown in Problem 1.79 that T 1 =
1
T 2 TI T + 1 II T , then, by applying the double
III T
1
1
T 2 TI T + 1 II T : 1 =
T 2 : 1 T : 1 I T + 1 : 1 II T
III T
III T
1
Tr ( T 2 ) Tr ( T ) I T + Tr (1) II T
III T
III T Tr ( T 1 ) = Tr ( T 2 ) I T2 + 3 II T
14243
)
III T Tr ( T 1 ) = II T
= 2 II T
Problem 1.84
Show that:
r r
1
(1 + c b) 1 = 1
(c b )
r r
( + c b)
where c and b are vectors, 1 is the second-order unit tensor, and and are scalars.
Solution:
r
1
T 2 TI T + 1 II T
III T
(1.72)
Next, we obtain T 2 :
r r
r r
T 2 = T T = (1 + c b) (1 + c b)
r r
r r
r r r r
= 2 1 1 + 1 (c b) + (c b) 1 + 2 (c b) (c b)
r r r r
r r r r
where it fulfills that (c b) (c b) = (c b)(c b) , (see Problem 1.20). Then, the above
Draft
72
r r
r r r r
T 2 = 2 1 + 2 (c b) + 2 (c b)(c b)
r r
r r r r
r r
r r
r r
Tr ( T 2 ) = Tr 2 1 + 2 (c b) + 2 (c b)(c b) = 2 Tr (1) + 2Tr (c b) + 2 (c b) Tr (c b)
r r
r r r r
r r
r r
= 3 2 + 2 (c b) + 2 (c b)(c b) = 3 2 + 2 (c b) + 2 (c b) 2
r r
r r
r r
I T = Tr (1 + c b) = Tr (1) + Tr (c b) = 3 + (c b)
r r 2
r r
r r
( I T ) 2 = 3 + (c b) = 9 2 + 6 (c b) + 2 (c b) 2
} {
r r
r r
r r
r r
1
1
2
I T Tr ( T 2 ) = 9 2 + 6 (c b) + 2 (c b) 2 3 2 + 2 (c b) + 2 (c b) 2
2
2
r r
2
= 3 + 2 (c b)
II T =
]}
r r
r r
III T = det (1 + c b) = 3 + 2 c b (see Problem 1.50)
(1.73)
r r
r r
r r
(c b) 1
(c b)
1 III T
=
1
= 1
r r
III T
III T
( 3 + 2 c b )
(1.74)
or:
r r
1
(1 + c b) 1 = 1
r r
r
b)
(
c
r
( + c b)
Tensorial notation
(1.75)
(c b )
( + c k b k ) i j
Indicial notation
(1.76)
[{c}{b}T ]
( + {c}T {b})
Matrix notation
(1.77)
( ij + c i b j ) 1 =
[[1] + [{c}{b} ] ]
T
[ 1]
ij
Draft
1 TENSORS
73
r r
r r 1
(c b)
(1 + c b) = 1
r r
1+ c b
(1.78)
r r
r r (c b )
( + c b)
r r
r r
1
r ( 2 + c b)1 (c b) =
[adj( T )]
r
3
2
det ( T )
( + c b)
1
r r
r r
r r
adj(1 + c b) = ( 2 + c b)1 (c b)
I sym
( A B)
( + A : B )
where we now have that I sym is the symmetric fourth-order unit tensor, A and B are secondorder tensors, and and are scalars. With that it is easy to show that ( I sym ) 1 = I sym .
Problem 1.85
r
r r
r r (c b) , show that:
( + c b)
r
r
( A 1 a) (b A 1 )
r
r
( + b A 1 a)
(1.79)
where a and b are vectors, A is a second-order tensor, with det ( A ) 0 ( A 1 ), and and
are scalars.
Solution:
r
r r
r r 1
r r
(A + a b) 1 = A (1 + A 1 a b) = (1 + A 1 a b) 1 A 1
r
Note that the result of the algebraic operation A 1 a is a vector in which we denote
r
r
c = A 1 a , with that we rewrite the above equation as follows:
Draft
74
r r
r r
r r
(A + a b) 1 = ( 1 + A 1 a b) 1 A 1 = ( 1 + c b) 1 A 1
1
r r 1 1
r r
1
1
= 1
r r (c b) A = 1 A
r r (c b) A
( + c b)
( + c b)
r
r
r
1
1 1
1
1 r
1
= A 1
r r c bA = A
r r ( A a) (b A )
( + c b)
( + c b)
r
1
1 r
r
= A 1
(
(
A 1 )
A
a
b
r
( + b A 1 a)
A ij1
( + b p A pq1 a q )
r r
A 1 ( a b )
14243
Invalid Expression
the latter has no consistency, since we can not have a scalar product (contraction) with the
r r
scalar (a b) . We can check this fact by means of indicial notation
r r
r
then,
the
possible
c b = c i b i = ( A 1 a) i b i = A ik1 a k b i ,
r
1 r
1
1
1
1
1
( A a) b = b i A ik a k = a k A ik b i = A ik b i a k = A ik a k b i = A ik a k b i .
1
4
3 1
424
3
1
42r4
3
1
424
3
1
424
3
r 24
r
r
r
r
r r
r r
bA 1a
aA T b
A 1:(ba)
A T :( ab )
expressions
are
A 1:( ab )T
For the particular case when = 1 , = 1 , we fall back on the Sherman-Morrison formula:
r
r
r r 1
( A 1 a) (b A 1 )
1
r
( A + a b) = A
r
1 + b A 1 a
Sherman-Morrison formula
(1.80)
(tensorial notation)
[[ A] + [{a}{b} ] ]
T
= [ A]
}{
[ A] 1 {a} {b}T [ A] 1
1 + {b}T [ A] 1 {a}
}
T
Sherman-Morrison formula
(1.81)
(matrix notation)
r
r r
r r
r r
det (A + a b) = det A (1 + A 1 a b) = det [A ]det (1 + A 1 a b)
r
r
= det [A ]( 3 + 2 b A 1 a)
{ A (
r r
1
(A + a b) 1 =
r
r
r
r
+ b A 1 a) A 1 A ( A 1 a) (b A 1 )
with = det (A + a b) = A ( 3 + 2 b A 1 a) .
with that we conclude that:
(1.82)
r
r
r r
r
r
adj(A + a b ) = A ( 2 + b A 1 a) A 1 A ( A 1 a) (b A 1 )
Draft
]}
]}
1 TENSORS
75
D 1
( + B : D 1 : A )
[(D
: A ) (B : D 1 )
(1.83)
where we now have that D is a fourth-order tensor, A and B are second-order tensors, and
and are scalars.
Note that:
(D + A B ) 1 =
{ D (
+ B : D 1 : A )D 1 D (D 1 : A ) (B : D 1 )
]}
with = det (D + A B ) = D ( 3 + 2 B : D 1 : A ) .
(1.84)
adj(D + A B ) = D ( 2 + B : D 1 : A )D 1 D (D 1 : A ) (B : D 1 )
Problem 1.86
(1.85)
]}
(1.86)
r r
[r
r r
r r r
r r r r
1 + a b + c d = 3 + 2 (c d) + 2 (a b) + (a b)(c d) (a d)(b c )
(1.87)
r
Solution:
r
(1.88)
r
r r
r r (a b)
( + a b )
Draft
76
r
r r
r
det (D + c d) = D (1 + d D 1 c )
r 1
r r
r r r
= 3 + 2 (a b ) (1 + d 1
b) c
(
a
r
r
( + a b )
r r
= 3 + 2 (a b ) 1 +
r r r r
1 r
r
d 1 c
r d (a b) c
r
( + a b )
r r
r r
1 r r
dc
c )
(
d
a
)
(
b
r
r
( + a b )
r r
r r r r
r r
= 3 + 2 (a b ) 1 + (c d)
r (a d)(b c )
r
2 ( + a b )
r r
r r
r r
r r
r r r r
Note that (d a) (b c ) = (1
a d) (b c ) = (a d)(b c ) .
23 123
r r
= 3 + 2 (a b ) 1 +
scalar
scalar
[
[
r r
r r
r r
r r r r
r r
r (a d)(b c )
det (D + c d) = 3 + 2 (a b) 1 + (c d) 3 + 2 (a b)
r
2
( + a b)
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
= 3 + 2 (a b) 1 + (c d) (a d)(b c )
r
r
r
r
r r r r
r r r r
= 3 + 2 (c d) + 2 (a b) + (a b)(c d) (a d)(b c )
Then:
r r
r r
r r
r r
r r r r
r r r r
det (1 + a b + c d) = 3 + 2 (c d) + 2 (a b ) + (a b )( c d) (a d)(b c )
[
[
r r
r r
r r
r r
r r r r
r r r r
det (1 + a b + c d) = 3 + 2 (c d) + 2 (a b) (a d)(b c ) (a b)(c d)
r r
r r
r r
r r
r r r r
r r r r
det (1 + a b + b a) = 3 + 2 (b a) + 2 (a b) (a a)(b b) (a b)(b a)
r r
r r r r
r r r r
= 3 + 2 ( + )(a b) (a a)(b b) (a b)(a b)
r r 2 r 2 r 2 r r 2
In Problem 1.1 we have shown that a b = a b a b holds, thus:
]
]
( )
r r
r r
r r
r r
det (1 + a b + b a) = 3 + 2 ( + )(a b) a b
Problem 1.87
r
r
r
(B q) (B q)
where B = B T and
r
r
q B q
B 1 , show that:
Draft
1 TENSORS
=B
77
r r r
r
( p q + p B 1 p ) r r
[q q ] r 2 r qr ( B 1 pr )
+
r r 2
( p q)
( p q)
sym
(1.89)
b.2) If B is a positive definite tensor, obtain the conditions under which D is a non-singular
tensor.
Solution:
r
r
r
( A 1 a) (b A 1 )
r
( + b A 1 a)
(1.90)
r
r
r
( A 1 c ) (d A 1 )
r
(1 + d A 1 c )
(1.91)
r r
1
= (1 + a b) 1 = 1
(c b )
r r
( + c b)
(1.92)
(a b)
r r
( + a b )
Furthermore, we have
r r
r r
r r
r 1
(a b) r 1 r
(a b) r 1 r
(b c ) r
A c =
1
r r c = 1c
r r c = c
r r a
( + a b)
( + a b )
( + a b )
r r
r r
r r
r
r 1
r
r
1 r
(
)
(
)
1
(
a) r
d
a
b
a
b
1
r = d 1 d
r = d
d A = d 1
r
r
r r b
b)
a
+
a
b
a
b
] [
r r r
r
r r
r r
r r
r
r r r
(1 + a b + c d) 1 = (1) 1 + ( 2 ) (a b) + ( 3) (1) c + ( 2 ) (b c )a (1) d + ( 2 ) (a d)b
(1.93)
where
(1) =
( 2) =
( 3) =
r r
( + a b )
r
r
(1 + d A 1 c )
r
r 1 r r
d A 1 c = (d c )
r r r r
r r (d a )(b c )
( + a b )
Draft
78
D = B 1 + 1 r r 1
1
=
+
r
r
r
r
r r
pq
q B q
pq
q Bq
r r
r
r
r
r
r
r
p p
( B 1 p) p ( B 1 B q ) ( B q )
1
1 ( B q ) ( B q )
= B 1 + B r r B
r
r
r r
r
r
= B 1 +
pq
q B q
pq
q Bq
r r
r
1 r
( B p) p q ( B q )
= B 1 +
r
r r
r
pq
q Bq
and by denoting by
r
r
a = ( B 1 p)
r r
b=p
r r
c =q
r
r
d = (B q)
= r r
pq
1
= r
r
q B q
we get
r r
r r
D = B 1 + a b + c d = B C
D 1 = ( B C ) 1 = C 1 B 1
r r
r r
where C = [1 + a b + c d ] . The inverse of C can be obtained via subsection (a) with
= 1 . Moreover, we have:
(1) = 1 ,
( 2) =
1
1
1
= r r r
r
r r =
r r = r r
( + a b) (1 + a b) p q (1 + r 1 r ( B 1 pr ) pr ) ( p q + p B 1 p)
pq
r
r 1 r r
d A 1 c = (d c )
r r r r
r r (a d )(b c )
( + a b )
r r
r
r r r
1
= (( B q ) q ) + r r r
(( B 1 p) ( B q ) )( p q )
1 r
( p q + p B p)
r
r r r
r
r ( p ( B T B ) q ) ( p q )
= q B q +
r r r
r
( p q + p B 1 p)
1
1
= r
r
r
r
r r r
1 r
r ( p ( B T B ) q ) ( p q )
1 r
(1 + d A c ) q B q
1 + r
+
q
B
q
r
r r r
r
q Bq
( p q + p B 1 p )
r r r
1 r
( p q + p B p)
= r
r r r
( p ( B T B ) q ) ( p q )
r r r
r
( p q + p B 1 p )
1
1
( 2 ) (3) = r r r 1 r r
r r r = r
r r r
T
T
( p q + p B p) ( p ( B B ) q ) ( p q ) ( p ( B B ) q ) ( p q )
( 3) =
r r
( 2 ) ( 3) (a d ) = r
( p (B
= r
( p ( B T
r r
( 2 ) ( 3) (b c ) = r
( p (B
r r r r
r
1
1 r
r r r (( B p) ( B q ))
B) q) ( p q )
r
r
1
1
T
r r r ( p (B B) q ) = r r
( p q)
B) q) ( p q )
r r
1
1
r r r ( p q) = r
r
T
B) q ) ( p q )
( p (B B) q )
( 2 ) (3) (b c )(a d ) = r
( p (B
r r r
1
1 r
r r r (( B p) ( B q ))( p q ) = 1
B) q ) ( p q )
Draft
1 TENSORS
79
[
[
] [
r r r
r
r r
r
r r r
C 1 = 1 + ( 2 ) (a b ) + ( 3) c + ( 2 ) (b c )a d + ( 2 ) (a d )b
r r r r
r r
r r
r r r r
C 1 = 1 + ( 2 ) a b + ( 3) c d + ( 3) ( 2 ) (a d ) c b + ( 3) ( 2 ) (b c ) a d + L
r r r r r r
L + ( 3) (22 ) (b c )(a d ) a b
r r r r r r
r r
r r r r
C 1 = 1 + ( 2 ) + ( 3) (22 ) (b c )(a d ) a b + ( 3) c d + ( 3) ( 2 ) (a d ) c b + L
r r r r
L + ( 3) ( 2 ) ( b c ) a d
}[
Note that: { ( 2 ) + (3) (22 ) (b c )(a d )}= ( 2 ) {1 + (3) ( 2 ) (b c )(a d )}= ( 2 ) {1 1} = 0 , thus
r r r r
r r r r
r r r r
r r
r r r r
C 1 = 1 + ( 3) c d + ( 3) ( 2 ) (a d ) c b + ( 3) ( 2 ) (b c ) a d
r r r r
r r
r r r r
C 1 = 1 + ( 3) c d + ( 3) ( 2 ) (a d ) c b + ( 3) ( 2 ) (b c ) a d
r r r
r
r
r
( p q + p B 1 p)
1 r r
=1 + r
r r r [q ( B q ) ] + r r [q p ] + L
T
( p q)
( p (B B) q ) ( p q )
r
1
1 r
L+ r
r ( B p) ( B q )
T
( p (B B) q )
r
r
1 r r
( p q + p B 1 p )
= 1 + r
r r r [q ( B q ) ] + r r [q p ] + L
T
( p q)
( p (B B) q ) ( p q )
= B 1
r 1
1
1 r
L+ r
r ( B p) ( B q ) B
T
( p (B B) q )
r r r
1 r
r
r
1 r r
( p q + p B p)
1
1
+ r
r r r [q ( B q )] B + r r [q p ] B + L
T
p
q
(
)
( p (B B) q ) ( p q )
r
1
1 r
1
L+ r
r ( B p) ( B q ) B
T
( p (B B) q )
Note that:
{[qr ( B qr )] B } = [qr ( B qr )] B = [q ( B qr ) ]B
r
r
= [q ( B B ) q ) ]
[( B pr ) ( B qr )] B = ( B pr ) ( B B ) qr
1
ij
ik
1
kj
1
kj
= q i ( B kp q p ) B kj1 = q i ( B kp B kj1 q p )
ij
=B
= B 1
= B 1
r r r
r
( p q + p B 1 p ) r r
[q q ] + r 1r
+
r r r r
( p q) ( p q)
( p q)
r r r
1 r
( p q + p B p) r r
[q q ] + r 1r
+
r r r r
( p q) ( p q)
( p q)
r r r
1 r
( p q + p B p) r r
+
[q q ] r 2 r
r r 2
( p q)
( p q)
[qr ( pr B )] + ( pr1qr ) [( B
1
{[qr ( pr B )] + [( B
1
[qr ( B
r
p) q ]
r
p) q ]
r
p)]
r
sym
Draft
80
b.2) A tensor is non-singular if det (D ) 0 . By using the equation obtained previously we get:
r r
r r
D = B 1 + a b + c d
( [
])
r r
r r
r r
r r
det (D) = det B 1 + a b + c d = det ( B )det 1 + a b + c d
Note that det ( B ) > 0 , since B is a positive definite tensor. Then, the condition under which
r r
r r
D is a non-singular tensor is det[1 + a b + c d ] 0 . By using the determinant
expression obtained in Problem 1.86 we get:
r r
r r
r r
r r r r
r r r r
det (1 + a b + c d ) = 3 + 2 (c d ) (a d )( b c ) (a b )(c d )
r r
r r r
r r r
r
r
r r r r r r
where = 1 , a b = ( B 1 p ) p = p B 1 p , a d = ( B 1 p ) ( B q ) = p q , b c = p q
r r r
r
r
r
r r
r
1 r
c d = q ( B q ) = q B q , (c d ) = r
r q B q = 1 ,
q B q
r r r r
r r r r
r
r
1
1 r r
r ( p q )( p q ) ( p B p )( q B q )
pq q B q
1
Thus:
r r
r r
r r r r
r
r
1
1 r r
det 1 + a b + c d = r r r
r ( p q )( p q ) ( p B p )(q B q ) 0
( p q )(q B q )
r
r
r r
r r
r
r
Then, the conditions are: p 0 , q 0 , ( p q ) 0 , i.e. p and q can not be orthogonal
>0
Note that by the fact that B is positive definite tensor, the scalar (q B q ) > 0 is always
r r
r
r
positive for any vector q 0 . The same apply to ( p B 1 p ) > 0 , since, if the tensor is
positive definite so is its inverse. Note also that D is a positive definite tensor if
r r
r
r r
r
r r
( p q ) 2 > ( p B 1 p )(q B q ) and ( p q ) > 0 . These two conditions can be replaced by
r r
r
r r
r
( p q ) > ( p B 1 p )(q B q ) .
Problem 1.88
Let A = A () and be a second-order tensor and a scalar respectively, show that:
dA
dA
A 1
= A Tr
d
d
(1.94)
Solution:
In Problem 1.82 and in Problem 1.79, we have demonstrated, respectively, that:
III
= det ( A ) = A =
1
[Tr( A )]3 + 2 Tr(A 3 ) 3Tr( A 2 ) Tr(A )
6
III A A 1 = A 2 AI A + II A 1
where I A = Tr (A ) , II A =
(1.96)
1
[Tr ( A )]2 Tr ( A 2 ) .
2
(1.95)
Draft
1 TENSORS
81
d (A 2 )
d Tr ( A 2 )
dA
dA
= Tr
= 2 Tr A
= Tr 2A
d
d
d
d
d Tr ( A 3 )
dA
= 3Tr A 2
d
d
}
[
d ( III A ) 1 d
[Tr( A )]3 + 2 Tr(A 3 ) 3Tr( A 2 ) Tr(A )
=
d
6 d
d Tr ( A 3 )
d Tr ( A 2 )
d [Tr ( A )]
1
2 d [Tr ( A )]
Tr ( A ) 3 Tr ( A 2 )
= 3[Tr ( A )]
+2
3
dt
d
d
d
6
1
dA
dA
2 dA
dA
2
Tr ( A ) 3Tr ( A 2 ) Tr
6 Tr A
3[Tr ( A )] Tr + 6 Tr A
d
d
6
d
dA
1
dA
dA
2
Tr ( A ) + [Tr ( A )] Tr ( A 2 ) Tr
Tr A
= Tr A 2
d
d
2
d
or
d ( III A )
dA
dA
dA
= Tr A 2
Tr A
I A + II A Tr
d
d
d
(1.97)
dA
, we can obtain:
d
dA
dA
dA
dA
dA
= A 2 AI A + II A 1
= A2
A
I A + II A
d
d
d
d
d
Tr A 1
A
I A + II A
III A = Tr A
d
d
d
d
dA
dA
dA
= Tr A 2
Tr A
I A + Tr
II A
d
d
(1.98)
A 1
= III A Tr A 1
= III A Tr
d
d
Draft
(1.99)
82
where ij are the second-order unit tensor components, and , , are scalar.
a) What kind of symmetry has the tensor C ? b) What conditions must be met to guarantee
the symmetry of C ?
Solution:
The tensor has major symmetry whether C ijkl = C klij holds. Taking into account the equation
in (1.99), we conclude that the tensor has major symmetry since
C klij = kl ij + ki lj + kj li = C ijkl
We check now if the tensor has minor symmetry, e.g. C ijkl = C ijlk
C ijlk = ij lk + il jk + ik jl C ijkl
Then, the tensor C has minor symmetry if and only if = , with that we obtain:
C ijkl = ij kl + ( ik jl + il jk )
Note that ij kl has major and minor symmetry, while the tensors ik jl , il jk are not
sym
symmetric. Note also that ( ik jl + il jk ) = 2I ijkl
.
Problem 1.90
Let C be a fourth-order tensor, whose components are given by:
C ijkl = ij kl + ( ik jl + il jk )
(1.100)
(1.101)
pq
pq
+ mp nq + mq np
= ij kl + ik
jl
)]
+ il
jk
)= C
(1.102)
ijkl
which proves that C is an isotropic tensor, i.e. the C -components do not change for any
transformation basis.
Draft
1 TENSORS
83
Problem 1.91
Let C be a symmetric isotropic fourth-order tensor which is represented by its components
as follows:
C ijkl = ij kl + ik jl + il jk
C = 1 1 + 2 I
(indicial notation)
(tensorial notation)
where and are scalars, 1 is the second-order unit tensor, I is the symmetric fourthorder unit tensor, i.e. I I sym .
a) Given a symmetric second-order tensor , obtain which is given by the following
algebraic operation = C : . Express the result in indicial and tensorial notation.
b) Show that and have the same eigenvectors, i.e. the same principal directions.
c) If are the eigenvalues (principal values) of , obtain the eigenvalues of .
Solution:
a)
Tensorial notation:
Indicial notation
ij = C ijkl kl
= C :
= (1 1 + 2 I ) :
)]
= ij kl kl + ik jl kl + il jk kl
= 1 1
: + 2 I{
:
{
Tr ( )
= ij kl + ik jl + il jk kl
= ij kk + ij + ji
sym
( )
= ij kk + 2 ijsym
= Tr ( )1 + 2
= ij kk + 2 ij
(Tr()1 + 2 ) n = n
Tr ( )1 n + 2 n = n
2 n = n Tr ( )n
Tr ( )n + 2 n = n
2 n = ( Tr ( ) )n
Tr ( )
n
n =
n = n
Note that the last equation is the definition of eigenvalue-eigenvector of . With that we
conclude that and have the same eigenvectors (they are coaxial). And the eigenvalues of
can be obtained as follows:
=
Tr ( )
2
Draft
84
1
0
0
2
0
1
where it is also true that 0
0
0
1
1
0=
0
2
0
3
0
2
0
1 0 0
Tr ( ) 0 1 0
2
0 0 1
3
0
0
1 0 0
1
= Tr ( ) 0 1 0 + 2 0
0 0 1
0
3
0
2
0
0
0
2
0
0
0
3
Problem 1.92
a) Obtain the inverse of the fourth-order tensor C = 2 I + 1 1 where I I sym is the
symmetric fourth-order unit tensor, 1 is the second-order unit tensor, and > 0 and are
scalars. b) Obtain the determinant of C . In addition, if we consider that =
E
,
(1 + )(1 2 )
E
, find the possible values of E and that guarantee that the tensor C is positive
2(1 + )
definite. c) Obtain also the reciprocal of the expression = C : in function of > 0 , ,
where and are symmetric second-order tensors.
Solution:
a) We use the equation obtained in (1.83):
( D + A B ) 1 =
D 1
( + B : D 1 : A )
[(D
: A ) (B : D 1 )
Denoting by D = I , A = B = 1 , = 2 , = , we obtain:
C 1 = ( 2 I + 1 1) 1 =
1 1
I
(I 1 : 1) (1 : I 1 )
1
2
2 ( 2 + 1 : I : 1)
kl
=
=
ij
1
( ik
2
1
(
2
jj
jl
jj
+ il
jk
kl
1
( ij ik jl
2
kl
+ ij il jk
kl
)=3
Resulting that:
C 1 = ( 2 I + 1 1) 1 =
I
(1 1)
2
2 ( 2 + 3 )
C : C 1 = ( 2 I + 1 1) :
I
(1 1)
2 ( 2 + 3 )
2
2
2
2
C : C 1 = (
I:I
I : (1 1) +
(1 1) : I
(1 1) : (1 1)
2
2 ( 2 + 3 )
2
2 ( 2 + 3 )
Draft
1 TENSORS
85
2
3 2
(1 1) = I
+
C : C 1 = I +
( 2 + 3 ) 2 2 ( 2 + 3 )
124
44444424444444
3
=0
det I sym + A B = 3 + 2 A : B
The tensor C is definite positive if the eigenvalues are positive numbers, i.e.:
E
>0
2(1 + )
E
E
E
2 + 3 > 0 2
+3
=
>0
2(1 + )
(1 + )(1 2 ) (1 2 )
>0 =
E
E
=
>0
2(1 + ) 2 y1
E > 0
y1 > 0
E < 0
y < 0
1
2 + 3 =
E
E
=
>0
(1 2 ) y 2
E > 0
y 2 > 0
E < 0
y < 0
2
The above conditions must fulfill simultaneously. Then, by means of Figure 1.4 we can
conclude that E > 0 and 1 < < 0.5 .
y ( )
y2 = (1 2 ) 0
1
( y 2 > 0 E > 0)
( y 1 < 0 E < 0)
E >0
0 .5
y1 = (1 + ) 0
( y 1 > 0 E > 0)
( y 2 < 0 E < 0)
Figure 1.4
c)
Draft
86
= C:
C 1 : = C 1 : C :
C 1 : = I sym : = sym =
= C 1 :
1
1
=
I
1 1 : =
I:
1 1:
2 ( 2 + 3 )
2
2 ( 2 + 3 )
2
1
=
Tr ( )1
2
2 ( 2 + 3 )
(see Figure 1.5). It is interesting to compare this last equation with Problem 1.41.
x3
33
13
23
22
21
11
33
13
32
31
x1
x3
12
= C:
23
32
22
31
x2
11
12
21
x2
x1
= C 1 :
C 1
Figure 1.5
Problem 1.93
) be a second-order tensor, which is known as the elastic acoustic tensor, and is
Let Q e (N
defined as follows:
) =N
Ce N
Q e (N
is the unit vector and C e is the isotropic symmetric fourth-order tensor and given
where N
e
by C e = (1 1) + 2 I , whose components are: C ijkl
= ij kl + ( ik jl + il jk ) . Obtain
the components of the elastic acoustic tensor.
Solution:
Using symbolic notation we obtain:
( ) (C
) =N
Ce N
= N e
Q e (N
i i
pqrs e p
e q e r e s
) (N e )
C e N e e
= N i C epqrs N j ip sj e q e r = N
p
pqrs s
q
r
) are:
Then, the components of Q e (N
Ce N = N
+ ( + ) N
Qe qr = N
p pqrs s
p
pq rs
pr qs
ps qr
s
N
= pq rsN
p s + (N p pr qsNs + N p ps qrNs ) = NqNr + (NrNq + Ns qrNs )
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real - Spain
Draft
1 TENSORS
87
Q e qr = qr + ( + )N q N r
) = 1 + ( + )N
N
Q e (N
tensorial
Problem 1.94
Let Q be a symmetric second-order tensor and given by:
) = 1 + ( + )N
N
Q (N
is the unit vector.
where , are scalars, and N
) and determine the restrictions on and so that there is
a) Obtain the eigenvalues of Q (N
) , i.e. Q 1 .
inverse of Q (N
E
E
, =
, determine the possible values of
(1 + )(1 2 )
2(1 + )
Solution:
a) It was shown in Problem 1.50 that, given the vectors a and b it holds that:
r r
r r
det 1 + a b = 3 + 2 a b
N
1 = 0
det 1 + ( + )N
N
=0
det ( )1 + ( + )N
N
=0
det ( )1 + ( + )N
( ) [( ) + ( + )] = 0
2
N
=0
( ) 3 + ( ) 2 ( + )N
{
( ) [( + 2 ) ] = 0
=1
solution
1 =
2
( ) = 0
2 =
[( + 2 ) ] = 0 = ( + 2 )
3
Qij = 0
0
( + 2 )
0
0
+ 2 0
b) A tensor is definite positive if its eigenvalues are greater than zero, then:
Draft
88
= 2(1 + ) > 0
E
E
E (1 )
+ 2 =
+2
=
>0
(1 + )(1 2 )
2(1 + ) (2 2 + 1)
(1 + ) 0 1
We check that
1
2
(2 + 1) 0 0.5
E > 0
E
y1 > 0
= 2 y > 0 E < 0
1
y < 0
y2 , y3 > 0
E > 0
y2 , y3 < 0
+ 2 = Ey 2 > 0
y3
y 2 > 0, y 3 < 0
E <0
y 2 < 0, y 3 > 0
] ; 1[
y ( )
y2 = (1 ) 0
= 1
E<0
E >0
E > 0
E < 0
y1 = (1 + ) 0
=1
E >0
= 0 .5
y3 = (2 2 + 1) 0
Draft
1 TENSORS
89
Qij = 0
0
( + 2 )
0
inverse
Qij 1
=0
0
1
) 1 are Q 1 = Q 1 =
Then, the eigenvalues of Q (N
1
2
( + 2 )
0
, Q3 1 =
Q 1 =
1
( + 2 )
2
1
. Recall that a tensor
( + 2 )
and its inverse share the same principal space, i.e. they are coaxial tensors. Moreover, we can
) 1 as follows:
express the spectral representation of Q (N
Q 1 =
1 ( a )
a N
( a ) = Q 1N
(1) N
(1) + Q 1N
(2) N
( 2 ) + Q 1N
( 3) N
(3)
N
1
2
3
a =1
(1) N
(1) + N
( 2) N
( 2 ) ) + Q 1N
( 3) N
(3) = Q 1 (1 N
( 3) N
(3) ) + Q 1N
( 3) N
( 3)
= Q11 (N
3
1
3
N
) + Q 1N
N
= Q 1 (1 N
1
( 3) = N
. It is interesting to see Problem 1.77. Then:
where we have considered that N
N
) + Q 1N
N
=
Q 1 = Q11 (1 N
3
=
=
1
NN+
N
)+
(1 N
1
N
N
( + 2 )
1
1
N
= 1 1 1
NN
N
( + 2 )
( + 2 )
+
NN
1
( + 2 )
1
Ce N
1 N
C e 1 N
, where C e 1 = 1 I
Note that Q 1 = N
2
C
evaluate the tensor Qinv = N
e 1
(1 1) . We
2 ( 2 + 3 )
N :
1
1 1 ( + )
ij kl N l
Nl = N
(Qinv ) jk = N i Cijkl
i
ik jl
il jk
2 (2 + 3 )
2 2
1 1
(Ni ik jlN l + N i il jk N l )
N i ij klN l
(Qinv ) jk =
2 2
2 (2 + 3 )
(Qinv ) jk =
N = 1
(NkN j + N lN l jk )
N
j k
4
2 (2 + 3 )
4
(Qinv ) jk =
jk
jk
N jNk
+
4 2 (2 + 3 )
2 +
N jNk
+
4 ( 2 + 3 )
Thus:
Qinv =
2 +
N N
1 +
4
4
(
2
+
3
)
Note that 0 and (2 + 3 ) 0 , and moreover, these conditions are the same as those to
guarantee that C 1 (see Problem 1.92).
Draft
90
a = a
( a ) and n ( a ) .
Obtain also the relationship between the eigenvectors N
Solution:
Based on the definition of eigenvalue and eigenvector of the tensor U :
(a) = N
(a)
UN
a
QT F = U = QT V Q
we obtain
(a) = Q N
(a)
V Q N
a
V n ( a ) = a n ( a )
( a ) . Furthermore, by comparing the two definitions
where we have assumed that n ( a ) = Q N
of eigenvalue-eigenvector of the tensors U and V , we can verify the they have the same
eigenvalues and different eigenvectors and they are related to each other by the orthogonal
(a) .
transformation n ( a ) = Q N
s
= s . Also show that and dev are coaxial tensors.
Draft
I
1+s
3
s=
I
1.
3
1 TENSORS
91
Afterwards we calculate:
I
1
3 [ ] 1 [I ]
s
1
=
=
ij
kl
1 [I ]
1
ij = ik jl kl ij
3 kl
3
Therefore
s ij
s ij
kl
= s ij ik
jl
kl ij = s ij ik
3
jl
1
s ij kl
3
ij
1
= s kl
3
dev
kl
s ii = s kl
{
s:
=0
s
=s
= dev :
I
1
3
I
I
I
= 1 = 1 = 1 = dev
3
3
3
Therefore, we have shown that and dev are coaxial tensors. In other words, they have the
same principal directions (eigenvectors).
( III b ) 2
1
1 III
1
J
1
1
1
1(
b
=
III b ) 2
= ( III b ) 2 III b b T = ( III b ) 2 b 1 = J b 1
=
b
b
2
b
2
2
2
ln III b 2
[ln( J )]
1 III b 1 1
=
= b
=
b
2 III b b
2
b
Draft
92
11
22
{ } = 33
12
23
13
11
22
{ } = 33
2 12
2 23
2 13
b) Write the equation = C 1 : in Voigt notation, where the tensor C 1 (see Problem 1.91)
is given by.
C 1 =
I
11
2
2 ( 2 + 3 )
Solution:
We write the equation = (1 1 + 2 I ) : in indicial notation:
)]
ij = ij kl + 2 ik jl + il jk kl = ij kl + ik jl + il jk kl
2
Voigt
ij = 0 1 0 {} =
0
0 0 1
0
0
I ijkl = ij kl
1
1
1
1
1
1
Voigt
I = [1 1 1 0 0 0] =
0
0
0
0
0
0
[]
I ijkl
I1111
I
2211
I 3311
Voigt
[I ] =
I1211
I 2311
I1311
1 1 0 0 0
1 1 0 0 0
1 1 0 0 0
T
= {}{}
0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
1
ik jl + il jk in Voigt notation is:
2
I1122
I 2222
I1133
I 2233
I1112
I 2212
I1123
I 2223
I 3322
I1222
I 3333
I1233
I 3312
I1212
I 3323
I1223
I 2322
I1322
I 2333
I1333
I 2312
I1312
I 2323
I1323
I1113 1
I 2213 0
I 3313 0
=
I1213 0
I 2313 0
I1313 0
0 0 0 0 0
1 0 0 0 0
0 1 0 0 0
0 0 12 0 0
0 0 0 12 0
0 0 0 0 12
Draft
1 TENSORS
1
1
1
[C ] =
0
0
1 1 0 0 0
1
0
1 1 0 0 0
0
1 1 0 0 0
+ 2
0 0 0 0 0
0
0
0 0 0 0 0
0 0 0 0 0
0
93
0 0 0 0 0 + 2
1 0 0 0 0
+ 2
0 1 0 0 0
+ 2
=
1
0 0 2 0 0 0
0
0
1
0 0 0 2 0
0
0
0
1
0 0 0 0 2 0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
thus
= (1 1 + 2 I ) :
Voigt
0 0 0 11
11 + 2
+ 2
0 0 0 22
22
33
+ 2 0 0 0 33
=
0 0 212
0
0
12 0
23 0
0
0
0 0 2 23
0
0
0 0 2 13
13 0
144444444444244444444444
3
{ } = [C ]{ }
b)
= C 1 :
=
I
1 1 : =
I:
1 1:
2 ( 2 + 3 )
2
2 ( 2 + 3 )
2
Tr ( )1
=
2
2 ( 2 + 3 )
ij =
1
ij
kk ij
2
2 ( 2 + 3 )
Note that:
+
1
11
11
( 11 + 22 + 33 ) 11 =
( 22 + 33 )
+ 3 )
+
2
2 ( 2 + 3 )
(
2
3
)
2
(
2
1
22
=
22
( 11 + 22 + 33 ) 22 =
( 11 + 33 )
2
2 ( 2 + 3 )
2 ( 2 + 3 )
( 2 + 3 )
11 =
22
1
33
33
( 11 + 22 + 33 ) 33 =
( 11 + 22 )
2
2 ( 2 + 3 )
2 ( 2 + 3 )
( 2 + 3 )
1
1
1
=
12
12
( kk ){
2 12 = 12
12 =
2
2 ( 2 + 3 )
2
=0
33 =
12
2 23 =
2 13 =
23
13
Restructuring the above in Voigt notation we obtain:
Draft
94
( 2 + 3 )
11
2 ( 2 + 3 )
22
33 2 ( 2 + 3 )
=
2 12
0
2 23
0
2 13
2 ( 2 + 3 )
2 ( 2 + 3 )
+
2 ( 2 + 3 )
( 2 + 3 )
+
2 ( 2 + 3 )
( 2 + 3 )
0
1
{ } = [C ] 1 { }
0 11
22
33
0 12
23
0 13
NOTE: We define T ( x , t ) as a field tensor, i.e. the value of T depends on position and time.
r
r
If the tensor is independent of any one direction at all points ( x ) , e.g. if T ( x , t ) is
independent of the x3 -direction, (see Figure 1.6), the problem becomes a two-dimensional
problem (plane state) so that the problem is greatly simplified.
2D
x2
T
Tij = 11
T12
x2
T12
T22
T22
T22
T12
T12
T12
T11
T11
T11
x1
T12
T22
x3
x1
Draft
1 TENSORS
95
b) Obtain the value of so that corresponds to the principal direction of T , and also find
an equation for the principal values of T .
c) Evaluate the values of Tij , (i, j = 1,2) , when T11 = 1 , T22 = 2 , T12 = 4 and = 45 . Also,
obtain the principal values and principal directions.
and T12 ,
d) Draw a graph that shows the relationship between and components T11 , T22
and in which the angle varies from 0 to 360 .
Hint: Use the Voigt Notation, and express the results in terms of 2 .
x2
a11
a ij = a 21
0
x1
x 2
a12
a 22
0 cos
0 = sin
1 0
sin
cos
0
0
0
1
x1
a11 2
2
a 21
2
[M] = a 31
a 21 a11
a a
31 21
a 31 a11
a12 2
a 22 2
a 32 2
a 22 a12
a 32 a 22
a 32 a12
a13 2
a 23 2
a 33 2
a13 a 23
a 33 a 23
a 33 a13
T11
T
22
T
{T } = 33
T12
T23
T13
2a11 a12
2a 21 a 22
2a 31 a 32
(a11 a 22 + a12 a 21 )
(a 31 a 22 + a 32 a 21 )
(a 31 a12 + a 32 a11 )
2a12 a13
2a 22 a 23
2a 32 a 33
(a13 a 22 + a12 a 23 )
(a 33 a 22 + a 32 a 23 )
(a 33 a12 + a 32 a13 )
2a11 a13
2a 21 a 23
2a 31 a 33
(a13 a 21 + a11 a 23 )
(a 33 a 21 + a 31 a 23 )
(a 33 a11 + a 31 a13 )
For the particular case shown in Figure 1.7, the transformation matrix [M] , after eliminate the
role and column associated with the x3 -direction, becomes:
T11 a11
T = a 2
22 21
T12 a 21 a11
a12
a 22
a 22 a12
T11
2a 21 a 22
T22
a11 a 22 + a12 a 21 T12
2a11 a12
Draft
(1.102)
96
T = A T AT
x2
T22
x 2
T22
T12
T11
T12
T11
T11
T11
T12
T12
x1
T22
x1
T22
x1
T = AT T A
a12
a 22
a 32
a13 cos
a 23 = sin
a 33 0
sin
cos
0
0
0
1
(1.103)
sin 2
cos 2
cos sin
(1.104)
trigonometric identities,
2 cos sin = sin 2 ,
1
cos
2
1
+
cos
2
Making
use
of
the
following
1 + cos 2
T11
T = 1 cos 2
22
2
T12
sin
1 cos 2
sin 2
2
T11
1 + cos 2
sin 2 T22
2
T12
sin 2
cos 2
1 + cos 2
1 cos 2
T11 +
T22 + T12 sin 2
T11 =
2
2
1 + cos 2
1 cos 2
=
T11 +
T22 T12 sin 2
T22
2
2
sin 2
sin 2
T12 =
T11 +
T22 + T12 cos 2
2
Draft
1 TENSORS
97
T T22
T12 = 11
sin 2 + T12 cos 2
(1.105)
b) Recalling that the principal directions are characterized by the lack of any tangential
components, i.e. Tij = 0 if i j , in order to find the principal directions for the plane case, we
let T12 = 0 , hence:
T T22
T T22
T12 = 11
sin 2 + T12 cos 2 = 0 11
sin 2 = T12 cos 2
2
2
2 T12
2 T12
sin 2
=
tan(2 ) =
cos 2 T11 T22
T11 T22
2 T12
T11 T22
1
2
= arctan
(1.106)
To find the principal values (eigenvalues) we must solve the following characteristic equation:
T11 T
T12
T12
=0
T22 T
=
=
[ ( T11 + T22 )]
T11 + T22
By rearranging the above equation we obtain the principal values for the two-dimensional case
as:
T(1, 2 ) =
T11 + T22
T T22
11
2
2
+ T122
(1.107)
c) We directly apply equation (1.105) to evaluate the values of the components Tij , (i, j = 1,2) ,
where T11 = 1 , T22 = 2 , T12 = 4 and = 45 , i.e.:
Draft
98
1 + 2 1 2
T11 = 2 + 2 cos 90 4 sin 90 = 2.5
1 + 2 1 2
=
1 2
T12 =
sin 90 4 cos 90 = 0.5
2
1
2
= arctan
= 41.4375 )
T11 + T22
T T22
11
2
2
+ T122
T1 = 5.5311
T2 = 2.5311
= 41.437
T2
x1
= 131.437
2
Components
T22
T1 = 5.5311
T22
T12
T11
0
0
50
100
-2
45
T12
-4
T2 = 2.5311
150
200
250
300
350
T11
x1
= 86.437
-6
TS max = 4.0311
Draft
1 TENSORS
99
Problem 1.100
Obtain the principal values (eigenvalues) and the principal directions (eigenvectors) of the
symmetric part of T , whose components in the Cartesian system are given by:
5 1
Tij =
3 4
(i, j = 1,2)
Solution:
The symmetric part of the tensor is given by:
Tijsym =
5 2
1
Tij + T ji =
2
2 4
=0
2 9 + 16 = 0
1 T1 = 6.5615
2 T2 = 2.4385
(T11sym , T12sym )
2
TII = 2.4385
TI = 6.5615
T Nsym
For the plane case, the principal direction can be obtained by means of the equation:
tan(2) =
2 T12sym
T11sym
sym
T22
22
=4
54
= 37.982
Problem 1.101
Find the gradient of the function f ( x1 , x 2 ) = cos( x1 ) + exp x1x2 at the point ( x1 = 0, x 2 = 1) .
Solution: By definition, the gradient of a scalar function is given by:
xr f =
f
f
e1 +
e2
x1
x 2
Draft
100
where:
f
= sin( x1 ) + x 2 exp x1x2
x1
f
= x1 exp x1x2
x 2
Problem 1.102
r
Let v and be, respectively, vector and scalar, and twice continuously differentiable. Using
indicial notation, show that:
r
a) xr ( xr v ) = 0
b) xr ( xr ) = xr 2
c) xr ( ) = xr + xr
r
d) xr (v ) = xr v + xr v
e) xr ( A B) = xr A : B + A ( xr B)
Solution:
a) Considering that
r
r
xr v = ijk v k , j e i
and
xr () =
()
el
xl
(1.108)
then
r
r
xr ( xr v ) =
( ijk v k , j e i ) e l =
( ijk v k , j il ) =
( ljk v k , j ) = ljk v k , jl
x l
x l
x l
(1.109)
(1.110)
b)
xr ( xr ) =
, j
( ,i e i ) e j =
( ,i ij ) =
= , jj
x j
x j
x j
=
x j
x j
2
2
=
= xr
x 2
j
(1.111)
c)
[ xr ( )]i
= ( ) ,i = ,i + ,i = [ xr ]i + [ xr ]i
r
d) The result of xr (v ) is a scalar which can be expressed as follows:
r
xr (v ) = (v i ) ,i = ,i v i + v i ,i
r
r
= ( xr ) v + ( xr v )
(1.112)
Draft
1 TENSORS
101
Problem 1.103
r
Observing that a = a j e j , b = b k e k , xr = e i
(a j e j + b k e k )
x i
e i
a j
x i
e j e i +
r
r
b k
a
b
e k e i = i + i = xr a + xr b
x i
x i x i
r
r r
r
xr (a + b) = (a i + b i ), i = a i , i +b i , i = xr a + xr b
Problem 1.104
true:
a j
a j
r r (a j e j )
a j
e i (b k e k ) =
( xr a) b =
e j e i (b k e k ) = b k ik
e j = b k
e j
x i
x
x
x
i
i
k
bk
x k
a j
= b1
x1
+ b2
a j
x 2
+ b3
a j
x 3
Thus,
j =1
b1
a1
a
a
+ b2 1 + b3 1
x1
x 2
x 3
j = 2 b1
a 2
a
a
+ b2 2 + b3 2
x1
x 2
x 3
j = 3 b1
a 3
a
a
+ b 2 3 + b3 3
x1
x 2
x 3
Problem 1.105
Prove that the following relationship is valid:
r
q 1 r r
1 r
= x q 2 q xr T
T
T T
r r
r
where q( x , t ) is an arbitrary vector field, and T ( x , t ) is a scalar field.
r
x
Solution:
r
r 1 r
q
qi qi
1
1
1
=
= q i ,i 2 q i T,i = xr q 2 q xr T (scalar)
T
T
T
T x i T T ,i T
r
x
Draft
102
Problem 1.106
Show that:
r
r r
r r
(1.113)
r
b) xr (a b) = ( xr b)a ( xr a)b + ( xr a) b ( xr b) a
r
(1.114)
2
c) xr ( xr a) = xr ( xr a) xr a
(1.115)
2
d) xr ( xr ) = xr + ( xr ) ( xr )
(1.116)
Solution:
a) The result of the algebraic operation xr (a) is a vector, whose components are given
by:
[r
r
x
r
(a) i
= ijk (a k ) , j
= ijk ( , j a k + a k , j )
= ijk a k , j ijk , j a k
(1.117)
r
r
r
r
= ( x a) i ijk ( x ) j a k
r
r
r
= ( xr a) i ( xr a) i
r
r
r
r
r
r
with that we check the identity: rot (a) = xr (a) = ( xr a) + ( xr a) .
r r
r r
The components of the vector product (a b) are given by (a b) k = kij a i b j . Then:
[r
r
x
r r
(a b) l = lpk ( kij a i b j ) , p
(1.118)
= kij lpk (a i , p b j + a i b j , p )
b) Considering that kij = ijk , the result of ijk lpk = il jp ip jl and by substituting in the
above equation we obtain:
[r
r
x
r r
(a b) l = kij lpk (ai , p b j + a i b j , p )
= ( il
ip jl )(ai , p b j + ai b j , p )
jp
(1.119)
= il jp a i , p b j ip jl a i , p b j + il jp a i b j , p ip jl a ib j , p
= al , p b p a p , p b l + a l b p , p a p b l , p
Note
that
r r
( xr b) a l = a p b l , p .
[( ar ) br ] = a
r
x
[(
l, pb p ,
r
x
a)b]l
r r
= a p, p b l ,
[(
r
x
b)a]l
r r
= al b p, p ,
[r
r
x
r
r
( xr a) q = qli c i ,l
= qli ( ijk a k , j ) ,l
(1.120)
= qli ijk a k , jl
Considering that qli ijk = qli jki = qj lk qk lj , the above equation becomes:
Draft
1 TENSORS
[r
r
x
r
r
( xr a)
103
d)
xr ( xr ) = ( ,i ),i = ,ii + ,i ,i = xr + ( xr ) ( xr )
2
(1.121)
(1.122)
xr ( xr ) = xr + ( xr ) ( xr )
2
(1.123)
xr ( xr xr ) = xr xr
2
Problem 1.107
r
r
xr ( xr ) = 0 .
r
r
r
r
r r
r r
r
r r
r
r
b) Show that xr xr v v = ( xr v )( xr v ) + xr ( xr v ) v ( xr v ) ( xr v ) ;
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
c) Referring = xr v , show that xr ( xr 2 v ) = xr 2 ( xr v ) = xr 2 .
[(
Solution:
r
r
xr xr v =
ijk vk , j e i e l = ijk
vk , j il = ijk
vk , j = ijk vk , ji
xl
xl
xi
r
The second derivative of v is symmetrical with ij , i.e. v k , ji = v k ,ij , while ijk is antisymmetric
( )
( )
r
r
xr ( xr ) = ijk , kj e i = 0 i e i = 0
b) Denoting by = xr v we obtain:
[(
) ]
r
r
r r
xr xr v v
r
r r
= xr ( v )
r
r r
r r
r r
r r
r r
xr ( v ) = ( xr v ) ( xr )v + ( xr ) v ( xr v )
Draft
104
r
r
r r
r
r r
2r
xr v = xr ( xr v ) xr ( xr v ) = xr ( xr v ) xr
r
r
r
r
r
r
2r
xr ( xr v ) = xr [ xr ( xr v )] xr ( xr )
14442r 444
3
=0
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
2r
2r
2r
xr ( xr v ) = xr ( xr ) = xr ( xr ) + xr = xr xr ( xr v ) + xr
144244
3
=0
r
r
2
r
r
= x ( x v )
Problem 1.108
Show that:
r
(1.124)
( b ) j
Problem 1.109
r
r
r
r r r
T
xr ( T c) = ( xr T ) c = c xr T
r
r
b) Obtain the symbolic notation of xr ( xr )T .
r
r
r
u
c.1) Consider the second-order tensor F = r + 1 , prove that xr ( xr F )T = 0 , c.2)
x
r
r
T
r
x F = 0 . c.3) Obtain the explicit expression for xr F components.
Solution:
r
a.1) ( xr T ) =
Tqj
e p Tqj (e q e j ) =
e p e q e j = Tqj , p ipq e i e j = ipq Tqj , p e i e j
x p
x p
Draft
1 TENSORS
a.3) ( xr T T ) =
105
T jq
e p T jq (e q e j ) =
e p e q e j = ipq T jq , p e i e j
x p
x p
c j
x p
= 0 jp .
Note that ipq Tqj , p are the components of ( xr T )ij (see (a.1)), thus
r
r
r
r
r
r r
xr ( T c ) = ipq Tqj , p c j e i = ( xr T )ij c j e i = ( xr T ) c i e i = c ( xr T )T i e i
r
r
( xr T ) c = ipq Tqj , p e i e j c k e k = ipq Tqj , p c k e i jk = ipq Tqj , p c j e i
r
b) We have already shown that ( xr ) = ipq qj , p e i e j , thus
r
r
qj , p
e s ipq qj , p e j e i = ipq
e s e j e i = ipq tsj qj , ps e t e i
xr ( xr )T =
xs
xs
= ( iqp )( tjs ) qj , ps e t e i = iqp tjs qj , ps e t e i = qpi jst qj , ps e t e i
Note that:
r
r
qj , p
xr ( xr ) =
e s ipq qj , p e i e j = ipq
e s e i e j = ipq qj , ps tsi e t e j
xs
xs
= its ipq qj , ps e t e j = ( tp sq tq sp ) qj , ps e t e j
= ( tp sq qj , ps tq sp qj , ps )e t e j = ( sj , ts tj , ss )e t e j
r
r
r
r
r
r
u
r
u r
u r
c.1) Note that xr F = xr r + 1 = xr r + xr (1) = xr r = xr J , where
x
x
x
r
r
r
u
u
we have denoted by J = r . Taking into account qj = J qj = q = uq , j into xr ( xr )T
x
x j
we get:
r
r
xr ( xr J )T = iqp tjs J qj , ps e t e i = iqp tjsuq , jps e t e i
Note that uq , jps = uq , pjs = uq , psj , i.e. it is symmetric in js , and the tensor tjs = tsj is
r
Draft
106
it ij is
iqp tjs = qt qj qs = it qj ps + ij qs pt + is pj qt is qj pt qs pj it ps qt ij
pt pj ps
then
ps u q , jps
+ ij qs
ps
pt
+ is pj
qt
is qj
pt
qs pj it ps qt ij u q , jps
Note that it u j , jss = it u p , pss = it u p ,ssp = it us , pps , u s ,its = u j ,itj = u j , jti , ut , ppi = ut ,ipp .
r
1
424
3
+ ip 2u2, jp
1
424
3
+ ip 3u3, jp
1
424
3
+
+ i 32u2, j 3
+
+ ip 3u3, j 3
thus
u3,12 u2,13 u3, 22 u2, 23 u3,32 u2,33 J 31, 2 J 21,3
r
( xr J )ij = u1,13 u3,11 u1, 23 u3, 21 u1,33 u3,31 = J 11,3 J 31,1
u2,11 u1,12 u2, 21 u1, 22 u2,31 u1,32 J 21,1 J 11, 2
Note that
J 13, 2 J 12,3
r
T
r
( x J )ij = J 11,3 J 13,1
J 12,1 J 11, 2
= 0ij
J 23, 2 J 22,3 J 33, 2 J 32,3 u1,32 u1, 23 u2,32 u2, 23 u3,32 u3, 23
J 21,3 J 23,1 J 31,3 J 33,1 = u1,13 u1,31 u2,13 u2,31 u3,13 u3,31
J 22,1 J 21, 2 J 32,1 J 31, 2 u1, 21 u1,12 u2, 21 u2,12 u3, 21 u3,12
Note that, if
=
1
(J + J T )
2
r
r
r
r
1r
1r
xr ( xr )T = xr ( xr J )T + xr ( xr J T )T = 0
1
424
3
2 1442443 2
=0
Draft
=0
1 TENSORS
107
r
u
where J = r .
x
Problem 1.110
r
r
r r
r
r
( xr v ) a = xr v ( xr v )T
Solution:
r
[r
] ar
[(r
r
x
r r
v ) a s = sip ijk v k , j a p = ( pj
= (v s , p v p , s ) a p =
Alternative solution:
pk sj )v k , j a p = ( pj
r
r
r
xr v ( xr v ) T a
{[
sk
sk v k , j
pk
sj v k , j )a p
] ar = 12 (r
r r r
r
r
1 rr
( xr v ) skew a = a
x v ( xr v ) T
2
r
r
r
r T r
r
r
r
r
x v ( x v ) a = ( x v ) a
r
x
r
r
v) a
Problem 1.111
r
r r
if
r
r
r
r
xr ( xr u) = 0 ,
b)
show
r
r
r
2r
xr u = xr ( xr u)
that
if
Solution:
We have proven in Problem 1.106 that the following is true:
r
r
r
r
2r
xr ( xr a) = xr ( xr a) xr a
indicial
ilq qjk ak , jl = a j , ji ai , jj
r
r
r r
r
2r
xr ( xr u) xr u = xr ( xr u) xr ( xr u)
indicial
ui , jj = u j , ji ilq qjk uk , jl
r
r
r r
r
2r
xr ( xr u) xr u = xr ( xr u) xr ( xr u)
1442r 44
3
a)
r
2r
xr u = xr ( xr u)
=0
Components:
ui , jj = u j , ji
Draft
(1.125)
108
= (rot (u ) )1
= (rot (u) )2
= (rot (u) )3
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r (rot (u) )3 (rot (u) )2
(rot (u) )1 (rot (u) )3
(rot (u) )2 (rot(u) )1
e 1 +
e 2 +
e 3
xr ( xr u) =
x2
x3
x3
x1
x1
x2
r
r
(rot (u) )3 (rot (u) )2 u2 u1 u1 u3
x x
x2 x3 x3 x1
x
x
2
1
2
3
r
r
r
r
(rot (u) )1 (rot (u) )3 u3 u2 u2 u1
r
xr ( xr u) i =
=
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
3
1
3
2
3
1
1
2
r
r
(rot (u
) )2 (rot (u) )1
u1 u3 u3 u2
x x
x1
x2
1 3 x1 x2 x2 x3
u2,12 u1, 22 u1,33 + u3,13
xr ( xr u) i = u3, 23 u2,33 u2,11 + u1, 21 = 0 u3, 23 + u1, 21 = u2,33 + u2,11
u u u + u 0 u + u
1,31
2 ,32
2, 32 = u3,11 + u3, 22
1,31 3,11 3, 22
r
r
r
r
r
2r
xr ( xr u) xr u = xr ( xr u) xr ( xr u)
142r 43
r
r
r
2r
xr u = xr ( xr u)
=0
Components
u1,11 + u1, 22 + u1,33 = (u2,12 u1, 22 u1,33 + u3,13 )
ui , jj = ilq qjk uk , jl
u1,11 + u 2, 21 + u 3,31 = 0
u1,12 + u 2, 22 + u 3,32 = 0
u + u
2 , 23 + u 3, 33 = 0
1,13
(1.126)
u 3,31 + u 2, 21 = u1,11
u1,12 + u 3,32 = u 2, 22
u + u
2 , 23 = u 3, 33
1,13
If we replace the above equations into (1.126) we prove that the equality holds.
Draft
1 TENSORS
Problem 1.112
109
Let be a second-order tensor field, and a be a vector field. Show the identities:
a)
r
r
r
xr (a ) = : ( xr a) T + a ( xr )
b)
r
r
r r
r
xr ( a) = a xr T xr a
(1.127)
(1.128)
r
a = a i e i jk e j e k = jk a i pij e p e k
xr (a ) =
jk a i pij e p e k e q =
jk a i pij e p
x q
x q
r
xr (a ) = jk a i pij ,k e p = ( pij jk ,k a i + pij jk a i ,k )e p
kq
jk a i pij e p
x k
] = { : [( ar ) ]}
T
r
x
ij
b)
r
a = jk e j e k a i e i = jk a i pki e j e p
xr ( a) =
jk a i pki e j e p e q =
jk a i pki e j
x q
x q
r
xr ( a) = jk a i pki , p e j = ( pki jk , p a i + pki jk a i , p )e j
pq
jk a i pki e j
x p
Note that
[r
pki jk , p ai = ipk jk , p ai = xr T
Problem 1.113
{ [
]}
r r
= a xr T j
r
r
r
r
= ( xr a) k jk = xr a
ij a i
{ [
]}
Consider that xr + p = q , where is a second-order tensor field, and p and q are vector
r r
fields. The equation xr + p = q fulfills at any point of the volume V which is delimitated
by surface S . Show that, if the following equation:
r
r*
x pdV + x t
r r
dS = x qdV
is also valid, then = T holds. Consider that t * = n where n is the outward unit normal
to surface S .
Solution:
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real - Spain
Draft
110
r r
r r
r r
x pdV + x t * dS = x qdV
r r
r
r r
x pdV + x ( n )dS = x qdV
r
r r
r
r r
[ x p + : T + x ( xr ) x q]dV = 0
r
r r
r
{ x [( xr ) + p q] + : T }dV = 0
144
42r 444
3
=0
r
: T dV = 0
Note that ( : T ) i = ijk kj = . ikj kj = 0 i , i.e. the tensor is antisymmetric in kj , since the
double scalar product between a symmetric and an antisymmetric tensor is zero, then we
prove that T = is symmetric. We can also prove that by means of components:
1 jk kj = 0
2 jk kj = 0
3 jk kj = 0
123 32 132 23 = 0
32 23 = 0
213 31 23113 = 0
31 13 = 0
312 21 32112 = 0
21 12 = 0
32 23
31 13
21 12
Problem 1.114
a) Show that
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
xr {[ xr ]T x} = { xr [ xr ]T } x ( : ( xr )) 1 + [ xr ]
r
where is a second-order tensor, x is the vector position, is the Levi-Civita tensor (thirdorder tensor), and 1 is the second-order unit tensor. b) Simplify the above equation when
= T .
Solution:
T
r
r
T
r
r
e i
e j pq e p e q x k e k
x {[ x ] x} =
xi
x j
pq
e i
tjp e t e q x k e k
=
x
xi
Draft
1 TENSORS
111
pq
r
e i
e i
x k tjp stk e q e s
xr {[ xr ]T x} =
tjp e q e t x k e k =
xi
x j
x j
xi
xi
pq
pq
x i x j
pq
2
pq
= niq tjp stk
x
xi x j k
pq
e e
x k + x k
s
x
x
i
j
pq
e e
+ ki
n
s
x j
2 pq
pq
e e
= niq tjp stk
x k + nkq tjp stk
s
x
x
x
i
j
j
pq
x j
follows:
nkq tjp stk pq , j = nqk tjp stk pq , j = ( ns qt nt qs ) tjp pq , j = ns qt tjp pq , j + nt qs tjp pq , j
= ns tjp pt , j + njp ps , j = ptj pt , j
= ptj pt , j
ns
+ njp ps , j
and
niq tjp stk
r
r
r
xk = niq tjp stk pq ,ij xk = { xr [ xr ]T } x
xi x j
ns
2 pq
Problem 1.115
r
r r
Let v be a vector field in function of x , i.e. v = v ( x ) , whose components are given by:
v1 = x1 5 x 2 + 2 x3
v 2 = 5 x1 + x 2 3 x3
v = 2 x + 3 x + x
1
2
3
3
r
r
a) Obtain the gradient of v ; b) Obtain xr v : 1 ; c) Apply the additive decomposition of the
r
tensor xr v into a symmetric and antisymmetric parts; d) Obtain the axial vector associated
r
with the antisymmetric tensor ( xr v ) skew .
Solution: a)
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real - Spain
Draft
112
xr v
v1
x1
vi v 2
r
components
( xr v ) ij =
=
x j x1
v3
x1
r
v
= r
x
v1
x 3 1 5 2
v 2
= 5
1 3
x 3
1
v 3 2 3
x 3
v1
x 2
v 2
x 2
v3
x 2
b) xr v : 1 = Tr ( xr v ) = 1 + 1 + 1 = 3
r
c) xr v = ( xr v ) sym + ( xr v ) skew =
] [
r
r
r
r
1
1
( xr v ) + ( xr v ) T + ( xr v ) ( xr v ) T
2 44424443 1
2 44424443
1
r
=( xr v ) sym
r
=( xr v ) skew
Then, the components of ( xr v ) sym and ( xr v ) skew are given, respectively, by:
r
( xr v ) ijsym
1 0 0
1 vi v j
=
+
= 0 1 0
2 x j xi
0 0 1
r
( xr v ) ijskew
0 5 2
1 vi v j
0 3
=
= 5
2 x j x i
2 3
0
d) Remember that
r
(W) ij ( xr v ) skew
0
= W21
W31
ij
W12
0
W32
viskew
,j
1 v
= 2
2 x1
1 v
3
2 x1
W13 0
W23 = W12
0 W13
v1
x 2
v1
x3
W12
0
W23
1 v1 v 2
2 x 2 x1
1 v1 v 3
2 x 3 x1
1 v 2 v 3
2 x3 x 2
0
1 v 3 v 2
2 x 2 x3
(1.129)
w3
0
w1
W13 0
W23 = w3
0 w2
w2
w1
0
r
where w1 , w2 , w3 are the components of the axial vector w associated with the
r
antisymmetric tensor W ( xr v ) skew , then, to the proposed problem we have:
w1 = 3
w2 = 2
w = 5
3
w2 0 5 2
w1 = 5
0 3
0
w1
0
0 2 3
r
The axial vector, in the Cartesian basis, is w = 3e 1 + 2e 2 + 5e 3 .
0
w
3
w2
w3
1 r r
(a x ) is the
2
axial vector associated with the antisymmetric tensor ( x a ) skew . Then, the axial vector
associated with the antisymmetric tensor
r skew
r
r
( xr v ) skew = (v ) ( xr )
is the vector
r 1 r
r
w = xr v .
2
Draft
1 TENSORS
e 1
r 1
w=
2 x1
v1
=
e 2
x 2
v2
e 3
v
1 v
= 3 2
x3 2 x 2 x3
v3
113
v
v
v
v
e 1 3 1 e 2 + 2 1
x1 x 2
x1 x 3
e 3
1
(3 (3) )e 1 ((2) (2) )e 2 + (5 (5))e 3 = 3e 1 + 2e 2 + 5e 3
2
Problem 1.116
r
skew
sym
+l
sym
skew
= 2( l
skew
it fulfills that
sym skew
Then, W D + D W = 2(D W ) skew holds. Taking into account the definition of symmetry and
Antisymmetry, i.e. D =
1
l +l
2
skew
2
1
= l l + l l
(l + l T ) (l l T )
4
2
skew
skew
1
1
T
T
l l l l
= 1
+ l l l T l T
4
4
4
2
4
4
4
3
2
2
W D + D W = 2(D W ) skew =
=0
1
T
l l (l l )
2
skew
l T ]
skew
1
2( l l ) skew
2
skew
r
r
= ( l l ) skew = ( xr v xr v ) skew
l T l T l is symmetric, since:
l T l )T = l l T l T l .
l
Problem 1.117
Consider the scalar J = F det(F ) and an arbitrary second-order tensor given by
l
r
dF
= xr v = F& F 1 , where F&
dt
following is true:
r
d(J ) &
J = J ( xr v )
dt
(1.130)
dA
dA
= A Tr
A 1 holds, where A = A ()
d
d
dF
dt
( )
dJ
dF
= F Tr
F 1 = J Tr F& F 1 = J Tr l = J Tr l
dt
dt
sym
) = J Tr(
r
xv
) = J ( xr vr )
Alternative solution:
In Problem 1.46 we have shown that given a second-order tensor F the relationship
F tpq = rjk Frt F jp Fkq holds, and if we take the time derivative of it we get:
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real - Spain
Draft
114
DF
D
tpq =
( rjk Frt F jp Fkq ) = rjk F&rt F jp Fkq + rjk Frt F& jp Fkq + rjk Frt F jp F&kq
Dt
Dt
(1.131)
According to the problem statement we have l = F& F 1 F& = l F , with that the
following relations F&rt = l rs Fst , F& jp = l js Fsp and F&kq = l ks Fsq hold, and the equation in (1.131)
can be rewritten as follows:
DF
tpq = rjk F&rt F jp Fkq + rjk Frt F& jp Fkq + rjk Frt F jp F&kq
Dt
= rjk l rs Fst F jp Fkq + rjk Frt l js Fsp Fkq + rjk Frt F jp l ks Fsq
tpq u t v p w q = rjk l rs Fst F jp Fkq u t v p w q + rjk Frt l js Fsp Fkq u t v p w q + rjk Frt F jp l ks Fsq u t v p w q
= rjk ( l rs Fst u t )( F jp v p )( Fkq w q ) + rjk ( Frt u t )( l js Fsp v p )( Fkq w q )
+ rjk ( Frt u t )( F jp v p )( l ks Fsq w q )
= rjk ( l rs a s )(b j )(c k ) + rjk (a r )( l js b s )(c k ) + rjk (a r )(b j )( l ks c s )
] [
r r r r
DF r r r
r r r r
r
r r r
u ( v w ) = ( l a) (b c ) + a ( l b) c + a b ( l c ) = Tr ( l ) a (b c )
Dt
where we have used the property of trace (see Problem 1.48). The above equation can also be
written as follows:
DF r r r
r r r
r
r
r
r r r
u ( v w ) = Tr ( l ) a (b c ) = Tr ( l ){( F u) [( F v ) ( F w ) ]} = Tr ( l ) F u ( v w )
Dt
where we have used the property of determinant (see Problem 1.49), with that we conclude
that
DF
= Tr ( l ) F .
Dt
Problem 1.118
r
Let us consider a vector field represented by the unit vector field b ( x ) , (see Figure 1.9).
r
r
r
Obtain the second-order projection tensor P such that p = P u holds, where u is an
r
r
arbitrary vector and p is orthogonal to the field defined by b ( x ) .
r
b ( x )
Draft
1 TENSORS
115
Solution:
The proposed problem can be represented by the following figure:
r
u
r r
r
u b = p = P u
r r
a = u // b
r
b ( x )
And, by considering the vector summation we obtain u = a + p . In addition, the vector a can
r r
r
r
be obtained by means of the projection of u onto the direction b : a = a b = (u b ) b , note
r
p i = ui ai
= u i (u k b k )b i
= u u b b
k
= ( ik
ik
b k b i )u k
= Pik u k
The same result could have been obtained by means of vector product. We draw the proposed
problem from another perspective for better visualization:
r
u b
r
b ( x )
r
u
r
b (u b )
r
Taking into account that a (b a) = [(a a)1 a a] b , (see Problem 1.17), we can obtain
r
r
b (u b ) = (b b )1 b b
r r
] ur = [1 b b ] ur = pr .
r r r
r
r
u = u // b + ub = (b b ) u + 1 (b b ) u
r
r
r
r
where u// b = (b b ) u is the vector parallel to b -direction and ub = 1 (b b ) u is the
perpendicular one.
Draft
116
Problem 1.119
r r
Solution:
r r
r
r
1 r 2
1
1
1
x (v ) i = [ xr (v v )]i = (v k v k ) ,i = (v k ,i v k + v k v k ,i ) = v k v k ,i = (v xr v ) i .
2
2
2
2
r
r
At one point of the vector field v , we consider a plane normal to v and recalling that the
r
projection of a second-order tensor onto a direction ( v ) is a vector which does not necessary
r
r r
have the same direction as ( v ), with that we represent the following vectors xr v v and
r
r
v xr v :
Note that
r r
xr v v
r
r
( xr v )
r
v
r
r
v xr v
r r
cv
r
r
r
c ( xr v )
r
r r
r
c = v ( xr v )
c = v ( xr v ) ( xr v ) v
c = v ( xr v ) v ( xr v ) T
r r
r
r
r
r
c = v (( xr v ) ( xr v ) T ) = v 2( xr v ) skew
r
r
If we consider that w is the axial vector associated with the antisymmetric tensor ( xr v ) skew , it
r
r r r
r
r
r r
fulfills that: ( xr v ) skew v = w v v ( xr v ) skew = v w . In addition, the relationship
r
r
r
r
rot (v ) xr v = 2 w holds. Then,
r
r r
r
r
r r
r
(1.132)
c = v 2( xr v ) skew = v 2 w = v ( xr v )
r r r r
r
r r r
r r
( xr v ) v + c = v ( xr v )
( xr v ) v = v ( xr v ) c
r r 1
r r
r
( xr v ) v = xr (v 2 ) v ( xr v )
2
r
r
r
It is interesting to note that: when ( xr v ) is a symmetric tensor, i.e. ( xr v ) = ( xr v ) sym , the
r
r r
r
r r
r r r
r
following is fulfilled ( xr v ) skew = 0 , c = 0 , ( xr v ) = 0 , and ( xr v ) v = v ( xr v ) has the
r
same direction as v .
Draft
1 TENSORS
117
r r
xr v v
r r
cv
r
r
r
c ( xr v )
r
v
r
r
( xr v )
r
r
v xr v
r
r r
r
r
r
c = v ( xr v ) = 2v ( xr v )
Figure 1.10
Alternative solution:
r r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
xr v v = (( xr v ) sym + ( xr v ) skew ) v = ( xr v ) sym v + ( xr v ) skew v
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
= ( xr v ) sym v + ( xr v ) skew v + (( xr v ) skew v ( xr v ) skew v )
r
r
r
r
r
r
= (( xr v ) sym v ( xr v ) skew v ) + 2( xr v ) skew v
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
1
= ( xr v + ( xr v ) T ) ( xr v ( xr v ) T ) v + 2( xr v ) skew v
2
r
r
r
r r
r
r
r
1
= (2( xr v ) T ) v + 2( xr v ) skew v = v ( xr v ) + 2( xr v ) skew v
2
r r
r
1
= xr (v 2 ) v ( xr v )
2
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
skew
Remember that ( xr v ) T = ( xr v ) skew , thus 2( xr v ) skew v = v 2( xr v ) skew = v ( xr v )
Problem 1.120
r r
Draft
118
r r r
r r r
du u( x + dx ) u( x )
r
r
r
du = ( xr u) dx
x2
r
x
r
dx
r r
r
u( x + dx )
r
r
x + dx
x1
x3
du i =
u i
dx j
x j
u1
du1 x1
du = u 2
2 x
du 3 1
u 3
x1
u1
x 2
u 2
x 2
u 3
x 2
u1
x3 dx
1
u 2
dx
2
x3
u 3 dx3
x3
or:
u1
u
u
dx1 + 1 dx 2 + 1 dx3
du1 =
x1
x 2
x3
u 2
u
u
dx1 + 2 dx 2 + 2 dx3
du 2 =
x3
x1
x 2
u
u
u
du 3 = 3 dx1 + 3 dx 2 + 3 dx 3
x1
x 2
x3
with
du1 = u1 ( x1 + dx1 , x 2 + dx 2 , x3 + dx3 ) u1 ( x1 , x 2 , x3 )
du 2 = u 2 ( x1 + dx1 , x 2 + dx 2 , x3 + dx3 ) u 2 ( x1 , x 2 , x3 )
du = u ( x + dx , x + dx , x + dx ) u ( x , x , x )
3
1
1
2
2
3
3
3
1
2
3
3
As the field is independent of x3 , the displacement field in the differential area element is
defined as:
u1
u1
2
1
u
u
du = u ( x + dx , x + dx ) u ( x , x ) = 2 dx + 2 dx
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
2
1
2
2
x1
x 2
or:
u1
u1
u1 ( x1 + dx1 , x 2 + dx 2 ) = u1 ( x1 , x 2 ) + x dx1 + x dx 2
2
1
u ( x + dx , x + dx ) = u ( x , x ) + u 2 dx + u 2 dx
2
1
1
2
2
2
1
2
2 1
x1
x 2
Draft
1 TENSORS
119
Note that the above equation is equivalent to the Taylor series expansion taking into account
only up to linear terms. The representation of the displacement field in the differential area
element is shown in Figure 1.11.
u2 +
u 2
dx 2
x 2
u2 +
( x1 + dx1 , x 2 + dx 2 )
( x1 , x 2 + dx 2 )
u1 +
u 2
u
dx1 + 2 dx 2
x1
x 2
u1
dx 2
x 2
u1 +
r
du
dx 2
u1
u
dx1 + 1 dx 2
x1
x 2
u2 +
(u 2 )
( x1 + dx1 , x 2 )
( x1 , x 2 )
x2
u 2
dx1
x1
u1 +
(u1 )
u1
dx1
x1
dx1
x1
144444444444444444424444444444444444443
=
644444444444444444474444444444444444448
x 2 ,u 2
u2 +
u1
dx2
x2
u 2
dx2
x2
dx 2
O
u2
O
u1
u1 +
dx 2
A
O
dx1
u 2
dx1
x1
dx1
u1
dx1
x1
x1 ,u1
Draft
120
Problem 1.121
Given a second-order tensor field T ( x ) . Show that: if there is no source of the field T ( x ) it
r
fulfills that the divergence of T ( x ) is equal to zero, i.e. xr T = 0 . For the demonstration,
consider the tensor field in a differential volume element dV = dx1 dx 2 dx 3 in the Cartesian
system.
Solution:
Let us set the tensor field T ( x ) in the differential volume element. For this purpose, we start
r
from the definition of the differential of T ( x ) which is defined by means of gradient as
follows:
r
r
r
dT T ( x + dx ) T ( x )
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
T ( x + dx ) T ( x ) = ( xr T ) dx T ( x + dx ) = T ( x ) + ( xr T ) dx
r
dT = ( xr T ) dx
r
r
r
Tij ( x + dx ) = Tij ( x ) + Tij , k dx k
r
= Tij ( x ) + Tij ,1 dx1 + Tij , 2 dx 2 + Tij ,3 dx 3
Tij
Tij
r Tij
dx1 +
dx 2 +
dx 3
= Tij ( x ) +
x1
x 2
x 3
r
r
The representation of the field components Tij ( x + dx ) can be appreciated in Figure 1.12.
r
Note that on the face normal to x1 + dx1 act the components Ti1 ( x ) +
Ti1
dx1 , since
x1
according our convention, the first index indicate the direction in which points out and the
second index indicates the normal plane.
r
Once established the field Tij ( x + dx ) in the differential volume element, we apply the total
r
r
balance of the field components Tij ( x + dx ) according to the directions x1 , x 2 , x3 .
r
T
T
T
T11 + 11 dx1 dx 2 dx3 + T13 + 13 dx 3 dx1 dx 2 + T12 + 12 dx 2 dx1 dx3 T11 dx 2 dx3
x1
x3
x 2
and
Draft
1 TENSORS
121
x3
Rear face
T11
T33 +
Rear face
T23 +
T13 +
T21
T33
dx3
x3
T13
dx3
x3
T23
dx3
x3
T32 +
T12
T22
T31 +
T31
dx1
x1
T32
T12 +
T21 +
T
T11 + 11 dx1
x1
T21
dx1
x1
T31
dx 3
T32
dx2
x2
T12
dx2
x2
T22 +
T22
dx2
x2
x2
dx1
T13
T23
x1
Rear face
T33
dx 2
x
x
x
1
2
3
x
x
x
1
2
3
x1
x 2
x3
T1 j , j = 0
T2 j , j = 0
T3 j , j = 0
Tij , j = 0 i
( xr T ) i = 0 i
tensorial
r
xr T = 0
NOTE 1: If we have a tensor field, the order of the source is a minor order of the tensor, e.g.
the source of a vector field is represented by a scalar field.
NOTE 2: If the divergence of a tensor field is positive we have a source, on the contrary if
the divergence is negative we have a sink.
Draft
122
Problem 1.122
Show that:
[( xr T ) ur ] ar = [ xr ( T ar )] ur
(1.133)
r
r r r
r
where T = T (x ) is a second-order tensor field, u = u( x ) is a vector field, and a an arbitrary
r
vector (independent of ( x ) ).
r r
Solution: Note that the term [( xr T ) u] a is a vector, which in indicial notation becomes:
{[( xr T ) ur ] ar}i = [( xr T ) ur ]ik (ar )k = ( xr T )ikp u p ak = Tik , pu p ak = Tik , pu p ak
(1.134)
r r
Now we express the term [ xr (T a )] u in indicial notation:
r
r
r
gradient
( T a )i = Tik ak
[ xr ( T a )] ij = ( T a )i , j = ( Tik ak ), j
r
[ xr ( T a )] ij = ( Tik ak ), j = Tik , j ak + Tik ak , j = Tik , j ak
{
r
r
or [ xr ( T a )] ij = a ( xr T T )
=0 k , j
r
r
+ [ T ( xr a )]ij = a ( xr T T )
123
ij
(1.135)
ij
= Tik , j ak
=0
r
r
where we have considered that a is independent of ( x ) . If we apply the scalar product
r
between the above equation and u we obtain:
{[ xr ( T ar )] ur}i = [ xr ( T ar )]ij u j = Tik , j a k u j = Tik , p u p a k
(1.136)
r r
[ xr ( T ar)] ij = [ar ( xr T T )] ij + [ T ( xr ar )] ij
Problem 1.123
r
Show that if the magnitude of a vector, = (t ) , is constant with time, this implies that is
r
d
orthogonal to
at any time t .
dt
Solution:
r
We start from the definition of the magnitude of a vector, where = holds, thus:
( ) = d (r r ) = d (r ) r + r d (r ) = 2r d (r ) = 0
r
d
dt
dt
dt
dt
dt
r
r d
dt
r
x = constant
r
r dx
r
x
r dx
dt
v=
dt
r
x
Draft
1 TENSORS
123
Check the divergence theorem (Gauss theorem) for the vector field F whose Cartesian
components are given by Fi = xi + ( x32 x 3 ) i 3 . Consider the boundary defined by the
cylinder x12 + x 22 1 , 0 x3 1 .
Solution:
The divergence theorem states that:
r
r
xr F dV = F n dS
x12 + x 22 1
S (2)
n ( 2 )
r
r
r
r =1
h =1
S (1)
n (1)
r
x
x2
n (3)
x1
S ( 3)
Figure 1.13
r
Calculation of xr F dV :
V
r
xr F = Fi ,i = x i + ( x 32 x 3 ) i 3
,i
= x i ,i + ( x 32 x 3 ) ,i i 3 = ii + ( x 32 x 3 ) ,3 = 3 + (2 x 3 1) = 2 x 3 + 2
Thus
r
xr F dV = (2 x3 + 2) dV =
x3 =1
A x =(02 x
+ 2)dx3 dA = 3 dA = 3(r 2 ) = 3
F n dS
S
Draft
124
We decompose the boundary in three areas, namely: S (1) , S ( 2) , S (3) , (see Figure 1.13), then
r
F n dS = F n
(1)
S ( 1)
F n
dS (1) +
( 2)
dS ( 2 ) +
S ( 2)
F n
( 3)
dS (3)
S ( 3)
r
The components of F are: F1 = x1 + ( x32 x3 ) 13 = x1 , F2 = x 2 , F3 = x3 + ( x32 x 3 ) 33 = x32 .
r
r
The representation of F in the Cartesian basis is given by: F = x1e 1 + x 2 e 2 + x32 e 3 . The
n (1) =
x12
x 22
( x1 e 1 + x 2 e 2 ) ; n ( 2 ) = e 3 ; n (3) = e 3
F n
(1)
( x e
dS (1) =
S ( 1)
+ x 2 e 2 + x 32 e 3 )
S ( 1)
x12 + x 22
x12
( 1)
dS (1) =
x 22
1dS
1
x12
(1)
x 22
( x1 e 1 + x 2 e 2 )dS (1)
= 2rh = 2
(1 )
r
F n ( 2) dS ( 2 ) =
( x e
1
S (2)
+ x 2 e 2 + 1e 3 ) (e 3 ) dS ( 2 ) =
S (2)
1dS
(2)
= r 2 =
S (2)
r
F n (3) dS (3) =
S ( 3)
( x e
1
+ x 2 e 2 + 0e 3 ) (e 3 )dS (3) =
S ( 3)
with that: F n dS =
S
0dS
( 3)
=0
S (3)
r
F n (1) dS (1) +
S (1 )
r
F n ( 2 ) dS ( 2 ) +
S (2)
r
F n (3) dS (3) = 3
S ( 3)
Problem 1.125
Let be a domain bounded by as shown in Figure 1.14. Further consider that m is a
second-order tensor field and is a scalar field. Show that the following relationship holds:
[m : (
r
r
x ( x
[m
))]d =
[( ) m] n d [(
r
x
r
x
m) xr ]d
ij
, ij ] d = ( , i m ij )n j d [m ij , j , i ] d
Draft
1 TENSORS
125
x2
x1
Figure 1.14
Solution: We could directly apply the definition of integration by parts to demonstrate the
above relationship. But, here we will start with the definition of the divergence theorem. That
r
is, given a tensor field v , it is true that:
r
x
v d = v n d indicial
v j , j d = v j n j d
r
Observing that the tensor v can be represented by the result of the algebraic operation
r
v = xr m and the equivalent in indicial notation is v j = , i m ij , and by substituting it in
j, j
d = v j n j d
[,
[,
ij
[,
m ij
,j
d = , i m ij n j d
m ij + , i m ij , j d = , i m ij n j d
ij
m ij d = , i m ij n j d
[ ,
m ij , j d
[m : (
r
r
x ( x
))]d =
[( ) m] n d [ (
r
x
r
x
r
x
m)]d
NOTE: Consider now the domain defined by the volume V , which is bounded by the
r
surface S with the outward unit normal to the surface n . If N is a vector field and T is a
scalar field, it is also true that:
N T,
i
ij
dV = N iT ,i n j dS N i , jT ,i dV
r
r
r
N ( xr ( xrT ))dV = ( xrT N ) n dS xrT xr N dV
Draft
126
Problem 1.126
r
b n
i
d S = , i b i dV
b n
i
dS = ijk v k , j n i dS
b n
i
dS = ijk v k , j n i dS
= ( ijk v k , j ), i dV
= ( ijk , i v k , j + ijk v k , ji ) dV
V
= (, i ijk v k , j + ijk v k , ji ) dV = , i b i dV
1
424
3
1
424
3
V
bi
Solution 2:
b n
i
dS = (b i ), i dV = (, i b i + b i , i ) dV
b n
i
dS = , i b i dV = , i ijk v k , j dV
Problem 1.127
Let V be a volume domain which is delimited by surface S . a) Show that:
r
( x n + n x) dS = 2V 1
S
r
x
) x dV = ( n ) x
S
dS dV
V
ik , k
x j dV = ik n k x j dS ij dV
and
r
x (
r
x
) dV
r
= x ( n ) dS T dV
x
i
Draft
jk , k
dV = xi jk n k dS ji dV
S
1 TENSORS
127
x2
dS
B
r
x
x1
x3
Solution:
a) Considering only the first term of the integrand, we can obtain:
r
( x n ) dS = ( x 1 n ) dS = ( x 1) n dS
S
( x n ) dS = ( x 1) n dS =
S
r
x
( x 1) dV
x n
i
dS = x i jk n k dS = (
jk
xi ) ,k dV = (
jk , k x i
jk
xi ,k ) dV
x n
i
dS =
ji
dV =
ji
dV =
( x n ) dS = V 1
jiV
= V1
(1.137)
( x n + n x) dS = 2V 1
S
x j ik , k = ( x j ik ) ,k ij
jk
r
r
( xr ) x = xr ( x )
Draft
128
r
x
) x dV = xr ( x ) dV dV
V
ik , k
= ( ik n k ) x j dS ij dV
r
= ( n ) x dS dV
dV = x j ik n k dS ij dV
dV = ( x j ik ) ,k dV ij dV
r
r
( xr ) x dV = ( x ) n dS dV
ik , k
where we have applied the divergence theorem to the first integral on the right side of
equation.
Taking into account that
[( xr ) xr ]T = [ xr ( xr ) ]T
r
r T
x ( xr ) = [ xr ( x )] T
In indicial notation
xi jk ,k = ( xi jk ) ,k ji
we can obtain:
r
x (
r
x
x (
) dV = [ xr ( x )]T
dV T dV
jk , k
dV
jk , k
r
x
) dV = ( x ) n dS T
S
dV = ( xi jk )n k dS ji dV
r
= x ( n ) dS T dV
dV = ( xi jk ) , k dV ji dV
= xi ( jk n k ) dS ji dV
NOTE: If we obtain the trace of the equation (1.137) we can also obtain:
x n
i
( x n ) : 1 dS = ( x n ) dS = V 1 : 1
dS = ji jiV = iiV
(1.138)
If we are dealing with a three dimensional case (3D) the trace ii = 3 , and if we dealing with
two dimensional case (2D) we have that ii = 2 . With that we can conclude that:
x n
i
( x n ) dS = 3V
dS = 3V
(3D)
and
x n
( x n ) d = 2 A
d = 2 A
Draft
(2D)
1 TENSORS
129
x2
x1
= r
where G and M are scalars and constants, and a is the magnitude of the vector a 0 . a)
r r
Obtain the gradient of . b) Obtain the gradient of for the particular case when a = x and
draw the field xr in the Cartesian space.
Solution:
GM
,i = r
a
x ,i
( xr ),i r
= GM 1 ( ar ) ,i
ar 2
,i
(1.139)
Note that:
1
1
r r 1
r
r r
1 r r
1 r r
( a ) ,i = ( a a ) 2 = (a a ) 2 ( a a ) ,i = ( a a ) 2 ( a k a k ) ,i
2
,i 2
1
r r
1 r r 2
1
(a a ) ( a k ,i a k + a k a k ,i ) = (a a ) 2 ( a k ,i a k ) = r ( a k , i a k )
2
a
or in indicial notation:
r
r
1 r
xr ( a ) = r (a xr a )
a
(1.140)
a
x ,i
a
a
a
a
( xr ),i r
r
r
a
Moreover, considering that the unit vector according to the direction a is given by a = r ,
a
we can obtain:
r
r
r
GM
r
r
( xr ),i = GM
r 3 (a x a ) i = r 2 (a x a ) i
a
Draft
(1.141)
130
or in tensorial notation:
r
r
1 r
1 r
1 r
xr ( x ) = r ( x xr x ) = r ( x 1) = r ( x ) = x
x
x
x
whereupon
GM
,i = r
x
x i
( xr )i r
= GM 1
xr 2
,i
r
( x ) = GM ( xr )
i
,i
r3
(1.142)
or in tensorial notation:
GM
xr = xr r
x
GM r GM
=
x = r 2 x
xr 3
x
(1.143)
r
Note that the vector field xr is radial, i.e. it is normal to the spheres defined by x and
r
decreases with x = r 2 (see Figure 1.16). The equation (1.143) can also be written as follows:
GM GM GM (r )
=
r = (r )r
= 2 r=
r =
r
r r
r r
(1.144)
x3
Spheres
x
xr
x = 1
r
x
r
b
x1
x2
xr
xr
Figure 1.16
Draft
1 TENSORS
GM
x
131
m3
kg s 2
is the
gravitational constant, M is the total mass of the planet. We check the units:
[] = GM
r =
m 3 kg kg m m N m J
( Unit of energy per unit mass)
= 2
=
=
kg
kg
kg s 2 m
s kg
(specific energy)
where the total mass of Earth is M 5.98 10 24 kg and the approximate radius is
R 6.37 10 6 m , with that we obtain
r
GM
GM
b = r 2 x = 2 x 9.82 x
R
x
m
.
s2
Adopting that the system x has its origin at the center of mass of the body M , and invoking
r
r
the Newtons second law ( F = ma ), we can obtain the force that act in a body ( m ) due to the
r
gravitational field b = xr :
r
r
r
GMm
F = ma = mb = r 2 x
x
Draft
(1.145)
132
x1
r
x
r
F (Mm)
x3
r
x (M )
r
F (mM )
r
x (m )
x2
r
r r
x ( M ) + x = x ( m)
r r
r
x = x (m) x (M )
x1
x3
GMm
r ( m) r ( M )
x x
r
r
( x ( m) x ( M ) )
r
r
x ( m) x ( M )
(1.146)
where we use the nomenclature F (mM ) to indicate the force in m due to the influence of M .
Note also that in M we have the same force in direction and magnitude, but of opposite
r
sense to F (mM ) .
Problem 1.129
Consider that =
r
1
where r = x = x12 + x 22 + x32 :
r
a) Show that:
r r
2 2 2
xr xr ( x 0) 2 2 + 2 + 2 = 0 Laplace equation
(1.147)
x1
x 2
x3
r r
for r 0 . We use the nomenclature xr ( x 0) to indicate that the origin is not included.
( ) n dS = 4
r
x
(1.148)
Draft
1 TENSORS
GM
xr = xr r
x
133
GM r GM
=
x = r 2 x
xr 3
x
(1.149)
Denoting by GM = 1 we obtain:
1 1 r 1
xr = xr r = r 3 x = r 2 x
x x
x
(1.150)
1 r
1
( xr ) i = r 3 x = r 3 xi
x
(1.151)
or in indicial notation:
( xr ) = ,ii
x
= r 3i
x
= xi ,i x 1 = x i ,i x 3 ( xr )
i r 3
i
,i
r3
r3
r
x 4
x
x
x ,i
,i
r
1
x
(1.152)
3 r
3 x
3x x
3
3
3
r 4 ri = r 3 + ri 5i
x
(
)
=
x
x
i
i
,i
r3
r 4
r3
x
x
x
x
x
x
x
r 2
3x
3
= r 3 + r 5 =0
x
x
( xr ) =
(1.153)
1
( ) n dS = r
r
x
1
x n dS = r 2
x n dS =
S
1
r 2
x
dS = r
( Area) =
1
(4r 2 ) = 4
2
r
(1.154)
Note that x n = 1 since for the sphere it holds that x // n .
It is interesting to note that by means of the divergence theorem it fulfills that:
[ ]dV = ( ) n dS
r
x
r
x
r
x
,ii dV
= ,i ni dS
(1.155)
Draft
134
Problem 1.130
a) Show that:
( ) n dS = 4GM (r )
(1.156)
GM
is the gravitational potential, and M (r ) is the total mass contained into
r
the sphere whose radius is r , and S -surface represents the sphere boundary.
where =
b) Consider a sphere of radius r = a which represents a planet. Obtain the total mass of the
planet in function of the mass density = (r ) .
c) Obtain the gravitational potential for r < a and r a . In this section, consider that the
mass density is uniform in the planet = 0
Solution:
a) In Problem 1.129 we showed that:
( ) n dS = r n dS = 4
1
(1.157)
GM (r )
n dS = 4GM (r )
r
[ ] n dS = 4GM (r )
(1.158)
b)
Spherical planet
r=a
r
(r )
M = (r )dV
V
Draft
(1.159)
1 TENSORS
135
M = (r )dV =
r =a
(r )4r
dr
(1.160)
r =0
c) Remember that in Problem 1.128 (see equation (1.144)) we have obtained that
r
GM GM GM (r )
= b =
r = (r )r
= 2 r =
r =
r r
r
r r
(1.161)
[ ] n dS = 4GM (r )
S
r
b n dS = (r ) r n dS = (r ) dS = ( r )(4r 2 ) = 4GM (r )
123
=1
(r )r 2 = GM (r )
(r ) =
(1.162)
GM (r )
r2
where M (r ) = V 0 = 43 r 3 0 . Then:
(r ) =
GM (r ) 4G 0
=
r
3
r2
d ( r ) 4G 0
=
r
dr
3
4G 0
rdr
3
(1.163)
2G 0 2
r +C
3
(1.164)
d ( r ) =
d =
4G 0
rdr
3
(r ) =
4G 0 r 2
+C
3
2
(1) (r ) =
where we have denoted (1) ( r ) = (r ) for r < a . For values r a the gravitational potential is
given by
GM 4Ga 3 0
=
= (2)
r
3r
for
(1.165)
ra
where M is the total mass of the planet whose value is M = V 0 = 43 a 3 0 . Note that the
potential has to be continuous in r = a , (see Parker (2003)), thus:
4Ga 3 0
2G 0 2
a +C =
3
3a
3
3
2Ga 0 2Ga 0 4 3 2GM 3 3MG
C =
=
=
=
a
a
34
a
4
2a
(1) (r = a ) = ( 2) ( r = a )
(1.166)
(1) (r ) =
2G 0 2
2G 0 2 3MG MG 2 3MG MG r 2
3
= 3r
= 2 2
r +C =
r
2
2a
3
3
2a
2a 2a
2a
(1.167)
(r ) =
(r ) =
MG r 2
3
for
2
2
2
2a 2a
MG
for
ra
r
Draft
r<a
(1.168)
136
(r )
Planet surface
a
MG
a
inflection point
3MG
2a
Problem 1.131
a) Show that the orbit of a planet takes place on a plane. b) Prove the Keplers laws of
planetary motion:
b.1) First Law: The orbit of a planet is an ellipse, with the Sun at one of the foci of the ellipse;
b.2) Second Law: The vector position from the Sun to the planet describes one area at a
constant rate;
Draft
1 TENSORS
137
b.3) Third Law: If T (orbital period) represents the time required for the planet to perform a
full elliptical orbit, whose major axis of the ellipse is 2a , the relationship T 2 = a 3 holds,
where is a constant.
Reminder: Expressions related to the ellipse:
x2
r
x
b
f2
f1
x1
a 2 b2
a2
p
1 + e cos
0 < e < 1 , where a 2 =
p2
holds.
(1 e 2 ) 2
r
r dx
v=
,
dt
r
a // x
x2
x3
r
x
Sun
r r r
c = xv
r
dx r
=v
dt
r
r
r d 2 x dv
a= 2 =
dt
dt
r r
F // a
t=0
r
h
x1
Draft
138
a) To show that the orbit takes place on a plane, we must prove that the vector ( c ) normal to
r
r
the plane which is defined by the vectors x and v does not change with time, i.e. c is
constant.
We recall the equation (1.145) of Problem 1.131:
r
r
r
r
GMm
GM
F = ma = mb = r 2 x
; a = r 2 x
(1.169)
x
x
r r r
Next, we obtain the rate of change of c = x v :
r
r r d r r r r r r
dc d r r
d r
= ( x v ) = ( x ) v + x (v ) = v12
3v + 1
x2
3
a =0
r
r
dt dt
dt
dt
=0
=0
r r r
Thus we have shown that the vector c = x v does not change with time, which implies that
Since the planets orbit is performed on a plane, we take x1 x 2 as the plane of the orbit, then
r
the vector c has the same direction as x3 , (see Figure 1.19).
r
We express c in term of x :
r
r
d( x )
r dx d r
r dx
= ( x x ) =
v=
x + x
dt dt
dt
dt
and
r
r
d( x )
r r r
r
r dx
r d( x )
r 2
r 2
dx
dx
= x
3x + x x
= x x
c = x v = ( x x )
x + x
x 2
1
r
dt
dt
dt
dt
dt
=0
GM
r r
x , we calculate the vector a c which has the same
r r GM r 2
dx
dx
dx
dx
a c = r 2 x x x
= GM x x
= GM ( x ) x ( x x )
x
dt
dt
dt
dt
dx
= GM
dt
r r r
r r r r r r
where we have used the property a b c = (a c )b (a b)c , (see Problem 1.17). Note
dx
dx
2
also that it holds that x = 0 since x , and x x = x = 1 . Considering that GM is a
dt
dt
r r
dx d (GM x )
a c = GM
=
dt
dt
Since the vector c does not change with time, the following is true:
r r
r
r r dv r d ( v c )
ac =
c =
dt
dt
Thus
Draft
1 TENSORS
139
r r
d (v c ) d (GM x )
=
dt
dt
r
r r
v c = GM x + h
where h is constant vector of integration and is not dependent of time. Note that h is located
r r
on the plane x1 x 2 , since (v c ) and x are also on the plane x1 x 2 , (see Figure 1.8).
We calculate:
r
r
h x = h x cos = h cos
r
r r
r r r
r r r
= c c = ( x v ) c = (v c ) x
r
r
r
r r
r
r
= GM x + h ( x x ) = x GM x x + x h x = x GM + x h cos
r
= x (GM + h cos ) = r (GM + h cos )
r
where we have considered that r = x . Then, we can obtain the following equation of the
2
ellipse:
c2
p
c
GM
r=
=
=
(GM + h cos ) (GM + h cos ) 1 + e cos
GM
2
c2
GM
and
e=
h
GM
(1.170)
S 0
r 1 r
r
dA = x ds
2
x2
S
A
r
x
x1
Draft
140
r
r
r
r
r
r 1 r D ( ds )
D(dA) 1 D( x ds ) 1 D( x )
=
=
ds + x
Dt
Dt
Dt
2
2 Dt
2
r
r 1r r 1r
1 D( x )
=
ds + x v = c (constant)
2 1Dt
2
4243 2
r
=0
NOTE: As a consequence of second law it follows that if the areas of two sectors are equal,
the time required to perform their paths are equal, that is, according to Figure 1.20 as the areas
of the sectors OCD and EFO are equal the times to perform C D and E F are equal.
As result, when the planet is closer to the Sun its velocity is greater than when it is far.
sector EFO
sector OCD
E
D
A
C
D (dA)
1
1
A=
dt =
c dt = cT
2
2
Dt
0
0
Taking into account the area enclosed by the ellipse: A = ab , we conclude that
1
cT = ab ,
2
thus:
T=
2ab
c
T2 =
4 2 a 2 b 2
c2
(1.171)
a 2 b2
a2
b2 = a 2 a 2e2
b 2 = a 2 (1 e 2 )
p2
p
a=
(1 e 2 )a = p into the above equation,
2 2
2
(1 e )
(1 e )
we can obtain:
Draft
1 TENSORS
b 2 = a 2 (1 e 2 )
141
b 2 = ap
p=
b2
a
4 2 a 2 b 2 4 2 a 2 ab 2 4 2 a 3 p 4 2 3
=
=
=
a = a3
GM
c2
c 2a
c2
(1.172)
p
1
=
, (see equation (1.170)).
2
GM
c
COMPLEMENTARY NOTE 1
dy ( x)
y y, x (tangent of the curve at a point)
dx
Second derivative:
d 2 y ( x)
y y, xx .
dx 2
y ( x)
y
x
s 2 = x 2 + y 2
y
1
x
Figure 1.21
Infinitesimal arc length ds :
According to Figure 1.21 we can obtain:
2
x 2
(x 2 + y 2 )
y
s = x + y = (x + y ) 2 =
x = 1 + x
2
x
x
x
2
Draft
142
2
2
y
dy
ds = lim 1 + x = 1 + dx 1 + ( y ) 2 dx = 1 + ( y ) 2
x 0
x
dx
ds
= 1 + ( y ) 2
dx
1
2
dx
1
2
Curvature
Curvature measures how quickly the direction of s changes with respect to a change in arc
length s , where s is the unit vector according to the ( y ) -direction. So, we define the vector
curvature as follows:
ds
ds
r
ds
= =
ds
curvature
dy
y and if we differentiate with
dx
respect to x we obtain:
d dy d
d [tan( )] d
d
d
= sec 2 ( )
= 1 + tan 2 ( )
= [tan( )] =
dx dx dx
d
dx
dx
dx
2
d2y
d dy d
d
2
= 1 + ( y) 2
2 y = 1 + tan ( )
= 1 +
dx dx dx
dx
dx
d
y
=
dx [1 + ( y) 2 ]
where
dx
=
ds
1
1
[1 + ( y) 2 ] 2
d d dx
y
=
=
ds
dx ds [1 + ( y) 2 ]
1
1
2 2
[1 + ( y) ]
y
3
2 2
[1 + ( y) ]
holds.
d
=
ds
ds = d
ds = d
integratin
g
2r = 2
ds = d
2 1
=
=
2r r
(1.173)
1
r
(1)
Draft
>
1
r ( 2)
(1) > ( 2 )
1 TENSORS
143
r ( 2)
r (1)
Figure 1.22
An interesting equation we can obtain from the curvature, (see equation (1.173)), is:
ds = d = B A B _ A
A
B _ A
Area = ds = B A B _ A
Area
B
B
Figure 1.23
Draft
144
For example, let us consider a circumference of radius r , and the variation of angle from A
to B can be obtained as follows:
1
Area = ds = [(2r ) ]
4
1
1
= [(2r ) ] =
4
r
2
= B A B _ A
B _ A =
Figure 1.24
Curvature Vector
r
ds
ds
where s is the unit vector (tangent to the curve), and if we use the unit vector properties we
can conclude that:
s = 1
y ( x)
= s s = 1
d (s ) d (s )
ds
s + s
=2
s =0
ds
ds
ds
d (s s ) d (1)
=
=0
ds
ds
r
s = 0
s
ds
ds
ds
ds
Figure 1.25
Draft
1 TENSORS
145
The transformation matrix from the system x to the system n - s (which is denoted by x ),
see Figure 1.26, is given by:
cos
aij =
sin
sin n 1 n 2
=
cos n 2 n 1
dxi = a ji dx j
T
n 2 0 n 1
=
n 1 ds n 2
n 2 0 n 2 ds
=
n 1 ds n 1ds
n i = 3ij
dx j
ds
x2
x2
x2
n i = 3ij
x1
dx2
ds
ds
(i, j = 1,2)
dx2
n 1 ds
n i = =
n 2 dx1
ds
dx j
x1
dx1
x1
Figure 1.26
Draft
146
COMPLEMENTARY NOTE 2
systems x and x , (see Figure 1.27). By means of vector summation we can obtain:
r r r
x = x + x
r r
r
r
r
xdV = ( x + x )dV = xdV + x dV
The volume centroid is the point ( x (V ) ) where the following equation fulfils:
r
r
x dV = 0
r r
x = x (V )
r
r
r
r
r
xdV = x (V ) dV + x dV = x (V ) dV = x (V ) dV
V
12r3
=0
r
x (V ) =
xdV xdV
dV
x3
S
dV
x3
x2
r
x
x2
r
x
x1
r
x (V )
x1
Figure 1.27
The components of the volume centroid ( x1(V ) , x 2(V ) , x3(V ) ) can be obtained as follows:
x dV
1
x1(V )
dV
x dV
2
x 2(V )
dV
x dV
3
x3(V )
dV
Volume Centroid
(1.174)
Draft
1 TENSORS
147
where
x dV
x dV
2
x dV
xdV xdV
r
x (V ) = V
dV
=V
r
r
Vx (V ) = xdV =
r
r
Vx (V ) = xdV
r
xdV =
V ( A ) +V ( B )
r
xdV ( A) +
V ( A)
r A
r B
r
xdV ( B ) = V ( A) x (V ) + V ( B ) x (V )
V (B)
xdV
r A
( A)
x (V ) = V
dV
xdV
( A)
r B
(B)
x (V ) = V
( A)
dV
V ( A)
(B)
( B)
V (B)
In a similar fashion to the derivation of the equations in (1.174) which define the volume
centroid, we can also define the area centroid as follows:
x dA
dA
x dA
x 2( A)
dA
x dA
3
x1( A)
x3( A)
dA
Area centroid
(1.175)
Line centroid
(1.176)
x dL
dL
x dL
x 2( L )
dL
x dL
3
x1( L )
x3( L )
dL
Let us consider the scalar field ( = ( x ) ), by means of vector summation we can write:
r
x = x (V _ ) + x
Integratin
g
(V _ )
xdV = x dV + x dV
r
The center of the scalar field = ( x ) delimited by the domain V is defined by:
r
r
x dV = 0
Draft
148
r (V _ )
xdV = x
r
x (V _ ) = V
dV
xdV xdV
dV
=V
V ( )
x dV
x dV
x1(V _ )
dV
x 2(V _ )
dV
x dV
x 3(V _ )
dV
Note that, if the scalar field is uniform inside the volume, the center of the scalar field and the
geometrical center are the same:
r
xdV
r
x (V _ ) = V
dV
xdV
V
dV
xdV
=V
dV
r
= x (V )
Similarly we can define the center of the scalar field into an Area:
r
r
x (A _) =
xdA
A
dA
A
r
x (L _) =
xdL
L
dL
L
If the scalar field represents the mass density ( ) the center of the scalar is denoted by
Center of Mass (C.M.).
r
xdV
r
x (V _ ) = V
dV
(1.177)
Draft
1 TENSORS
149
r r
Consider that the body of volume V is subjected to the field b = b( x ) , and by a scalar field
r
( x ) , (see Figure 1.28).
r r
b( x )
x3
x2
dV
x3
r
x
x2
r
x
x1
( x)
r r
x (b )
x1
Figure 1.28
We can obtain:
r r r
r r r
r
r r
r r
x = x (b ) + x x b = x (b ) b + x b
r r r
r r
r r
x bdV = x (b ) bdV + x bdV
The center of the vector field delimited by the volume V is defined by:
r
x bdV = 0
(1.178)
Then
r r
(b )
(b )
(b )
x bdV = x bdV = x bdV = x F
r
r
F = bdV
(1.179)
r r r
r r
x (b ) F = x bdV
Draft
150
r r r (br ) r
r
xdV b = x
b dV
V
r
r
r r r
r
r r r
dV x (V _ ) x (b ) b = 0
dV x (V _ ) b = dV x (b ) b
V
r (V _ ) r (br ) r
x
x
=0
r (V _ ) r (br )
x
=x
r r
(b )
x bdV = x bdV
if is uniform x (V _ ) = x (V )
r
if b is uniform x (V _ ) = x (b )
r
x2
x3
x3
x2
x1
x3
x1
r r
x (b )
x2
x3
r
x (V )
r
x (V _ )
r
( x)
x 2
x1
x1
Figure 1.29
If the scalar field = is the mass density, and b represents the gravitational field on the
proximity of the Earth surface, the equation (1.179) becomes:
Draft
1 TENSORS
151
0
Fi = b i dV =
= 0
gdV mg
V
r r r
r r r
r
r r r r
x = x () + x
x b = x () b + x b
r
r r
r r
r r
x bdV = x ( ) bdV + x bdV
The center of the vector filed where the rotation is null is defined by:
r
x bdV = 0
(1.180)
1
42
4
3
r
()
()
x bdV = x bdV = x bdV
r r
r r
x () F =
r
r
where is the torque that the field b produces into the body and is defined by:
r r
r
= x bdV
(1.181)
If the scalar field represents the mass density ( = ), and b represents the gravitational field,
r r
r r
r r
x ( ) is denoted by Center of Gravity (G). Note also that x ( ) = x (b ) .
r r
Next we will obtain the torque of the vector field (b x ) :
r
r r
r r
r r
r r r
r
r
x = x + x
x (b x ) = x (b x ) + x (b x )
r
r r
r r
r r
r
r
x (b x )dV = x (b x )dV + x (b x )dV
(1.182)
r r
r
r
x (b x )dV = 0
(1.183)
r r
r
r
r r
r r
r r
r
r r
r
r
x (b x )dV = x (b x )dV = x (b x )dV = x x ( ) F = x
Draft
(1.184)
152
where we have used the equation (1.181). In Problem 1.17 we have shown that the equation
r r r
r r
r r r
x
(
b
x
)
dV
=
[(
x
x
)
1
x
x ] b holds, so that the above equation can be rewritten as
follows:
r r
r r
r
x (b x )dV = x
r r
r
r r
r r
{ [( x x )1 x x ] b }dV = x
r r
r
{ j O b }dV = x
j O ij = x k x k ij xi x j
( x12
x 22
1 0 0 x1 x1
1 0 x1 x 2
0 0 1 x1 x3
x1 x 2
x2 x2
x32 ) 0
x 2 x3
x1 x3
x 2 x3
x3 x3
( x 22 + x32 )
x1 x 2
x1 x3
2
2
= x1 x 2
( x1 + x3 )
x 2 x3
x x
x 2 x3
( x12 + x 22 )
1 3
(1.185)
r r
r
{ j O b }dV = x
r r
j O dV b = x r
r r r
I O b = x
2
2
( x 2 + x 3 )dV
V
= x1 x 2 dV
V
x1 x 3 dV
V
I O( ) = j O dV
I O( ) ij
whose SI unity is [I O( ) ] =
kg
m
x1 x 2 dV
V
( x + x )dV
x x dV
2
1
2
3
2 3
x1 x 3 dV
V
x 2 x 3 dV
V
( x12 + x 22 )dV
m 2 m 3 = kg m 2 .
2
2
x1 x 2 dA
x1 x3 dA
( x 2 + x3 )dA
A
A
A
( A)
2
2
( x1 + x3 )dA
I O ij = x1 x 2 dA
x 2 x3 dA
A
A
A
x1 x3 dA
( x12 + x 22 )dA
x 2 x3 dA
A
A
A
r
r r
r
r
Note that if we consider the torque (b x ) and vector x = x + x we can obtain:
Draft
1 TENSORS
153
r r
r
r
r r
r r
x (b x )dV = { [( x x )1 x x ] b }dV
r r
r r
r r
r r
r
= { { [( x + x ) ( x + x )]1 [( x + x ) ( x + x )] } b }dV
r r
r r
r r
r r
{ { [( x x ) + ( x x ) + ( x x ) + ( x x )]1
=
r r
r r
r
r
r
r
r
[( x x ) + ( x x ) + ( x x ) + ( x x ) } b }dV
V
r r
r r
r
r
r r
r
r
= { [( x x )1 x x ] b }dV + { [( x x )1 x x ] b }dV +
r r
r
r r
r
r
r
r r
+ { [( x x )1 x x ] b }dV + { [( x x )1 x x ] b }dV
(1.186)
r
r r
r r
{ [( x x )1 x x ] b }dV = [( x x )1 x x ] dV b
V
r r
r
r
r r
= ( x x )1 dV b + x x dV b
r
r r r
r
r
= x dV x 1 b + x x dV b
and
r r
r
r r
r
r
r
r
r
{ [( x x )1 x x ] b }dV = [( x x )1 x x ] dV b
V
r r
r
r
r
r
= ( x x )1 dV b + x x dV b
V
r
r r
r
r
r
= x x dV 1 b + x dV x b
r
r
r
r r
Note that we have considered that b is uniform, hence x (V _ ) = x (b ) = x , and the equation
r
r
x dV = 0 holds. With that the equation in (1.186) becomes:
r r
x (b x)dV = { [( x x )1 x x] b }dV
r r
r r
r
r
r r
r
r
= { [( x x )1 x x ] b }dV + { [( x x )1 x x ] b }dV
(1.187)
If we consider that:
Draft
154
r r
r
r
r
r r
r r
x (b x )dV = { [( x x )1 x x ] b }dV = { j O b }dV
r
r r
r r
r r
r
r
x (b x )dV = { [( x x )1 x x ] b }dV = { j O b }dV = j O
r r
r
r
r
r r
r
r
x (b x )dV = { [( x x )1 x x ] b }dV = { jO b }dV
{ b }dV
(1.188)
r r
r r
r
r
r
r r
r r
r r
r
r
{ [( x x )1 x x ] b }dV = { [( x x )1 x x ] b }dV + { [( x x )1 x x ] b }dV
r
r
r
{ j O b }dV = { jO b }dV + { j O b }dV
r
r
r
r
{ j O b }dV { jO b }dV { j O b }dV = 0
r r
[ j O jO j O ] dV b = 0
(1.189)
r r
Note that the above equation must be true for any uniform vector field b 0 , thus:
[j
jO j O ] dV = 0
(1.190)
j O dV = jO dV + j O dV
V
where the components (see equation (1.185)) of j O , jO , and jO are given by:
( x 22 + x32 )
( x 2 2 + x3 2 )
x1 x 2
x1 x3
x1 x 2
x1 x3
( j O ) ij = x1 x 2
( x12 + x32 )
x 2 x3 , ( jO ) ij = x1 x 2
( x1 2 + x 3 2 )
x 2 x3 ,
x x
x x
x 2 x3
( x12 + x 22 )
x 2 x3
( x1 2 + x 22 )
1 3
1 3
( x 22 + x 32 )
x1 x 2
x1 x 3
( jO ) ij = x1 x 2
( x12 + x32 )
x 2 x3
x x
x 2 x3
( x12 + x 22 )
1 3
Draft
2 Continuum Kinematics
2.1 Description of the Motion, Material Time Derivative,
Velocity, Acceleration
Problem 2.1
A continuum is defined by a square with sides b , subjected to rigid body motion which is
defined by rotating the continuum counterclockwise by an angle of 30 to the origin. Find
the equations of motion. Also obtain the new position of particle D .
r
D
30
b
A = A
x1
D
B
30
X 1 , x1
154
x 2 = sin 30 cos 30 0 b = b cos 30
x D 0
0
1 0
0
Problem 2.2
A continuum medium motion, in the material description, is given by:
x1 = exp t X 1 exp t X 2
t
t
x 2 = exp X 1 + exp X 2
x = X
3
3
(2.1)
(2.2)
Acceleration:
A1 = expt X 1 exp t X 2
A2 = expt X 1 + exp t X 2
A3 = 0
(2.3)
To find the velocity and acceleration components in the spatial description we substitute
the equations of motion:
Eulerian velocity (spatial description)
v1 = x2
v2 = x1
v3 = 0
(2.4)
a2 = x2 = v1
a3 = 0
(2.5)
Problem 2.3
The velocity field of a fluid is given by:
and the temperature field is:
r
v = x1e 1 + x2 e 2 + x3e 3
(2.6)
r
T ( x , t ) = 3 x 2 + x3 t
(2.7)
Draft
(2.8)
(2.9)
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
155
Problem 2.4
Given the following motion:
xi = X i + 0.2tX 2 1i
(2.10)
(2.11)
Then:
r
r
r
2
r r
2
T ( x ( X , t )) = 2 x1 ( X , t ) + x 2 ( X , t ) = 2( X 1 + 0.2tX 2 ) + ( X 2 ) = 2 X 1 + ( X 2 + 0.4t )X 2 = T ( X , t )
r
DT ( X , t ) & r
T ( X , t ) = 0 .4 X 2
Dt
Problem 2.5
r r
r r
Find the velocity field V ( X , t ) in the material description and the acceleration field A( X , t )
r r
of the particle at time t in function of the rate of change of displacement U ( X , t )
Solution:
r r
r&
D r r
V ( X , t) =
U ( X , t) = U
Dt
r r
r& D 2 r r
D r r
&r&
A( X , t ) =
V ( X , t) = V = 2 U ( X , t) = U
Dt
Dt
(2.12)
(2.13)
Problem 2.6
Consider the following equations of motion in the Lagrangian description:
r
2
x1 ( X , t ) = X 2 t 2 + X 1
x1 1 t
r
Matrix form
x 2 = 0 1
x 2 ( X , t ) = X 3 t + X 2
r
x 0 0
3
x 3 ( X , t ) = X 3
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real - Spain
Draft
0 X 1
t X 2
1 X 3
(2.14)
156
Is the motion above possible? If so, find the displacement, velocity and acceleration fields
in Lagrangian and Eulerian descriptions. Consider a particle P that at time t = 0 was at the
point defined by the triple equation X 1 = 2, X 2 = 1, X 3 = 3 . Find the velocity of P at time
t = 1s and t = 2 s .
Solution:
x1
X 2
x 2
X 2
x3
X 2
x1
X 3 1 t 2
xi
x 2
=0 1
J=
X j
X 3
0 0
x3
X 3
r
The displacement vector field is given by the definition u =
u 2
u 3
(Xrr , t ) = x ( Xrr, t ) X = [X t + X ] X
(Xr , t ) = x ( Xr , t ) X = [X t + X ] X
(X , t ) = x ( X , t ) X = [ X ] X = 0
1
0
t =1 0
1
r r
x X . Using the equations of
= X 2t 2
= X 3t
(2.15)
which are the components of the displacement vector in the Lagrangian description. Here,
velocity and acceleration can be evaluated as follows:
( )
r
r
d u1 X , t
d
=
X 2t 2 = 2 X 2t
V1 v1 ( X , t ) =
dt
dt
r
r
du 2 X , t
d
= ( X 3t ) = X 3
V 2 v 2 ( X , t ) =
dt
dt
r
r
du 3 X , t
d
= (X 2t ) = 0
V3 v 3 ( X , t ) =
dt
dt
( )
r
dV1
A1 a1 ( X , t ) = dt = 2 X 2
r
dV 2
=0
A2 a 2 ( X , t ) =
dt
r
dV 3
A3 a 3 ( X , t ) = dt = 0
( )
(2.16)
The inverse form of (2.14) provides us the inverse equations of motion (Eulerian
description):
X 1 1 t 2
1
X 2 = 0
X 0
0
3
r
t 3 x1 X 1 ( x , t ) = x1 t 2 x 2 + t 3 x 3
r
t x 2 X 2 ( x , t ) = x 2 tx 3
r
1 x 3 X 3 ( x , t ) = x 3
(2.17)
Then, the displacement, velocity and acceleration fields in Eulerian description can be
evaluated by substituting equation (2.17) into the equations (2.15) and (2.16), i.e.:
(Xr ( xr , t ), t ) = X ( xr , t )t = ( x tx )t = u ( xr , t )
(Xr ( xr , t ), t ) = X ( xr , t )t = x t = u ( xr , t )
(X ( xr , t ), t ) = u ( xr , t ) = 0
r r
r
r
V (X ( x , t ), t ) = 2 X ( x , t )t = 2( x tx )t = v ( x , t )
r r
r
r
V (X ( x , t ), t ) = X ( x , t ) = x = v ( x , t )
r r
r
V (X ( x , t ), t ) = v ( x , t ) = 0
u1
u 2
u 3
(2.18)
(2.19)
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
A1
A2
A3
(Xr ( xr , t ), t ) = 2 X ( xr , t ) = 2( x
(Xr ( xr , t ), t ) = a ( xr , t ) = 0
(X ( xr , t ), t ) = a ( xr , t ) = 0
r
157
r
tx 3 ) = a1 ( x , t )
(2.20)
Taking into account the Lagrangian description of velocity given in (2.16), the velocity of
particle P ( X 1 = 2, X 2 = 1, X 3 = 3 ) at time t = 1s is given by:
r
r
r
v1 ( X , t ) = 2 X 2 t = 2 m / s ; v 2 ( X , t ) = X 3 = 3m / s ; v 3 ( X , t ) = 0
We can also observe that at time t = 1s the particle P occupies the position:
x1 = X 2 t 2 + X 1 = 3 ;
x 2 = X 3t + X 2 = 4 ;
x3 = X 3 = 3
So, the velocity of the particle P can also be evaluated by (2.19) as:
r
v1 ( x , t ) = 2( x 2 tx 3 )t = 2( 4 + 1 3) 1 = 2m / s
r
v 2 ( x , t ) = x 3 = 3m / s
v ( xr , t ) = 0
3
Note that, the velocities obtained via the Lagrangian or Eulerian description are the same,
since velocity is an intrinsic property of the particle.
We can also provide the velocity of the particle P at time t = 2 s :
( )
( )
( )
r
V1 v1 X , t = 2 X 2 t = 2 2 1 = 4m / s
r
V 2 v 2 X , t = X 3 = 3m / s
r
V3 v 3 X , t = 0
r
r
x2 ( X , t ) = X 3t + X 2 = 7 ;
x3 ( X , t ) = X 3 = 3
r r
As we can verify the Lagrangian description of motion x ( X , t ) describes the trajectory of
P.
;
Trajectory of particle P
r
viP ( x , t = 1s) = [2;3;0]
r
Vi P ( X P , t = 1s) = [2;3;0]
t0
X iP = [2;1;3]
t = 1s
r
Vi P ( X P , t = 2s ) = [4;3;0]
xiP = [3;4;3]
P
xiP = [6;7;3]
t = 2s
r
viP ( x , t = 2s ) = [4;3;0]
Draft
158
NOTE: Note that, the Eulerian velocity can not be obtained by means of
r r
DX ( x , t ) r r r
= 0 v ( x , t ) . We can verify this by means of the proposed problem:
Dt
r
r
r
r
r
DX i ( x , t ) X i ( x , t ) X i ( x , t )
X i ( x , t )
X i ( x , t )
r
r
r
v1 ( x , t ) +
v 2 ( x, t ) +
v3 ( x , t )
=
+
Dt
t
x 2
x 3
x1
thus:
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
X 1 ( x , t )
X 1 ( x , t )
DX 1 ( x , t ) X 1 ( x , t ) X 1 ( x , t )
r
=
+
v1 ( x , t ) +
v 2 ( x, t ) +
v3 ( x , t )
t
x 2
x 3
Dt
x1
) [
= 2tx 2 + 3t 2 x3 + 1 2( x 2 tx3 )t t 2 x3 + t 3 0 = 0
r
r
r
r
r
X 2 ( x, t )
X 2 ( x , t )
DX 2 ( x , t ) X 2 ( x, t ) X 2 ( x , t )
r
r
r
+
=
v 3 ( x, t )
v 2 ( x, t ) +
v1 ( x , t ) +
x3
x 2
t
Dt
x1
= ( x3 ) + [0 2( x 2 tx 3 )t + 1 x3 t 0] = 0
r
r
r
r
r
X 3 ( x , t )
X 3 ( x , t )
DX 3 ( x , t ) X 3 ( x , t ) X 3 ( x, t )
r
r
r
+
=
v3 ( x, t )
v 2 ( x, t ) +
v1 ( x , t ) +
x3
x 2
t
Dt
x1
= (0 ) + [0 2( x 2 tx 3 )t + 0 x3 + 1 0] = 0
r r r
Remind that u = x X , then:
r r
r r
r r
r r
Dx ( X , t ) D r r
Du( X , t ) r& r
v ( X , t) =
=
u( X , t ) X ( x , t ) =
u( X , t )
Dt
Dt
Dt
Problem 2.7
The velocity field of the continuum, in Eulerian description, is given by:
v1 =
x1
1+ t
; v2 =
2 x2
1+ t
; v3 =
3 x3
1+ t
(2.21)
r
dxi
dt
v1 =
dx1 =
dx1
x
dx
dt
= 1 1 =
dt 1 + t
x1 1 + t
1 + t dt Lnx
(2.22)
= Ln(1 + t ) + Ln(C1 )
(2.23)
x1 = C1 (1 + t )
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
159
x1 = X 1 (1 + t )
dx 2 2 x 2
dx
2dt
=
2 =
dt 1 + t
x2 1 + t
v2 =
1
dx 2 =
(2.24)
1 + t dt Lnx
(2.25)
= 2Ln(1 + t ) + LnC 2
x 2 = C 2 (1 + t ) 2
(2.26)
for t = 0 x 2 = X 2 C 2 = X 2
x2 = X 2 (1 + t ) 2
dx3 3 x3
dx
3dt
=
3 =
dt 1 + t
x3 1 + t
v3 =
1
dx 3 =
(2.27)
1 + t dt Lnx
(2.28)
= 3Ln(1 + t ) + LnC 3
x 3 = C 3 (1 + t ) 3
(2.29)
and t = 0 x3 = X 3 C3 = X 3
x3 = X 3 (1 + t ) 3
(2.30)
r r
r r
r r
r r
Dv ( x , t ) r r
v ( x , t )
= a ( x, t ) =
+ v ( x , t ) v ( x , t )
Dt
t
v
v
a i = i + (vi , k )v k = i + (v i ,1v1 + v i , 2 v 2 + v i ,3 v 3 )
t
t
(2.32)
(2.33)
thus,
1
x
+ 1
+ 0 + 0 = 0
(1 + t )
1 + t 1 + t
2x2
2x 2
2 x2
a2 =
+ 0 + 2
+ 0 =
2
2
1+ t 1+ t
(1 + t )
(1 + t )
x1
a1 =
a3 =
(2.34)
3x 3
6 x3
+ 0 + 0 + 3
=
1 + t 1 + t (1 + t ) 2
(1 + t )
3 x3
V2 = 2 X 2 (1 + t )
V3 = 3 X 3 (1 + t ) 2
dV2
= 2X2
dt
a3 =
x3 = X 3 + AX 2
(2.35)
thus,
a1 =
dV1
=0
dt
a2 =
dV3
= 6 X 3 (1 + t )
dt
(2.36)
Problem 2.8
Consider the equations of motion:
x1 = X 1
x2 = X 2 + AX 3
Draft
(2.37)
160
where A is constant. Find the displacement vector components in the material and spatial
descriptions.
Solution:
Displacement vector:
r r r
u= xX
u1 = x1 X 1 = 0
u2 = x2 X 2 = X 2 + AX 3 X 2 = AX 3
u = x X = X + AX X = AX
3
3
3
2
3
2
3
(2.38)
0 X1
A X 2
A 1 X 3
(2.39)
0
A = 1 A 2
1
(2.40)
0
1
the inverse:
1 A 2
1
0
1 A2
0
1 A
A 1
0
(2.41)
thus,
X1
X = 1
2 1 A2
X 3
1 A
0
0
0 x1
1 A x2
A 1 x3
X 1 = x1
( x2 Ax3 )
X2 =
1 A2
1
X 3 = 1 A2 ( x3 Ax2 )
(2.42)
u1 = x1 X 1 = 0
A( x3 Ax 2 )
1
( x 2 Ax3 ) =
u 2 = x 2 X 2 = x 2
2
1 A2
1 A
A( x 2 Ax3 )
1
( x3 Ax 2 ) =
u1 = x3 X 3 = x3
2
1 A2
1 A
(2.43)
Problem 2.9
Consider the equations of motion:
x1 = X 1
x2 = X 2 + X 3t
x3 = X 3 + X 3t
(2.44)
Obtain the velocity of the particles that are passing at point (0,1,2) at time t1 = 0 s and
t2 = 1 s
Solution:
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real - Spain
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
161
r r
r r
Dx ( X , t )
V ( X ,t) =
Dt
(2.45)
in components:
V1 = 0 ; V2 = X 3
; V3 = X 3
r r
For t = 0 s we have x = X , then, ( X 1 = 0, X 2 = 1, X 3 = 2)
V1 = 0
V2 = 2
(2.46)
V3 = 2
(2.47)
x 2 = 1 = X 2 + X 3 ( X 1 = 0; X 2 = 0; X 3 = 1)
x3 = 2 = X 3 + X 3
(2.48)
thus,
V1 = 0
V2 = 1
V3 = 1
(2.49)
Problem 2.10
Given the Cartesian system e i , the particle motion is defined as follows:
ct
ct
+ X 2 cos
x1 = X 1 sin 2
2
2
2
X1 + X 2
X1 + X 2
ct
ct
+ X 2 sin
x 2 = X 1 cos 2
2
2
X +X2
2
1
X1 + X 2
x3 = X 3
(2.50)
where c is a constant.
Obtain the velocity components in spatial and material descriptions.
Solution:
The velocity components in the material (Lagrangian) description are:
r
V1 ( X , t ) =
r
V2 ( X , t ) =
X 22
ct
X 1 cos 2
2
X1 + X 2
ct
X 2 sin
X2 +X2
2
1
X 22
ct
X 1 sin 2
2
X1 + X 2
ct
+ X 2 cos
2
X +X2
2
1
c
X 12
+
c
X 12
r
V3 ( X , t ) = 0
(2.51)
Taking into account (2.50), we can note that the following relationship holds:
x12 + x22 = X 12 + X 22
(2.52)
r
v2 ( x , t ) =
Draft
c x1
+ x22
x12
r
v3 ( x , t ) = 0
(2.53)
162
r r
sin 2
2
x 2 + x 2 0
x1 + x 2
2
1
X1
x1
X = cos c t sin c t 0 x
2
2 x2 + x2
x2 + x2
2
2
1
X 3 1
x
0
0
1 3
(2.54)
Problem 2.11
The Eulerian velocity field components are:
v1 = x1
v2 =
x2
2t + 3
v3 = 0
(2.55)
Find the parametric equations of the trajectory of the particle which was at ( X 1 , X 2 , X 3 ) in
the reference configuration.
Solution:
To find the path line (trajectory) we must solve the system:
dx1
= x1
dt
dx2
x
= 2
dt
2t + 3
dx3
=0
dt
(2.56)
x2 (t = 0) = X 2
x (t = 0) = X
3
3
x1
X1
x2
X2
dx1
= dt
x1 0
x
Ln 1 = t
X1
dx 2
dt
=
x2
2t + 3
0
x
Ln 2
X2
(2.57)
x1 = X 1 exp t
( )
= Ln 2t + 3 Ln 3
x2 = X 2
2
t +1
3
(2.58)
x3 = X 3
; x2 = X 2
2
t + 1 ; x3 = X 3
3
(2.59)
Problem 2.12
Consider the following equations of motion:
x1 = X 1
x3 = X 3
(2.60)
r
and a physical quantity represented by the scalar field q ( x , t ) in the Eulerian description:
r
q ( x , t ) = 2 x1 + x 2 x3 + 1
(2.61)
;
x2 = 2 t X 3 + X 2
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
163
r r
(2.62)
r r
r r
Dx ( X , t )
V ( X , t) =
Dt
(2.63)
Lagrangian description
V1 = 0
V2 = 2 X 3
V3 = 0
(2.64)
x2 = 2 t X 3 + X 2
x = X
3
3
X 1 = x1
X 2 = x 2 2 t x3
X = x
3
3
inverse
v2 = 2 x3
v3 = 0
(2.65)
c) The rate of change of the variable is obtain by applying the material time derivative
r
D
Q( X , t ) = 2 X 3
Q& =
Dt
or
q& =
(2.66)
r
r
q ( x , t )
+ xr q v
t4
1
42
3
(2.67)
= 0 ( steady )
q
q
q
q& = 0 + q, i v i = 0 +
v1 +
v2 +
v 3 = [(2)(0) + (1)(2 x 3 ) + ( 1)(0)] = 2 x 3
x 2
x 3
x1
(2.68)
We could have obtained the same result by starting from Q& = 2X 3 and substituting
X 3 = x3 , thus
r r
r
q& ( x , t ) = Q& ( X ( x , t ), t )
r
q& ( x , t ) = 2 x 3
(2.69)
r
d) Note that the physical quantity field is stationary, i.e. q = q ( x ) , then the local rate of
r
q ( x )
change is
= 0 at any spatial point.
t
Draft
164
Problem 2.13
Given the Lagrangian displacement field:
u1 = ktX 2
u2 = 0
u3 = 0
r
T ( x , t ) = ( x1 + x 2 ) t
a) Find the rate of change of temperature for a particle that at time t = 1s is passing at point
(1,1,1) .
Solution:
r
r
r
r
dT ( X , t )
T T x
&
&
We can apply the definition T ( x , t ) =
or T ( X , t ) =
+ r
t
t x t
x1 = X 1 + ktX 2
u 2 = x2 X 2
x2 = X 2
u 3 = x3 X 3
x3 = X 3
r
r r
T ( x ( X , t ), t ) = ( x1 + x 2 ) t = (( X 1 + ktX 2 ) + ( X 2 ) ) t = X 1t + kX 2 t 2 + X 2 t = T ( X , t )
r
T& ( X , t ) = X 1 + 2kX 2 t + X 2
If we want to find the rate of change of temperature of a particle which is passing through
the point x1 = 1, x 2 = 1, x3 = 1 at t = 1s , we have two possibilities, namely: 1) Finding the
position of said particle in the reference configuration and replacing in the above equation.
2) obtaining the expression of the rate of change of temperature in the spatial (Eulerian)
r r
description. To do this, we need the equations of motion X ( x , t ) :
x1 = X 1 + ktX 2
x2 = X 2
x = X
3
3
X 1 = x1 ktx 2
X 2 = x2
X = x
3
3
r r
r
T& ( X ( x , t ), t ) = X 1 + 2kX 2 t + X 2 = ( x1 ktx 2 ) + 2kt ( x 2 ) + ( x 2 ) = T& ( x , t )
r
by simplifying the above we obtain T& ( x , t ) = x1 + ktx 2 + x 2 . Then:
T& ( x1 = 1, x 2 = 1, x3 = 1, t = 1) = (1 k ) + 2k + 1 = k + 2
Alternative solution:
r
T x1 T x 2 T x 3
r
T T x
&
+ r
= ( x1 + x 2 ) +
+
+
T ( x, t ) =
t x t
x 2 t
x 3 t
x1 t
= (x1 + x 2 ) + (tkX 2 + t (0) + (0)(0) ) = x1 + x 2 + tkX 2
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
165
Problem 2.14
Let us consider the following equations of motion:
x1 = X 1
x2 = X 2 +
t
X3
2
x3 = X 3 +
t
X2
2
(2.70)
(2.71)
t2
>0t <2 s
4
(2.72)
V = 0
1
D
t
X2 + X3 =
V2 =
2
Dt
D
t
V3 =
X3 + X2 =
2
Dt
X3
2
(2.73)
X2
2
X 2 = 0
2 2
2
J
t
0
x3 0 2 1 X 3
X 3
0
1
2t
0 x1
2t x 2
1 x3
(2.74)
By replacing X i into the Lagrangian velocity expression we obtain the velocity in the
spatial description:
t
x2
2 x tx
2
= 3 22
v1 = 0 ; v 2 =
2
t
4t
2
2
x3
t
x3
2 x tx
2
= 2 23
; v3 =
2
t
4t
2
2
x2
(2.75)
( x3 X 3 ) X 3 = ( x 2 X 2 ) X 2
Draft
x3 =
X2
X2
x2 2 + X 3
X3
X3
(2.76)
166
Problem 2.15
(2.77)
The acceleration:
r
r v
r r
r r
a=
+ xr v v = xr v v
t
2Ub
( xr v ) ij = 2
x 2 (3 x12 x 22 ) x1 (3 x 22 x12 ) 0
2 3
( x1 + x 2 )
0
0
0
r r
The acceleration components are given by a i = ( xr v ) ij (v ) j :
2
2 x1U 2 b 4
2
2 3
( x1 + x 2 )
a i = 2 x 2U 2 b 4
2
2 3
( x1 + x 2 )
Problem 2.16
r
Solution:
Remember that a Lagrangian variable ( X , t ) can be expressed in the Eulerian
(current) configuration by means of the equations of motion, i.e.:
r
r r
( X , t ) = ( X ( x , t ), t ) = ( x , t ) .
Then, from the scalar gradient definition we obtain:
r
r r
r
r
r
r
X
X
(
,
)
(
( x , t ), t ) x ( x , t )
Xr ( X , t ) =
r
r=
=
r F = xr ( x , t ) F
r
x
x
X
X
r
r
r
r r
r
r
( x , t ) ( x ( X , t ), t ) X ( X , t )
r F 1 = Xr ( X , t ) F 1
( x, t ) =
r
r=
r =
x
x
X
X
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
167
Problem 2.17
Given the following Eulerian velocity field components:
v1 = 0 ;
v2 = 0 ;
v3 = f ( x1 , x 2 ) x3
f (C , C
1
2 ) dt
Ln( x 3 ) = f (C1 , C 2 )t + k
x
= f ( X 1 , X 2 )t 3 = exp f ( X 1 , X 2 )t x3 = C 3 exp f ( X 1 , X 2 )t
C3
at t = 0 x3 = X 3 x3 (t = 0) = C 3 = X 3
Summarizing:
x1 = X 1
x2 = X 2
x3 = X 3exp f ( X 1 , X 2 )t
(2.78)
with
1 0
Fij = 0 1
Fij =
0
0
xi
X j
= exp f ( X 1 , X 2 )t
? ? exp f ( X 1 , X 2 )t
The values marked by ( ? ) are not necessary to obtain the determinant, then:
0
F
f (X1, X 2 )
exp f ( X 1 , X 2 )t
D
for the property when said property is
Dt
Material description: ( X , t ) = X 1t 2 ;
Spatial description: ( x , t ) =
x1t 2
.
(1 + t )
Draft
168
Solution:
x1t 2
:
(1 + t )
r
r
r
r
r ( x , t ) ( x , t )
( x , t )
D
vi
( x , t ) =
+ xr v =
+
xi
Dt
t
t
r
r
r
r
( x , t ) ( x , t )
( x , t )
( x , t )
=
+
v1 +
v2 +
v3
t
x 2
x3
x1
r
2
x t ( x , t )
v1 + 0 + 0
= 1 +
t (1 + t ) x1
We need to know the velocity component v1 . We start from the principle that a property is
intrinsic to the particle, then:
r
( X , t ) = X 1t 2
r r
( X ( x, t ), t ) = ( x, t ) =
x1t 2
(1 + t )
X1 =
x1
(1 + t )
r
D
v( X , t) =
X 1t 2 = 2 X 1t e 1
Dt
x
r
v ( x , t ) = 2 1 t e 1
(1 + t )
x t2 t2
r
D
x t 2 ( x , t ) 2 x1t
( x, t ) = 1 +
v1 =
X1
1 2 +
Dt
t (1 + t ) x1
(1 + t ) (1 + t ) (1 + t )
2 x1t
2 x1t
x t2 t2
x
2 1 t =
=
1 2 +
(1 + t ) (1 + t ) (1 + t ) (1 + t ) (1 + t )
r
r
D
( X , t ) & ( X , t ) = 2 X 1t
Dt
x1
, i.e.:
(1 + t )
r r
r r
x
r
D
( X ( x, t ), t ) & ( X ( x, t ), t ) & ( x, t ) = 2 1 t
Dt
(1 + t )
Problem 2.19
Consider the following equations of motion in the Lagrangian description:
x1 = X 1t 2 + 2 X 2 t + X 1
x1
Matrix
form
2
x 2 =
x 2 = 2 X 1t + X 2 t + X 2
x
x = 1 X t + X
3
3
3 2 3
t 2 + 1 2t
2
t +1
2t
0
0
0 X 1
0 X 2
1
t + 1 X 3
2
(2.79)
Find the components of the displacement vector in Lagrangian and Eulerian descriptions.
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
169
Solution:
r
2
u 2 = x 2 X 2 = 2 X 1t + X 2 t
1
u 3 = x 3 X 3 = 2 X 3 t
X1 = 3
3t 1 t t 2
x
0
1
2 x1t 2 x 2 (1 + t 2 )
0
x2 X 2 =
3t 3 1 t t 2
3t 3 1 t t 2 x 3
2 x3
1
(t + 2)
X 3 =
2
(t + 2)
(1 + t )
2t
X1
1
2
(1 + t 2 )
2t
X 2 = 3
2
t
t
t
3
1
X
3
0
0
We can also use the definition u = x X , but now we replace the material coordinate to
obtain the displacement vector components in the Eulerian description:
2tx 2 x1 (1 + t )
u1 = x1 X 1 = x1 3
3t 1 t t 2
2 x1t 2 x 2 (1 + t 2 )
u 2 = x 2 X 2 = x 2
3t 3 1 t t 2
2 x3
u 3 = x 3 X 3 = x 3
(t + 2)
Problem 2.20
The following equations describe
the motion of a body (continuum
medium):
x1 = X 1 + 0.2 X 2 t
x2 = X 2
x = X
3
3
X 2 , x2
Reference configuration
B
1
O
D
X 1 , x1
X 3 , x3
Draft
170
At time t = 0 , the cubic body (with sides 1) has one vertex at the origin of the system
which is indicated by point O, (see Figure 2.1). Obtain the configuration of the body at
time t = 2 s .
Solution:
To obtain the current configuration of the body at time t = 2 s , we will analyze the particle
motion. The particle which occupies position O (origin) at t = 0 has material coordinate:
X1 = 0
X2 = 0
X3 = 0
x i ( X 1 = 0, X 2 = 0, X 3 = 0, t ) x 2 = 0
x = 0
3
Then, we conclude that the particle does not change its position during motion.
The particles occupying the line OA , in the initial configuration, have the reference
coordinate ( X 1 , X 2 = 0, X 3 = 0) . In spatial coordinates:
x1 = X 1 + 0.2 X 2 t = X 1
x2 = X 2 = 0
x = X = 0
3
3
That is, all particles belonging to line OA do not move during motion. Similarly, we can
verify that the line ( X 1 , X 2 = 0, X 3 = 1) in the reference configuration ( X 1 , X 2 = 0, X 3 = 1)
does not move:
x1 = X 1 + 0.2 0 2 = X 1
x2 = X 2 = 0
x3 = X 3 = 0
x2 = X 2 = 1
x3 = X 3 = 0
Then, all particles belonging to line CB will move 0.4 according to x1 -direction.
The particles belonging to line OC at t = 0 , will move to positions:
x1 = X 1 + 0.2 X 2 t = 0 + 0.2 2 X 2 = 0.4 X 2
x2 = X 2
x = X = 0
3
3
Following the same procedure for the remaining particles, we obtain the final configuration
of the body at time t = 2 s , (see Figure 2.2).
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
171
x2
0.4
0.4
C 1
C
E
Current configuration at
t = 2s
E 1
A=A
x1
G=G
x3
form
2
x 2 =
x 2 = t X 1 + X 2
x
x = X
3
3
3
1
2
t
0
0 X 1
0 X 2
1 X 3
t2
1
0
x2 = 2 + t 2
x3 = 1
The above equations represent the motion of the particle. To obtain the trajectory, we
eliminate the time of the equations of motion, i.e.:
x1 2 x 2 = 3
x3 = 1
which indicates that the particle moves in a straight line defined by ( x1 2 x 2 = 3) on the
plane x3 = 1 . The graphical representation follows
Draft
172
Particle trajectory
X 3 , x3
( x1 2 x 2 = 3)
x3 = 1
X 2 , x2
X 1 , x1
2) The velocity and acceleration components of the particle P are given by:
V1 = 2tX 2
r
r r
Dx
components
V ( X , t) =
V 2 = 2tX 1
Dt
V = 0
3
A1 = 2 X 2
r
r r
Dv
components
A2 = 2 X 1
A( X , t ) =
Dt
A = 0
3
16
16
V 2 = 2 0.5 (15 ) = 15 m / s
V = 0
3
and
8
4
A1 = 2 15
= 15
m / s2
2
16
32
A2 = 2 (15 ) = 15 m / s
A = 0
3
2
2
x2 = t X 1 + X 2 X 2 = x2 t X 1
x = X X = x
3
3
3
3
x1 t 2 x 2
X1 =
1 t4
x 2 t 2 x1
X 2 =
1 t4
X 3 = x3
4) The velocity and acceleration of the particle that at time ( t = 0.5 s ) is passing through the
point xi = (1,0,1) can be obtained by means of velocity and acceleration in Eulerian
description:
Velocity:
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
173
x 2 t 2 x1
=
2
v
t
1
1 t4
=
2
V
tX
1
2
x1 t 2 x 2
substituti ng
t = 0. 5 s
=
2
=
V
X
t
2
v
t
2
2
1
4
(1, 01)
X1 , X 2
x
1
t
V = 0
3
v 3 = 0
v1 = 15 m / s
16
m/s
v 2 =
15
v 3 = 0
Acceleration:
x 2 t 2 x1
=
2
a
1
1 t4
=
2
A
X
1
2
x1 t 2 x 2
substituti ng
t = 0. 5 s
=
=
2
A
X
2
a
2
2
1
4
(1, 01)
X1 , X 2
x
1
t
A = 0
3
a 3 = 0
2
a1 = 15 m / s
32
m / s2
a 2 =
15
a 3 = 0
We can obtain the initial position of the particle by using the inverse equations of motion
which was obtained in paragraph (3), xi (1,0,1) :
x1 t 2 x 2 1 (0.5 2 )(0) 16
=
=
=
X
1
15
1 t4
1 (0.5) 4
x 2 t 2 x1 0 (0.5 2 )(1)
4
=
=
X 2 =
4
4
15
1 t
1 (0.5)
X = x = 1
3
3
We can verify that it is the same particle P referred to in paragraph 2. It is logical that we
have obtained the same velocity and acceleration using either the material or spatial
description, since the velocity and acceleration are intrinsic of the particle.
Problem 2.22
The acceleration vector field is described by:
r
r
r r
r r
D v v
=
a ( x , t) =
+ xr v v
Dt t
r
r
r
v2
r v
r
v ( xr v ) =
+
2
t
r
r
v2
r v
r
v rot v =
+
2
t
r r
+ rot v v
Solution:
To prove the above relationship one need only demonstrate that:
v2
r r
xr v v = xr
2
r
r
r
v ( xr v )
Expressing the terms on the right of the equation in symbolic notation we obtain:
Draft
174
v2
xr
2
r
r
1
i ) e r (v s e s )
v ( xr v ) = e i
(
v
v
v
e
j
j
i
2 x i
x r
Using the definition of the permutation symbol (see Chapter 1) we can express the vector
product as:
v2
xr
2
r
r
v
r
1
i ) rst s e t
v ( xr v ) = e i
(
e
v
v
v
j
j
i
2 x i
x r
v j
v s
1
e k
= e i 2v j
rst itk v i
2
x r
x i
where we have used the equation e i e t = itk e k . In Chapter 1 we also proved that
rst itk = rst kit = rk si ri sk , then:
v2
xr
2
r
v j
r
r
v ( xr v ) = v j
x i
v j
=vj
x i
v j
=vj
x i
v2
xr
2
v s
e k
x r
v
v
e i rk si v i s ri sk v i s
x r
x r
v
v
e i v s s v i k e k
x i
x k
e i ( rk si ri sk )v i
e k
r
v j
r
v
v
r
v ( xr v ) = v j
e i v s s e k + v i k e k
x i
x k
x i
v j
v
v
e i v s s ik e i + v i k e k
= sj v s
x i
x k
x i
v s
v s
v k
e i v s
e i + v i
e k
= vs
x i
x i
x i
r
v e
(v )
vi
= k k vi =
x i
x i
r r
= xr v v
r r
Consider the equations of motion x ( X , t ) and the temperature field T ( x , t ) given by:
x1 = X 1 (1 + t )
x 2 = X 2 (1 + t )
x = X
3
3
r
T ( x ) = x12 + x 22
Find the rate of change of temperature for the particle P at time t = 1s given that particle
P was at point ( X 1 = 3, X 2 = 1, X 3 = 0) at time t = 0 .
Solution 1:
In this first solution we first obtain the material time derivative of the Lagrangian
r
temperature, so, we have to obtain the temperature in Lagrangian description T ( X , t )
(Lagrangian temperature):
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
175
r
T ( x ) = x12 + x 22
By substi tuting
the equations of motion
r
T ( X , t ) = X 12 (1 + t ) 2 + X 22 (1 + t ) 2
Solution 2:
In this alternative solution we directly use the definition of material time derivative of the
r
r
r
r
DT T ( x ) T ( x )
&
Eulerian variable, i.e. T ( x , t ) =
=
+
vk ( x, t ) .
t
x k
Dt
velocity
x 2 = X 2 (1 + t ) v 2 ( X , t ) = X 2
r
x = X
3
3
v 3 ( X , t ) = 0
X 1 = (1 + t )
x1 = X 1 (1 + t )
x2
3
3
X 3 = x3
V1 ( X ( x , t ), t ) = X 1 ( x , t ) = (1 + t ) = v1 ( x , t )
r r
x2
r
r
= v 2 ( x, t )
V 2 = ( X ( x , t ), t ) = X 2 ( x , t ) =
(1 + t )
r
V3 = v 3 ( x , t ) = 0
Afterwards, the material time derivative of the Eulerian temperature, T ( x , t ) , is given by:
r
DT ( x , t ) & r
T ( x, t ) =
Dt
r
T ( x )
t3
12
= 0 (Stationar y field)
x
x
r
T& ( x , t ) = 2 x1 1 + 2 x 2 2 + 0
1+ t
1+ t
T
T
T
+
v1 +
v2 +
v3
x 2
x 3
x1
2x 2 2x 2
r
2
T& ( x , t ) = 1 + 2 =
( x12 + x 22 )
1+ t 1+ t 1+ t
Draft
176
x1 = X 1 (1 + t ) = 3(1 + 1) = 6
x 2 = X 2 (1 + t ) = 1(1 + 1) = 2
x = X = 0
3
3
Then, by substituting the spatial coordinates in the expression of the material time
derivative of temperature we obtain:
r
2
2
( x12 + x 22 ) =
T& ( x , t ) = T& ( x1 = 6, x 2 = 2, x 3 = 0, t = 1) =
(6 2 + 2 2 ) = 40
1+ t
1+1
r
Alternatively, the expression T& ( x , t ) could also have been obtained as:
r
T& ( X , t ) = 2 X 12 (1 + t ) + 2 X 22 (1 + t )
2
2
r r
x
x
r 2
r 2
T& ( X ( x , t ), t ) = 2[X 1 ( x , t )] (1 + t ) + 2[X 2 ( x , t )] (1 + t ) = 2 1 (1 + t ) + 2 2 (1 + t )
(1 + t )
(1 + t )
r
2
=
( x12 + x 22 ) = T& ( x , t )
(1 + t )
Problem 2.24
Consider the motion:
x i = X i (1 + t )
t > 0
d
[X i (1 + t )] = X i
dt
(2.80)
To find the velocity in the spatial description we need to obtain the inverse equations of
motion and replace it into the equation (2.80):
xi
x i = X i (1 + t ) X i = (1 + t )
v = X ( xr , t ) = x i
i
i
1+ t
Problem 2.25
Consider the temperature field T ( x ) in the spatial description and the equations of motion:
T = 2( x12 + x 22 )
i {1,2}
xi = X i (1 + t )
Find the rate of change of temperature at time t = 1s for one particle that was at position
(1,1) in the reference configuration.
r
NOTE: We can observe that the temperature field is a steady field, i.e. T = T ( x ) .
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
177
Solution 1:
In this first solution we obtain the equation for temperature in the material description:
r
T ( x ) = 2( x12 + x 22 )
r
T ( X , t ) = 2 X 2 (1 + t ) 2 + X 2 (1 + t ) 2
1
2
r
r
dT
(
, t)
X
DT
T& ( X , t ) =
=
= 2 2 X 12 (1 + t ) + 2 X 22 (1 + t )
Dt
dt
Solution 2:
In this alternative solution we use directly the definition of the material time derivative of
Eulerian property:
r
T ( x ) = 2( x12 + x12 )
x i = (1 + t ) X i
r
r
r
DT T ( x ) T ( x ) x k
&
T ( x, t ) =
=
+
Dt
t
x k t
r
r
T ( x )
Note that T ( x ) is not a function of time, so
=0:
t
i {1,2}
i {1,2}
r
T x1
T x 2
T& ( x , t ) = 0 +
+
x1 {
t
x 2 {
t
V1 = X 1
r
x
x
T& ( x , t ) = 0 + 4 x1 1 + 4 x2 2
1+ t
1+ t
V2 = X 2
r
4 x2 4 x2
T& ( x , t ) = 1 + 2
1+ t 1+ t
The particle that at reference configuration was at position (1,1) , at time t = 1s will be at
position xi = (1 + t ) X i = 2 X i , i.e. ( x1 = 2; x 2 = 2 ):
T& ( x1 = 2; x 2 = 2; t = 1) =
4( 2) 2
1+1
4( 2) 2
1+1
= 16
Problem 2.26
Consider the equations of motion:
x1 = X 1 exp t + X 3 (exp t 1)
t
t
x 2 = X 2 + X 3 (exp exp )
x = X
3
3
Obtain the velocity and acceleration components in Lagrangian and Eulerian descriptions.
Solution:
First we obtain the inverse equations of motion:
Draft
178
x1 = X 1 exp t + X 3 (exp t 1)
t
t
x 2 = X 2 + X 3 (exp exp )
x = X X = x
3
3
3
3
x1 X 1 exp t = x 3 (exp t 1)
x 2 X 2 = x 3 (exp t exp t )
x = X X = x
3
3
3
3
thus:
X 1 = x1 exp t exp t (exp t 1)
2t
t
X 2 = x 2 x 3 (exp 1)exp
X = x
3
3
(2.81)
or
x1
x2 =
x
3
exp t
0
0
X 1
X1
inverse
t
t
X 2 =
1 (exp exp ) X 2
X
X
0
1
3
3
0
(exp t 1)
exp t
0
0
exp t (exp t 1) x1
1 (exp 2t 1)exp t x 2
x
0
1
3
0
D
V 2 = X 3 exp t + X 3 exp t = X 3 (exp t + exp t )
Vi =
x j ( X , t)
Dt
V = 0
3
(2.82)
DV i ( X , t )
Ai ( X , t ) =
A2 = X 3 (exp t exp t )
Dt
A = 0
3
(2.83)
To obtain the velocity and acceleration in the spatial description it is sufficient to replace
the values of X 1 , X 2 , X 3 , given by the equation (2.81), into the equations (2.82) and (2.83),
i.e.:
v1 = x1 + x 3
t
t
v 2 = x 3 (exp + exp )
v = 0
3
Velocity in the
spatial descriptio n
Problem 2.27
r
a1 = x1 + x 3
t
t
a 2 = x 3 (exp exp )
a = 0
3
Accelerati on in the
spatial descriptio n
r r
t
t
1
1
x 2 = 2 ( X 1 + X 2 )exp 2 ( X 1 X 2 )exp
x = X
3
3
0 t constant
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
179
Dx1 ( X , t ) 1
1
= ( X 1 + X 2 )exp t ( X 1 X 2 )exp t
V1 =
Dt
2
2
r
Dx 2 ( X , t ) 1
1
= ( X 1 + X 2 )exp t + ( X 1 X 2 )exp t
V 2 =
Dt
2
2
V3 = 0
(2.84)
To express the velocity components in the spatial description we need the inverse
r r r
equations of motion, i.e. we need to find X = X ( x , t ) :
(exp t
x1
t
(exp
x2 =
x
3
+ exp t )
2
exp t )
2
0
0
X 1
0 X 2
1 X 3
(exp t exp t )
2
(exp t + exp t )
2
0
(exp 2t + 1)exp t
X1
inverse
X 2 = (exp 2t 1)exp t
X 2
0
3
(exp 2t 1)exp t
(exp 2t + 1)exp t
0
0 x1
0 x 2
2 x 3
Then, to obtain the Eulerian velocity we replace the above equations into (2.84), which the
result is:
v1 = x 2
v 2 = x1
v3 = 0
Problem 2.28
Given the motion:
x i = ( X 1 + ktX 2 ) i1 + X 2 i 2 + X 3 i 3
i {1,2,3}
Obtain the rate of change of T of a particle that in the current configuration is located at
point (1,1,1) .
Solution:
Considering the equations of motion:
x1 = X 1 + ktX 2
x2 = X 2
x3 = X 3
we replace xi into the temperature field, with that we obtain the temperature field in the
material description:
r
r
T ( x ) = x1 + x 2 T ( X , t ) = X 1 + ktX 2 + X 2
Alternative solution:
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real - Spain
Draft
180
The material time derivative for a property expressed in the spatial description is given by:
DT T T x k
T& ( x1 , x 2 , x 3 , t ) =
=
+
Dt
t x k t
Considering T = x1 + x 2 , we obtain:
T T x1 T x 2 T x 3
+
+
+
T& ( x1 , x 2 , x 3 , t ) =
t x1 t
x 2 {
t
x 3 {
t
{
{
=0
=0
=0
=0
T& ( x1 , x 2 , x 3 , t ) = kX 2
inverse
X 2 = x 2
x2 = X 2
X = x
x = X
3
3
3
3
T& ( x1 , x 2 , x 3 , t ) = kX 2 = kx 2
For one particle in the current configuration at the position (1,1,1) we have:
T& ( x1 = 1, x 2 = 1, x 3 = 1, t ) = k
Problem 2.29
Given a steady velocity field: it asks readers to give their opinion on whether particle
velocities are constant or not. If not, in which situation is met. Justify the answer.
Solution:
A field ( x , t ) is said to be steady if the local rate of change does not vary over time, so:
r
( x , t )
=0
t
(2.85)
For example, let us consider a stationary (steady state) velocity field as shown in Figure 2.3.
Then, as we can verify, the field representation for any time, e.g. t1 and t 2 , does not
change. However, that does not mean that the velocities of the particles do not change
over time. In light of Figure 2.3, we can now focus our attention on the fixed spatial point
r
r
r
x * . At time t1 the particle Q is passing through point x * with velocity v * . Let us also
consider another particle P , which is passing through another point with velocity
r
r
r
v P (t1 ) v * . At time t 2 the particle P is now passing through the point x * . It follows that
r
if we are dealing with a steady state velocity field, then the velocity of particle P at x *
r
r
r
must be v * , i.e. v P (t 2 ) = v * . We can easily contrast this with the material time derivative of
velocity, which is always associated with the same particle, i.e.:
r r
r r
r r r
r r r
r r
Dv ( x , t ) r r
v ( x , t )
a ( x, t ) =
+ xr v v ( x ) = xr v v ( x ) = a ( x )
Dt
t
1
424
3
r
(2.86)
= 0 (Stationay )
The rate of change of velocity (acceleration) will be zero if the velocity field is stationary
r r
r
v ( x , t ) r
= 0 and homogeneous ( xr v = 0 ).
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
181
We can also verify that, although spatial velocity is independent of time, that does not
mean material velocity is also, since:
r r r r r
r r
v ( x ) = v ( x ( X , t )) = v ( X , t )
t1
(2.87)
r r
v ( x)
r r
r
r
v ( x * , t1 ) = v * = v Q
Particle - Q
Particle- P
r
r
v P v*
r
x*
t2
r r
v ( x)
r r
r
r
v ( x * , t2 ) = v * = v P
Particle - P
r
x*
r r
Draft
182
x1
= exp at
Figure 2.4.
Solution:
Using the approach in 1D we have:
ds dx
=
= exp at dx = exp at dX
dS dX
Integrating
dx = exp at dX
x1 = exp at X 1 + C
=
(2.88)
(2.89)
at t = 0 x = X , thus
x = exp 0 X 1 + C X = X + C C = 0
(2.90)
x2 = X 2
x3 = X 3
v2 = 0
(2.91)
dx1
= a X 1 exp at = a x1
dt
v3 = 0
(2.92)
a 0 0
Dij = 0 0 0
0 0 0
(2.93)
Problem 2.31
Consider the equations of motion:
x1 = X 1 + 2 X 3
x2 = X 2 2 X 3
x3 = X 3 2 X 1 + 2 X 2
u 2 = x 2 X 2 = 2 X 3
u = x X = 2 X + 2 X
3
3
1
2
3
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
E ij =
u j u k u k
1 u i
+
+
2 X j X i X i X j
u j
1 u
= i +
2 X j X i
183
1 u k u k
+
2 X i X j
u i
=
X j
sym
1 u k u k
2 X i X j
X 1
u i u 2
=
X j X 1
u 3
X 1
u1
X 3 0 0 2
u 2
= 0 0 2
X 3
u 3 2 2 0
X 3
u1
X 2
u 2
X 2
u 3
X 2
Note that, in this case, the displacement gradient is an antisymmetric tensor. That is, the
symmetric part is the null tensor, and the remaining term is:
0 0 2 T 0 0 2 2 2 0
1 u u k 1
0 0 2 = 2 2 0
0
0
2
=
E ij = k
2 X i X j 2
2 2 0 2 2 0 0
0 4
Solution 2:
We can directly apply the definition Eij =
x1
X 1
xi x 2
=
Fij =
X j X 1
x3
X 1
1
1
C ij ij = Fki Fkj ij , where:
2
2
x1
X 2
x 2
X 2
x3
X 2
x1
X 3 1 0 2
x 2
= 0 1 2
X 3
x3 2 2 1
X 3
Thus
1 0 2 T 1 0 2 1 0 0 2 2 0
1
E ij = 0 1 2 0 1 2 0 1 0 = 2 2 0
2
2 2 1 2 2 1 0 0 1 0
0 4
Problem 2.32
Consider a homogeneous transformation defined by the following equations:
x1 = X 1 + 2 X 2 + X 3
x2 = 2 X 2
x3 = X 1 + 2 X 3
(2.94)
Show that, for a homogeneous transformation, vectors that are parallel in the reference
configuration remain parallel after deformation.
For the demonstration consider two vectors defined by the vector position of two particles
A and B in the reference configuration:
r
X A = e 1 + e 2
r
X B = 2e 1 + 2e 2 + e 3
Draft
(2.95)
184
Solution:
The vector connecting the two particles in the reference configuration is given by:
r r r
V = B A = e 1 + e 2 + e 3
(2.96)
(2.97)
We can obtain the vector position of the particle in the current configuration by means of:
r
r
dx = F dX
r
r
x=FX
Homogeneous transformation
(2.98)
thus,
xiA
1 2 1 1 3
= 0 2 0 1 = 2
1 0 2 0 1
xiB
1 2 1 2 7
= 0 2 0 2 = 4
1 0 2 1 4
(2.99)
Problem 2.33
Consider a pure shear deformation represented by homogenous deformation:
r r
x = X + k t X 2e 1
(2.101)
where e i is the Cartesian basis, and the components of the above equation are:
x1 = X 1 + k t X 2
x2 = X 2
x3 = X 3
(2.102)
Obtain the geometry in the current configuration of Figure 2.5 which is represented by a
rectangle in the reference configuration.
X2
B
X1
Figure 2.5
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
185
Solution:
The deformation gradient:
1 k t 0
xi
Fij =
= 0 1 0
X j
0 0 1
(2.103)
r
(2.104)
x2 = X 2
x3 = 0
(2.105)
The particles which are on the line OA , coordinates ( X 1 ,0,0) , in the current configuration
assume the position:
x1 = X 1
x2 = 0
x3 = 0
(2.106)
then, the line OA does not change its position during motion, (see Figure 2.6).
x2
B
x1
Figure 2.6
Problem 2.34
Consider the equations of motion:
x1 = X 1 +
2
X2
2
x2 =
2
X1 + X 2
2
x3 = X 3
(2.107)
X3 = 0
Draft
186
d) Obtain the right Cauchy-Green deformation tensor components ( C ) and the GreenLagrange strain tensor ( E ).
e) Obtain the principal values of C and E .
Solution:
a) The equation of a homogeneous deformation is described by:
xi = Fij X j
(2.108)
where
xi
Fij =
=
X j
2
2
1
2
2
0
1
0
0
1
(2.109)
x1
x =
2
x3
2
2
1
2
2
0
1
0
0
X1
0 X 2
1 X 3
(2.110)
Hence, we are dealing with homogeneous deformation. The inverse of (2.110) is obtained
as follows:
X1 2
X = 2
2
X 3 0
2
2
0
0 x1
0 x 2
1 x3
X 1 = 2 x1 2 x 2
X 2 = 2 x1 + 2 x 2
X = x
3
3
(2.111)
2
2
X 2 X1 =
X2
u1 = x1 X 1 = X 1 +
2
2
r r r
2
2
X1 + X 2 X 2 =
X1
u = x X u 2 = x 2 X 2 =
2
2
u 3 = x3 X 3 = 0
(2.112)
u1 = x1 X 1 = x1 2 x1 2 x 2 = x1 + 2 x 2
u 2 = x 2 X 2 = x 2 2 x1 + 2 x 2 = 2 x1 x 2
(2.113)
u 3 = x 3 X 3 = x3 x3 = 0
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
X 12 + X 22 = 2
187
X3 = 0
(2.114)
(2 x
2 x2
) + (
2
2 x1 + 2 x 2
=2
(2.115)
(2.116)
Current configuration
1,5
1
0,5
Reference configuration
x2
0
-2
-1
-0,5
-1
-1,5
-2
x1
Figure 2.7
d) The right Cauchy-Green deformation tensor and the Green-Lagrange strain tensor are
given, respectively, by:
C = FT F
E=
1
(C 1)
2
(2.117)
C ij =
1
2
2
0
2
2
1
0
0
1
2
2
1
2
2
0
1
0
0 =
3
2
2
0
2
3
2
0
(2.118)
Draft
188
C1 =
3
3
+ 2 2.914 ; C 2 = 2 0.086 ; C 3 = 1
2
2
(2.119)
1
E ij = C ij ij
2
1
=
2
3
2
0
1
1
0
0
1
0 0 1 0 = 2 2
4
0
1 0 0 1
2
3
2
0
2
0
2 2
1
0
0
0
(2.120)
1+ 2 2
1 =
7
4
2
=0
2 16
1 2 2
2 =
4
(2.121)
1+ 2 2
1 2 2
0.957 ; E 2 =
0.457 ; E 3 = 0
4
4
(2.122)
4
2
2
2
2 =0
1
Problem 2.35
Let us consider the following equations of motion:
x1 = X 1 +
1
X2
2
x2 =
;
r
1
X1 + X 2
2
x3 = X 3
(2.123)
X3 = 0
c) Obtain the components of the right Cauchy-Green deformation tensor and the GreenLagrange strain tensor;
d) Obtain the principal stretches.
Solution:
The deformation gradient is given by:
2 1 0
xi
1
Fij =
= 1 2 0
X j 2
0 0 2
J = F = 0.75
Draft
x i = Fij X j
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
189
So, we can verify that the proposed example is a case of homogeneous deformation in
r r
which c = 0 . The inverse form of the above equation is given by:
X1
4 2 0 x1
X = 1 2 4 0 x
2 3
2
X 3
0
0 3 x3
4
2
X 1 = 3 x1 3 x 2
2
4
(2.124)
X 2 = x1 + x 2
3
3
X 3 = x3
r
r r
u = x X , after which the components of the
r
1
1
u
X
(
, t ) = x1 X 1 = X 1 + X 2 X 1 = X 2
1
2
2
r
1
1
u i = xi X i u 2 ( X , t ) = x 2 X 2 = X 1 + X 2 X 2 = X 1
2
2
r
u 3 ( X , t ) = x3 X 3 = 0
(2.125)
The components of the Eulerian displacement can be obtained by substituting the Eulerian
description of motion (2.124) into (2.125), the result of which is:
r r
r
1
u1 ( X ( x, t ), t ) = 2 X 2 ( x , t ) =
r r
r
1
u 2 ( X ( x , t ), t ) = X 1 ( x , t ) =
2
r r
u ( X ( x , t ), t ) = u ( xr , t ) = 0
3
3
r
1 2
4
x1 + x 2 = u1 ( x , t )
2 3
3
r
1 2
4
x1 + x 2 = u 2 ( x , t )
2 3
3
(2.126)
The particles belonging to the circle X 12 + X 22 = 2 in the reference configuration will form
a new curve in the current configuration which is defined by:
2
X 12
X 22
2
4
4
2
= 2 x1 x 2 + x1 + x 2 = 2 20 x12 32 x1 x 2 + 20 x 22 = 18
3
3
3
3
which is an ellipse equation (Figure 2.7 shows the material curve in different
configurations).
The components of C and E can be obtained by using the definitions C = F T F and
E=
1
(C 1) :
2
C ij = Fki Fkj
1
E ij = C ij ij
2
2 1 0 2 1 0 1.25 1 0
1
C ij = 1 2 0 1 2 0 = 1 1.25 0
4
0 0 2 0 0 2 0
0 1
1.25 1 0 1 0 0 0.125 0.5 0
1
E ij = 1 1.25 0 0 1 0 = 0.5 0.125 0
2
0 1 0 0 1 0
0
0
0
Draft
190
21
C ij = 0
0
0
23
0
22
0
C ij = 0
0
0
3
0
2
0
where i show the principal stretches. Therefore, to calculate these we need to obtain the
C eigenvalues:
1.25 C
1
C1 = 2.25
= 0 C 2 2.5C + 0.5625 = 0
1
1.25 C
C 2 = 0.25
21
C ij = 0
0
0
22
0
2.25
0
0
0.25 0
= 0
23 0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
2
0
1.5 0 0
= 0 0.5 0
0 1
3 0
0
0
2.0
material curve
1.5
Reference Conf.
Current Conf.
1.0
0.5
x2
0.0
-2
-1
-0.5
-1.0
-1.5
-2.0
x1
[(detF ) F T ] = 0
r
(2.127)
r
r
dA .
Hint: The Nansons formula da = J F T dA , or da = da n = J F T N
Solution:
Considering the Nansons formula in indicial notation da n i = J Fki1N k dA , with J = det (F )
we apply the surface integral:
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
191
1
ki N k dA
n da = J F
i
(2.128)
S0
f da =
f ,i dV =
f
dV
xi
Denoting by f = 1 , we obtain:
da = 0 i
Returning to equation (2.128), and applying the divergence theorem to the integral on the
right of the equation we obtain:
n da = 0 = J F
i
1
ki N k dA =
1
ki
k
V0
S0
(J F ),
Xr
[(detF ) F
dV0 =
V0
J Fki1 dV0 = 0 i
X k
(2.129)
r
dV0 = 0
V0
Then, if the above volume integral is valid for the entire volume we can guarantee that is
also valid locally, i.e.:
[(detF ) F T ] = 0
r
Xr
Problem 2.37
r r
sym
(2.130)
r r
sym
) [
] [
1
D
D 1 T
1
E&
E=
F F 1 = F& T F + F T F& = ( F T F& ) T + ( F T F& ) = F T F&
2
Dt
Dt 2
2
sym
Note that:
r r
u& ( X , t )
D xi ( X , t )
Dxi ( X , t )
&
[
F&ij =
=
=
= Xr u& ( X , t ) ij
u i ( X , t )] = i
Dt X j X j
Dt
X j
X j
D
E&
E = F T F&
Dt
sym
r r sym
= F T Xr u& ( X , t )
b)
] [
r r sym
r
r T
r r
1
1
T
sym
l + ( l ) = xr v + ( xr v ) = ( xr v ( x , t ))
= xr u& ( x , t )
2
2
r r
r r
where we have considered v ( x , t ) = u& ( x , t ) .
D=l
sym
Draft
192
Problem 2.38
Consider the velocity field:
v1 = 5 x2 + 2 x3
v2 = 5 x1 3 x3
v3 = 2 x1 + 3 x2
x1
r
vi ( x, t ) v 2
l ij =
=
x j
x
1
v3
x1
v1
x 2
v 2
x 2
v3
x 2
v1
x3 0 5 2
v 2
= 5
0 3
x3
0
v3 2 3
x3
(2.131)
v2 = 3x1 5 x3
v3 = 1x1 + 5 x2
x1
r
vi ( x , t ) v 2
l ij =
=
x j
x
1
v3
x1
v1
x 2
v 2
x 2
v 3
x 2
(l ):
v1
x3 0 3 1
v 2
= 3
0 5 = l ijskew
x3
0
v3 1 5
x3
Taking into account that l can be decomposed into a symmetric ( l sym D ) and an
antisymmetric ( l skew W ) part, i.e. l = D + W , we can thus conclude that D = 0 , which is
a characteristic of rigid body motion.
Problem 2.40
The displacement field components are given by:
u 1 = 3 X 12 + X 2
;
u 2 = 2 X 22 + X 3
;
u 3 = 4 X 32 + X 1
r
Obtain the vector dx (current configuration) correspondent to the vector in the reference
r
configuration represented by dX at the point P(1,1,1) .
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
X 3 , x3
dX 1
dX k = dX 2
dX 3
r
dX
193
X 2 , x2
X 1 , x1
Solution:
1
0
1 + 6 X 1
Fij = 0
1+ 4X2
1
1
0
1 + 8 X 3
7 1 0
= 0 5 1
1 0 9
Problem 2.41
Consider a continuum in which the displacement field is described by the following
equations:
u1 = 2 X 12 + X 1 X 2
u 2 = X 22
u3 = 0
By definition, a material curve is always formed by the same particles. Let OP and OT be
material lines in the reference configuration, where O( X 1 = 0, X 2 = 0, X 3 = 0) ,
P ( X 1 = 1, X 2 = 1, X 3 = 0) and T ( X 1 = 1, X 2 = 0, X 3 = 0) . Find the material curves in the
current configuration. Also find the deformation gradient.
Solution:
a) The equations of motion can be obtained by means of the displacement field, i.e.:
u i = xi X i
x1 = u1 + X 1
x2 = u 2 + X 2
x = u + X
3
3
3
Draft
x1 = X 1 + 2 X 12 + X 1 X 2
substituti ng
x2 = X 2 + X 22
the values of u 1 ,u 2 ,u 3
x = X
3
3
194
2.5
material curve
x2
1.5
1
0.5
Current Conf.
Reference Conf.
O0
0.5
1.5
2.5
3.5
4.5
x1
Reference Conf.
x2
0.1
0.08
Reference Conf.
0.06
0.04
0.02
0
O0
T
0.5
1.5
2.5
3.5
x2
Current Conf.
0.1
0.08
0.06
0.04
0.02
0
O0
Current Conf.
T
0.5
1.5
2.5
3.5
x1
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
195
F jk
x1
X 1
x
= 2
X
1
x 3
X 1
x1
X 3 (1 + 4 X + X )
X1
1
2
x 2
=
0
1 + 2X 2
X 3
0
0
x 3
X 3
x1
X 2
x 2
X 2
x 3
X 2
0
0
1
Problem 2.42
Starting from the definition
r
J& = J xr v , is valid.
DF
D
[det (F )] = ij cof Fij , show that the equation
Dt
Dt
( )
x i
, the material time derivative of F det (F ) is given
X j
by:
D
[det ( F )] = D x i ( X , t ) cof Fij = D x i ( X , t ) cof Fij = D (v i )cof Fij
X j
Dt
Dt X j
Dt
X j
r
and considering that v i ( x ( X , t ), t ) , we can state that:
( )
( )
( )
D
[det (F )] = vi x k cof Fij
x k X j
Dt
( )
By referring to the definition of the cofactor: [cof (Fij )]T = (Fij )1 det (Fij ) , we can also state
the following is valid:
D
[det (F )] = vi xk Fij
Dt
xk X j
( )
( )
det Fij =
vi
Fkj F ji
x k
( )
( )
det Fij =
vi
v
ki det Fij = i det Fij
x k
xi
( )
( )
= Jvi ,i
Let dx be a differential line element in the current configuration. Find the material time
r
derivative of dx .
Solution:
r
r
r
r
r
r r
D r D
D
D
dx =
( F dX ) =
( F ) dX + F
( dX ) = l 1
F2
d3
X = l dx xr v dx
r
Dt
Dt
Dt
Dt
1
424
3
dx
r
0
x k
Dt i
Problem 2.44
Let us consider the equations of motion:
x1 = X 1 + 4 X 1 X 2
x2 = X 2 + X 22
x3 = X 3 + X 32
Draft
196
1
( F T F 1)
2
E ij =
1
( Fki Fkj ij )
2
(2.132)
X 1
x k x 2
Fkj =
=
X j X 1
x 3
X 1
x1
X 2
x 2
X 2
x 3
X 2
x1
X 3 (1 + 4 X )
4X1
2
x 2
0
1 + 2X 2
=
X 3
0
0
x 3
X 3
0
1 + 2 X 3
0
And,
0
0 (1 + 4 X 2 )
4X1
(1 + 4 X 2 )
= 4X1
1 + 2X 2
0
0
1 + 2X 2
0
0
1 + 2X 3
0
0
2
(1 + 4 X 2 )
(1 + 4 X 2 ) 4 X 1
0
2
2
0
= (1 + 4 X 2 ) 4 X 1 ( 4 X 1 ) + (1 + 2 X 2 )
X
0
0
(
1
2
)
+
3
Fki Fkj
0
0
1 + 2 X 3
(1 + 4 X 2 ) 4 X 1
0
1
2
2
0
E ij = (1 + 4 X 2 ) 4 X 1 ( 4 X 1 ) + (1 + 2 X 2 ) 1
2
2
0
0
(
1
+
2
)
1
X
3
Problem 2.45
Obtain the principal invariants of E in terms of the principal invariants of C and b .
Solution:
The principal invariants of E are given by:
I E = Tr ( E )
II E =
1 2
I E Tr ( E 2 )
2
III E = det ( E )
1
2
1 2
I E Tr ( E 2 )
2
where
2
1
1
I E2 = (I C 3) = I C2 6 I C + 9
4
2
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
2
197
) [ ( )
1
1
1
1
Tr ( E 2 ) = Tr (C 1) = Tr (C 1) 2 = Tr C 2 2C + 1 = Tr C 2 2 Tr (C ) + Tr (1)
4
4
4
2
1
= Tr C 2 2 I C + 3
4
[ ( )
]
The term Tr (C ) can be obtained as follows:
2
C C = C
C12
C ij 2 = 0
0
0 Tr C 2 = C12 + C 22 + C 32
C 32
0
C 22
( )
I C2 = (C1 + C 2 + C 3 ) = C12 + C 22 + C 32 + 2 C1 C 2 + C1 C 3 + C 2 C 3
1444424444
3
2
II C
C12 + C 22 + C 32 = I C2 2 II C
Therefore we have:
Tr ( E 2 ) =
1 2
I C 2 II C 2 I C + 3
4
1 1 2
1
1
I C 6 I C + 9 I C2 2 II C 2 I C + 3 = ( 2 I C + II C + 3)
2 4
4
4
1
1
III E = det ( E ) = det (C 1) = det [(C 1)]
2
2
0
0
C3 1
Then:
III E =
1
( III C II C + I C 1)
8
In short we have:
1
(I C 3 )
2
1
II E = ( 2 I C + II C + 3)
4
1
III E = ( III C II C + I C 1)
8
I C = 2I E + 3
IE =
II C = 4 II E + 4 I E + 3
III C = 8 III E + 4 II E + 2 I E + 1
Problem 2.46
Let = (I C , II C , III C ) be a scalar-valued tensor function, where I C , II C , III C are the
principal invariants of the right Cauchy-Green deformation tensor C . Obtain the
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real - Spain
Draft
198
derivative of with respect to C and with respect to b . Check whether the following
equation is valid F ,C F T = ,b b or not.
Solution:
Using the chain rule of derivative we obtain:
,C =
(I C , II C , III C ) I C
II C
III C
=
+
+
C
I C C II C C
III C C
(2.133)
,C =
(I C 1 C ) + III C C 1
1+
I C
II C
III C
,C =
I C 1
III C C 1
+
C+
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
I
C
C
C
C
(2.134)
,b =
I b 1
III b b 1
+
b+
II b
III b
I b II b
(2.135)
We apply the dot product of the above equation with F on the left and with F T on the
right, i.e.:
F ,C F T =
I C F 1 F T
F C F T +
III C F C 1 F T
+
II C
III C
I C II C
(2.136)
And considering the following relationships:
F 1 F T = F F T = b
C = F T F F C F T = F F T F F T = b b = b2
+
F ,C F T =
I C b
b +
III C b 1 b
II C
III C
I C II C
+
F ,C F T =
I C 1
b+
III C b 1 b
II C
III C
I C II C
+
F ,C F T =
I b 1
B+
III b b 1 b
II b
III b
I b II b
F ,C F T = , b b
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
199
Taking into account the equation (2.135) we can conclude that the equation ,b b = b ,b
is valid, indicating that the tensors ,b and b are coaxial.
Problem 2.47
Show that the Green-Lagrange strain tensor ( E ) and the right Cauchy-Green deformation
tensor ( C ) are coaxial tensors.
Solution:
Two tensors are coaxial if they have the same principal directions. Coaxiality can also be
demonstrated if the relation C E = E C holds.
Starting with the definition C = 1 + 2 E , we can conclude that:
C E = (1 + 2 E ) E = 1 E + 2 E E = E (1 + 2 E ) = E C
the
E& = F T D F
relationship
starting
from
the
definition
r
r
D
(ds ) 2 (dS ) 2 = dX 2 E dX . Get also the relationship between
(ds ) 2 and D .
Dt
Solution:
D
(ds ) 2 (dS ) 2
Dt
The term
r
D
D r
dX 2 E dX
(ds ) 2
=
Dt
Dt
r&
r
r
r
r
r&
D r r
[dx dx ] = 2d{
=
X E dX + 2dX E& dX + 2dX E d{
X
Dt
=0
=0
r
r
r D r
&
= 2 dx
[dx ] = 2dX E dX
Dt
=
D r
[dx ] can be expressed as follows:
Dt
r
D
D r
[
]
d
d
x
F
X
=
Dt
Dt r
& dX
F
=
= l F dX
D
D x k
[dx k ] =
Dt X i
Dt
D x k
Indicial
=
Dt X i
= k dX i
X i
dX i
D x k
dX i =
dX i
DX i t
r D r
[dx ]
= 2dx
Dt
r
r
= 2dx l F dX
r
r
= 2 F dX l F dX
r
r
= 2dX F T l F dX
Draft
200
We can apply the additive decomposition of the spatial velocity gradient ( l ) into a
symmetric ( D ) and an antisymmetric ( W ) part:
r
r
2dX E& dX
r
r
= 2 dX F T l F dX
r
r
= 2dX F T (D + W ) F dX
r
r
r
r
= 2 dX F T D F dX + 2 dX F T W F dX
r
r
= 2 dX F T D F dX
r
r
r
r
r
r
Note that dX F T W F dX = dx W dx = W : (dx dx ) = 0 , since W is
r
r
antisymmetric tensor and (dx dx ) is a symmetric tensor. Then, we conclude that:
an
E& = F T D F
D
(ds ) 2 and D as follows:
Dt
r
r
r
r
D
(ds ) 2 = 2dX F T D F dX = 2dx D dx
Dt
Problem 2.49
Obtain the material time derivative of the Jacobian determinant ( J& ) in terms of ( E& ), ( C& ),
( F& ).
Solution:
We starting from the relationship J& = J Tr (D ) , where D is the rate-of-deformation tensor
which is related to E& by means of the relationship D = F T E& F 1 , then:
) (
The J& can still be expressed in terms of F& . To this end let us consider the following
1
equation E& kp = (F&sk Fsp + Fsk F&sp ) . Then, J& can also be expressed by:
2
J
1
J& = J Fki1 F pi1 E& kp = J Fki1 F pi1 F&sk Fsp + Fsk F&sp = Fki1 F pi1 F&sk Fsp + Fki1 F pi1 Fsk F&sp
2
2
J
J
= si Fki1 F&sk + si F pi1 F&sp = Fks1 F&sk + F ps1 F&sp = JFts1 F&st = JF&st Fts1
2
2
T
T
&
&
= JF : F = JF : F
In short, there are various different ways to express the material time derivative of the
Jacobian determinant:
J 1 &
C :C
= JF& : F T
2
J
= J Tr (C 1 E& ) = Tr (C 1 C& ) = J Tr ( F& F 1 )
2
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
201
Problem 2.50
The displacement field components are given by:
u1 = 0.1 X 22
u2 = 0
u3 = 0
c) Find the current vectors related to the material vectors b = 0.01e 1 and c = 0.015e 2 , said
vectors are at the point P (1,1,0) in the reference configuration;
r
0 1 0 .2 X 2
0 = 0
1
0 0
0
0
0
1
1
C ij = 0.2 X 2 1 0 0
0
0 1 0
0
r
c) The vector b = 0.01e 1 at the point P(1,1,0)
r
b = F
r
b
0 1
0 = 0.2 X 2
1 0
0 .2 X 2
0
2
2
0.2 X 2 + 1 0
0
1
r
b
r
b
0.012
=1
0.01
r
c
r
c
0.003 2 + 0.015 2
= 1.0198 1.02
0.015
Draft
202
0
0 .2
+ 1 0
0
1
0 .2 X 2
2
X 22
0 .2 0
1
= 0.2 1.04 0
0
0 1
0 . 2 0 1
1
= [1 0 0 ] 0.2 1.04 0 0 = 1
0
0
1 0
0.2 0 0
1
b = 1
c = 1.0198
r
e) In the current configuration the angle between the vectors b and c can be obtained
according to the relation:
r r
b c
cos = r r
b c
cos =
0.003 2 + 0.015 2
0.00003
0.01 0.000234
= 0.196116135
= arccos(0.196116135) 78.69
In the reference configuration the angle between these two vectors is 90 , then angle
variation is:
= 90 78 .69 = 11 .3
Alternative solution: Given two directions in the reference configuration represented by their
unit vectors M and N , the angle formed by these unit vectors in the current configuration
(after motion) is given by:
cos =
M C N
M C N
=
M N
M C M N C N
Then,
cos =
0 .2
b C c
b C c
=
=
= 0.196116135
b c
1 1.04
b C b c C c
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
203
Problem 2.51
Obtain an equation for mass density in terms of the third invariant of the right CauchyGreen deformation tensor, i.e. 0 = 0 ( III C ) .
Solution:
Starting by the definition:
0 ( X ) = ( x, t) J
and considering that the third invariant III C = det (C ) = det ( F T F ) = J 2 , we obtain
J = III C , then:
0 =
(2.137)
III C
Problem 2.52
At a certain moment, the displacement field of a continuous medium is:
u1 = (a1 1) X 1
u 2 = (a 2 1) X 2 + a1X 1
u 3 = (a 3 1) X 3
x1 = a1 X 1
u 2 = x 2 X 2 = (a 2 1) X 2 + a1X 1
u 3 = x 3 X 3 = (a 3 1) X 3
x 2 = a 2 X 2 + a1X 1
x3 = a3 X 3
x 2 = a 2 X 2 + a1X 1
x = a X
3 3
3
0
x1 a1
x 2 = a1 a 2
x 0
0
3
0 X 1
0 X 2 (homogeneous deformation
a 3 X 3
E M
= 1 + 2E = 1
M = 1 + 2M
33
Draft
E 33 = 0
1 T
F F 1 ) are given by:
2
204
a1
a1
1
E ij = 0
2
0
a2
0
0 a1
0 a1
a 3 0
a12 + a12 2 1 a1 a 2
0 1 0 0
0
2
a1 a 2
a2 1
0 0 1 0 =
0
2
a 3 0 0 1
a 32 1
0
0
0
a2
0
thus:
E 33 = a 32 1 = 0
a 3 = 1
0 X 1
0 X 2
a 3 X 3
0
a1
= a1 a 2
0
0
0 1 a1
0 0 = a1
a 3 0 0
n i(3)
0
a1
= a1 a 2
0
0
0 0 0
0 0 = 0
a 3 1 a 3
e 2 e 3
a1 0 = a1e 1 a1 a 3 e 2 + 0e 3
0
a3
r
and its module does not change N (1) N (3) = n (1) n (3) = 1 :
r
r
n (1) n (3) = 1 = (a1 ) 2 + (a1 a 3 ) 2 a12 a 32 2 + a12 a 32 = 1
1
1
a1 =
2
(1 + )
(1 + 2 )
1
(1 + )
2
a 2 = (1 + 2 )
a3 = 1
Problem 2.53
Consider the solid shown in Figure 2.11 which is subjected to a homogenous deformation.
r r
X 1 , X 2 , X 3
u1 ( X 1 = 0, X 2 , X 3 , t ) = 0
u1 ( X 1 = L, X 2 , X 3 , t ) =
c) Justify the possible values (positive and negative) that can take .
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
205
d) Calculate the material and spatial strain tensors and the infinitesimal strain tensor.
x3
x1
x2
Figure 2.11
Solution:
where J is the material displacement gradient tensor. Note that the homogenous
deformation is not dependent on the vector position, with that we can obtain:
r r
r
r r
u( X , t )
J (t ) =
r
J (t ) dX = du( X , t )
X
r
where c (t ) is the constant of integration. Then:
r r
r r
u( X , t ) = J (t ) X + c (t )
r r
r r
u( X , t ) = J (t ) X + c (t )
In components:
u1 J 11 X 1 + J 12 X 2 + J 13 X 3 c1
u 2 = J 21 X 1 + J 22 X 2 + J 23 X 3 + c 2
u J X + J X + J X c
32 2
33 3
3
3 31 1
condition 1) u 2 ( X , t ) = u 3 ( X , t ) = 0
X 1 , X 2 , X 3 :
u1 J 11 X 1 + J 12 X 2 + J 13 X 3 c1
J 21 = 0; J 22 = 0; J 23 = 0, c 2 = 0
u 2 = 0 = J 21 X 1 + J 22 X 2 + J 23 X 3 + c 2
u = 0 J X + J X + J X c J 31 = 0; J 32 = 0; J 33 = 0, c3 = 0
32 2
33 3
3
31 1
3
condition 2) u1 ( X 1 = 0, X 2 , X 3 , t ) = 0 :
u1 = 0 J 11 X 1 + J 12 X 2 + J 13 X 3 c1
0
+ 0 {J 12 = 0; J 13 = 0, c1 = 0
u2 =
0
u
0
3
condition 3) u1 ( X 1 = L, X 2 , X 3 , t ) =
Draft
206
u1 J 11 L 0
u 2 = 0 + 0 J 11 =
L
u = 0 0
3
L
J ij = 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
X1
L
r r
r
r r
components
u i ( X , t ) = 0
u( X , t ) = J (t ) X + c (t )
0 0
1 0 F = 1 + > 0 > L
L
0 1
E=
1 T
F F 1
2
1 2
+
2
L 2 L
0
E ij =
components
0 0
0 0
0 0
e=
1
1 F FT
2
components
1 2
1 0 0
+
2
L 2 L
eij =
2
0 0 0
1 + 0 0 0
L
L
ij = 0
Draft
0 0
0 0
0 0
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
207
Problem 2.54
The tetrahedron shown in Figure 2.12 undergoes homogeneous deformation ( F = const. )
with the following consequences:
1. The points O , A and B do not move;
2. The solid volume becomes " p" times the initial volume;
p
x2
A
x1
Figure 2.12.
Solution:
a) The angle AOC = 90 becomes 45 , so we are not dealing with a small deformation,
since in the case of small deformation << 1 , and in this problem we have
<<
0.7854 ;
4
b) We have a case of homogeneous deformation. Then, the equations of motion are given
by:
r r
r
x = F (t ) X + c (t )
x1 F11
x 2 = F21
x F
3 31
F12
F22
F32
F13 X 1 c1
F23 X 2 + c 2
F33 X 3 c3
F12
F22
F32
F13 0 c1
F23 0 + c 2
F33 0 c3
c1 0
c 2 = 0
c 0
3
Draft
208
a F11
0 = F21
0 F
31
F12
F22
F32
F13 a
F23 0
F33 0
a aF11
0 = aF21
0 aF
31
F11 = 1
F21 = 0
F = 0
31
F13 0
F23 a
F33 0
0 aF12
a = aF22
0 aF
32
F12 = 0
F22 = 1
F = 0
32
F = F33 > 0
The volume of the solid becomes " p" times the initial volume. The relationship between the initial
(reference) volume and the current (final) volume is given by:
dV = F dV0
dV = F dV
where we have considered the homogeneous deformation case. With this, we conclude that
F33 = p
p
2
homogeneous deformation, a line in the reference configuration will remain a line in the
current configuration.
The point C ( X 1 = 0, X 2 = 0, X 3 = a ) moves to:
x1C 1 0 F13 0
C
x 2 = 0 1 F23 0
x C 0 0 p a
3
x1C aF13
C
x 2 = aF23
x C ap
p
2
L AC , we obtain:
p
2
p
2
L AC
a 2
( F13 1) 2 + ( F23 ) 2 + ( p ) 2 = p
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real - Spain
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
209
thus
( F13 1) 2 + ( F23 ) 2 + p 2 = p 2
( F13 1) 2 + ( F23 ) 2 = 0
F13 = 1
F23 = 0
1 0
Fij = 0 1
0 0
dX i( 2 ) = [0 0 1]
dx1( 2) 1 0 1 0 1
( 2)
dxi( 2 ) = Fij dX (j 2 )
dx 2 = 0 1 0 0 = 0
dx ( 2) 0 0 p 1 p
3
r
r
dx (1) dx ( 2 )
2
cos( AOC ) = cos(45 ) = r (1) r ( 2 ) =
2
dx
dx
dx1(1) 1 0 1 1 1
(1)
dx 2 = 0 1 0 0 = 0
dx (1) 0 0 p 0 0
3
2
2
p = 1
As the Jacobian determinant must be greater than zero F = p > 0 , this implies that p = 1 :
1 0 1
Fij = 0 1 0
0 0 1
x 2 = 0 1 0 X 2 = X 2
x 0 0 1 X X
3
3
3
u1 X 1 + X 3 X 1 X 3
u 2 = X 2 X 2 = 0
u X
X 0
3
3
3
Draft
210
x3
c)
x1C aF13 a
C
x 2 = aF23 = 0
x C ap a
3
a
a
B = B
x2
A = A
x1
Problem 2.55
Consider the following equations of motion:
x1 = X 1
x2 = X 2 X 3
x3 = X 3 + X 2
a) Obtain the deformation gradient, the right Cauchy-Green deformation tensor, the left
Cauchy-Green deformation tensor, the Green-Lagrange strain tensor and the Almansi
strain tensor. Check whether this case represents a homogeneous deformation.
b) Obtain the right stretch tensor, the spin tensor of polar decomposition and the principal
space of the left Cauchy-Green deformation tensor of the polar decomposition.
c) Obtain the final length of an initial length element equal to 2 which is in the X 3 direction, and the angular distortion of an initial angle 30 which is in the plane X 1 X 2 .
d) Obtain the strain tensor by considering the small deformation regime.
Solution:
a) The deformation gradient ( F )
x1
x1
x1
0
X 1 X 2 X 3 1 0
xi x 2 x 2
x 2
Fij =
= 0 1
=
X j X 1 X 2 X 3
x3 0 1
x3 x3
X 1 X 2 X 3
r
r
In general we have dx = F dX , and if we are dealing with a homogeneous deformation (a
r r
r
particular case of motion) the relationship x = F X + c holds, a fact that can be checked
r r
by means of the equations of motion in matrix form with c = 0 :
0 X1
x1 1 0
x = 0 1 X
2
2
x3 0 1 X 3
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
211
2
0
C ij = Fki Fkj = 0 1 0 1 = 0 1 +
0 1 0 1 0
0
1 + 2
2
0
bij = Fik F jk = 0 1 0 1 = 0 1 +
0 1 0 1 0
0
1 + 2
1
2
0
1
0
0
1
1
1
eij = ( ij bij1 ) = 0 1 0 0
2
2
1+ 2
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0 = 0
2 1 + 2
0
0
1 + 2
0
0
2
1+ 2
0
0 0
1 0
2
1
E ij = 0 1 0
1+ 2
2
0 1
0
0
0 1 0
0
0 0
0 0 1 = 0 2
0 0
0
1
2
1+ 2
0
0
2
b) According to the format of the Cartesian components of C , we can verify that the
original space is already the principal space of C , i.e. the principal directions are
N i(1) = [1 0 0] , N i(1) = [0 1 0] , N i(1) = [0 0 1] . By definition, the right stretch tensor is
given by U = C , and its components are:
1
U ij = 0
0
0
1+ 2
0
inverse
U ij1
0
1 + 2
0
= 0
0
1
1+ 2
0
2
1+
Draft
212
R ij = Fik U kj1
0 1
1 0
= 0 1 0
0 1
1
0
=
1+ 2
2
1+
0
1
1+ 2
0
1+ 2
0
0
1
1
Note that by means of the format of the Cartesian components of b indicate that the
principal directions are [1 0 0] , [0 1 0] , [0 0 1] , but this is not the principal
directions of b related to the polar decomposition. Note that there are two equal
eigenvalues related to the directions [0 1 0] , [0 0 1] , then any direction in the plane
x 2 x 3 is a principal direction.
X 2 , x2
X 3 , x3
(2)
n (i 2 ) = R N
n (i 3)
( 3)
= R N
1+ 2
1
=
0
1+ 2 0
1+ 2
=
0
1+ 2 0
0 0
1
1 =
2
1 0 1 +
0
1
0 0
1
0 =
2
1 1 1 +
0
1
0
1
0
( a ) holds:
In addition, we can check that the relation R = n ( a ) N
a =1
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
213
0
1
1 [0 1 0] +
1+ 2
0 0
0 1
0
1
0 +
1+ 2
0
0
[0 0 1]
1
0 0 0
1
0 0 =
1 + 2
0 0 1
1+ 2
0
0
0
1
r
dx
ds
,
r =
dS
dX
and considering that the stretch is not dependent on line integral (homogeneous
deformation), it holds that:
L final = ds = M dS = M dS = M Linitial
Then:
2
L final = M dX 2 = 1 + 2 ( Linitial ) = 2 1 + 2
0
A
L final
2
x1A 1 0 0 X 1A
A
A
x 2 = 0 1 X 2
x3A 0 1 X 3A
1 0 0 0 0
= 0 1 0 = 2
0 1 2 2
A
Linitial = 2
X 2 , x2
X 1 , x1
Figure 2.14.
Linitial = 2 1 + 2
To obtain the angle in the current configuration formed by two unit vectors, we can use
the equation:
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real - Spain
Draft
214
cos =
E N
cos + 2 M
M N
(2.138)
where is the angle between the unit vectors M and N in the reference configuration,
and is the angle between the to new unit vectors in the current configuration.
r
Considering that the Green-Lagrange strain tensor is independent of X , we adopt two unit
vectors in the plane X 1 X 2 forming an angle = 30 , e.g. N i = [1 0 0] and
M i = [cos 30 sin 30 0] . With these data we have:
0 0
1
M E N = [1 0 0]0 2
2
0 0
0 cos 30
0 sin 30 = 0
2 0
The stretches:
2M
0
0 1
1
= M C M = [1 0 0] 0 1 +
0 0 = 1
0
0
1 + 2 0
2N
M = 1
0
0 cos 30
1
2
= N C N = [cos 30 sin 30 0] 0 1 +
0 sin 30
0
0
1 + 2 0
E N
cos + 2 M
cos 30
=
M N
1 + 2 sin 2 30
As we are dealing with a homogeneous deformation, we adopt two lines in the reference
configuration and we obtain the angle formed by these lines in the current configuration.
For example, adopting the lines OB = [cos 30 0 0] and OC = [cos 30 sin 30 0]. And
according to the equations of motion, the point O does not move. Then, we obtain the
new position of the points B and C , (see Figure 2.15):
x1B 1 0
0 X 1B 1 0
0 cos 30 cos 30
B
B
x 2 = 0 1 X 2 = 0 1 0 = 0
x B 0 1 X B 0 1 0 0
3
3
x1C 1 0
0 X 1C 1 0
0 cos 30 cos 30
C
C
x 2 = 0 1 X 2 = 0 1 sin 30 = sin 30
x C 0 1 X C 0 1 0 sin 30
3
3
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
215
X 3 , x3
sin 30
sin 30
X 2 , x2
cos 30
30
B = B
X 1 , x1
Figure 2.15.
Then the angle formed by the new unit vectors O B and O C is:
O B O C = O B O C cos
cos 2 30 = cos 2 30 cos 2 30 + sin 2 30 + 2 sin 2 30 cos
cos =
cos 30
1 + 2 sin 2 30
d)
0 0 0
ij = 0 0 0
0 0 0
Problem 2.56
A rigid body motion is characterized by the following equation:
r
r r
x = c(t ) + Q(t ) X
(2.139)
r
r
Find the velocity and the acceleration fields as a function of , where is the axial vector
& Q T ).
associated with the antisymmetric tensor ( = Q
Solution:
r
& QT Q
& = Q . The above equation can also be expressed as:
Let us consider that = Q
r
r r
v = c& + Q X
r r
r r
v = c& + ( x c )
Draft
216
(2.140)
Note that Q(t ) is only dependent on time, hence the axial vector (angular velocity)
r r
associated with is also time-dependent, i.e. = (t ) .
Then, its acceleration is given by:
r r &r& &r& && r
a = v& = x
=c + Q X
&& = & Q + Q
& , the above equation can also be expressed as:
By referring to Q
r &r&
r
r
r &r&
&) X =c
& X
a=c
+ (& Q + Q
+ & Q X + Q
r
r r
r
r r
r r
= &c& + & Q X + Q X = &c& + & ( x c ) + ( x c )
(2.141)
r r
where & shows the angular acceleration.
r
For a rigid body motion where c = 0 , the velocity becomes v = x whose components
are vi = ipq p x q , and the rate-of-deformation tensor D becomes:
D ij =
=
1 vi v j
+
2 x j xi
1
ipq p qj
2
1 ( ipq p x q ) ( jpq p x q ) 1
x
x
=
= ipq p q + jpq p q
+
2
2
x j
xi
x j
xi
1
1
+ jpq p qi = ipj p + jpi p = ipj p ipj p = 0 ij
2
2
So, once again we have proved that D = 0 for a rigid body motion.
Problem 2.57
r
Given a coordinate system x which is fixed in space, and mobile system x * characterized
r
only by rotation, (see Figure 2.16). Show that the rate of change of a vector b can be
represented by:
r
r
r
r
Db
Db
r r Db
T
=
+
b
=
+
b
Dt
Dt
fixed Dt mobile
mobile
(2.142)
r
r
Db
r
where
represents
the
rate
of
change
of
b
with
respect
to
the
fixed
system
x
,
Dt fijo
r
r
Db
represents the rate of change of b with respect to the mobile system which its
Dt
mvil
r
angular velocity is .
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
r
b
217
x3
x2*
x3*
x1*
x2
x1
Figure 2.16.
Solution:
By means of components transformation law the following relationships are true:
Components
{br
r
= A b
r
r
b = A T b*
(2.143)
Making an analogy with rate of change of the orthogonal tensor, see chapter 2 from the
textbook, we can state that = A& A T A& T = A T T , where T is an antisymmetric
r
tensor and represents the rate of change of rotate of the system x * with respect to the
r
system x . Then, the equation in (2.143) can be written as follows:
r
r&
r
r&
r
r&
D r r&
b b = A& T b * + A T b = A T T b * + A T b * = A T T b * + b *
(2.144)
Dt
r
r r
r
Recall the antisymmetric tensor property T b * = b * , where is the axial vector
r r
associated with the antisymmetric tensor T , i.e. = (t ) is the angular velocity of the
r
mobile system x * . Then, the equation in (2.144) can also be written as:
r&
r
r&
r
r&
r
b = A T T b * + b * = A T * b * + b * (components)
(2.145)
r&
r&
r
Note that the term A b represents the components of b in the system x * , and also note
r& r&
that A b b * , thus:
r * r
r
A b& = b& * + r * b * (components)
(2.146)
+ b (tensorial notation)
Dt = Dt
fijo
mvil
Draft
(2.147)
218
Problem 2.58
r
GM
x
r r
r = r e r = re r
3
r
r
e 3
e r
r
x
X 2 , x2
X 1 , x1
Figure 2.17.
Solution:
r r
=0
= i 313 x1 + i 32 3 x 2 + i 33 3 x3 = i 31 3 x1 + i 32 3 x 2
{
=0
Then:
v1 = 1323 x2 = 3 x2
; v2 = 2313 x1 = 3 x1
r r
r r r
Note that the field v ( x , t ) is stationary, i.e. v = v ( x ) .
v3 = 0
(2.148)
For a rigid body motion, the equations of motion are governed by:
r
r
x = Q(t ) X
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
219
where the orthogonal matrix components are given by the transformation matrix from the
r
r
system x to x , thus:
x1 cos (t ) sin (t ) 0 X 1 cos (t ) X 1 sin (t ) X 2
x 2 = sin (t ) cos (t ) 0 X 2 = sin (t ) X 1 + cos (t ) X 2
x 0
0
1 X 3
X3
3
Considering that =
d(t )
and by integrating we obtain:
dt
d(t ) = dt
(t ) = t
x 2 = sin (t ) cos (t ) 0 X 2 = X 1 sin(t ) + X 2 cos(t )
x 0
0
1 X 3
X3
3
(2.149)
To obtain the expression of velocity in the material (Lagrangian) description, we replace the
equations of motion (2.149) into the equations (2.148):
r
v1 ( X , t ) = 3 ( X 1 sin(t ) + X 2 cos(t ))
r
v 2 ( X , t ) = 3 ( X 1 cos(t ) X 2 sin(t ))
r
v3 ( X , t ) = 0
(2.150)
a.2) The Eulerian acceleration can be obtained by means of the definition of material time
r r
derivative of v ( x , t ) , i.e.:
r r
r r
r r
r r
r r r
v ( x , t ) v ( x , t ) x ( X , t )
a ( x, t ) =
+
= xr v v ( x , t )
r
t4
x
t
1
42
3
r
0
r r
r
v ( x , t )
r = ( xr v )ij
x ij
v1
x1
v
= 2
x
1
v3
x1
v1
x 2
v 2
x 2
v 3
x 2
v1
x 3 0
v 2
= 3
x 3
v 3 0
x 3
3
0
0
0
0 (antisymmetric)
0
With that, we check that we are dealing with a rigid body motion. Then, the Eulerian
acceleration components are given by:
0 3
r
r r r
r
a i ( x , t ) = [ x v v ( x , t )]i = 3
0
0
0
r r
We can express the acceleration a ( x , t ) = 32 x1 e 1
0 3 x 2 32 x1
0 3 x1 = 32 x 2
0 0 0
32 x 2 e 2 in the cylindrical coordinate,
x1 = r cos ,
e 1 = e r cos e sin ,
Draft
220
r
a = 32 x1 e 1 32 x 2 e 2
Particle P at t = 2.5s
r r
v P ( x , t = 2 . 5)
1
r
x
r r
v ( X , t = 0)
Particle P
r
X
X 1 , x1
Trajectory of particle P
Figure 2.18.
r
a iP ( x , t = 0) = 32 X 2 = 9
0 0
At time t = 2.5s the position, velocity, and acceleration of the particle P are given by:
x1P X 1 cos(t ) X 2 sin(t ) cos(3 2.5) sin(3 2.5) 0.59136
P
X3
0
0
r
v1P ( x , t = 2.5) = 3 x 2 = (3)(1.28464) = 3.85391
P r
v 2 ( x , t = 2.5) = 3 x1 = (3)(0.59136) = 1.77409
P
v 3 = 0
32 x1 5.322
r
a iP ( x , t = 2.5) = 32 x 2 = 11.562
0
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real - Spain
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
221
b) For a particle located on the surface of the Earth, due to rotation, this particle will feel as
if being projected outward according to r -direction, (see figure below). Keep in mind that
the real force is the Centripetal due to the centripetal acceleration. For convenience, we
adopt a fictitious force, centrifugal force, which would be the cause of this apparent
v
outward projection. Associated with this force we have the centrifugal acceleration ( a ctfu )
v
which is equal but opposite to the centripetal acceleration ( a ctpe ).
x3 , z
x3 , z
3
x3
r
b
v
a ctfu
x2 , y
x1 , x
Remember
v
a ctfu
r
+b =
we have
that
v
a ctfu
given
v
+ 2 a ctfu
r
b =g,
two
r
r
b cos + b
vectors
it
holds
that
r
v
v
a ctpe = a ctfu = 32 r = 32 r . Also check that
r = R cos
and
v
a ctpe
r
r
v
2 a ctpe b cos + b
= ( 32 r ) 2 2( 32 r ) g cos + g 2
thus
g = g 2 2 g 32 R cos 2 + 34 R 2 cos 2
Note that at the poles ( = 90 ) we have g Pol = g , and in the line of Ecuador it holds that
g Ecu = g 2 2 g 32 R + 34 R 2 = ( g 32 R ) 2 = g 32 R .
Draft
222
Problem 2.59
Consider a rod subjected to successive displacements as shown in figure below
B0
L0
L0
L(1)
L( 2 )
L(f1)
L L( 2 )
L(1)
L
( 2)
Show that the engineering strain (Cauchy strain) is not additive to successive increments of
strain, i.e. (1) + ( 2) .
Solution:
The Cauchy strain was obtained as:
C =
L L L 0
=
= 1
L0
L0
Then, the total strain experienced by the body, i.e. from the B0 -configuration to the B configuration is:
C =
L( 2 ) L0 L( 2 )
=
1
L0
L0
L(1) L0 L(1)
=
1
L0
L0
L( 2) L(1) L( 2)
= (1) 1
L(1)
L
thus
L(1)
L( 2)
L( 2 )
C(1) + C( 2 ) =
1 + (1) 1
1 = C
L
L0
L0
An essential requirement for any strain is to that it can be possible to characterize the real
displacement. In this case the final length is:
L0
L(1)
C(1) dx =
1dx = L(1) L0 = L(1)
L0
0
0
(1)
( 2)
L + L = L
L1
L1
(2)
L
0
0
L0
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
L0
223
L0
C dx
L
=
1 dx = L L0 = L
L
0 0
We
could
E=E
(1)
+F
have
(1)T
( 2)
L2 L20
2 L20
L(1)
. Then:
L0
E = E (1) + F (1)
G =
1 2
1
2
E ( 2 ) G( 2) , F (1) (1) =
G(1)
(1) G( 2) (1)
1 L(1)
=
2 L0
L( 2) 2 L2
2
2
0
L L0
=
=
2 L20
2 L20
E ( 2) F (1)
2
L(1)
1 +
L0
1 L( 2)
2 L(1)
2
L(1)
L0
obtain the tensors U (right stretch tensor), V (left stretch tensor), and R (rotation tensor).
Solution:
Before obtaining the tensors U , V , R , we analyze the deformation gradient F .
The motion is possible if the determinant of F is greater than zero, det ( F ) = 60 > 0 . The
eigenvalues and eigenvectors of F are given by:
F11 = 10 associated with eigenvector m i(1) = [0.6396021491; 0.6396021491; 0.4264014327]
It is easy to check that the basis formed by these eigenvectors does not form an orthogonal
basis, i.e. m i(1) m i( 2) 0 , m i(1) m i(3) 0 , m i( 2) m i(3) 0 . We can also verify that if D is the
matrix containing the eigenvectors of F :
Draft
224
m i(1) 0.6396021491;
0.6396021491;
0.4264014327
( 2)
D = m i = 0.5570860145; 0.7427813527; 0.3713906764
m (3) 0.4082482905; 0.4082482905; 0.8164965809
D 0 3 0 D = 3 6 2 = ( F T ) ij
0 0 2
3 3 4
1
and
5 2 2
10 0 0
1
D 3 6 2 D = 0 3 0
3 3 4
0 0 2
eigenvecto
r
= 3.770098
C 22
eigenvecto
r
= 102.955163
C 33
eigenvecto
r
These eigenvectors constitute an orthogonal basis, so, it holds that AC1 = ACT , and
det (AC ) = 1 (improper orthogonal tensor):
N (i1) 0.6861511933 0.7023576528 0.1894472683
C11
A 0
0
T
C
C 22
0
0
33 31 29
33 31 29
C11
T
0 AC = 31 49 35 = C ij ; AC 31 49 35 AC = 0
29 35 34
29 35 34
0
C 33
C 22
0
0
0
C 33
In the C principal space we obtain the components of the right stretch tensor, U , as:
1
U = Uij = 0
0
0
2
0
0 C11
0 = 0
3 0
C 22
0
0 3.0454455
0
0
0 =
0
1.9416741
0
C 33
0
0
10.1466824
U 1 = Uij1
1
= 0
0
1
2
0
0
0
0
3.0454455
0
0
0 =
1.9416741
1
0
0
10
.
1466824
3
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
225
We can evaluate the components of the tensor U in the original space by means of the
transformation law:
4.66496626 2.25196988 2.48328843
A U AC = 2.25196988 6.00314487 2.80907159 = U ij
2.48328843 2.80907159 4.46569091
T
C
and
0.31528844 0.05134777 0.14302659
A U AC = 2.25196988
0.24442627 0.12519889 = U ij1
0.14302659 0.12519889 0.38221833
1
T
C
Then, the rotation tensor of the polar decomposition is given by the equation R = F U 1 ,
which is a proper orthogonal tensor, i.e. det (R ) = 1 .
R ij =
Fik U kj1
0.10094326 0.05592536
0.9933191
eigenvecto
r
= 3.770098
b22
eigenvecto
r
= 102.95516
b33
eigenvecto
r
Note that, the tensors b and C have the same eigenvalues but different eigenvectors. If
the eigenvectors of b constitute an orthogonal basis then it holds that Ab1 = AbT , and
det (Ab ) = 1 :
n (i1) 0.6212637156 0.7465251613
0.238183919
( 2)
Ab = n i = 0.4898263742 0.1327190337 0.8616587383
n (3) 0.611638389 0.6519860747 0.448121233
b11
A 0
0
T
b
b22
0
0
b11
43 37 28
43 37 28
T
0 Ab = 37 49 28 = bij ; Ab 37 49 28 Ab = 0
0
28 28 24
28 28 24
b33
b22
0
0
0
b33
Since C and b have the same eigenvalues, it follows that Uij = Vij , i.e. they have the same
components in their respectively principal space. Additionally, it holds that Uij1 = Vij 1 .
The components of the tensor V in the original space can be evaluated by:
Draft
226
T
b
and
0.28717424 0.07950684 0.14176921
A V Ab = A U Ab = 0.07950684 0.23396031 0.08848799 = Vij1
0.14176921 0.08848799 0.42079849
1
T
b
T
b
The polar decomposition rotation tensor obtained previously has to be the same as the one
obtained by R = V 1 F .
We could also have obtained the tensors U , V , R , by means of their spectral
representation. That is, if we know the principal stretches, i , and the eigenvectors of C
(i ) ), and the eigenvectors of b ( n (i ) ), it is easy to show that:
(N
3
(a) N
( a ) = N (1)N (1) + N ( 2 ) N ( 2 ) + N (3) N
(3)
U ij = a N
j
i
j
i
j
1 i
2
3
ij
a =1
3
Vij = a n ( a ) n ( a ) = 1 n (i1) n (j1) + 2 n i( 2) n (j2) + 3 n i(3) n (j3)
ij
a =1
3 (a) (a )
(1) + n ( 2 )N ( 2 ) + n (3) N (3)
R ij =
n N = n (i1) N
j
i
j
i
j
ij
a =1
3
( a ) = n (1) N (1) + n ( 2 ) N ( 2 ) + n (3) N (3)
Fij = a n ( a ) N
1 i
j
2 i
j
3 i
j
a =1
ij
F=
(a) N
(a ) =
R N
a =1
n ( a ) n ( a ) R
a =1
(a) N
( a ) = n ( a ) n ( a ) R = R U = V R
= R a N
a
a =1
a =1
As we can verify, the representations of the tensors R and F are not the spectral
representations in the strict sense of the word, i.e., i are not eigenvalues of F , and
(i ) are eigenvectors of F .
neither n (i ) nor N
Problem 2.61
The deformation gradient at one point of the body is given by:
F = 0.2e 1 e 1 0.1e 1 e 2 + 0.3e 2 e 1 + 0.4e 2 e 2 + 0.1e 3 e 3
where e i
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
227
d) Obtain the spectral representation and components of: ( R ) spin tensor of the polar
decomposition; the stretch tensors U and V ;
Solution
The deformation gradient components can be represented as follows:
F = Fij e i e j = 0.2e 1 e 1 0.1e 1 e 2 + 0.3e 2 e 1 + 0.4e 2 e 2 + 0.1e 3 e 3
0 .2 0 .1 0
0
Fij = 0.3 0.4
0
0
0.1
bij = Fik F jk
0
0.2 0.1 0 0.2 0.1 0
0.05 0.02
= 0 .3 0 .4
0 0 .3 0 .4
0 = 0.02 0.25 0
0
0
0
0.1 0
0
0.1
0
0.01
(2.151)
0
0.2 0.1 0 0.13 0.1
0.3 0.4
0 = 0.1 0.17
0
0
0
0.1 0
0
0.01
b) The eigenvalues and eigenvectors of b and C are obtained as follows;
=C N
(a)
C N
(a)
(2.152)
C C1 = 0
where the index (a ) does not indicate summation. Note that we already know one
eigenvalue of C , i.e. C (3) = 0.01 , (see C -components in (2.152)). Then, the characteristic
determinant becomes:
0.13 C
0 .1
0 .1
0.17 C
=0
C ( 2 ) = 0.04802
Then:
Cc (1) = 0.25198
C (3) = 0.01
N i(3)
0.633399
= 0.77334
0
0
= 0
1
N (i1)
C ( 2 ) = 0.04802
N i( 2 )
0.77334
= 0.63399
Draft
228
b(1) = 0.25198
b(3) = 0.01
0.098538
= 0.995133
0
0
= 0
1
n i(1)
n i(3)
b( 2 ) = 0.04802
n (i 2 )
0.995133
= 0.098538
As expected, the tensors C and b have the same eigenvalues but different eigenvectors.
0
0
0.252
0.048 0
C ij = 0
0
0
0.01
0
0
0.252
0.048 0
bij = 0
0
0
0.01
In addition, the spectral representations of the tensors C and b are given respectively by:
C=
(a ) N
(a)
2a N
a =1
b=
n
2
a
(a)
n ( a )
a =1
where a > 0 are the principal stretches. Considering that 2a = C a are the eigenvalues of
C and of b , the principal stretches are:
(1) = 0.25198 0.501976
F=
c) To check if
( 2) = 0.04802 0.219134
n
a
(a)
(a )
N
a =1
3
( a ) with the results obtained previously, i.e.:
a n ( a ) N
ij
a =1
3
( a ) = n (1) N (1) + n ( 2 ) N ( 2 ) + n (3) N (3)
a n ( a ) N
j
j
j
1 i
2 i
3 i
a =1
ij
0.06247 0.0762 0
0.76958 0.6309 0
0
0
0
0
0
0 0 0
+ 0.10 0 0
0 0 1
0.2 0.1 0
0 = Fij
= 0.3 0.4
0
0
0.1
3
(a ) .
Checking that F = a n ( a ) N
a =1
d)
R=
(a)
n ( a ) N
components
a =1
0.832 0.554 0
(R )ij = 0.554 0.832 0
0
0
1
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
229
0
0
0 0
0
0.333
3
(
a
)
(
a
)
N
aN
U=
components (U)ij 0.139
a =1
0
V=
n
a
(a )
(a)
components
a =1
0 0 0 0 0.832 0.5547 0
0.832
0
0 + 0 0 0 = 0.5547
0 0 0 1 0
0
1
0.139 0
0.388 0
0
0.1
0.222 0.028 0
(V )ij 0.028 0.5 0
0
0
0.1
Problem 2.62
For a given motion (shear deformation):
x1 = X 1 + kX 2
x2 = X 2
x3 = X 3
where k is a constant. Obtain the tensors: F (deformation gradient), C (the right CauchyGreen deformation tensor), b (the left Cauchy-Green deformation tensor), E (the GreenLagrange strain tensor), U (the right stretch tensor), V (the left stretch tensor) and R (the
spin tensor of the polar decomposition).
Solution:
The deformation gradient components:
x1
X 1
xi x 2
Fij =
=
X j X 1
x3
X 1
x1
X 2
x 2
X 2
x3
X 2
x1
X 3 1 k 0
x 2
= 0 1 0
X 3
x3 0 0 1
X 3
C ij = Fki Fkj = k 1 0 0 1 0 = k 1 + k 2
0 0 1 0 0 1 0
0
0
0
1
bij = Fik F jk = 0 1 0 k 1 0 = k
0 0 1 0 0 1 0
1 0
0 1
1
(C 1) , whose components are:
2
Draft
230
1
k
1
E ij = k 1 + k 2
2
0
0
0 1 0 0
0 k
1
0 0 1 0 = k k 2
2
0 0
1 0 0 1
0
0
0
For simplicity, we will work on the x1 x 2 -plane, with that we represent the rotation
tensor components as follows:
cos sin c s
R ij =
=
sin cos s c
(i, j = 1,2)
k 1 + k 2 = s c
1 s c
k
(c 2 + c 2 k 2 + 2 sck + s 2 )
( sck 2 s 2 k + c 2 k )
=
2
2
2
(c 2 + s 2 k 2 2 sck + s 2 )
( sck s k + c k )
(c 2 + c 2 k 2 + 2 sck + s 2 ) = 1 (c 2 k 2 + 2 sck + 1) = 1
we obtain
k
c . Then, starting from the relation ( sck 2 s 2 k + c 2 k ) = k and by considering that
2
k
s=
c , we obtain:
2
s=
c=
1
2
k
+1
4
k +4
s=
k
2
2
k
+1
4
k
k2 + 4
thus:
2
2
k +4
k
R ij =
2
k +4
0
k
k2 + 4
2
k2 + 4
0
2
k +4
k
U ij = R ki Fkj =
2
k +4
0
k
2
k +4
2
k2 + 4
0
0
2
1 k 0 k + 4
k
0 0 1 0 =
2
0 0 1 k + 4
1
0
Draft
k
2
k +4
2+ k2
k2 + 4
0
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
Vij = Fik R jk
2
2+k
0
2
k +4
k
0 =
2
k +4
1
0
2
1 k 0 k + 4
k
= 0 1 0
2
0 0 1 k + 4
0
231
k2 + 4
2
k2 + 4
0
k
k2 + 4
2
k2 + 4
0
Problem 2.63
A deformable parallelepiped of dimensions 2 2 1 is in the reference configuration as
indicates in Figure 2.19. This body is subjected to motion:
r r
x ( X , t ) = exp X 2t e 1 + tX 12 e 2 + X 3 e 3
(2.153)
X3
X1
Figure 2.19.
Solution:
a) According to the equation (2.153), the vector position components are x1 = exp X 2t ,
x 2 = tX 12 , x3 = X 3 , then the deformation gradient ( F ) components are given by:
0
xi
Fij =
= 2tX 1
X j
0
t exp X 2t
0
0
0
1
C ij = t exp X 2t
2tX 1
0
0
0 0
0 2tX 1
1 0
t exp X 2t
Draft
0
0
0 4t 2 X 12
0 = 0
1 0
0
2
t exp
0
2 X 2t
0
1
232
Note that this space is the principal space (principal directions) of C . Considering that i
are the principal stretches, the following relationship is fulfilled:
C = U2 =
(a ) N
(a)
2a N
U=
a =1
(a) N
(a)
N
a =1
As we are working in the principal space of C , we can obtain the principal stretches as
follows:
1 = + 4t 2 X 12
2 = + t 2 exp 2 X 2t
3 = + 1
(a ) N
( a ) is a positive definite tensor by
which are positive numbers, since U = a N
a =1
definition, thus:
1 = 2tX 1
2 = t exp X 2t
3 = 1
c)
2tX 1
U ij = 0
0
0
t exp
0
X 2t
0
0
1
U ij1
1
2tX
1
= 0
0
1
t exp X 2t
0
R ij = 2tX 1
0
t exp
X 2t
0
0
0 2tX 1
0 0
1
0
0
1
t exp X 2t
0
0
0 1 0
0 = 1 0 0
0 0 1
1
0 1 0 0 1 0 1 0 0
= 1 0 0 1 0 0 = 0 1 0
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 1
t exp X 2t
0
0
0
0 = 2t 2 X 1exp X 2t
1
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
dV =
JdV0 =
(2 X exp )dX
X2
3 dX 2 dX 1
233
= 4 exp 2 1 25.556
X1 =0 X 2 =0 X 3 =0
V0
NOTE: We can not use the equation V = JV0 because we are not dealing with
homogeneous deformation case.
Problem 2.64
A body is subjected to motion:
x1 = X 1
x 2 = X 2 + kX 3
x3 = X 3 + kX 2
where k is a constant.
a) Obtain the deformation gradient ( F ); the right Cauchy-Green deformation tensor ( C );
the Green-Lagrange strain tensor ( E ).
b) Calculate the displacement field, the magnitude (dx) 2 of sides OA and OB , and
diagonal OC after deformation of figure below.
X3
dX 2
C
dX 3
X2
X1
C
23
B
B
x2
c.1) Obtain the stretches according to directions OC and BA ; c.2) Obtain the angle 23 in
the current configuration in function of k .
c.3) Apply the polar decomposition of the tensor F in order to obtain U and R .
Solution:
a) C = F T F . The deformation gradient components are:
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real - Spain
Draft
234
1 0 0
xi
Fij =
= 0 1 k
X j
0 k 1
0
0
1 0 0 1 0 0 1
2
C ij = Fki Fkj = 0 1 k 0 1 k = 0 1 + k
2k
0 k 1 0 k 1 0
2k
1 + k 2
1
(C 1) , whose components are:
2
1
0
0 1 0 0
0 0
1
1
2
E ij = 0 1 + k
2 k 0 1 0 = 0 k 2
2
2
0 2k
2k
1 + k 2 0 0 1
0
r r r
b.1) The displacement field, u = x X , whose components are:
0
2k
k 2
u1 = x1 X 1 = 0 ; u 2 = x 2 X 2 = kX 3
; u 3 = x 3 X 3 = kX 2
r
b.2) Calculation of (dx ) 2 = dx 2
r
r
r
r
r
r
(dxr )2 = dxr dxr = F dX F dX = dX F T F dX = dX C dX
Explicitly:
(dx )
= [dX 1
0
0 dX 1
1
2
dX 3 ] 0 1 + k
2k dX 2
0
2k
1 + k 2 dX 3
dX 2
(dx )2 = (dX 2 ) 2 (1 + k 2 )
For the side OB we have [0 0 dX 3 ] , with that we obtain:
(dx )2 = (dX 3 ) 2 (1 + k 2 )
-direction (reference configuration) is given by the
c) The stretch according to the N
C N
.
equation ( N )2 = N
( )
OC
= 0
1
2
0
1
1
2
0 1+ k
2
0
2k
Draft
1
2
0
2k
1 + k 2
1
, is:
2
1
= (1 + k ) 2
2
1
2
By: Eduardo W. V. Chaves (2014)
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
( )
BA
= 0
0
1
1
2
0 1 + k
2
0
2k
1
2
1
2
235
1
, with that we obtain:
2
0
0
1
2k
= (1 k ) 2
2
1 + k 2 1
c.2) The variation of the angle. We can directly use the equation:
cos =
C N
C N
M
M
=
M N
C M
N
C N
( )
0
0 0
1
2
= [0 0 1] 0 1 + k
2k 0 = 1 + k 2
0
2k
1 + k 2 1
( )
0
0 0
1
2
= [0 1 0] 0 1 + k
2k 1 = 1 + k 2
0
2k
1 + k 2 0
OB
OA
0
0 0
1
2k 1 = 2k
Mi C ij N j = [0 0 1] 0 1 + k
0
2k
1 + k 2 0
Then:
cos 23 =
C N
2k
M
=
M N
1+ k2
(a ) N
(a )
aN
U= C =
a =1
(a) N
(a)
aN
a =1
2k
2k
(1 + k )
) (
2 2 1 + k 2 + 1 k 2
=0
) (
2 2 1 + k 2 + 1 2k 2 + k 4 = 0
=0
3 = 1 + k 2 2k = (1 k ) 2
Draft
236
0
1
C ij = 0 (1 + k ) 2
0
0
(1 k ) 2
0
0
1
( 3)
, 3 N i = 0
2
1
. Then,
2
1
2
the transformation matrix between the original space and the principal space is:
1
a ij = A = 0
0
1
2
1
2
0
1
2
1
0
0
0 1
0 = 0
(1 k ) 2
0
0 1
0
1
0 1+ k2
2k
1 0
0
1
2
1
2
0 1
2k 0
1 + k 2
0
0
1
2
1
0
1
2
1
2
C ij = 0 (1 + k ) 2
0
0
(1 k ) 2
0
0
+ 1
0
+ (1 + k ) 2
U ij = 0
0
0
2
+ (1 k )
0
0
0
0
1
0
U ij = 0 (1 + k )
0
0
(1 k )
Uij1
1
= 0
0
1
(1 + k )
0
0
0
(1 k )
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
U 1 = A T U 1 A
1
U ij = 0
0
1
2
1
0
1
2
1
2
1
0
0 1
0 0
1
0
(1 k )
0
1
(1 + k )
0
237
0 1
1
= 0
2
1
0
2
0
1
2
1
2
0
1
(1 k 2 )
k
(1 k 2 )
0
k
(1 k 2 )
1
(1 k 2 )
1 0 0 1
R ij = 0 1 k 0
0 k 1
0
0
1
(1 k 2 )
k
(1 k 2 )
0 1 0 0
k
= 0 1 0
(1 k 2 )
1 0 0 1
(1 k 2 )
Problem 2.65
Given the following motion:
x1 = 1 X 1
x2 = 3 X 3
x3 = 2 X 2
0
0
2
0 X 1
3 X 2
0 X 3
1
Fij = 0
0
0
3 (homogenous deformation)
0
0
0
2
V final = F Vinitial = 1 2 3
b) Applying the Nansons formula and by considering the particular case (homogeneous
deformation):
r integrating r
r
r
da = JF T dA
a final = JF T Ainitial
where
e 1
r
Ainitial = 1
e 2
0
e 3
0 = e 3 ; Fij1 =
0
2 3
1
0
1 2 3
0
Draft
0
0
1 2
0 1
1 3 = 0
0
0
0
0
1
3
1
2
238
a1
1
a 2 = 1 2 3 0
a
3
0
0
0
1
2
0
0 0
1
0 = 1 2
3
1 0
0
X 3 , x3
B (0,0, 2 )
r
a final = 1 2
C (1 ,0, 2 )
O(0,0,0)
B (0,1,0)
r
Ainitial = 1
C (1,1,0)
A(1,0,0)
X 2 , x2
A( 1 ,0,0)
X 1 , x1
where the points A(1,0,0) , B(0,1,0) and C (1,1,0) move according to the equations of
motion:
x1A 1
A
x2 = 0
x A 0
3
x1C 1
C
x2 = 0
xC 0
3
c)
0
0
2
According
0
0
2
0 1 1
3 0 = 0
0 0 0
x1B 1
B
x2 = 0
x B 0
3
0
0
2
0 0 0
3 1 = 0
0 0 2
0 1 1
3 1 = 0
0 0 2
to
the
polar
decomposition
definition
F = R U = V R
where
U = C = F T F and V = b = F F T we obtain:
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
1
C ij = 0
0
1
bij = 0
0
0
0
3
0
0
2
0 1
2 0
0 0
0 21
3 = 0
0 0
0
0
2
0 1
3 0
0 0
0
0
3
0 21
2 = 0
0 0
0
22
0
0
23
0
0
23
0
0
22
239
1
U ij = 0
0
1
Vij = 0
0
0
2
0
0
3
0
0
0
3
0
0
2
Note that the original space coincides with the principal space of C . Note also that C and
b have the same eigenvalues but different principal directions. To obtain the spin tensor of
the polar decomposition we apply R = F U 1 = V 1 F , thus:
1
R ij = 0
0
0
0
2
0 1
3 0
0
0
0
1
2
0
0
1 0 0
0 = 0 0 1
1 0 1 0
3
Problem 2.66
Consider the equations of motion:
x1 = 3 X 1
x2 = 2 X 2
x3 = 3 X 3 X 2
Obtain the material ellipsoid associated with the material sphere defined in the reference
configuration by X 12 + X 22 + X 32 = 1 (see Figure 2.20). Check that the ellipsoid in the
principal space of the left stretch tensor V has the shape:
x1 2
21
x 2 2
22
x3 2
23
=1
X 3 , x3
Material surface
(always constituted by the
same particles)
X 1 , x1
Draft
240
Solution:
The law of motion and its inverse are given by:
x1
x2 =
x
3
0
0
0 X 1
X1
inverse
0 X 2
X 2 =
X
3 X 3
3
0
2
1
3
3
0
x1
0 x2
3 x3
0
1
2
3
6
0
0
3
x1
3
X2 =
x2
2
X3 =
3
3
x2 +
x3
6
3
X 12
X 22
X 32
=1
3 x2 2 3
3
x1 + +
x2 +
x3 = 1
3 2 6
3
which is the equation of an ellipsoid. We now represent the ellipsoid equation in the
principal space of the left stretch tensor V . Recall that the tensor V and b are coaxial, i.e.
the have the same principal directions), and is also true that:
V = b = F FT
bij = 0
0
0 3 0
0 0
2
3 0 1
0
2
1
0
0
0
3
0 = 0
5
3
0 3
3
3
Note that we know already one eigenvalue b1 = 3 associated with the eigenvector
n i(1) = [1 0 0] . Then, the other principal directions are in the plane x 2 x 3 , with that we
obtain
eigenvector
b2 = 6
n i( 2) = 0
2
2
eigenvector
b3 = 2
n i(3) = 0
2
2
2
2
thus:
1
3 0 0
Transformation matrix
a ij = 0
bij = 0 6 0
0 0 2
Draft
2
2
2
2
0
2
2
2
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
1 = 3
0
Vij = 0
2 = 6
0
0
241
0
3 = 2
x1 1
x2 = 0
x
3
0
0
2
2
2
2
0
2
2
2
x1
x 2
x
3
x1 = x1
2
2
x 2 +
x3
x2 =
2
2
2
2
x 2 +
x3
x3 =
2
2
with that, the equation of the ellipsoid in the principal space of V is represented by:
x12 + x 22 + x32 + x 2 x3 = 3
(x1 )
2
2
2
2
2 2
2
+
x 2 +
x3 +
x 2 +
x3 +
x 2 +
x3
x 2 +
x 3 = 3
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
X 2 , x2
x3
3 = 2
1 = 3
2 = 6
x 2
x1
X 1 , x1
Draft
242
x2
x1
x3
x 2
X2
x2
x1
X1
x3
X3
x1
x3
x2 = X 2 + X 22t
x3 = X 3 + X 32t
(2.154)
dx
V 2 = X 22
V ( X , t) =
dt
2
V3 = X 3
(2.155)
r
A1 = 0
r r
dV
A2 = 0
A( X , t ) =
dt
A = 0
3
(2.156)
b) Acceleration:
c) Displacement field:
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real - Spain
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
243
u1 = x1 X 1 = X 1 + 4 X 1 X 2 X 1 = 4 X 1 X 2
2
2
u 2 = x2 X 2 = X 2 + X 2 X 2 = X 2
2
2
u3 = x3 X 3 = X 3 + X 3 X 3 = X 3
(2.157)
X 1
u i u 2
=
x j X 1
u 3
X 1
1 u i u j
+
2 x j xi
(2.158)
u1
X 3 4 X
2
u 2
= 0
X 3
u 3 0
X 3
u1
X 2
u 2
X 2
u 3
X 2
4X1
2X 2
0
0
0
2 X 3
(2.159)
thus:
4 X 2
ij = 2 X 1
0
0
0
2 X 3
(2.160)
0
2
X
23
l
X2X3
l 2
(2.161)
2 X1
2X 2
0
Problem 2.68
Consider the infinitesimal strain tensor:
0
0
X
X
ij = 0 2 2 3
X2
0 3
l2
0
0
ij = 0
0
2
2
0 2 X 2 X 3
2l
2l 2
X 22 X 32
(2.162)
ij =
1
ui, j + ui, j
2
; ij =
1
ui, j ui, j
2
(2.163)
thus:
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real - Spain
Draft
244
2l
2
3X 3
2 X 2 X 3
u i , j = 2 0
2X 2 X 3
X 22
X 32
X 22
(2.164)
u1
=0
u1 = 0
x1
u 2
= 2 (2 X 2 X 3 )
x 2 2l
u 2 =
2l (2 X
2
2X3
)x 2 u 2 =
2l 2
u 3
= 2 (2 X 2 X 3 )
x3
2l
u 3 =
2l 2
(2.165)
(2 X 2 X 3 )x3 u 3 =
X 22 X 3
+ C1 ( X 3 )
X 32 X 2
2l 2
(2.166)
+ C2 ( X 2 )
(2.167)
To determine the constant C1 ( X 3 ) from the result (2.166) we take the derivative of u 3
with respect to X 3 :
u 2
= 2
X 3 2l
2 C1 ( X 3 )
C1 ( X 3 )
2
2
= 3 X 32
X 2 +
= 2 X 2 3X 3
X 3 2l
X 3
C1 ( X 3 ) =
(2.168)
X 33
= 2
X 2
2l
2 C 2 ( X 2 )
C 2 ( X 2 )
2
2
= X 22
X 3 +
= 2 X2 + X3
X
2
l
2
2
X3
C2 ( X 2 ) = 2
3
(2.169)
2l 2
[X
2
2 X3
X 33
; u3 =
X 23
2
X
X
+
3
2
3
2l 2
(2.170)
Problem 2.69
Show that, in the infinitesimal strain regime, the rate of change of the infinitesimal strain
tensor ( & ) is equal to the rate-of-deformation tensor ( D ).
Solution:
Consider the relationship between the rate of change of he Green-Lagrange deformation
tensor ( E& ) and the rate-of-deformation tensor ( D ):
E& = F T D F
(2.171)
In the case of small deformation F 1 holds, in addition it fulfills that E& e& & then:
E& = & = D
Draft
(2.172)
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
245
Problem 2.70
Given the equations of motion
x1 = X 1
x2 = X 2 + X 1 exp 2t 1
x3 = X 3 + X 1 exp 3t 1
(2.173)
Obtain the rate-of-deformation ( D ) and compare with the rate of change of the
infinitesimal strain tensor ( & ).
Solution:
By definition, the rate-of-deformation tensor ( D ) is the symmetric part of the spatial
velocity gradient, i.e.:
1
(l + l T )
r
r
r
and ( x , t ) = sym u (u) sym
2
r
l = xv
D=
(2.174)
By definition, the infinitesimal strain tensor is equal to the symmetric part of the
displacement gradient:
r
D
(2.175)
= (u) sym &
Dt
r r r
The displacement field is given by u = x X . Considering the equations of motion, the
u1 = x1 X 1 = X 1 X 1 = 0
2t
2t
u 2 = x 2 X 2 = X 2 + X 1 exp 1 X 2 = X 1 exp 1
3t
3t
u 3 = x 3 X 3 = X 3 + X 1 exp 1 X 3 = X 1 exp 1
r
r Du
The velocity field is given by v =
. Then, the velocity field components, in material
Dt
(
(
)
)
(
(
)
)
coordinates, are:
V1 = 0
V2 = X 1 ( 2exp 2t )
V3 = X 1 (3exp 3t )
(2.176)
2t
x 2 = X 2 + X 1 (exp 1)
3t
x3 = X 3 + X 1 (exp 1)
X 1 = x1
2t
X 2 = x 2 x1 (exp 1)
3t
X 3 = x3 x1 (exp 1)
inverse
(2.177)
v2 = 2 x1exp 2t
v3 = 3 x1exp 3t
(2.178)
vi
r
= 2exp 2t
( l ) ij = ( x v ) ij =
x j
3t
3exp
0 0
0 0
0 0
(2.179)
and
Draft
246
0
1
1
(D) ij = ( l ij + l ji ) =
2exp 2t
2
2
3exp 3t
= exp 2t
3 exp 3t
2
exp 2t
0
0
Wij =
1
l ij l ji
2
0 0
0
0 0 + 2exp 2t
0 0 3exp 3t
T
0 0
0 0
0 0
(2.180)
exp 3t
2
skew
components
= exp 2t
3 exp 3t
2
exp 2t
0
0
exp 3t
2
(2.181)
2t
u 2 = x1 (exp 1)
3t
u 3 = x1 (exp 1)
(2.182)
r
u i
2t
(u)ij = = exp 1
x j
exp 3t 1
(
(
)
)
0 0
0 0
0 0
(2.183)
(2.184)
r
sym u ij
0
0 0
0
0
1
2t
2t
exp 1 0 0 + exp 1 0
=
2
exp 3t 1 0 0 exp 3t 1 0
0
exp 2t 1 exp 3t 1
1
0
0
= exp 2t 1
= ij
2
3t
0
0
exp 1
(
(
)
)
(
(
)
)
0
0
0
(2.185)
( )ij
0
(exp 2t 1) (exp 3t 1)0
1
0
0
= (exp 2t 1)
2
3t
0
0
(exp 1)
(2.186)
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
(& )ij
247
exp 2t 1 exp 3t 1
0
D
D 1
( )ij = exp 2t 1
0
0
=
Dt
Dt 2
3t
exp 1
0
0
0
exp 2t exp 3t
0
0
= exp 2t
3 exp 3t
0
0
(2.187)
(2.188)
Problem 2.71
Consider a material body in a small deformation regime, which is subjected to the
following displacement field:
u1 = (2 x1 + 7 x 2 ) 10 3
; u 2 = (10 x 2 x1 ) 10 3
; u 3 = x3 10 3
(u)ij
u1
x1
u
u
= i = 2
x
x j
1
u 3
x1
u 1
x 2
u 2
x 2
u 3
x 2
u1
x 3 2
7
0
u 2
= 1 10 0 10 3
x 3
0
1
u 3 0
x 3
m
m
[ur ] = ur = m .
x
ij =
skew r
u ij
u j
1 u
= i
2 x j x i
0 4 0
= 4 0 0 10 3
0 0 0
ij =
sym r
u ij
u j
1 u
= i +
2 x j xi
Draft
3 0
2
= 3 10 0 10 3
0
0 1
248
II =
1
[Tr()]2 Tr ( 2 ) ,
2
I = Tr ( ) = (2 10 + 1) 10 3 = 11 10 3
2
3
0 2
3
0 2
3
0
1
2
2
II = [Tr ( )] Tr ( ) = 3 10 0 + 3 10 0 + 3 10 0 10 6 = 1 10 6
2
0
0
1
0
0 1
0
0
1
III = det ( ) = 11 10 9
2 10 3
3 10 3
0
3
3
0
10 10
=0
3 10
0
0
1 10
3 + 11 10 3 2 + 11 10 6 11 10 9 = 0
c) To draw the Mohrs circle for strain, (see Appendix A - textbook), we need to evaluate
the eigenvalues of . But, if we take a look at the components of we can verify that
= 1 is already an eigenvalue associated with the direction n i = [0 0 1] . So, to obtain
the remaining eigenvalues one only need solve the following system:
2 10 3
3 10 3
=0
3
10 10 3
3 10
1 = 1.0 10 3
2 + 12 10 3 + 11 10 6 = 0
2 = 11.0 10 3
Then by restructuring the eigenvalues such that I > II > III , we obtain:
I = 1.0 10 3
II = 1.0 10 3
III = 11.0 10 3
I III
= 6 10 3
2
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
249
II = 1
III = 11
N (10 3 )
I = 1
0
4 0
Tr ( )
=
ij = 0 4 0 10 3
3
0
0 4
= ij
ijsph
2
3 0 4 0
0
2 3 0
3
= 3 10 0 0 4 0 10 = 3 6 0 10 3
0
0 0 4
0
0 0
0 4
Problem 2.72
At one point, the displacement gradient is represented by its components as follows:
4 1 4
r
(u) ij = 1 4 2 10 3
4 0
6
(2.189)
Obtain:
a)
b) the components of the spherical and deviatoric parts of the infinitesimal strain tensor;
c)
Draft
250
r 1
r
r
= sym u = (u) + (u) T
2
(2.190)
Then:
4 1 4 4
1 4
8 0 0 4 0 0
1
1
ij = 1 4 2 + 1 4 0 = 0 8 2 = 0 4 1
2
2
0 2 12 0 1 6
6 4 2 6
4 0
r
The infinitesimal spin tensor = skewu
4 1 4 4
1 4
0 2 8 0 1 4
1
1
ij = 1 4 2 1 4 0 = 2 0
2 = 1 0
1
2
2
8 2 0 4 1 0
6 4 2 6
4 0
[ 10 ]
3
[ 10 ]
3
b) The tensor can be additively decomposed into a spherical and deviatoric part:
(2.191)
= sph + dev
sph
Tr ( )
6
1 = 1 = 21
=
3
3
ijsph
2 0 0
= 0 2 0
0 0 2
[ 10 ]
3
(2.192)
4 0 0 2 0 0 2 0 0
= 0 4 1 0 2 0 = 0 6 1
0 1 6 0 0 2 0 1 4
[ 10 ]
3
(2.193)
[ 10 ]
3
4 1 4 0 4 0
+
+
= 17
1 6 0 6 0 4
[ 10 ]
3 2
(2.194)
[ 10 ]
3 3
[ 10 ]
3
(2.195)
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
4
1
=0
1
6
=
(4 )(6 ) 1 = 0
251
2 2 25 = 0
2
b b 2 4ac 2 (2) 4 1 (25) 2 4 + 4 25
=
=
= 1 26
2a
2 1
2
(2.196)
1 = 6.0990
2 = 4.099
thus:
1 = 4 10 3 ;
2 = 6.0990 10 3 ;
3 = 4.099 10 3
(2.197)
Restructuring we obtain:
I = 6.0990 10 3 ;
II = 4 10 3 ;
III = 4.099 10 3
(2.198)
Problem 2.73
Obtain the infinitesimal strain tensor and the infinitesimal spin tensor for the following
displacement field:
u 1 = x12
u 2 = x1 x 2
u3 = 0
Solution:
The infinitesimal strain tensor
In the small deformation regime, the strain tensor is given by:
E ijL eijL ij =
1 u i u j
+
2 x j
x i
x1
u j u 2
=
x k x1
u 3
x1
u1
x 2
u 2
x 2
u 3
x 2
u1
x 3 2 x
1
u 2
x
=
2
x 3
0
u 3
x 3
0
0
0
0
x1
0
eijL
ij
u j
1 u
= i +
x i
2 x j
2 x
1 1
= x2
2
0
0
x1
0
0 2 x1
0 + 0
0 0
x2
x1
0
0 2 x1
0 = x 2
0 2
0
x2
2
x1
0
Draft
252
1 u u j
ij = i
2 x j xi
2 x
1 1
= x2
2
0 2 x1
0 0
0 0
0
x1
0
x2
x1
0
0
0
x
0 = 2
2
0 0
x2
2
0
0
Problem 2.74
Figure 2.23 shows the transformation experienced by the square ABCD of unit side.
X 2 , x2
x2
D
C
45
C
B
A = A
X 1 , x1
B
x1
x1
x1 cos sin 0 x1
= 45
x 2 = sin cos 0 x 2 x 2 =
x
x 0
0
1 x3
3
3
2
2
2
2
0
2
2
2
2
0
0
x1
0 x 2
1 x 3
(2.199)
Considering the spatial and material coordinates are superimposed, the equations of
motion are defined by the inverse of the equation in (2.199):
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
x1
x 2 =
x
3
2
2
2
2
0
0
X 1
0 X 2
1 X 3
2
2
2
2
0
253
2
2
X1 +
X2
x1 =
2
2
2
2
x 2 = 2 X 1 + 2 X 2
For example, the point C in the reference configuration has the material coordinates
X 1C = 1 ,
x 2C =
X 2C = 1 .
After
the
motion
we
x1C =
have
2
2
(1) = 2 ,
(1) +
2
2
2
2
(1) = 0
(1) +
2
2
Displacement field:
u1 = x1 X 1 =
u 2 = x 2 X 2 =
2
2
2
2
X1
X 2 X 1 = X 1
X2
1
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
2
X1 +
X2 X2 =
X 1 + X 2
1
2
2
2
X 1
u i u 2
=
X j X 1
u 3
X 1
u1
X 2
u 2
X 2
u 3
X 2
u1 2
1
X 3 2
u 2 2
=
X 3 2
u 3
X 3 0
ij = 0
0
1 0
2
0
0
2
2
r
r
1
(u) + (u)T , thus:
2
1 0 0 ij
2
0
0
Note that, for a rigid body motion the strain tensors must be equal to zero, i.e. = 0 (the
infinitesimal strain tensor), E = 0 (the Green-Lagrange strain tensor), e = 0 (the Almansi
strain tensor). Calculating the Green-Lagrange strain tensor components we have:
u j u k u k
1 u
+
E ij = i +
2 X j X i X i X j
Draft
0 0 0
= 0 0 0
0 0 0
254
Problem 2.75
A square of side b turns counterclockwise of 30 . After turning the square is deformed
such that the base maintains its initial length and the height is doubled (see Figure 2.24).
Calculate the deformation gradient, the right Cauchy-Green deformation tensor, and the
Green-Lagrange strain tensor.
Solution:
X 2 , x2
C
x2
D
2b
30
x1
30
A = A
X 1 , x1
X 2 , x2
2b
1 0 0
U ij = 0 2 0
0 0 1
B B
A = A
X 1 , x1
cos sin 0
R ij = sin cos 0
0
0
1
Draft
2 CONTINUUM KINEMATICS
255
D
x 2 = sin 30 2 cos 30 0 X 2 = sin 30 2 cos 30 0 b = 2b cos 30
x D 0
0
1 X 3D 0
0
1 0
0
1
2
1
E ij = 0 4 0 0 1 0 = 0 1.5 0
2
0 0 1 0 0 1 0 0 0
Note that the original space coincides with the principal space. We could also have
obtained the components of C and E by means of its spectral representations:
C=
(a) N
(a) , E =
2a N
a =1
2
a
(a ) N
( a ) , where are the principal stretches.
1)N
a
a =1
2 (
Draft
256
Draft
3 Stress
3.1 Force, Stress Tensor, Stress vector
Problem 3.1
Ignoring the curvature of the Earths surface, the gravitational field can be assumed to be
uniform as shown in Figure 3.1, where g is the acceleration caused by gravity (the gravity
of the Earth). Find the resultant force acting on the body B .
x3
x2
x1
Solution:
All bodies immersed in a force field are subjected to the body force b , and in the special
case presented in Figure 3.1 this is given by:
0
r
b i ( x , t ) = 0
g
m
s2
Hence, the total force acting on the body can be evaluated as follows:
Fi =
r
0
b i ( x , t ) dV =
g dV
[m3 ]
kg m } kg m
We can also verify the F unit: [F] = 3 2 dV = 2 = N ( Newton ) .
m s
s
V
258
Problem 3.2
The Cauchy stress tensor components at a
point P are given by:
8 4 1
ij = 4 3 0.5 Pa
1 0.5 2
r
a) Calculate the traction vector ( t (n ) ) at P
x3
C (0,0,5)
B (0,2,0)
x2
A(3,0,0)
x1
BA = OA OB = 3e 1 2e 2 + 0e 3
BC = OC OB = 0e 1 2e 2 + 5e 3
Then, the normal vector associated with the plane ABC is obtained by means of the cross
r
n = BC BA = 0
3
e 2
e 3
5 = 10e 1 + 15e 2 + 6e 3
0
r
Additionally, the unit vector codirectional with n is given by:
v
n 10
15
6
n = v = e 1 + e 2 + e 3
n 19
19
19
2
2
= ij n j
t1
8 4 1 10
t = 1 4 3 0.5 15 Pa
2 19
t 3
1 0.5 2 6
t1
26
1
t 2 = 8 Pa
19
t 3
29.5
b) The traction vector t (n ) associated with the normal n can be broken down into a
r
r
normal ( N ) and a tangential ( S ) vector as shown in Figure 3.3. Then,
r
r
r
t (n ) = N + S
r
t ( n ) = N n + S s
or
r
Draft
3 STRESS
259
r
t (n )
x3
r
t ( n ) = n
r
r
r
t (n ) = N + S
r
N = N n
r
N
r
S
r
t ( n)
e 3
e 2
e 1
= 2N + 2S
x2
x1
N = t ( n ) n = ( n ) n = n n = : (n n ) = t i( n) n i = ( ij n j )n i = n i ij n j = ij (n i n j )
Thus:
N
= t i n i
10
1
= 2 [26 8 29.5] 15 1.54 Pa
19
6
= 2N + 2S
2S = t i( n ) t i( n ) 2N
where
t i( n ) t i( n )
26
1
= 2 [26 8 29.5] 8 4.46
19
29.5
Thus,
Problem 3.3
The stress state at a point in the continuum is represented by the components of the
Cauchy stress tensor as:
2 1 0
ij = 1 2 0 Pa
0 0 2
Draft
260
3 0 4
1
a ij = A = 0 5 0
5
4 0 3
x 2
x3
x1
where
e 3
a11 = cos 1
e 2
e 3
a12 = cos 1
a13 = cos 1
e 1
1
e
e 2
x2
M
x1
Solution:
a) As we have seen in Chapter 1, the transformation law for the components of a secondorder tensor is given by:
ij = a ik a jl kl
Matrix
form
= A AT
Thus,
3 0 4 1 1 0 3 0 4 2 0 .6 0
1
ij = 2 0 5 0 2 2 0 0 5 0 = 0.6 2 0.8
5
4 0 3 0 0 2 4 0 3 0 0.8 2
Draft
3 STRESS
x3
x3
261
x2
x2
P
x1
x1
= A AT
x3
33
13
13
x3
23
33
23
23
13
22
12
x2
12
11
23
13
22
x2
12
12
11
x1
x1
= AT A
Figure 3.4: Basis transformation.
b) The principal invariants of the Cauchy stress tensor can be calculated as follows:
I = Tr ( ) = ii = 11 + 22 + 33
] (
1
1
( Tr ) 2 Tr ( 2 ) = ii jj ij ij
2
2
2
2
= 11 22 + 11 33 + 33 22 12
13
223
II =
1
ii jj kk 3 ii jk jk + 2 ij jk ki
6
2
2
+ 212 23 13 11 223 22 13
33 12
II =
2 0
0 2
2 0
0 2
Draft
2 1
1 2
= 11
III = 6
262
c) The principal stresses ( i ) and principal directions ( n (i ) ) are obtained by solving the
following set of equations:
1
0 n1 0
2
1
2
0 n 2 = 0
0
0
2 n 3 0
3 I 2 + II III = 0
However, if we look at the format of the Cauchy stress tensor components, we can notice
that we already have one solution as in the x3 -direction the tangential components are
equal to zero, then:
3 = 2 Principal
direction
n1(3) = n (23) = 0 , n 3(3) = 1
= (2 ) 1 = 0
2
1 = 1
2 = 3
Then we can express the Cauchy stress tensor components in the principal space as:
1 0 0
ij = 0 3 0 Pa
0 0 2
2
1
0
1
2
2 n (1) + n (1) = 0
2
0
0
2 1 n (31) 0 1
2
1
2
1
then n i(1) =
Since is a symmetric tensor, the principal space is formed by an orthogonal basis, so, it
is valid that:
n (1) n ( 2 ) = n ( 3)
n ( 2 ) n ( 3) = n (1)
n ( 3) n (1) = n ( 2)
Thus, the second principal direction can be obtained by the cross product between n ( 3)
and n (1) , i.e.:
n
(2)
= n
( 3)
(1)
e 1
= 0
1
e 2
0
1
e 3
1
1
1 =
e1 +
e2
2
2
0
Draft
3 STRESS
263
1
2
2 n ( 2 ) n ( 2 ) = 0
2
0
0
2 3 n 3( 2 ) 0 1
2
then n i( 2 ) =
1
2
0
0
1 = 1
0
2 = 3
0 =
0
3 = 2
0
2
1
2
1
1
0
2 1 0 2
1
0 1 2 0
2
0 0 2
1
0
2
1
2
0
II = 2
III = 1
Circle 2
Circle 3
1
( II + III ) = 1.5
2
1
(center )C 2 = ( I + III ) = 2.0
2
1
(center )C 3 = ( I + II ) = 2.5
2
(center )C1 =
;
;
;
1
( II III ) = 0.5
2
1
(radius ) R 2 = ( I III ) = 1.0
2
1
(radius ) R3 = ( I II ) = 0.5
2
(radius ) R1 =
Then, we can illustrate the Cauchy stress tensor at P by means of Mohrs circle in stress as
shown in Figure 3.5.
Draft
264
S max =
S max = 1
1
( I III ) = 1.0
2
R2
R1
C3
III = 1
C1
R3
II = 2
I = 3 = N max
Indicial notation
ij = ijsph + ijdev
= sph + dev
= m1 +
1
= kk ij + ijdev
3
= m ij + ijdev
dev
(3.1)
11 + 22 + 33 1 + 2 + 3 1
I
1
6
=
= kk = Tr ( ) = = = 2
3
3
3
3
3 3
2 0 0
= m ij = 2 ij = 0 2 0
0 0 2
11 12 13 m 0
= 12 22 23 0 m
13 23 33 0
0
13 (211 22 33 )
1
(2 22
=
12
3
13
0
0
m
12
11 33 )
23
23
11 22 )
13
1
3
(2 33
Thus,
ijdev
1
0 0 1 0
2 2
= 1
22
0 = 1 0 0
0
0
2 2 0 0 0
Draft
3 STRESS
265
Now let us remember from Chapter 1 that and dev are coaxial tensors, i.e., they have
the same principal directions, so we can use this information to operate in the principal
space of to obtain the eigenvalues of dev = sph . With that we obtain:
ijdev
1
= 0
0
m
0
3 0
0
2
0
0
0 1 0 0
0 = 0 1 0
m 0 0 0
0
m
0
II dev = 1
III dev = 0
Traditionally, in engineering, the invariants of the deviatoric stress tensor are represented
by:
J1 = I dev = 0
J 2 = II
dev
J 3 = III dev
1 2
I 3 II
3
1
=
2 I 3 9 I II + 27 III
27
=
x3
33
23
13
13
23
12
11
22
12
x2
14414444442444444443
x3
x3
dev
33
23
13
m
13
x2
23
12
dev
22
12
dev
11
x1
x2
x1
sph
dev
Draft
266
f) The octahedral normal and tangential components, (see Appendix A in Chaves (2013)),
can be expressed as:
oct
N =
oct
S
oct
1
(1 + 2 + 3 ) = 1 ii = I = m
3
3
3
1
2
2 I 2 6 II =
=
J2 =
3
3
( ) + ( ) + ( )
dev 2
1
dev 2
2
dev 2
3
oct =
2
2
J2 =
3
3
Problem 3.4
At point P the Cauchy stress tensor components are:
1 2 3
ij = 2 4 6 MPa
3 6 1
Find:
(3.2)
a) the traction vector t related to the plane which is normal to the x1 -axis;
r
b) the traction vector t associated with the plane whose normal is (1,1,2) ;
r
c) the traction vector t associated with the plane parallel to the plane 2 x1 2 x 2 x3 = 0 ;
d) the principal stress at the point P ;
e) the principal directions of at the point P .
Solution:
a) In this case, the unit vector is (1,0,0) . Then, the traction vector is given by:
t i(n)
1 2 3 1 1
= 2 4 6 0 = 2
3 6 1 0 3
(3.3)
(3.4)
thus,
t i(n)
1 2 3 1
5
1
1
=
2 4 6 1 =
10
6
6
3 6 1 2
1
Draft
(3.5)
3 STRESS
267
c)
2
1 2 3 2
5
n i = 1 2 t i(n ) = 1 2 4 6 2 = 1 10
3
3
3
1
3 6 1 1
7
(3.6)
3
6
=0
(3.7)
we obtain:
1 = 10 ; 2 = 0 ; 3 = 4
(3.8)
2n1 6n 2 + 6n 3 = 0
3n + 6n 9n = 0
2
3
1
n i(1)
3
= 6
5
(3.9)
Similarly, we obtain:
n (i 2 )
2
1
( 3)
= 1 ; n i = 2
0
3
(3.10)
2
n ( 2)
n i( 2 ) = r i = 1 1
5
n ( 2)
0
1
n ( 3)
n i(3) = r i = 1 2
14
n ( 3)
3
Problem 3.5
r
Show that S = t (n) (1 n n ) , where t (n) is the traction vector resulting from
projecting the second-order tensor onto the n -direction, and S is the tangential stress
vector associated with the plane.
Solution 1:
r
r
r r
r
r
S = t (n) t (n) n n = t (n) t (n ) n n = t (n) (1 n n )
Solution 2:
We can also solve the problem just using the components of the equation
r
r
S = t (n) [ : (n n )]n :
Draft
268
Problem 3.6
The stress state at one point P of the continuous medium is given schematically by:
x3
1
22
4
1
x2
x1
Obtain the value of the component 22 of the Cauchy stress tensor such that there is at
least one plane passing through P in which is free of stress;
Obtain the direction of the plane.
Solution:
r
We seek to find a plane whose direction is n such that t (n ) = 0 . We can relate the Cauchy
stress tensor to the traction vector by means of the equation:
r
t (n) = n
thus:
t1(n ) 0 1
(n )
t 2 = 1 22
t (n ) 4 1
3
4 n1 0
1 n 2 = 0
0 n3 0
n2 + 4n3 = 0 n3 = 4 n 2
n1 + 22n 2 + n3 = 0
1
4n1 + n2 = 0 n1 = n 2
4
1
1
n2 + 22n 2 n2 = 0
4
4
1
1
+ 22 n 2 = 0
4
4
r
1
1
1
+ 22 = 0 22 = .
4
4
2
Draft
3 STRESS
269
2
2 2
3
n1 = n3 =
1
1
2
n2 + n2 + n2 = 1
4
2
6
0
1
4 x1
2 x2
4 x1
1
(3.11)
1
n i = 1 1
3
1
(3.12)
r
t (n) = n
(3.13)
1 0 4
ij ( x1 = 1, x 2 = 2, x3 = 3) = 0 1 4
4 4 1
(3.14)
thus,
t i(n)
1 0 4
1
5
1
1
= 0 1 4
1 =
5
3
3
4 4 1
1
9
(3.15)
Draft
270
1
r (n )
1
1
N = t n =
[5 5 9] 1 = 1 (5 + 5 + 9) = 19
3
3
3
3
1
(3.16)
(3.17)
5
r (n ) r (n )
1
t t =
[5 5 9] 5 1 = 131
3
3
3
9
(3.18)
thus
2
32
19 131
2S = +
=
3
9
3
(3.19)
Problem 3.8
Given a continuum where the stress state is known at one point and is represented by the
Cauchy stress tensor components:
1 1 0
ij = 1 1 0 Pa
0 0 2
(3.20)
0
0
0 n1 0
0 n 2 = 0
2 n 3 0
(3.21)
But if we look at the format of the matrix (3.20), we can note that we have one solution,
since the tangential components in the x3 -direction are zero, then:
direction
1 = 2
n1(1) = n (21) = 0 , n3(1) = 1
We can easily verify that the roots of the above equations are:
2 = 2 and 3 = 0
Draft
3 STRESS
271
0
0
2 2 n 3( 2 ) 0
n1( 2 ) + n (22 ) = 0
( 2)
n1 n (22 ) = 0
Solving the system we obtain n 3( 2) = 0 , n1( 2) = n (22) and by using the restriction
2
. n ( 2 ) =
n1( 3) + n (23) = 0
(3)
2n 3 = 0
1
0 n1( 3) 0
1 0
1
1 0
0 n (23) = 0
0
0
2 0 n 3( 3) 0
Solving the system we obtain n (33) = 0 , n1(3) = n (23) and using the restriction n1(3) + n (23) = 1 ,
we obtain: n1(3) =
1
1
1
, n (23) =
. n (3) =
2
2
2
1
2
0 .
As we have seen, the eigenvectors form a matrix transformation ( A ) between the two
systems, i.e. = A A T , thus:
0
0
1 = 2
0
2 = 2
0 =
0
3 = 0
0
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
0
1
1 1 0
1
0 1 1 0
2
0 0 2 1
0
0
1
2
1
Problem 3.9
A prismatic dam is subjected to water pressure. The dam has thickness equal to b and
height equal to h , (see Figure 3.7). Obtain the restrictions of the Cauchy stress tensor
Cartesian components on the faces BC , OB and AC .
Draft
272
x2
a
a g (h x 2 )
h
x1
Figure 3.7
Solution:
The face BC has normal vector n (i BC ) = [0 1 0] . Considering that this face has no
traction vector, we conclude that:
t i( BC )
= 0 i = ij n j
11
21
31
12
22
32
13 0 12 0
23 1 = 22 = 0
33 0 32 0
a g ( h x 2 )
= n
0
=
ij j
11
21
31
12
22
32
13 1 11 a g (h x 2 )
0
23 0 = 21 =
0
33 0 31
= 0 i = ij n j
11
21
31
12
22
32
13 1 11 0
23 0 = 21 = 0
33 0 31 0
Draft
3 STRESS
273
S = JF 1 dev F T + J m C 1
where P and S are the first and second Piola-Kirchhoff stress tensors, respectively, C is
the right Cauchy-Green deformation tensor, F is the deformation gradient, J is the
Jacobian determinant, and the scalar m is the mean normal Cauchy tress. Also prove that
the following relationships are true:
P : F = S : C = 3J m
Solution:
First of all we prove that P : F = S : C :
P : F = Pij Fij = ( Fik S kj ) Fij = S kj ( Fik Fij ) = S kj ( F T F ) kj = S kj (C )kj = S : C
S = JF 1 F T
= JF 1 ( dev + m 1) F T
1
= JFik1 ( dev
kp + ( m ) kp ) F jp
= JF 1 dev F T + JF 1 m 1 F T
1
1
1
= JFik1 dev
kp F jp + JFik ( m ) kp F jp
= JF 1 dev F T + J m ( F T F ) 1
1
1 1
= JFik1 dev
kp F jp + J ( m ) Fik F jk
= JF 1 dev F T + J m C 1
1
1
= JFik1 dev
kp F jp + J ( m ) C ij
Then by applying the double scalar product between S and C we can obtain:
S : C = ( JF 1 dev F T + J m C 1 ) : C = JF 1 dev F T : C + J m C 1 : C
= ( JF 1 dev F T ) : {
C
( JF 1 dev F T ) ij ( F T F ) ij
1
= ( Fip1 dev
pk F jk )( Fqi Fqj )
F T F
= J qp qk dev
pk
dev
= J dev
pk pk = J kk
dev
=J
:1
1
424
3
=0
Tr ( dev ) =0
Thus:
S : C = J m C 1 : C = J m Tr (C 1 C ) = J m Tr (1) = 3 J m
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real - Spain
Draft
274
Tr ( dev ) =0
Thus,
P : F = J m F T : F = J m Tr ( F T F T ) = J m Tr (1) = 3 J m
30 MPa
20 MPa
x1
x3
Figure 3.8
Solution:
Note that the axes xi are
principal directions. We draw the
Mohrs circle with the principal
stresses:
max (MPa)
20
30
N (MPa)
Figure 3.9
max =
30 0
2
= 15 MPa
Draft
(3.22)
3 STRESS
275
Problem 3.12
Consider the stress state at a point represented by the infinitesimal element shown in
Figure 3.10.
a) Draw the Mohrs circle;
x2
20 MPa
5 MPa
x1
10 MPa
x3
Figure 3.10
Solution:
S
max = 15
N max = 10MPa
S max =
20
10 (20)
= 15MPa
2
N (MPa)
10
Problem 3.13
Determine for which values of * are possible
the following stress state at the point P :
Case a) N = 4
=2
Case b) N = 4
=1
Case c) N = 7
=0
Figure 3.11
Solution
Draft
276
The pair ( N ; ) is feasible if it belongs to the gray zone of the Mohrs circle including the
circumferences, (see Figure 3.12).
Case a)
Case b)
Case c)
1
2
Draft
3 STRESS
277
Case a): In this case the pair ( N = 4; = 2) belongs to the circumference formed by the
principal stresses 2 and 6 , thus * can assume any value, (see Figure 3.14).
Case a)
2
1
(3.23)
Limit cases
( 4,1)
( 4,1)
1
2
* ( x ) 6
* ( 2)
* (1) 6
Draft
(3.24)
278
*(1)
, we have: x = 4; x C =
( *(1) + 2)
2
y = 1; y C = 0; R =
( *(1) 2)
2
( x xC ) + ( y yC ) = R
*( 2 )
(* 2)
(* + 2)
4 (1)
+ (1 0)2 = (1)
*(1) = 4.5
2
2
, we have: x = 4; xC =
(6 + *( 2 ) )
2
; y = 1; y C = 0; R =
(6 *( 2 ) )
2
( x xC ) + ( y yC ) = R
(6 *( 2 ) )
(6 + *( 2 ) )
4
+ (1 0 )2 =
*( 2) = 3.5
2
2
thus:
(3.25)
3.5 * 4.5
Case c) In this case the only possible solution is that N is a principal stress, then
(3.26)
* = 7
* = 7
0
ij = 0
0 0 0
(3.27)
Draft
3 STRESS
b)
279
2 0 0
ij = 0
0
0
0
(3.28)
Solution:
a) The principal values. If we check the format of the Cauchy stress tensor components, we
can observe that the value (3) = 0 is already an eigenvalue. Then, to obtain the remaining
eigenvalues, it is sufficient to solve:
= ( ) 2 2 = 0 = = 0
(1) = 0
( ) 2 2 = 0 2 2 + 2 2 = 0 (2 + ) = 0
( 2) = 2
(3.29)
(3.30)
N max = 2
max =
max =
Figure 3.17:
b)
N max =
max =
(2) 3
=
2
2
Figure 3.18.
Draft
280
Problem 3.15
Make the representation of the Mohrs circle for the following cases:
1) Unidimensional case (traction);
2)Unidimensional case (compression);
3) Bidimensional case (traction)
4) Triaxial case
5) State of pure shear
Solution:
1) Unidimensional case (traction)
x
I
I
0
0 0
0 0
0 0
2) Uniaxial compression
x
0
0
0
II
0
0
0
0
0
II
3) Biaxial case
II
I
II
I
0
0
II
0
0
0
0
Draft
3 STRESS
281
4) Triaxial case
III
I
0
II
0
II
0
0
0
III
III
II
0 0 0
(3.31)
Obtain:
a) the mean stress;
b) The deviatoric and volumetric part of the tensor .
Solution:
The mean stress
m =
kk 5 + 8 + 2
=
=5
3
3
(3.32)
b)
Draft
282
ijsph
m
= 0
0
0
m
0
ij = ijsph + ijdev
0 5 0 0
0 = 0 5 0
m 0 0 5
ijdev = ij ijsph
ijdev
0 6 7
= 6 3 9
7 9 3
(3.33)
Problem 3.17
Consider the Cauchy stress tensor components, in the Cartesian base (e 1 , e 2 , e 3 ) :
5 3 2
ij = 3 1 0
2 0 3
(3.34)
x' 2
x '3
x1
3
5
4
5
x2
3
5
x3
4
5
where the system x' is constituted by the basis (e '1 , e ' 2 , e ' 3 ) .
r
a) Obtain the traction vector t ( e'2 ) associated with the plane whose normal is e ' 2 . Express
the result in the Cartesian system (e '1 , e ' 2 , e ' 3 ) according to the format:
r
t (e'2 ) = ( )e 1 + ( )e 2 + ( )e 3
(3.35)
b) Obtain the spherical and deviatoric parts of the Cauchy stress tensor.
Solution:
a) As defined in the textbook (see Chaves (2013)), the first row of the transformation
matrix is formed by the direction cosines between the x'1 -axis with x1 , x2 and x3 , thus:
3 0 4
1
A = 0 5 0
5
4 0 3
(3.36)
and the transformation law for the second-order tensor components is:
thus:
' = A A T
Draft
(3.37)
3 STRESS
53 0 45
ij = 0 1 0
4 0 3
5
5
9
1
t i(e' 2 ) = 5
5
12
5 3 2 53
3 1 0 0
2 0 3 45
283
4
9 9 2
1
1 0 = 9 5 12
5
2 12 31
0 35
0
(3.38)
r
9
12
t (e'2 ) = e 1 + (1)e 2 + e 3
5
5
(3.39)
since:
11
21
31
t 1 ( e'1 )
13
( e ' )
23 = t 2 1
( e ' )
33 t 3 1
12
22
32
t1
( e ' 2 )
( e ' 2 )
t2
( e ' )
t3 2
t1
( e '3 )
( e '3 )
t2
( e ' )
t3 3
(3.40)
b)
I
ij + ijdev
3
I = 5 +1+ 3 = 9
ij = ijsph + ijdev =
(3.41)
(3.42)
3 0 0
= 0 3 0
0 0 3
2 2 3 2
5 3 3
sph
= ij ij = 3 1 3
0 = 3 2 0
2
0 3 3 2 0 0
ijsph
ijdev
(3.43)
(3.44)
Problem 3.18
The stress state in an continuous medium is given by the Cauchy stress tensor Cartesian
components:
0
ij = Cx 3
0
Cx 3
0
Cx1
0
Cx1
0
2
3
1
3
0
ij ( x1 = 4; x 2 = 4; x3 = 7) = Cx3
0
Cx3
0
Cx1
Draft
0 0
Cx1 = 7C
0 0
(3.45)
7C
0
4C
0
4C
0
(3.46)
284
2
1
n j = 2
3
1
(3.47)
thus, we obtain:
0
r (n )
t i = ij n j = 7C
0
0 2
14C
1 1
4C 2 = 18C
3
3
8C
0 1
7C
0
4C
(3.48)
b)
0
0 7
ij = C 7 0 4
0 4 0
(3.49)
C 7 0 4 0 0 = 0
0 4 0 0 0
C
0
0 7
C 7 0 4 C 0
0 4 0
C
0
0 =0
(3.50)
C 7 4 = C 3
0 4
3 + 16 + 49 = 0
0
7
7 4 = 0
0 4
2 + 65 = 0
(3.51)
(3.52)
= 65
C 65
III = C 65
I = C 65
Draft
3 STRESS
285
Problem 3.19
The stress state at a point of the body is given by the Cauchy stress tensor components as
follows:
x3
r
t ( e 3 ) = 8e 1
r
t ( e 2 ) = 6e 1
e 3
e 1
e 2
x2
r
t ( e1 ) = 6e 2 + 8e 3
x1
Figure 3.19:
a) Obtain the deviatoric part of the stress tensor;
b) Obtain the principal stresses ( I , II , III ) and the principal directions;
c) Draw the Mohrs circle in stress;
d) Obtain the maximum shear stress at the point;
e) Find the traction vector associated with the plane whose normal vector is
6
n = 0.75e 1 + 0.25e 2
e3 ;
4
f) Obtain the normal and tangential stress vector associated with the plane described in
paragraph (e).
Solution:
According to Figure 3.19 we can obtain the Cauchy stress tensor components as follows:
0 6 8
ij = 6 0 0
8 0 0
a)
ij = ijsph + ijdev
I
ij = 0 ij since I = 0 . Then, the deviatoric part is given by:
3
ijdev
ijsph
0 6 8
ij = 6 0 0
8 0 0
Draft
286
6
6
8
8
0 =0
3 + 100 = 0
2 + 100 = 0
eigenvector
2 = 10
I = 10 , II = 0 , III = 10
II = 0
III = 10
I = 10
d) We can directly obtain the maximum shear stress by means of the Mohrs circle:
max =
I III
= 10
2
e) Considering t i (n) = ij n j , we can obtain the traction vector associated with the plane whose
normal vector is n = 0.75e 1 + 0.25e 2
6
e3 :
4
t 1 (n ) 0 6 8 0.75 3.39898
(n )
t 2 = 6 0 0 0.25 4.5
t (n ) 8 0 0
6
3
4
f)
r
t (n)
r
S
r
N
s
Draft
3 STRESS
287
0.75
(n )
= t i n i [ 3.39898 4.5 6] 0.25 5.09847
6
4
obtained as follows:
r
r
r
S = t (n) N ( 3.39898 + 3.82385)e 1 + (4.5 + 1.27462 )e 2 + (6 3.12216 )e 3
(0.42487 )e 1 + (5.77462 )e 2 + (2.87784 )e 3
41.808713 = 6.465966
2
r
module of S .
r r
r
= t (n) t (n) N
to obtain the
Problem 3.20
The Cauchy stress tensor field of a continuous medium is represented by:
3 x1
r
ij ( x ) = 21
31
5 x 22
3x 2
32
2 x3
0
a) Obtain the body force (per unit volume) to ensure the balance of the continuum.
b) For a particular point ( x1 = 1, x 2 = 1, x3 = 0 ):
b.1) Draw the Mohrs circle. Obtain the maximum normal and tangential stress
component.
b.2) Obtain the traction vector associated with the plane whose normal is
1
ni =
3
1
3
Draft
5 x 22
3x 2
2 x3
2 x3
0
288
+ 12, 2 + 13,3 = b1
3 + 10 x 2 + 0 = b1
r r components 11,1
r
x + b = 0
21,1 + 22, 2 + 23,3 = b1 0 + 3 + 2 = b 2
0 + 0 + 0 = b
(3.53)
where we can verify that 3 = 0 is one principal value. For the other eigenvalues, it is
sufficient to solve:
3
5
=0
5
3
(3 ) = (5) 2
3 = 5
1 = 8
2 = 2
II = 0
III = 2
I = 8
By means of the Mohrs circle we can obtain the maximum shear stress max = 5 and the
maximum normal stress N max = I = 10 .
e) Considering that t i (n) = ij n j , we can obtain the traction vector associated with the plane
1
1
1
whose normal vector is n =
e1 +
e2 +
e3 :
3
Draft
3 STRESS
289
t 1 (n )
3 5 0 1
8
(n ) 1
1
5 3 0 1 =
8
t 2 =
3
3
t (n )
0 0 0 1
6
3
(n )
n i =
1
3
1
[8 8 0] 1 = 16
3
3
1
r r
r
= t (n) t (n) N
, where
8
r (n ) r (n )
1 1
(n ) (n )
= t t = ti ti =
[8 8 0] 8 = 128 . Then:
3
3 3
0
r
S
r r
r
= t (n) t (n) N
128 16
128
=
3 3
9
S =
128
3
Problem 3.21
The stress state at one point of the body is given by means of the spherical and deviatoric
part of the Cauchy stress tensor as follows:
ijsph
1 0 0
= 0 1 0
0 0 1
ijdev
0 6 8
= 6 0 0
8 0 0
a)
ijsph
ijdev
1 0 0 0 6 8 1 6 8
= 0 1 0 + 6 0 0 = 6 1 0
0 0 1 8 0 0 8 0 1
In Problem 3.19 we have obtained the principal values of ijdev whose values are the same
as for the proposed problem. As the tensor and its deviatoric part have the same principal
directions, i.e. they are coaxial, we can automatically obtain the principal stresses:
ij =
ijsph
ijdev
0 9 0 0
1 0 0 10 0
0 = 0 1 0
= 0 1 0 + 0 0
0 0 1 0 0 10 0 0 11
The principal directions are the same as those provided in Problem 3.19.
d) Mohrs circle in stress
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real - Spain
Draft
290
S
max = 10
+
dev
II = 0
dev
III = 10
dev
= 10
I
dev
N
I = II = III = 1
Deviatoric part
Spherical part
14444444444444442444444444444444
3
S
max = 10
III = 9
II = 1
I = 11
Note that the spherical part contribution deviates (translate) the Mohrs circle of the
deviatoric part according the N -axis, and does not alter the value of the maximum shear
stress.
Problem 3.22
At one point P in the continuum medium, The Cauchy stress tensor is represented by
its Cartesian components as follows:
1 1 0
ij = 1 1 0 MPa ,
0 0 2
i.) Find the traction vector associated with the plane whose normal vector is
r
n = 1.0e 1 + 1.0e 2 + 0e 3 ;
ii.) Obtain the normal and tangential stress on the plane.
Draft
3 STRESS
291
Solution:
a) (See Problem 3.8). The eigenvalues are I = 2 , II = 2 , III = 0
b) and c)
ijdev
= ij
ijsph
1 0 0
1 0 0
2 0 0
4
2
= 0 2 0 0 1 0 = 0 1 0
3
3
0 0 2
0 0 1
0 0 0
max = 1
N
III = 1.333
I , II = 0.667
I = II = III = 1.333
Deviatoric part
Spherical part
14444444444444442444444444444444
3
S
max = 1
III = 0
I , II = 2
d) The traction vector is obtained by t (n) = n , we need to normalize the normal vector
r
n
1
1
e1 +
e 2 + 0e 3 . Thus:
to the plane, i.e. n = r =
n
2
2
t 1(n ) 1 1 0
2
1
(n )
1 1
t 2 = 1 1 0
1 = 2 2
2
(
n
)
t 0 0 2
0
0
Draft
292
Problem 3.23
The Cauchy stress tensor components at one point are:
0
0
29
ij = 0 26 6 Pa
0
6
9
Decompose the stress tensor in a spherical and a deviatoric part, and obtain the principal
stresses and principal directions of the deviatoric part.
Solution:
Consider the additive decomposition of the stress tensor into a spherical and deviatoric
part:
ij = ijdev + ijsph
11 m
= 12
13
12
22 m
23
13
23
33
( 29 26 + 9)
1
ii =
=4
3
3
thus:
ijdev
0
0 25
0
0
29 4
= 0
26 4
6 = 0 30 6 Pa
0
6
9 4 0
6
5
ijsph
4 0 0
= 0 4 0 Pa
0 0 4
ijdev
ijsph
0
0 4 0 0 29
0
0
25
= 0 30 6 + 0 4 0 = 0 26 6 Pa
0
6
5 0 0 4 0
6
9
To obtain the eigenvalues we solve the characteristic determinant of the deviatoric part:
ijdev ij = 0
3 J 2 J 3 = 0
By solving the above cubic equation we obtain the following principal values:
1dev = 25 Pa
dev
2 = 6 Pa
dev = 31Pa
3
Draft
3 STRESS
293
Problem 3.24
Decompose the Cauchy stress tensor:
12
ij = 21
31
4
9
32
0
2 MPa
3
ij = 4 9 2 MPa
0 2 3
I 12 + 9 + 3 24
=
=
= 8.
3
3
3
8 0 0
= 0 8 0
0 0 8
ijdev
= ij
ijsph
0 8 0 0 4 4
0
12 4
9 2 0 8 0 = 4 1 2
= 4
0 2 3 0 0 8 0 2 5
II dev =
2 5
0 5
4 4
4 1
= 41 = J 2
) (
1 2
1
I 3 II = 24 2 3 151 = 41
3
3
Problem 3.25
The stress state at one point is represented by the Cauchy stress tensor components:
a b
ij = a c
b c
where a , b and c are constants and is the value of stress. Determine the constants a ,
b and c such that the traction vector is zero on the octahedral plane.
Solution:
Draft
294
1
A octahedral plane has the following unit vector: n i =
[1 1 1] . The traction vector on
3
r (n )
this plane is defined by t = n , whose components are:
t 1(n ) a b
+ a + b 0 a + b = 1
1
(n )
1 1
a + + c = 0 a + c = 1
1 =
t 2 = a c
3
t (n ) b c 3 1
b + c + 0 b + c = 1
1
1
1
, c=
, a= .
2
2
2
Problem 3.26
At one point P in the continuous medium the Cauchy stress tensor is represented by its
Cartesian components as follows:
57
ij = 21
31
a)
b)
c)
d)
0
50
32
24
0 MPa ,
43
Solution:
Considering the symmetry of the Cauchy stress tensor we obtain:
57 0 24
ij = 0 50 0 MPa
24 0 43
Note that the stress 22 = 50 is already a principal stress and is associated with the principal
direction n ( 2) = [0 1 0] . To find the other principal stresses we solve the following
system:
57
24
=0
24
43
1 = 25
2 100 + 1875 = 0
3 = 75
3 = 75
Draft
3 STRESS
295
max = 25
II = 50
III = 25
75 25
= 25
2
I = 75 = N max
d) The Haigh-Westergaard space is formed by principal stress directions, then the traction
r
vector in this space is given by t (n) = n , whose normal vector to the octahedral plane is
1
1
:
3
given by n i =
r
t (n) = n
t 1(n)
(n)
t 2 =
t ( n )
3
components
75 0 0
1
75
0 50 0 1 1 = 1 50
3
3
0 0 25
1
25
1
8750
75 2 + 50 2 + 25 2 =
3
3
r
The normal octahedral stress is given by oct = t (n) n :
2
oct
r
t (n) = 54.00617
1
=
[75 50 25] 1 = 50
3 3
1
1
I
75 + 50 + 25
= m =
= 50
3
3
The tangential octahedral stress can be obtained by means of the Pythagorean theorem:
oct =
r
t (n )
oct
8750
50 2 = 20.4124
3
1
1
2 I 2 6 II =
2 150 2 6 6875 = 20.41241
3
3
Draft
296
ijsph
50 0 0
Tr ( )
=
ij = m ij = 0 50 0
3
0 0 50
ijsph
57 0 24 50 0 0 7 0 24
= 0 50 0 0 50 0 = 0 0 0
24 0 43 0 0 50 24 0 7
= ij
f) Considering that the tensor and its deviatoric part are coaxial tensors, we can use the
principal space to obtain the deviatoric part:
ijdev
= ij
ijsph
0
75 0 0 50 0 0 25 0
= 0 50 0 0 50 0 = 0 0
0
0 0 25 0 0 50 0 0 25
4
2
y
6
x
Figure 3.20:
Obtain the state of plane stress at the point ij .
Solution:
In the state of plane stress ij (i, j = 1,2) we need two planes to define the stress state at the
point:
x
ij =
xy
Draft
xy
y
(3.54)
3 STRESS
297
x = 4
xy = 2
xy = 2
y
y = 6
x
Figure 3.21:
Then:
4 2
ij =
2 6
(3.55)
Problem 3.28
Consider a composite material, which is made up of matrix and fiber along direction of
45 such as shows in Figure 3.22. This composite material can break if the shear stress
along the fiber exceeds the value 3.8 10 6 Pa ( N / m 2 ) .
For the normal stress x = 2.8 10 6 Pa , obtain the maximum value of y for which the
material does not break.
y
45
45
Draft
298
Solution:
We need to obtain the traction vector on the plane defined by = 45 , and the tangential
components can directly be obtained by means of:
xy ( ) =
xy ( = 45 )
x y
sin 2 + xy cos 2
2
2.8 10 6 y
=
sin( 90 ) = 3.8 10 6 Pa
2
y 4.8 10 6 Pa (compression)
y
b
80 Pa
45
x
60
60 Pa
a
b
Figure 3.23: Stress state at one point, according to the planes a and b .
Solution:
To obtain the stress state at a point in the two dimensional case, we need to determine x ,
y , xy , as indicated in Figure 3.24.
Considering Figure 3.24, we can directly obtain x and xy by means of the projection of
the traction vector 60 Pa , (see Figure 3.24(b)), i.e.:
x = 60 cos( 30 ) = 51 .962 Pa
xy = 60 cos( 60 ) = 30 Pa
Draft
3 STRESS
x ( ) N =
xy S ( ) =
x + y
2
x y
299
x y
2
cos 2 + xy sin 2
sin 2 xy cos 2
51.962 + y
2
51 .962 y
2
51 .962 y
2
cos( 90 ) + 30 sin( 90 ) = 80 Pa
sin( 90 ) 30 cos( 90 )
xy
xy
80 Pa
45
xy
80 Pa
x
x
60
45
xy
60
xy
60 Pa
60 Pa
b
a)
b)
(1, 2 ) =
x + y
2
x y
2
+ 2xy
51.962 + 48 .038
51.962 48.038
2
2
= 80.1Pa
+ 30 2 1
2 = 19.9 Pa
Draft
51.962
30
=0
30
48.038
300
Problem 3.30
Given a stress state x = 1Pa , xy = 4 Pa and y = 2 Pa . Draw a graph of angle vs.
stresses ( x , y , xy ), where is the rotation angle of the coordinate system (see Figure
3.25).
y
y = 2 Pa
xy = 4 Pa
xy = 4 Pa
x
x = 1Pa
xy
y
x + y
xy =
y =
2
x y
2
x + y
2
x y
2
cos 2 + xy sin 2
sin 2 + xy cos 2
y x
2
cos 2 xy sin 2
We can calculate the angle corresponding to the principal direction by means of the
equation:
tan 2 =
2 xy
x y
2 ( 4 )
= 8 ( = 41.437 )
1 2
x + y
2
x y
2
+ 2xy
1 = 5.5311P
2 = 2.5311Pa
Considering the transformation law, we can obtain the values of x , y , xy for different
values of . Making vary from 0 to 360 we can represent the stresses x , y , xy in
function of the angle, (see Figure 3.26). We can observe that when = 41 .437 we have a
principal direction, then the tangent stress is zero ( xy = 0 ) and the principal stresses are
I = 5.5311Pa and II = 2.5311Pa .
Draft
3 STRESS
301
x
1
= 41.437
x
= 131.437
2
Stresses
1 = 5.5311
xy
x
0
0
50
100
-2
45
xy
-4
150
200
250
350
2 = 2.5311
300
= 86.437
-6
max = 4.0311
m11 = 11 x3 dx3
t
2
m12 = 12 x 3 dx3
t
2
t
2
t
2
m22 = 22 x 3 dx3
t
2
Obtain the component transformation law of mij (i, j = 1,2) to a new system x1 x 2 x 3
which is formed by a rotation around the x3 -axis (see Figure 3.27).
Solution:
Due to the symmetry of ij = ji , we can conclude that m12 = m21 . The transformation
matrix from x1 x 2 x 3 to x1 x 2 x 3 is given as follows:
cos sin 0
a ij = sin cos 0
0
0
1
Draft
2D
cos sin
A=
sin cos
302
x3 = x3
x2
x3 =
t
2
x2
x3 =
t
2
x1
x1
Figure 3.27.
By using the Voigt notation, we get:
m11
{m } = m22 =
m
12
t
2
11
22 x3 dx3 =
12
t
2
t
2
11
22 x3 dx3 =
12
t
2
t
2
t
2
11
[M] 22 x3dx3 = [M]
12
t
2
11
22 x3 dx3
12
t
2
{m } = m 22 = [M]m 22 = [M]{m}
m
m
12
12
(3.56)
where [M] is the transformation matrix for a second-order tensor when it is in the Voigt
notation, (see Problem 1.98), and is given by:
a11 2
[M] = a 21 2
a a
21 11
a12
a 22
a 22 a12
cos 2
2
2a 21 a 22
= sin
a11 a 22 + a12 a 21 sin cos
2a11 a12
sin 2
cos
2
cos sin
2 cos sin
2 sin cos
cos 2 sin 2
a12
a 22
2a 22 a12
cos 2
2
a 21 a 22
= sin
a11 a 22 + a12 a 21 2 sin cos
a11 a12
sin 2
cos
2
2 cos sin
sin cos
cos 2 sin 2
cos sin
The same result (3.56) could have been obtained by consider mij as a second-order tensor
in two dimensional case (2D), and by means of the transformation law of a second-order
tensor we obtain:
mij = a ik a jl m kl
m
11
m12
(i, j = 1,2)
or
Draft
m = Am A T
(3.57)
4 The Fundamental
Equations of Continuum
Mechanics
Problem 4.1
Prove that Reynolds transport theorem is valid in the following equation:
D
D
dV =
JdV 0
Dt V
Dt V
(4.1)
where V is the volume in the current configuration, V0 is the volume in the reference
configuration, J is the Jacobian determinant and is a scalar field that describes the
physical quantity of a particle per unit volume at time t .
Solution:
r
r
D
DJ
D
D
D
JdV 0 = J
+
+ J xr v dV 0 =
+ xr v dV (4.2)
dV 0 = J
Dt V
Dt
Dt
Dt
Dt
V0
V0
V
0
Problem 4.2
Show that
r
DPijL ( x , t )
r
D
PijL ( x , t ) dV =
dV
Dt V
Dt
V
(4.3)
where PijL ( x , t ) is a continuum property per unit mass, which can be a scalar, a vector or
higher order tensor.
Solution:
It was proven in the textbook, (see Chaves (2013)), that:
D
r
r
r v p
D
( x , t )dV = ( x , t ) + ( x , t )
dV
x p
Dt V
Dt
V
304
D
D
PijK dV = ( PijK ) + PijK
Dt V
Dt
V
D
=
PijK + PijK
Dt
V
v p
dV =
x p
V
D
v
+ k
x k
Dt
1
4243
v
D
D
+ PijK k
PijK + PijK
x k
Dt
Dt
dV
dV
=0
mass continuity equation
Problem 4.3
Prove that the following relationship is valid:
r
a=
r
r r
( v ) + xr ( v v )
t
(4.4)
dV =
dV + (v n ) dS
Dt V
t
V
S
r
and if we consider that = v we obtain:
r
r
r
r
( v )
D
v dV =
dV + v (v n ) dS
Dt V
t
V
S
t
Dt
t
123
V
S
V
V
S
= ai
dV =
( v i )
( v i )
+ ( v i v k ) ,k dV
dV + ( vi v k ) ,k dV =
t
t
V
V
V
V
r
r ( v )
r r
a=
+ xr ( v v )
t
Problem 4.4
Let us consider the following velocity field:
vi =
xi
1+ t
for t 0
Draft
Dt
v k
=0
x k
Dt
305
v
d
= k
dt
x k
1 x i
3
=
= ii =
x i 1 + t x i 1 + t 1 + t
Thus,
d
3
=
dt
1+ t
3dt
1+ t
3dt
1+ t
ln = 3 ln(1 + t ) + C
+ ln 0 = ln
(1 + t ) 3
(1 + t )3
dx i
x
= i
dt 1 + t
dx i
dt
=
xi 1 + t
dx i
dt
=
xi
1+ t
lnx i = ln(1 + t ) + K i
(4.5)
K i = lnX i
ln( x i ) = ln[ X i (1 + t ) ]
(1 + t )
(1
12
+3
t )(1
12
+3
t )(1
12
+3
t)= 0
x1
X1
x2
X2
x1 x 2 x 3 = 0 X 1 X 2 X 3
x3
X3
Draft
306
Problem 4.5
The equations of motion of a body are given, in Lagrangian description, by:
x1 = X 1 + tX 3
x 2 = X 2 + tX 3
x = X t ( X + X )
3
1
2
3
where is a constant scalar. Find the mass density in the current configuration ( ) in
terms of the mass density of the reference configuration ( 0 ) , i.e. = ( 0 ) .
Solution:
We can apply the equation 0 = J , where J is the Jacobian determinant and is given by:
x1
X 1
x 2
=
X 1
x 3
X 1
x i
J= F =
X j
Thus, we obtain =
0
J
x1
X 2
x 2
X 2
x 3
X 2
x1
X 3
1
x 2
= 0
X 3
t
x 3
X 3
0
1
t
t
t = 1 + 2(t ) 2
1
0
1 + 2(t ) 2
Problem 4.6
Given the velocity field:
v1 = ax1 bx 2
;
where a , b and c are constants.
v 2 = bx1 ax 2
v3 = c x12 + x 22
where:
r
xr v = v i ,i = v1,1 + v 2, 2 + v 3,3 = a a + 0 = 0
r
The motion is isochoric (incompressible medium), since xr v = 0
Problem 4.7
Consider a continuous medium and one property ( x , t ) assigned by density, i.e. unit of
the property per unit volume. Obtain the rate of change of the property that is described
by a control volume in conjunction with a control surface.
Solution:
Remember that the rate of change of a property is always associated with the same
particles. By means of the material time derivative we can obtain the rate of change of a
Draft
307
property when this property is in Eulerian description. Then, the total rate of change of
r
( x , t ) in the volume V that is bounded by the surface S is given by:
r
r
r
D
D
D
D
( x, t )dV =
( x, t ) + ( x, t ) (dV )
( dV ) = dV
Dt V
Dt
Dt
Dt
V
V
r
r
r
D
( x, t ) + ( x, t ) xr v dV
= dV
Dt
(4.6)
r
r
r
D
= ( x , t ) + ( x , t ) xr v dV
Dt
r
D
( x , t ) :
Dt
r
r
r
r
D
D
( x, t )dV = ( x, t ) + ( x, t ) xr v dV
Dt V
Dt
V
r
r
r
r
( x , t ) r r
= ( x, t ) +
r v ( x , t ) + ( x , t ) xr v dV
t
x
V
r
r
r
r
( x , t ) r
= ( x , t ) dV +
r v + ( x , t ) xr v dV
x
t
V
V
(4.7)
r
r
= ( x , t ) dV + [ xr (v ) ]dV
t
V
V
We can apply the divergence theorem to the second integral on the right side of the
equation to obtain:
flux of through
suface S
6
44744
8
r
r
r
( x , t )
D
( x, t )dV =
dV + ({
v ) n dS
Dt V
t4
42
3
V 1
S flux of
(4.8)
local
r
( x , t )
the term
is local, the volume integral of the right side of the equation is a control
t
r
volume and the integral surface is a control surface, since the variable (v ) is in Eulerian
r
description. The term (v ) represents the flux of the property .
r
D
( x, t )dV = 0 . And, note
Dt V
also that when the property is the mass density ( = ) the equation (4.7) becomes the mass
continuity equation.
r
r
r
r
D
D
( x, t )dV = ( x, t ) + ( x, t ) xr v
Dt V
Dt
V
r
r
r
dV = 0 = t ( x , t ) + x ( v ) dV = 0 (4.9)
If the above equation is valid for the entire volume then it is valid locally, so
r
r
r
D
( x, t ) + ( x, t ) xr v = 0 Mass continuity equation
Dt
(4.10)
or
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real - Spain
Draft
308
r
r
( x, t ) + xr ( v ) = 0
t
r
(v )
control volume
S
V
r
( x , t )
t
r
x
(4.11)
r
r
q n = [(v ) n ] n
control surface
material volume
control surface
control volume
t=0
v0
XP
X*
control surface
control volume
material volume
t1
r
v( x * , t1 )
xP
x*
material volume
control surface
control volume
t2
r
v( x * , t 2 )
xP
x*
Draft
309
Problem 4.8
Show that
r
r
+ ( xr ) v = ( ) + xr ( v )
t
t
+ , i vi = ( ) + ( vi ) ,i
t
t
r
where is a scalar field, is the mass density field, and v is the velocity field.
(4.12)
Solution:
+
+ , i ( v i ) + ( v i ) , i =
+ , i v i + + ( v i ) , i
( ) + (v i ) ,i =
t
t
t
t
t
=
+ , i v i
t
+ ( vi ) ,i = 0 .
t
=0
xy
x
dx dydz x dydz + xy +
dy dxdz
x
y
b x dxdydz + x +
b x dxdydz +
b x +
xy
x
dxdydz +
dxdydz + xz dxdydz = 0
x
y
z
x xy xz
+
+
=0
x
y
z
Draft
310
Rear face
z
dz
z
z +
Rear face
yz
yz +
xy
y
yz +
bz
xz +
bx
xy +
x + x dx
x
yz
y
y +
xy +
xy
x
dz
dy
by
xz
dx
x
yz
xz
dz
xz
dz
z
xz +
xy
xy
y
y
y
dy
dy
dx
dx
xz
yz
Rear face
dy
yz
dy dxdz y dxdz + yz +
dz dxdy
y
z
xy
yz dxdy + xy +
dx dydz xy dydz = 0
x
b y dxdydz + 22 +
b y +
xy
x
y
y
yz
x z
Draft
=0
Fz = 0 , is given by:
311
yz
xz dzdy + yz +
dy dxdz yz dxdz = 0
y
b z dxdydz + z +
b z +
xz yz z
+
+
=0
x
y
z
y
z
x
xy y yz
+
+
+ b y = 0
y
x z
x
z
xz + yz +
+ b z = 0
z
y
x
Problem 4.10
Let be the Cauchy stress tensor field, which is represented by its components in the
Cartesian basis as:
11 = x12 ;
22 = x 22 ;
12 = 21 = 2 x1 x 2 ;
33 = x12 + x 22
23 = 32 = 31 = 13 = 0
Considering that the body is in equilibrium, find the body forces acting on the continuum.
Solution:
ij , j + b i = 0 i
11 12 13
+
+ b1 = 0
+
x 2
x 3
x1
21 22 23
+
+ b2 = 0
+
x 2
x 3
x1
31 32 33
+ b3 = 0
+
+
x1
x 3
x 2
2 x1 + 2 x1 + b 1 = 0
2 x 2 + 2 x 2 + b 2 = 0
b = 0
3
Thus, to satisfy the equilibrium equations the following condition must be met:
4 x1 = b 1 b 1 = 4 x 1
4 x 2 = b 2 b 2 = 4 x 2
b 3 = 0
b = 4( x1 e 1 + x 2 e 2 )
Problem 4.11
Given the velocity field:
v1 = x1 x3
v 2 = x 22 t
v3 = x 2 x 3t
Draft
312
x 2 x3
x 22
x 2 x1
ij = x 2 x3
0
0
x 2
x32
x2
where is a constant. Obtain the body force (per unit volume) to guarantee the principle
of conservation of the linear momentum.
Solution:
From the principle of conservation of linear momentum we obtain the equations of
motion:
r
r
r
xr + b = v& = a
b = a xr
r r
r r
r v ( x , t ) v ( x , t ) r r
a=
+
r v ( x, t )
t
x
ai =
v i v i
+
vj
t
x j
where
0
v i 2
= x2
t
x 2 x3
x3
v i
= 0
x j
0
0
2x2 t
x3t
x1
0
x 2 t
Then
0 x3
vi vi
ai =
v j = x22 + 0
+
t x j
x2 x3 0
x1 x1 x3 0 x1 x32 + x1 x2 x3t
0 x22t = x22 +
2 x23t
2 2
2
2
0
2 x2t
x3t
x1 x32 + x1 x2 x3t
2
3
=
x2 + 2 x2t
ij , j
11 12 13
+
+
= ( x 2 x3 )
x
x
x
1
2
3
= 21 + 22 + 23 = ( 2 x 2 )
x 2
x 3
x1
31 32 33
+
+
= ( 2 x 3 1)
x1
x 2
x 3
ij , j
x 2 x3
= 2 x 2
2 x 3 1
b = a xr
b i = a i ij , j
x1 x 32 + x1 x 2 x 3 t
x 2 x3
2
3
x2 + 2x2 t
b i =
2x2
x 2 x 3 + x 3 x 22 t 2 + x 22 x 3 t 2
2 x 3 1
Draft
313
Problem 4.12
The stress field in the medium is represented by:
1
ij = 0
2 x2
2 x2
4 x1
1
0
1
4 x1
(4.13)
r r
xr + {
b=0
indicial
r
=0
ij , j = 0i
(4.14)
(4.15)
expanding,
i1,1 + i 2, 2 + i 3,3 = 0 i
(4.16)
11
= 0; 12, 2 = 12 = 0; 13,3 = 13 = 0
x3
x1
x 2
23
21
22
=
= 0; 22, 2 =
= 0; 23,3 =
=0
x 2
x 2
x 3
= 31 = 0; 32, 2 = 32 = 0; 33,3 = 33 = 0
x3
x 2
x 3
11,1 =
21, 2
31,3
(4.17)
Problem 4.13
Given a body in equilibrium in which the Cauchy stress tensor field is represented by its
components:
11 = 6 x13 + x 22
; 12 = x 32
22 = 12 x13 + 60
33 = 18 x 23 + 6 x33
; 23 = x 2
; 31 = x12
Obtain the body force vector (per unit volume) at the point ( x1 = 2; x 2 = 4; x3 = 2 ).
Solution:
The equilibrium equations:
r r
xr + b = 0
Draft
(4.18)
314
11 12 13
+
+
+ b1 = 0 b1 = 11 12 13
x 2
x3
x1
x 2
x3
x1
21 22 23
21 22 23
+
+ b2 = 0 b2 =
x 2
x3
x1
x 2
x3
x1
31 32 33
31 32 33
x + x + x + b 3 = 0 b 3 = x x x
2
3
1
2
3
1
b1 = 18 x12 0 0
b 2 = 0 0 0
b = 2 x 1 18 x 2
1
2
3
18 x12
0
bi =
2 x 1 18 x 2
1
2
(4.19)
(4.20)
(4.21)
Problem 4.14
The Cauchy stress tensor field is represented by its components as follows:
x12 x 2
ij = k (a 2 x 22 ) x1
1 3
( x 2 3a 2 x 2 )
0
3
0
2ax32
(a 2 x 22 ) x1
(4.22)
Obtain the body force field b (per unit mass) required for the stress field is in balance.
Solution:
11 12 13
+
+
+ b1 = 0 b1 = 2 x1 x 2 k + 2 x1 x 2 k = 0
x 2
x3
x1
k
21 22 23
+
+
+ b 2 = 0 b 2 = k (a 2 x 22 ) (3 x 22 3a 2 ) = 0
3
x 2
x 3
x1
31 32 33
x + x + x + b 3 = 0 b 3 = 4kax3
2
3
1
(4.23)
Then:
0
4kax3
0
bi =
1
Problem 4.15
(4.24)
Let us assume that the body force is b = ge 3 , where g is a constant and consider the
Cauchy stress tensor field components:
Draft
x2
ij = x3
0
x3
0
0
x 2
p
x2
315
(4.25)
Find p such that satisfies the equilibrium equations. Consider that is a constant and that
the mass density field is homogeneous, i.e. it is independent of the vector position.
Solution:
The equilibrium equations:
r r
xr + b = 0
11 12 13
+
+
+ b1 = 0
x 2
x 3
x1
21 22 23
+
+
+ b2 = 0
x 2
x 3
x1
31 32 33
x + x + x + b 3 = 0
2
3
1
(4.26)
0 + 0 + 0 + b = 0 b = 0
1
1
0
+
0
+
0
+
=
0
b
b
2
2 =0
0 + 33 + b3 = 0
x3
33 (p )
p
= b3
=
=
x 3
x3
x3
g
p
=1 +
x3
dp = 1 +
dx
3
(4.27)
(4.28)
g
g
p = 1 +
x
x 3 p = 1 +
Verification:
+ 1 +
g = + + g g = 0
(4.29)
Problem 4.16
Show that for the following Cauchy stress field:
11 = x 22 + ( x12 x 22 ) ; 12 = 2x1 x 2
;
2
2
2
2
2
22 = x1 + ( x 2 x1 ) ; 33 = ( x1 + x 2 )
23 = 13 = 0
ij , j = 0 i
i1,1 + i 2, 2 + i 3,3 = 0 i
=0i
Draft
316
11 12 13
+
+
=0
x 2
x 3
x1
22 23
21 +
+
=0
x 2
x 3
x1
31 32 33
=0
+
+
x 3
x 2
x1
i = 1 11,1 + 12 , 2 + 13,3 = 0
i = 2 21,1 + 22 , 2 + 23, 3 = 0
i = 3 31,1 + 32 , 2 + 33,3 = 0
thus:
11,1 + 12 , 2 + 31,3 = 2 x1 2x1 = 0
12 ,1 + 22 , 2 + 23, 3 = 2 x 2 + 2x 2 = 0
12
x1 2 x 2
0
0
x 2
ij , j = 0 i
i1,1 + i 2, 2 + i 3,3 = 0 i
=0i
thus
11 12 13
+
= 1 + 12 + 0 = 0
+
x 2
x 2
x 3
x1
22 23 12
+
=
2+0=0
21 +
x 2
x 3
x1
x1
31 32 33
=0+0+0=0
+
+
x 3
x 2
x1
r
Now considering that for the plane x1 = 1 , t (n) = (1 + x 2 )e 1 + (5 x 2 )e 2 holds, we have:
12
1 + x 2
ij ( x1 = 1, x 2 ) = 12 1 2 x 2
0
0
(n )
12
1 + x 2
= ij ( x1 = 1, x 2 )n j = 12 1 2 x 2
0
0
Draft
0
0
x 2
0 1 1 + x 2
0 0 = 5 x 2
x 2 0 0
(4.30)
317
t (n) = ij ( x1 = 1, x 2 ) n j
1 + x2
12 ( x1 = 1, x 2 ) 0 1
1 + x2
1 + x 2
12 ( x1 = 1, x 2 )
1 2x2
0 0 = 12 ( x1 = 1, x 2 ) = 5 x 2
0
x 2 0
0
0
0
12
= 2x1
12 ( x1 , x 2 ) = 2 x1 + C ( x 2 )
Using the information given in (4.30) we can obtain the constant of integration:
12 ( x1 = 1, x 2 ) = 5 x 2 = 2 + C ( x 2 )
C ( x2 ) = 3 x2
thus:
12 ( x1 , x 2 ) = 2 x1 x 2 + 3
Problem 4.18
The stress state in an continuous medium is given by the Cauchy stress tensor Cartesian
components:
0
ij = Cx 3
0
Cx 3
0
Cx1
0
Cx1
0
Cx 3
0
Cx1
0
Cx1
0
(4.31)
(4.32)
i = 1 0 + 0 + 0 = 0
i1 i 2 i 3
=
=
+
+
i = 2 0 + 0 + 0 = 0
x j
x1
x 2
x3
i = 3 0 + 0 + 0 = 0
ij
(4.33)
Problem 4.19
Considering the principle of conservation of angular momentum, show that:
[r
( x (a b) (a b) x dV =
Draft
[ ( xr tr
r
r
t * x dS
318
where
r r
r
r
r r
x - is the vector position; ( x , t ) is the mass density; a ( x , t ) is the acceleration; b( x , t ) is
r r
the body force (per unit mass); t * ( x , t ) is the prescribed traction vector (surface force) on
surface S .
Solution:
The principle of conservation of angular momentum states that:
r
r
r
r
r
r r
r
D
( x t * )dS + ( x b)dV =
( x v )dV = ( x a )dV
Dt V
V
V
Then, we apply the cross product of the above equation with an arbitrary vector z , which
r
is independent of x , and we obtain:
r
r
r
r
z ( x a )dV = z
r
r r
r
r
( x t * )dS + z ( x b)dV
r
r
r
z ( x a )dV =
r
r r
r
r
r
z ( x t * )dS + z ( x b)dV
r
r r r
r
r
r
r r r
r r
r r
r
( x a a x ) z dV = ( x t * t * x ) z dS + ( x b b x ) z dV
r
r r r r r
r r r r r
r r
r r
( x a a x ) z dV ( x b b x ) z dV = ( x t * t * x ) z dS
r
r
r r
r r
r r
r r
r r
x (a b) (a b) x z dV = ( x t * t * x ) z dS
r
r
r r r
r
r r
r r
r
r
x (a b) (a b) x dV z = ( x t * t * x ) dS z
V
[r
*
*
x (a b) (a b) x dV = ( x t t x) dS
Problem 4.20
1) Considering the definition of the mean stress tensor ( ):
V = dV
V
and based on the principle that the continuum is in static equilibrium, show that:
=
1
2V
[r
x b + b x dV +
1
2V
r
r r
r
( x t * + t * x ) dS
2) Considering that the volume can be decomposed by V = V (1) V ( 2) , (see Figure 4.4).
Draft
319
(V
(1)
1
( p (1)V (1) p ( 2)V ( 2 ) )1
( 2)
V )
n (1)
S (1)
p (1)
V (1)
S (2)
V ( 2)
n ( 2 )
p (2)
Figure 4.4
Solution:
r
r
r
x xr + b dV = 0
r
r
r
r
x xr dV + x b dV = 0
(4.34)
In Chapter 1 (see Problem 1.127) we have shown that the following holds:
r
r*
( ) x dV = ( n ) x dS dV = t
x ( ) dV = x ( n ) dS
r
x dS dV
(4.35)
r r
dV = x t * dS T dV
(4.36)
where we have considered the prescribed traction vector t * = n . By replacing (4.36) into
the equation (4.34), we obtain:
r
r
r
r
x xr dV + x b dV = 0
r
r
r r
r
x t * dS T dV + x b dV = 0
r
r r
r
dV = x t * dS + x b dV
(4.37)
Draft
320
r r
r
r
dV = t * x dS + b x dV
(4.38)
r
r r
r
Note that the tensors x t * and x b are not symmetric. This means that the equation
in (4.34) does not take in account the principle of conservation of angular momentum, i.e.
the symmetry of the Cauchy stress tensor. To guarantee the symmetry of we do:
r r
r
1 r r
r
r
+ T
1 r
dV = t * x dS + b x dV + x t * dS + x b dV
2 S
2
2 S
V
V
V
r r r r
1
1 r r* r* r
sym dV =
x b + b x dV +
x t + t x dS
2
2
V
V
S
(4.39)
1 r r
r
r
+ T
1 r
dV = t * x dS + b x dV + x t * dS + x b dV
2
2 S
2 S
V
V
V
r r r r
1
1 r r* r* r
x b + b x dV +
sym dV =
x t + t x dS
2
2
V
V
S
(4.40)
r r r r
1
1 r r* r* r
x b + b x dV +
V =
x t + t x dS
2V
2S
1
2V
[r
x b + b x dV +
1
2V
[ xr tr
r
r
+ t * x dS
In addition, if we consider that the body is free of body force, the above equation becomes:
=
1
2V
[x t
r*
r
r
+ t * x dS
(4.41)
For the particular case shown in Figure 4.4 we have V = V (1) V ( 2) , S = S (1) + S ( 2) ,
r (1)
r ( 2)
t * = p (1) n (1) , t * = p ( 2) n ( 2) . In this case, the equation in (4.41) becomes:
=
2(V
(1)
r r
r
r
r
r r
r
1
x t * + t * x dS (1) + x t * + t * x dS ( 2 )
( 2)
V ) S (1)
S ( 2)
r
r
r
1
(1) r
(1) + n (1) x dS (1) + p ( 2 ) x n ( 2) + n ( 2 ) x dS ( 2 )
x
p
S (2)
r (1) (1) r
r ( 2) (2) r
1
(1)
(1)
( 2)
( 2)
x
x
x
x
p
n
n
dS
p
n
n
dS
2(V (1) V ( 2 ) )
S ( 1)
S ( 2)
( x n + n x) dS = 2V 1 ,
where n is the
outward unit normal to surface S (see Problem 1.127). For this example, n ( 2) is the
Draft
[x n
r
( 2)
321
r
+ n ( 2 ) x dS ( 2 ) = 2V ( 2 ) 1 ,
S (2)
r
r
r
r
1
p (1) x n (1) + n (1) x dS (1) + p ( 2 ) x n ( 2 ) + n ( 2) x dS ( 2 )
(2)
2(V V )
S (1 )
S (2)
1
1
=
p (1) 2V (1) 1 p ( 2 ) 2V ( 2) 1 = (1)
p (1)V (1) p ( 2)V ( 2 ) 1
(1)
(2)
( 2)
2(V V )
(V V )
(1)
Problem 4.21
r
Starting from u& = : D xr q + r , show that the energy equation can also be written
as follows:
r r
r
r
D
1 2
u + v = xr (v ) + b v xr q + r
Dt
2
D
1 2
u + v = (v j ji ) ,i + b i v i q i ,i + r
Dt
2
(4.42)
or
r r
r
r
1 2
1 2 r
u + v + xr u + v v = xr (v ) + b v xr q + r
t
2
2
1
1
u + v 2 + u + v 2 vi = (v j ji ) ,i + b i vi qi ,i + r
t
2
2 ,i
(4.43)
or
r r
r
r
1 2
1 2 r
u + v + xr u + v v = xr (v ) + b v xr q + r
2
2
t
1
1
u + v 2 + u + v 2 vi = (v j ji ) ,i + b i vi qi ,i + r
2
2 ,i
t
(4.44)
where is the mass density, u is specific internal energy, v is magnitude of the velocity
r
r r
( v 2 = v = v v ), is the Cauchy stress tensor, b is the body force (per unit mass), q is
the flux vector, r is the radiant heat constant (also called the heat source).
2
Solution:
Taking into account the energy equation:
r
u& = : D xr q + r
u& = ij D ij qi ,i + r
where D is the rate-of-deformation tensor which is the symmetric part of the spatial
r
velocity gradient ( D = ( xr v ) sym l sym ). Note also that : D = : l sym = : l since the
double scalar between symmetric ( = T ) and antisymmetric tensor ( l skew ) is zero, i.e.
: l skew = 0 , thus
r
ij D ij = ij ( l ) ij = ij ( xr v ) ij = ij vi , j
Draft
322
u& = : D xr q + r
r
r
r
u& = xr (v ) ( xr ) v xr q + r
u& = ijD ij qi ,i + r
u& = ( ij vi ) , j ij , j vi qi ,i + r
&&i = v&i
ij , j + b i = u
ij , j = v&i b i
ij , j vi = v&i vi b i vi
u& = xr (v ) ( xr ) v xr q + r
r r
r
r
r r
u& = xr (v ) ( v& v b v ) xr q + r
r r
r
r r
r
u& + v& v = r (v ) + b v r q + r
x
Note that
u& = ijD ij qi ,i + r
u& = ( ij vi ) , j ( v&i vi b i vi ) qi ,i + r
u& + v&i vi = ( ij vi ) , j + b i vi qi ,i + r
r r
r r
r r
r r
D r r
1 D r r
1 D 2
(v v ) = (v& v ) + (v v& ) = 2(v& v ) (v& v ) =
(v v ) =
(v ) . Thus, the
Dt
2 Dt
2 Dt
r r
r
r r
r
u& + v& v = xr (v ) + b v xr q + r
r r
r
r
1 D 2
u& +
(v ) = xr (v ) + b v xr q + r
2 Dt
r r
r
r
D
1 2
u + v = xr (v ) + b v xr q + r
Dt
2
+
Dt 2 Dt
D
1 2
u + v = ( ij vi ) , j + b i vi qi ,i + r
Dt
2
showing the equation in (4.42). The equation in (4.43) can easily be obtained if we consider
r
D
+ ( xr ) v , i.e.:
& =
Dt
t
r r
r
r
D
1
u + v 2 = xr (v ) + b v xr q + r
Dt
2
r r
r
r
1
1 r
u + v 2 + xr u + v 2 v = xr (v ) + b v xr q + r
t
2
2
1
2
r
r
+ ( xr ) v = ( ) + xr ( v ) holds, and if we
t
t
Draft
323
constant deformation (the thermal property of the material) and is expressed in units of
J
. Taking into account all previous considerations, find the
K
energy equation for this process. Then also provide the unit of K (T ) in the International
u& =
c
r
r
u T
=
:3
D xr q + r = xr q + r
1
2
T t
=0
r
T
= xr q + r
t
T
= xr
t
[ K (T ) xr T ] + r
or
xr [K (T ) xr T ] + r = c
T
t
The above equation is called the heat flux equation which is applied to the thermal
conduction problem.
DT T
.
NOTE 1: If there is no mass transport it fulfills T&
=
Dt
J
W
T K
= 2 , xr T r = , we
2
x m
m s m
can ensure that the units are consistent if the following is met:
[qr ]
[K ] [ xr T ]
W
W K
J
J
m 2 s = m 2 = s m K = m K m
W
J
=
.
s m K m K
Draft
324
NOTE 2: As we will see later, when the stress power is equal to zero, we can decouple the
thermal and mechanical problem. That is, we can study these problems separately.
2) a) We start from the heat conductivity inequality:
r
r
q xr T = (K ( x ) xr T ) xr T 0
r
xr T K ( x ) xr T 0
or
q i T,i = ( K ij T, j )T,i 0
T,i K ij T, j 0
r
r
xrT K ( x ) xrT = xrT K sym + K skew
] T = T K
r
x
r
x
sym
b) For the proposed problem the only remaining governing equation is the energy
r
r
Du
equation:
u& = : D xr q + r = xr q , where u is the specific internal
Dt
energy, : D is the stress power, and r is the internal heat source per unit volume. Then:
u& = q i ,i = (K ij T, j ) ,i = K ij ,i T, j + K ij T, ji = ( xr K T ) ( xr T ) + K : xr ( xr T )
= ( xr K T ) ( xr T ) + K sym + K skew : xr ( xr T )
= ( xr K T ) ( xr T ) + K sym : xr ( xr T ) + K skew : xr ( xr T )
= ( xr K T ) ( xr T ) + K sym : xr ( xr T )
u& = K sym : xr ( xr T )
Therefore, when the material is homogeneous, the antisymmetric part of K does not affect
the outcome.
c) The feature of isotropic materials is that their properties (at one material point) do not
change if the coordinate system is changed. It follows then that K must be an isotropic
tensor. An isotropic second-order tensor has the format of a spherical tensor, (see Chapter
1), then the tensor K must be of the type: K = K1 , where K is a scalar:
1 0 0
K ij = K 0 1 0
0 0 1
Draft
325
Problem 4.23
Consider a thermal conduction problem, (see Problem 4.22), in a wall with thickness equal
to h in which the temperature at the outer face ( x1 = 0 ) is equal to 38 C and the
temperature in the interior face ( x1 = h ) is equal to 21 C , (see Figure 4.5). Obtain the heat
flow for case defined by: stationary problem, the temperature field according to x 2 and x3 directions is homogeneous, there is no heat source, and the material is isotropic and
homogeneous.
x2
T ( A) = 38 C
Data:
h = 0.04m
T ( B ) = 21 C
K = 0.19
W
mK
(Interior)
(Exterior)
x1
r
q
h
Figure 4.5
Solution:
As we saw in Problem 4.22 the governing equation for this problem is the equation
T
T
. If we consider the stationary problem we have
= 0 . If
t
t
there is no heat source this implies that r = 0 . With these simplifications the governing
equation becomes xr [K xr T ] = 0 , in addition, if the material is homogenous, the tensor
r
with the thermal properties K do not vary with x , then xr [K xr T ] = K : xr [ xr T ] = 0 ,
xr [K xr T ] + r = c
equation we obtain:
K 11
2T
2T
2T
2T
2T
2T
+
K
+
K
+
K
+
K
K
+
+
12
13
21
22
23
x 2 x1
x3 x1
x1x 2
x3 x 2
x12
x 22
+ K 31
2T
2T
2T
+ K 32
+ K 33 2 = 0
x1x3
x 2 x3
x3
(4.45)
If the temperature field according to x 2 and x3 -directions is homogenous, this implies that
the temperature gradient components according to these directions are equal to zero, i.e.
T
T
=
= 0 . For an isotropic material, the thermal conductivity tensor components, (see
x 2 x3
Draft
326
K 0 0
K ij = 0 K 0
0 0 K
2T
=0
x12
2T
=0
x12
11 =K
K
2T
=0
x12
(4.46)
2T
= 0 we obtain:
x12
integrating
T
+ q1 = 0
x1
q1 = K
dT
dx1
which is the Fouriers law of thermal conduction. Note that for this case q1 is a constant, i.e. it is
independent of x1 . By integrating once more we obtain:
dT =
q1
dx1
K
T ( x1 ) =
q1
x1 + C
K
q1
x1 + T ( A) . In addition, for x1 = h we have
K
q1
h + T ( A)
K
q1 = K
(T ( B ) T ( A) )
h
In this case (unidimensional case), the temperature gradient is the slope of the line defined
by the temperature, which varies linearly in the wall, (see Figure 4.5).
By replacing the problem data (see Figure 4.5), we obtain the heat flux:
q1 = K
W
J
(T ( B ) T ( A) )
W (21 38)( K )
= 0.19
= 80.75 2 = 80.75 2
h
m
m s
mK 0.04(m)
Note that the temperature conversion form degrees Celsius to Kelvin is given by
K = C + 273.15 , then the temperature variation ( T ) either in degrees Celsius or in Kelvin
is the same. Note also that the heat flux flows from the higher temperature to the lower
temperature region.
Draft
327
NOTE: Let us suppose now that we have two walls with different properties as shown in
Figure 4.6.
T ( A)
T (B )
T (C )
K (1)
x1
r
q
K ( 2)
h (2)
h (1)
Figure 4.6
Note that the equation q1 = K (1)
(T ( B ) T ( A) )
is still valid. This also applies to the material
h (1)
(T (C ) T ( B ) )
. To obtain the heat flux we apply the compatibility in
h (2)
temperature on the face B , i.e.:
2 : q1 = K ( 2)
(T ( B _ 1) T ( A) )
h (1)
(T (C ) T ( B _ 2 ) )
q1 = K ( 2)
h ( 2)
q1 = K (1)
q1 h (1)
T ( B _ 1) = T ( A)
T ( B _ 2) = T (C ) +
K (1)
q1 h ( 2)
K ( 2)
T ( B _ 1) = T ( B _ 2 )
T ( A)
q1 h (1)
K (1)
= T (C ) +
q1 h ( 2 )
K ( 2)
thus:
q1 =
(T (C ) T ( A) )
h (1) h ( 2 )
K (1) + K ( 2 )
Problem 4.24
Next, we assume that at a material point there are two types of material that are
represented by a physical quantity per unit volume in such a way that c = c f + c s , and the
r r
r
following holds v = v f + v s , (see Figure 4.7). Considering an isothermal process, an
incompressible medium, and that the property c s does not affect the velocity of the
material f and that the c f -field is homogeneous, and there is no source of the material
f . Show that:
r
c s
Q s xr (v f c s ) + xr (D xr c s ) =
t
Draft
Convection-diffusion
equation
(4.47)
328
r
vf
cs
r
v
dV
r
vs
+ xr
t
(v )
Q=
r
r
(c f + c s )
+ r (c f + c s )(v f + v s )
x
t
(4.48)
with Q = Q s + Q f . Thus:
r
r
(c f + c s )
+ r (c f + c s )(v f + v s )
t
x
f
s
r
r
r
(c + c ) f r f
Qs + Q f =
+ r c v + c f v s + csv f + csv s
x
t
f
s
r
r
r
r
c
c
Qs + Q f =
+
+ xr c f v f + c f v s + c s v f + c s v s
t
t
f
c
r c s
r
r
r
+ xr (c s v f ) + xr c f v s + c s v s
Qs + Q f =
+ xr (c f v f ) +
t
t
Qs + Q f =
(4.49)
r
c f
+ xr (c f v f ) = 0 and Q f = 0
t
hold, which is the continuity equation of the physical quantity c f with which the equation
Qs =
r
r
r
c s
+ xr (c s v f ) + xr c f v s + c s v s
t
r
r
r
c s
+ xr (c s v f ) + xr (c s v s ) + xr (c f v s )
t
(4.50)
(4.51)
r
r
r
r
c s
(4.52)
+ xr (c s v f ) + xr (c s v s ) + xr c f v s + c f xr v s
t
r
If the physical quantity c f does not change with x , then the gradient of c f becomes
r
xr c f = 0 . In addition if we consider the medium ( s ) to be incompressible we obtain
r
xr v s = 0 . These simplifications indicate that the material ( s ) does not affect the velocity
field of the material ( f ). So, if the amount of the material ( s ) is significant, this approach
Qs =
Draft
329
r
r
r
r
c s
c s
(4.53)
+ xr (c s v f ) + xr q ( D )
+ xr (c s v f ) + xr (c s v s ) =
t
t
r
r
Notice that the term (c s v s ) q ( D ) represents the flux caused by the ( s )-material
r
r
concentration, the diffusive term. The term (c s v f ) q (C ) is related to mass transport, the
r
convective term. Considering that q ( D ) = D xr c s the equation (4.53) becomes:
Qs =
r
r
c s
+ xr (c s v f ) + xr q ( D )
t
r
c s
Qs =
+ xr (c s v f ) + xr (D xr c s )
t
r
c s
Q s xr (c s v f ) + xr (D xr c s ) =
t
Qs =
(4.54)
c( x3 , t ) = C t exp
where C and
x3
x2
b
x1
a
M = c s dV =
V
h b a
C t exp
( kx3t )
0 0 0
( kx3t )
C
= ab
exp
( kx3t )
dx3
C abC
C
= ab
exp ( kht ) + =
exp ( kht ) 1
k
k
k
To obtain the flux, we can apply the continuity equation of the concentration:
Draft
330
Q=
r
c s
+ xr q
t
r
c s
xr q = q i ,i =
t
(4.55)
where we have considered that there is no source of the sediment, i.e. Q = 0 . For this
problem, the flux is not dependent on x 2 and x1 . With this condition we have
q1,1 = q 2, 2 = 0 . Then:
qi ,i = q1,1 + q2, 2 + q3,3 =
where
c s
q1 q2 q3
+
+
=
x1 x2 x3
t
q3
c s
=
x3
t
(4.56)
c s
( kx3t )
( kx3t )
( kx3t )
C t exp
= C exp
C t k x 3 exp
and by replacing into the
=
t
t
dq 3
c s
( kx3t )
( kx3t )
=
= C exp
+ C t k x3 exp
t
dx3
dq 3 =
q3 =
[ C exp
( kx3t )
+ C t k x3 exp
( kx3t )
]dx
C k x3 t
C
C
( kx3t )
( kx3t )
( kx3t )
exp
exp
exp
+ K3
kt
kt
kt
q 3 = C x3 exp
( kx3t )
(4.57)
+ K3
{
=0
Draft
( kx3t )
e 3 .
331
r
F(n )
r
F( 2 )
Rigid body
Bt
r
x
x3
x1
G - mass center
r
F(1)
x2
x1
x2
r
v
Figure 4.9
Solution:
According to Problem 2.56 in Chapter 2, we obtained the velocity for rigid body motion
as:
r r r
r r
v = c& + ( x c )
where is the axial vector (angular velocity) associated with the antisymmetric tensor W
(the spin tensor).
Linear momentum:
r
r r
r
r
r r
r r
r r
L = v dV = c& + ( x c ) dV = c& dV + x dV c dV
r
r
r
r r
= c& dV + x dV c dV
By definition
x dV = mx
r
x k is the vector position of the center of mass G . The first moment of inertia is equal to
r r
r
zero if the Cartesian system originates at the center of mass, so, x dV = mx = 0 .
r
r r
r r
L = m c& + ( x c )
r
= mv
(4.58)
Draft
332
r
r
r
H O = ( x v ) dV =
[ xr (cr& + r ( xr cr ))] dV
Thus
r
r r
r
r r
r
r r
H O = x c& dV + x ( x ) dV x ( c ) dV
(4.59)
r
r
r r
r
r r
= x dV c& + x ( x ) dV x dV ( c )
V
r r r
r r r
x ( x) dV = [( x x) ( x ) x ] dV ,
with
which we obtain:
[x
[
= [x
x k i x p p x i dV = x k x k p pi x p p x i dV = x k x k pi x p x i p dV
x k pi x p x i dV p = I O ip p
or in tensorial notation:
r
r r
x ( x ) dV = [( x x ) 1 ( x x )] dV = I O
V
r r
I O 11 = [( x1 x1 + x 2 x 2 + x 3 x 3 ) 11 x1 x1 ] dV = x 22 + x 32 dV
I O 22 = x12 + x 32 dV
I O 33 = x12 + x 22 dV
I O 12 = [( x1 x1 + x 2 x 2 + x 3 x 3 ) 12 x1 x 2 ] dV = [x1 x 2 ] dV = I O 12
I O 13 = [x1 x 3 ] dV = I O 13
I O 23 = [x 2 x 3 ] dV = I O 23
where I O 11 , I O 22 , I O 33 , are moments of inertia of the body relative to the reference point O ,
and I O 12 , I O 13 , I O 23 , are the products of inertia of the body relative to the reference point
O . Thus,
Draft
2
2
x2 + x3 dV
V
= [x1 x 2 ] dV
V
[x1 x3 ] dV
V
I Oij
[x1 x 2 ] dV
[x1 x3 ] dV
I O 11
V
[x 2 x3 ] dV = I O12
V
I O13
x12 + x22 dV
[ + ] dV
[x x ] dV [
x12
x32
2 3
333
I O 12
I O 22
I O 23
I O13
I O 23
I O 33
(4.60)
Returning to the equation in (4.59) we can state that:
r
r
r
r r
r
r r
H O = x dV c& + x ( x ) dV x dV ( c )
V
V
r r&
r
r r&
r
r r
r r
r
= m x c + I O m x ( c ) = m x c ( c ) + I O
r r r
Then by adding and subtracting the term m x x in the above equation we obtain:
r r r r
r r r
r r
r
r
r
r r
r
H O = m x c& c + I O = m x c& + ( x c ) m x ( x ) + I O
r r
r r
r r r
r r
r r
r r
r
r
= m x v m ( x x) 1 ( x x) + I O = m x v + m ( x x) ( x x) 1 + I O
r r
r
= m x v + I
r r r
= m x v + HG
{[
(4.61)
r r
r r
where I = I O + m[( x x ) ( x x ) 1] is the inertia pseudo-tensor, which is related to the
reference system at the center of mass. By means of this equation we can calculate the
inertia tensor in any reference system if we know the inertia tensor at the center of mass:
IO ij = Iij m[ xi x j ( x12 + x22 + x32 ) ij ] . Explicitly, these components can be expressed as:
IO11 = I11 + m( x22 + x32 ) ; IO12 = I12 m( x1 x2 )
IO 22 = I22 + m( x12 + x32 ) ; IO 23 = I23 m( x2 x3 ) Steiners theorem
IO 33 = I33 + m( x12 + x22 ) ; IO13 = I13 m( x1 x3 )
(4.62)
Note that, the above equations represent the parallel axis theorem (Steiners theorem) from
Classical Mechanics, which in matrix notation is given by:
I O ij
I11
= I12
I
13
I12
I 22
I 23
x 22 + x 32
I13
I 23 + m x1 x 2
x x
I33
1 3
x1 x 2
x12
x 32
x 2 x3
x1 x 3
x 2 x 3 Steiners theorem
x12 + x 22
(4.63)
(x
V (1 )
(1)
r
v ) dV (1) +
(x
( 2) r
v ) dV ( 2 )
V (2)
r
r
r
r
r
r
= m x (1) v (1) + I (1) (1) + m ( 2 ) x ( 2 ) v ( 2 ) + I ( 2 ) ( 2 )
r
r
r
r
r
r
= m (1) x (1) v (1) + m ( 2 ) x ( 2 ) v ( 2 ) + I (1) (1) + I ( 2 ) ( 2 )
r
r
r
= m ( sys ) x ( sys ) v ( sys ) + I ( sys ) ( sys )
(1)
Draft
334
where (1) and ( 2 ) stand for properties of the bodies B (1) and B ( 2) respectively. If the
r
r
r
r
two bodies are attached they have the same angular velocity (1) = ( 2 ) = ( sys ) = , so, we
can conclude that:
r
HO = m
r
r
r
x ( sys ) v ( sys ) + [ I (1) + I ( 2 ) ]
r
r
r
and if the system Ox is at the center of mass of the system ( v (sys ) = 0 ) we get:
r
r
r
H O = I ( sys ) = [ I (1) + I ( 2 ) ]
( sys )
Problem 4.27
Consider a parallelepiped whose dimensions are a b c (see Figure 4.10), in which the
r
mass density filed, ( x ) , is homogeneous. Obtain the inertia tensor with respect to system
in the center of gravity.
Solution:
We use the equation (4.60):
[x1 x3 ] dV
I O12 I O13
I O11
V
V
2
2
x1 + x3 dV [x2 x3 ] dV = I O12 IO 22 I O 23
IOij
V
V
I O13 I O 23
IO 33
x12 + x22 dV
[x2 x3 ] dV
V
V
r
Note that, for this problem, the mass density is independent of x (homogeneous material),
2
2
x2 + x3 dV
V
= [x1 x2 ] dV
V
[x1 x3 ] dV
V
[x1 x2 ] dV
m = dV =
V
dV = V = abc
c
2
b
2
a
2
[x
2
2
c b a
2
2
2
m 2
(a + c 2 )
12
abc 2
m
(b + c 2 ) = (b 2 + c 2 )
12
12
I O 33 =
m 2
(a + b 2 ) .
12
We leave to the reader show that I O12 = I O 13 = I O 23 = 0 . Recall that the inertia tensor give
us information on how the mass is distributed according to the adopted system, and note
that the mass is equally distributed according to the plane x1 x2 , thus [x1 x 2 ] dV = 0 .
V
Note also that the adopted axes are principal axes of inertia:
I Oij
m 2
2
0
0
12 (b + c )
m 2
=
0
(a + c 2 )
0
12
m 2
2
0
0
(a + b )
12
Draft
335
x3
x2
x1
r
r
x (1) = 0
r
a
a
x ( 2 ) = e 1 + e 2
2
2
r ( 3) a
a
e 1 + e 3
x =
2
2
rod 2
a
2
x2
a
2
a
2
x1
x2
r
x ( 2)
a
2
O
r
x ( 3)
a
2
x1
rod 1
x1
a
2
x3
x3
rod 3
Draft
336
Data: The inertia tensor for the thin rod is given by:
x2
a
2
a
2
I gij
g
x1
0 0 0
ma 2
=
0 1 0
12
0 0 1
x3
Solution:
We
use
)
(1)
( 2)
( 3)
r
r
r
r
I O( sys
x = I Ox + I Ox + I Ox
I O ij
I11
= I12
I
13
I12
I 22
I 23
(see
Problem
4.26
(NOTA
1)),
where
x 22 + x 32
I13
I 23 + m x1 x 2
x x
I33
1 3
x1 x 2
x12
x 32
x 2 x3
x1 x 3
x 2 x3
x12 + x 22
(4.64)
Rod 1 - I O(1X)r
Mass center vector position: ( x1(1) = 0, x2(1) = 0, x3(1) = 0)
(1)
r)
(I Ox
ij
0 0 0
ma 2
=
0 1 0
12
0 0 1
Rod 2 - I O( 2Xr)
a
2
a ( 2)
, x 3 = 0)
2
( 2)
(I Oxr ) ij = I12
I
13
I12
I 22
I 23
x 22 + x 32
I13
I 23 + m x1 x 2
x1 x 3
I 33
a 2
2
+ 0
2
1 0 0
ma 2
+ m a a
0
0
0
=
12
2 2
0 0 1
x1 x 2
x12 + x 32
x2 x3
x1 x 3
x 2 x3
x12 + x 22
a a
2 2
2
a
2
+0
2
0
Draft
4 3 0
ma 2
0
=
3 3 0
12
0
0 7
2
2
a a
+
2 2
0
337
Rod 3 - I O(3X)r
Mass center vector position: ( x1( 2 ) =
I11
( 2)
(I Oxr ) ij = I12
I
13
I12
I 22
I 23
a ( 2)
a
, x 2 = 0, x 3( 2 ) = )
2
2
x 22 + x 32
I13
I 23 + m x1 x 2
x1 x 3
I 33
x1 x 3
x 2 x3
x12 + x 22
x1 x 2
x12 + x 32
x2 x3
2 a 2
0
(0 ) +
2
1 0 0
2
2
ma 2
a a
+ m
+
0
1
0
0
=
12
2 2
0 0 0
a a
0
2 2
a a
2 2
4 0 3
ma 2
0
=
0 7 0
12
3 0 3
2
a
2
+0
0 0 0
4 3 0
4 0 3
8 3 3
ma 2
ma 2
ma 2
ma 2
=
0 1 0 +
3 3 0 +
0 7 0 =
3 11 0
12
12
12
12
3 0 3
0 7
0 11
0 0 1
0
3
Problem 4.29
Obtain the principle of conservation of linear momentum and angular momentum for a
solid subjected to rigid body motion.
Solution: We can start from the definition of the principle of conservation of linear
momentum which states that:
r
r&
F = Dt v dV = L
V
r&
r&
F = Dt v dV = L = m v = m a
V
Then we have:
r
F = m a
Now let us consider the principle of conservation of angular momentum which states:
r
r&
r
r
D
D r
HO HO
( x v )dV =
Dt V
Dt
By which we obtain:
r
M
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real - Spain
r&
= HO
Draft
or
r&
= HG
338
where the equation of angular momentum H O was obtained in Problem 4.26. The set of
equations
equivalent:
F = m a
and
r&
= H G inform us that the following systems are
r&
HG
r
F( 2 )
r
F(n )
G
r
ma
r
F(1)
G - center of mass
Figure 4.12
NOTE: If we are dealing with rigid body motion, the governing equations are:
r
F =ma
and
r&
= HO
(4.65)
Problem 4.30
Consider the beam with the following load and boundary conditions:
P
L
2
HA
L
2
VA
VB
r
r r
F=ma =0
F
F
F
=0
=0
=0
F
F
Draft
= H A + P cos = 0 H A = P cos
= V A + V B P sin = 0 V A = V B + P sin
r
r
r&
MA = HA =0
M
M
M
=0
=0
=0
= V B L P sin
339
L
P sin
= 0 VB =
2
2
P sin
. Note that we have 3 equations and
2
3 unknowns (isostatic system). If we have a system in which there are more unknowns than
equations (hyperstatic system), this procedure is no longer valid since the reactions will
depend on the beam deformation and this depends on the beam stiffness.
Problem 4.31
Find the kinetic energy related to rigid body motion in terms of the inertia tensor, (see
Problem 4.26 and Problem 4.29).
r
Solution: The rigid body motion velocity can be expressed as v = c& + ( x c ) . Then, the
kinetic energy becomes:
r r
1
1
(v v )dV =
2V
2V
][
r& r
r r r r
r r
c + ( x c ) c& + ( x c ) dV
r
r r r
Using the following vector sum x = x + x , where x is the mass center vector position,
r
and x is the particle vector position with respect to the system that has its origin in the
K (t ) =
[(
][
r r
r r
r r
r r r
r
1
c& + (( x + x ) c ) c& + (( x + x ) c) dV
2V
r r
r r
r r
r r
r r
r r
1
=
c& + ( x c ) + ( x ) c& + ( x c) + ( x ) dV
2V
r r r
r r
Note that v = c& + ( x c) is the center of mass velocity, thus:
K(t ) =
] [(
K (t ) =
2V
or:
K (t ) =
r r
r r r
r r r
r r
r r
1
1
1
1
v v dV +
v ( x ) dV +
( x ) v dV +
( x ) ( x ) dV
2V
2V
2V
2V
r r
r r r
r r
r r
1
1
v v dV + v ( x ) dV + ( x ) ( x ) dV
2V
2V
V
r r
1
1 r
v v dV = v
2V
2
dV = 2 mv
r r
2) v ( x ) dV = v x dV = v ( m {
x ) = 0
V
r
=0
Draft
340
Note that, the system x is located at the center of mass ( G ), hence the center of mass
r
vector position related to the system x is zero.
r
3) ( x ) ( x ) dV
V
[( x) ( x)] dV =
ijk j xk ipq p xq
dV = ( jp kq jq kp ) j xk p xq dV
= j ( jp kq xk xq jq kp xk xq ) p dV
V
= j ( jp xk xk xp xj ) p dV = j ( jp xk xk xj xp ) dV p
V
V
= j I jp p
r r
[( x) ( x)] dV = [( x x) 1 ( x x)] dV = I
V
where I is the inertia pseudo-tensor related to the system located at the center of mass,
(see Problem 4.26).
Then if we bear in mind all the above considerations, the kinetic energy equation for rigid
body motion becomes:
K (t ) =
r r
r r r
r r
r r
1
1
1
v v dV + 2 v ( x ) dV + ( x ) ( x ) dV
2V
2
2V
1V44424443
=0
1
2
1r
2
K(t ) = mv 2 + I
(4.66)
2
2
x 2 + x3 dV
V
Iij = [x1 x 2 ] dV
V
[x1 x3 ] dV
V
[x1 x 2 ] dV
[x1 x3 ] dV
I11
V
[x 2 x 3 ] dV = I12
V
I13
x1 2 + x 2 2 dV
[x + x ] dV
[x x ] dV
[
1
2 3
I13
I 23
I 33
I12
I 22
I 23
1
2
I11
3 ] I12
I
13
I12
I22
I23
I13 1
I23 2
I33 3
1 2 1
mv + I1112 + I2222 + I3332 2 I1212 2 I1313 2 I2323
2
2
K(t ) = mv 2 +
1
I1112 + I 22 22 + I 33 32 2 I12 1 2 2 I13 13 2 I 23 2 3
2
Draft
(4.67)
341
Problem 4.32
Consider the inertia pseudo-tensor, I O , with respect to the system x1 x 2 x3 , (see Figure
4.14). a) Make the physical interpretation of the inertia tensor. b) Given another
orthonormal system, represented by x1* x 2* x3* . Obtain the inertia tensor components in this
new system. c) Show that the inertia tensor is positive definite tensor. For a solid in
DI O &
I O is equal to zero.
Dt
x3
x2*
x3*
x1*
O
x2
x1
Figure 4.14
Solution:
The inertia pseudo-tensor depends on the adopted coordinate system, and by definition is
given by:
r r
r r
I O = [( x x ) 1 ( x x )] dV
I O ij = x k x k ij xi x j dV
or in components
2
2
x 2 + x3 dV
V
I ij = [x1 x 2 ] dV
V
[x1 x3 ] dV
V
[x1 x 2 ] dV
[x1 x 3 ] dV
V
[x 2 x3 ] dV
V
x12 + x 22 dV
[x + x ]dV
[x x ] dV [
2
1
2
3
2 3
a) The inertia tensor give us the information as the mass into the body is distributed under
the adopted system.
The term [x1 x 2 ] dV indicates how the mass is distributed along the plane x1 x 2 . Then,
V
if the material is homogeneous, i.e. the mass density field is independent of x , and x1 x 2
is a plane of symmetry, i.e. the mass is distributed equally with respect to plane x1 x 2 , the
term
[x x ] dV
1 2
Let us consider a student attached to a disc with outstretched arms, each hand holding a
r
weight (see Figure 4.15 initial system). The disk rotates with angular velocity (i ) and the
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real - Spain
Draft
342
inertia tensor according to the system x is given by I O(i ) . If we consider a system without
energy dissipation, what will happen when the student moves the arms inwardly as shown
in Figure 4.15 final system? As we are dealing with a conservative system, the angular
momentum is conserved too, i.e.:
r
r
H O( i ) = H O( f )
r
r
I (Oi ) ( i ) = I O( f ) ( f )
Since for the final system the mass is more concentrated according to the rotation axis than
r
r
to the initial system the inequality I O( f ) < I (Oi ) holds and as consequence ( f ) > (i ) .
x3
Initial system
x3
r
(i )
Final system
r
( f )
I O( f )
I O(i )
Figure 4.15:
b) Let us assume that the given systems (see Figure 4.14) are related by the transformation
law xi* = Aij x j , where Aij is the orthogonal matrix, then it follows that xi = A ji x *j . Thus
being able to express I O ij as follows:
I O ij = x k x k ij xi x j dV = ( x k* x k* )Aip pq A jq Aip x *p A jq x q* dV
V
= Aip ( x k* x k* ) pq x *p x q* A jq dV = Aip ( x k* x k* ) pq x *p x q* dV A jq
V
V
{[
]}
= Aip I *O ij A jq
Note that x k x k = A ks x s* A kt x t* = x *s x t* A ks A kt = x *s x t* st = x *s x s* = x t* x t* = x k* x k* .
Abusing a little bit of notation, we also use tensorial notation, but bear in mind that we are
working with tensor components, and we are not doing an orthogonal transformation.
Draft
343
r r
r r
r r
r
r
IO = [( x x ) 1 ( x x )] dV = ( x * x * )A T 1 A (A T x * A T x * ) dV
r r
r
r
= ( x * x * )A T 1 A (A T x * x * A ) dV
V
{[
r r
r
r
= A T ( x * x * )1 ( x * x * )
]} A dV
r r
r
r
= A T ( x * x * )1 ( x * x * ) dV A = A T I*O A
V
I O = A T I *O A
I O ij = A
*
ip I O ij
A jq
(4.68)
Then, it is also true I *O = A I O A T , which are the inertia tensor components in the
system x1* x 2* x3* . Note that the equation (4.68) is the same component transformation law
for a second-order tensor, where A is the transformation matrix from the x1 x 2 x3 -system
to x1* x 2* x3* -system.
c) For a positive definite tensor, by definition, its eigenvalues are greater than zero.
We will start from the kinetic energy obtained in Problem 4.31, i.e.:
1
2
K(t ) = mv 2 +
1
I1112 + I 22 22 + I 33 32 2 I12 1 2 2 I13 13 2 I 23 2 3
2
The kinetic energy is a scalar and always a positive number, and only in two situations the
kinetic energy is zero, namely: when there is no mass or when the body is at rest. We adopt
a system such that the origin is at the center of mass and the adopted axes are axes of
symmetry (inertia principal system) and that the body is rotating around the origin (center
of mass). In this situation the kinetic energy becomes:
1
K(t ) = [1 2
2
0 1
I1 0
1
Eigenvalues of the
Inertia tensor
1
2
In addition, if we have a motion such that 2 = 3 = 0 , we have K(t ) = I112 , then, the
only way that the kinetic energy is always positive is when I1 > 0 holds. Similarly, we can
conclude that I 2 > 0 and I 3 > 0 . Hence, the inertia tensor is a positive definite tensor.
d) As the inertia pseudo-tensor is dependent on the adopted system, for the following
situations the inertia tensor to a solid in motion does not change with time:
1) If the adopted system is attached to the solid.
2) If the solid is rotating along a axe of symmetry, for example if a cylinder is rotating along
the prismatic axe, then during motion the mass distribution is not changing with respect to
the adopted system, (see Figure 4.16).
Draft
344
Figure 4.16
Problem 4.33
Consider a homogeneous cylinder of radius r and height h = 3r with total mass equal to
m , (see Figure 4.17). Find the inertia tensor in the system Ox1 x 2 x3 . The system Ox1 x 2 x3 is
given by the rotation of the system Ox1x 2 x3 of 45 along the axis x1 . The systems
Gx1 x 2 x3 and Ox1x 2 x3 have the same orientation.
Hint: For the reference system Gx1 x 2 x3 we know the inertia tensor components and are
given by:
I G ij
1
2
2
0
12 m(3r + h )
1
0
=
m(3r 2 + h 2 )
12
0
0
2 0 0
mr 2
0 =
0 2 0
0 0 1
1 2
mr
2
0
x3
r
x3
x3
x1
x2
r
rG
h = 3r
x2
45
x2
x1, x1
Figure 4.17
Draft
345
Solution:
First of all we obtain the inertia tensor in the system Ox1x 2 x3 by means of the Steiner
theorem, (see equation (4.62) in Problem 4.26). After that, we obtain the components due
to a rotation by means of the equation (4.68) in Problem 4.32.
By means of the equations in (4.63):
I11
I O ij = I12
I
13
I12
I 22
I 23
x 22 + x32
I13
I 23 + m x1 x 2
x x
I33
1 3
x1 x3
x2 x3
x12 + x 22
x1 x 2
x12
x32
x2 x3
(4.69)
where ( x1 , x 2 , x 3 ) are the coordinates of the center of mass with respect to the system
r
3
Ox1x 2 x3 , and by consider the vector rG = x1e 1 + x 2 e 2 + x 3 e 3 = 0e 1 + re 2 + re 3 , we can
2
obtain:
2
3 2
r + ( 2 r )
2 0 0
mr 2
I O ij =
0 2 0 + m
0
2
0 0 1
( r )( 3 r )
2
( r )( 2 r )
0
34 0
mr 2
=
0
0 13 6
4
0 6 6
02 + r 2
0
3 2
2
0 + ( 2 r )
Considering the transformation matrix between the systems Ox1x 2 x3 and Ox1 x 2 x3 :
0
0
1
A = 0 cos 45 sin 45
0 sin 45 cos 45
Problem 4.34
0
34 0
mr 2
=
0
7 7
8
0 7 31
Draft
346
r
- angular velocity of the body
r
HG
r
- angular velocity of the system x *
x3
x2*
x3*
r
HO
x1*
x3
G
r
x
x1
x2
x 2
G - center of mass
x1
Figure 4.18
Solution: Applying the material time derivative we obtain:
r
r
r r r
r r
r Dv
r&
r&
D r
D
D
D r
Dx r
m x v + HG =
m xv +
HO HO =
HG = m
v +m x
+ HG
Dt
Dt
Dt
Dt
Dt
Dt
r r
r r r&
= m v12
3
v + m x a + HG
r
[ ]
=0
Then, we obtain:
r r r&
r&
D r
HO HO = m x a + HG
Dt
(4.70)
r
where a is the acceleration of the center of mass. Next, we discuss the term H& G . We
adopt the mobile system x1 x 2 x3 but with fixed orientation in space which is parallel to the
r
fixed system x1 x 2 x3 , (see Figure 4.18). By expressing the components of I and in the
system x1 x 2 x3 , we obtain:
r
r
H G = I
r&
r&
D r
& r
H G H G = I + I
Dt
r
Note that, as the solid rotates with respect to the system x the inertia tensor changes,
r
since the mass distribution is changing with respect to the system x . Then, at each time
rate of change
step we have to calculate the inertia tensor. This procedure is very laborious. To solve this
r
problem, we adopt a new system x * , which has origin at the center of mass, (see Figure
4.18). By means of the component transformation law, the following is true:
(components)
r
r
r
r
H G* = A H G
H G = A T H G*
;
r *
r
r
r
= A T *
= A ;
*
T
;
I O = A T I O* A
I O = A I O A
Draft
347
r&
r
r
r&
D r
D
A T H G* = A& T H G* + A T H G*
H G H G =
Dt
Dt
(4.71)
By analogy with the rate of change of the orthogonal tensor, (see Chapter of the textbook),
we can conclude that = A& A T A& T = A T T , where T is the antisymmetric
r
tensor and represents the rate of change of rotation of the system x * with respect to the
r
system x . Then, we can express (4.71) as follows:
r&
r
r&
r
r&
H G = A T T H G* + A T H G* = A T T H G* + H G* (components)
(4.72)
r
r r
Resorting to the antisymmetric tensor property such that T H G* = H G* (see NOTA
r
r r
3), where is the axial vector associated with the antisymmetric tensor T , i.e. = (t )
r
is the angular velocity of the rotating system x * . Proving that (4.72) can still be written as
follows:
r&
r
r&
r
r&
r
H G = A T T H G* + H G* = A T * H G* + H G* (components)
(4.73)
where
r*
r&
D * r * DI * r *
H G* =
I =
+ I * D
Dt
Dt
Dt
The term
1)
DI *
is equal to zero when one of the two possibilities holds:
Dt
r r
r
DI *
= 0 if the system x * is attached to the solid. In this case, the equation =
Dt
holds, i.e. the mobile system velocity is equal to the angular velocity of the solid.
2)
DI *
= 0 if the solid rotates around a prismatic axis, (see Figure 4.16 in Problem 4.32).
Dt
(components)
(4.74)
r&
r*
r& *
r * r * r& *
T r*
A H G = A A H G + H G = H G + H G
r
r
r
Note that the term A H& G are the components of H& G in the system x * , and note also
r
r
that A H& G H& G* , then:
r * r
r
A H& = H& * + r * H * (components)
G
G
G
(4.75)
Dt
r
DH G
r r
=
Dt + H G
r
f
Draft
(tensorial notation)
(4.76)
348
r
r
DH G
represents the rate of change of H G with respect to the fixed system,
where
Dt f
r
r
DH G
Dt represents the rate of change of H G with respect to the rotating system with an
r
r
angular velocity .
NOTE 2: The equation in (4.76) is valid for any vector (see Figure 4.19), i.e. the rate of
r
r
change of the vector b respect to the fixed system x is equal to the rate of change of the
r
r
vector b respect to the rotating system x * plus the vector product between angular
r
velocity of the system ( which is associated to the antisimetric tensor T ) and the vector
r
b:
r
r
r
r Db
Db
Db
r r
T
=
+ b =
+ b
Dt
fixed Dt rotating
Dt rotating
(4.77)
r r D
D
D
.
=
=
+
1
2r3 Dt
Dt f Dt r
r
=0
r
b
x3
x2*
x3*
x1*
x 2
x1
Figure 4.19
NOTE 3: Note that the equation (4.77) is the convective rate, (see Chapter on The
C
r
a , where
C
r r
r r
r
= D + W , then a = a& + l T a = a& + (D + W) T a . Recall from Chapter 2 (Chaves (2013))
1
that W = R U& U 1 U 1 U& R T + R& R T holds. And if we are considering rigid solid
2
C
r r
r
motion we have D = 0 , U& = 0 , and W = = R& R T , with that we obtain a = a& + T a .
NOTE 4: Let us expose a simple example to obtain T . Let us assume that the e i -system
is rotating according to the e i -system (see Figure 4.20), and to obtain T we procedure as
follows. The transformation matrix from e i to e i is given by:
Draft
cos
A = sin
0
d (cos )
dt
d (sin )
d (A )
&
A =
dt
dt
d (sin )
dt
d (cos )
dt
0
sin
T
&
&
= A A = cos
0
cos
0 &
T = & 0
0 0
sin
0
0 0
0 = 3
0 2
3
0
sin
cos
0
0
0
1
0
&
sin
0 = & cos
0 0
0 cos
0 sin
0 0
2
1
349
sin
cos
0
(4.78)
cos
sin
0
0
0
0
0
0 1 0 0 & 0
0 = & 1 0 0 = & 0 0
0 0 0 0 0 0
1
0
i = 0
&
r
where is the axial vector associated with the antisymmetric tensor T .
3 = &
e 3
e 1
e 2
e 3
e 2
e 1
Figure 4.20
Draft
350
Let us consider also that an observer (attached to the system ox1 x 2 x3 ) is moving (for
simplicitys sake we will just consider translation). Since the system ox1 x 2 x3 is moving we
denote it by non-inertial reference frame. By means of vector summation, (see Figure 4.21), we
can obtain:
r r r
X =c+ x
D
Dt
r &r& r
+ &x&
A=c
r
r
&r& = Fr mc
&r&
m&x& = mA mc
r r
&r&
ma = F mc
Note that, for the observer it appears the additional force (m&c&) to the Newtons law.
This additional force is a fictitious force or pseudo force which is denoted by inertial force. In
addition, inertial forces appear if the observers system is rotating, e.g. centripetal force.
r
mA
X2
r
x
r
X
x2
r
c
x1
X1
X3
Figure 4.21
Draft
Problem 4.35
351
(4.79)
where a r and v r are, respectively, the acceleration and the velocity of a particle with
r
respect to an observer that is rotating with the system x * , (see Figure 4.19). Consider also
r r
r
that = is the angular velocity of the system x * , which is constant with time.
Solution:
We use directly the equation in (4.77) to obtain the velocity:
r
r
r r
Dx
Dx
=
+ x
Dt f Dt r
r
r r r
v f = vr + x
We apply the same definition to the above equation in order to obtain the acceleration, i.e.:
r
r r r
r r r
Dv f
r
r r r
D[v r + x ]
D[v r + x ]
=
+ [v r + x ]
Dt
Dt
f
r
Dt f
r
r r
r
r r r
r r
Dv D[ x ]
+ v r + ( x )
af = r +
Dt r Dt r
r
r
r
r
r r Dx
r r r
r r
Dv D
+ v r + ( x )
af = r +
x
Dt r Dt r
Dt r
r
r
r& r r r r r r
r r
a = a + x + v + v + ( x )
f
r
r
r& r
r r
r
r r
x + 2( vr ) + ( x )
a f = ar +
r r
As we are assuming angular velocity constant & = 0 , i.e. the angular acceleration is zero,
(4.80)
Note that to obtain the above equation we have not used any principle of conservation.
The above equation is just relating the acceleration in a fixed system in function of
parameters defined in the rotating system.
r
r r r
r r r
r r r
r r r
r r r
r r
r
r r
r r r
r 2r
r 2r
r = 0 we obtain the following equation ( r ) = ( r ) r = r , which is
the
centripetal
acceleration,
(see
Problem
2.58).
Earth
rotates
at
rate
r
r r
2 rad
rad
rad
. Note that the term ( x ) is very small
=
0.727 10 4
day 86400 s
s
r r
compared with the term 2( vr ) .
3 = 2
Draft
352
x3 , z
r
= 3e 3
e 3
r
r
x3
r
x
e r
x2 , y
x1 , x
Figure 4.22
r
N
e 2
Latitude
e 3
e 1
r
x
e 3 , e 2
e 2 , e 1
Equator
e 1 , e 3
S
Figure 4.23
Then, the transformation law from e i to e i is given by:
e 1 0
1
0 e 1
e2 = sin 0 cos e 2
e cos 0 sin e
3
3
Draft
1
0
0
B = sin 0 cos
cos 0 sin
(4.81)
3e 3
353
r
= 3 cos( )e 2 + 3 sin( )e 3
N
e 2
e 3
S
Figure 4.24
r
(4.82)
The term f = 23 sin( ) is known as Coriolis parameter. To small value of vr 3 the above
equation reduce to:
r
r r
Dv r
= 2( v r ) = [23 sin( )vr 2 ]e 1 + [ 23 sin( )vr1 ]e 2 = [ f vr 2 ]e 1 + [ f vr1 ]e 2
Dt r
Dv r 1
Dt = f vr 2
Dv r 2 = f v
r1
Dt
Draft
354
is rotating with the Earth. We will adopt the system used in Figure 4.23.
r
r
r r
ar = ge 2( vr )
r
r
r r
r r
ma r = F 2m( v r ) = mge 3 2m( v r )
v
g
g
[
]
2
cos(
)
3
r1
where the acceleration a f is given by (4.80), and we are considering that the term
r
r r
r r
( x ) is very small when compared with the term 2( vr ) whose components are
given by (4.82). Then
d 2 x1
2
ar1 dt2 23 cos( )vr 3
r
d x
(ar )i = ar1 = 22 =
0
a dt2
r1 d x3
2
dt
(4.83)
Note that
d 2 x3
dx
= g integratin
g 3 = gt + C1
vr 3 = gt
2
dt
dt
dx
t2
t2
3 = gt integratin
g x3 = g + C2
x3 = g + h
dt
2
2
C2 = h . Note that x3 = g
C1 = 0 , and
t
gt
.
+h=0h=
2
2
Considering the acceleration vr 3 = gt into the first component of (4.83) we can obtain:
d 2 x'1
dx '1
t2
integratin g
=
v
=
gt
+ C1 = vr1
2
cos(
)
2
cos(
)
2
cos(
)
3
r3
3
3
2
dt
dt 2
C1 = 0
dx '1
t3
= vr1 = 3 g cos( )t 2 integratin
g x'1 = 3 g cos( ) + C2
dt
3
1
3
Draft
355
1 2
gt t =
2
2h
, with that the
g
g 2h 2
1
x'1 = 3 g cos( )t 3 = 3 cos( )
3
3 g
e 2
r
r
Latitude
W
e 3
e 1
r
x
e 3
e 1
r
r
r = x cos
e 3
e 2
Equator
N North
S South
E East
W West
e 1
S Pole
r d
r
d
= x cos
( e1 )
v r1 = r
dt
dt
e 3
vr 2
NP
e 2
r
r
r
x
e 3
e 2
NP
SP
vr 2
r
r
v r1
e 1
r d
= x
( e 2 )
dt
e 1
Figure 4.26
Draft
356
sin
cos
0
0
0
1
(4.84)
and the transformation matrix from e i to e i (see equation (4.81)) is given by:
1
0
0
B = sin 0 cos
cos 0 sin
(4.85)
sin
cos
0
0 sin
0 = sin cos
1 cos cos
cos
sin sin
cos sin
0
cos
sin
& cos
& sin
0
d (C ) & &
C = ( cos cos + & sin sin ) ( & cos sin & sin cos ) & sin
dt
( & sin cos & cos sin ) ( & sin sin + & cos cos ) & cos
0
& sin & cos
v
& = r r1 sin
0
= C&C T = & sin
& cos
x cos
0
&
v r1
xr cos cos
0
vr1 tan vr1
1
0
= r vr1 tan
vr 2
x
vr1
0
vr 2
v r1
sin
r
x cos
0
vr 2
r
x
v
r r1 cos
x cos
vr 2
r
which is an antisymmetric matrix, as expected. Notice that according to Figure 4.26 the
v
d
d v r 2
= r r1
= r hold.
and &
following relationships &
dt
x cos
dt
Dt
r r
Dv
=
+ vr
f Dt r
r r
r
Note also that T v r = v r holds, so:
Draft
vr1 tan
0
r
1
v r = r vr1 tan
x
vr1
T
0
vr 2
1 2
a f = a r + r vr1 tan + vr 2 vr 3
x
vr21 vr22
1 2
vr 2 vr 2 = r vr1 tan + vr 2 vr 3
x
vr21 vr22
0 vr 3
1 2
a r = a f r vr1 tan + vr 2 vr 3
x
vr21 vr22
357
(4.86)
(4.87)
1 2
T r
2( v r ) + v r =
2[3 vr1 sin( )]
+ r vr1 tan( ) + vr 2 vr 3
(4.88)
where
Problem 4.36
Consider the rigid body in motion in which there are no forces acting on the body and also
consider a torque-free motion. a) Show the Eulers equations of motion:
& 1 = 2 3 (I 2 I3 )
I1
& 2 = 13 (I3 I1 )
I 2
I
3 & 3 = 12 (I1 I 2 )
(4.89)
where Ii are the principal moment of inertia related to the system G xyz whose origin is at
r
the center of mass G , i are the components of the body angular velocity ( ), and
&i
Di
denotes the time derivative of the angular velocity.
Dt
r
r
F = ma
and
r
r&
MG = HG
F =0
and
r r&
= 0 = HG
r
Next we will evaluate the term H& G .
We will consider a mobile system Gxyz attached to the body, (see Figure 4.27), so, in this
r r
situation we have that = .
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real - Spain
Draft
358
r
- angular velocity of the body
r
HG
r
- angular velocity of the system x
x3
=
x2
x3
x1
G
x1
x 2
G - center of mass
Figure 4.27
r
In Problem 4.34 we have obtained an efficient equation in order to calculate H& G , (see
r r
equation (4.76)), and by considering = we get:
r
DH G
Dt
r
r
r
DH G
DH G
r
r r
=
+ H G =
+
H Gxyz
Dt
Dt
f
r
0
I2
0
0
0
I 3
1
r
( ) i = 2
3
components
0
I2
0
r
r
( H Gxyz ) i = (I Gxyz ) ij ( ) j
0 1 I 1 1
0 2 = I 2 2
I 3 3 I 3 3
r
DH G
Dt
r
DH Gxyz
=
Dt
r&
H Gxyz
Gxyz
components
Draft
r
( H&
) &
& 1 I1
&1
r Gxyz 1 I11 + I1
&
&
& 2 = I 2
& 2
( H Gxyz ) 2 = I 2 2 + I 2
I& + I
r&
& I
&
( H Gxyz ) 3 3 3 3 3 3 3
e 1
r r
H Gxyz = 1
I 1 1
e 2
2
e 3
3
I 2 2
I 3 3
359
= ( 2 I 3 3 3 I 2 2 )e 1 + ( 3 I 1 1 1 I 3 3 )e 2 + (1 I 2 2 2 I 1 1 )e 3
= 2 3 (I 3 I 2 )e 1 + 1 3 (I 1 I 3 )e 2 + 1 2 (I 2 I 1 )e 3
Components:
r r
H Gxyz
2 3 (I 3 I 2 )
= 1 3 (I 1 I 3 )
(I I )
1 2 2 1
Dt
r
r
r r
= H& Gxyz +
H Gxyz = 0
{ }
r&
H Gxyz
r r
+ H Gxyz
} {}
i
r
= 0
& 1 2 3 (I 3 I 2 ) 0
I1
& 2 + 1 3 (I 1 I 3 ) = 0
I 2
I
3 & 3 1 2 (I 2 I 1 ) 0
& 1 = 2 3 (I 2 I 3 )
I 1
& 2 = 1 3 (I 3 I1 )
I 2
I
3 & 3 = 1 2 (I 1 I 2 )
b) The kinetic energy for rigid body motion (see Problem 4.31 equation (4.66)) is given by:
1
2
1r
2
K(t ) = mv 2 + I
Since the origin of the adopted system is at G (mass center) we have v = 0 , with that we
obtain:
1
1
K(t ) = k I kj j = [1
2
2
I1
3 ] 0
0
0
I2
0
0 1
1
0 2 = I1 12 + I 2 22 + I 3 32
2
I 3 3
] [
1 D
1
D
& 1 + 2 2 I 2
& 2 + 23I 3
&3
K(t ) = K& (t ) =
I112 + I 2 22 + I 332 = 21 I1
2 Dt
2
Dt
& 1 + 2I 2
& 2 + 3I 3
&3
= 1 I1
with that we show that the kinetic energy is constant for any problem which is governed by
Eulers equations of motion.
Draft
360
Problem 4.37
Obtain a simplified form of the rigid body governing equations for the particular case:
a) Rigid body rotation around a fixed axis without forces.
Solution:
We will consider the fixed system OX 1 X 2 X 3 and we adopt the rotation axis the X 3 -axis,
(see Figure 4.28) and the mobile system Ox1 x2 x3 attached to the body.
x1
X 3 , x3
X1
= = 3 e 3 = 3 E 3
3
r
- angular velocity of the body
x2
X2
F =0
and
r&
= HO
r
where H& O can be calculated by means of
r
r&
DH O
HO
Dt
DH Oxr
=
r Dt
OX
r
r
DH Oxr
r
+ H Oxr =
r
Dt
Ox
r r
+
H Oxr
r
Ox
( H Oxr ) i = (I Oxr ) ij ( ) j
r
( H Oxr ) 1 I O 11
I O 12 I O 13 0 I O 13 3
r r
I O 22
I O 23 0 = I O 23 3
( Hr Ox ) 2 = I O 12
( H r ) I
I O 33 3 I O 33 3
I O 23
O 13
Ox 3
& 3
( H Oxr ) 2 = I O 23
r
( H& r ) I
&
Ox 3 O 33 3
Draft
361
e 1
0
e 2
0
I O 13 3
I O 23 3
e 3
3 = I O 23 32 e 1 I O 13 32 e 2
I O 33 3
thus
Applying
&3
& 3 I O 2332 I O 2332 IO13
I O13
r&
& 3
& 3 + I O1332 = I O1332 I O 23
( H O ) i = I O 23
I
&3
0
IO 33
O 33 & 3
r
r&
M O = H O we get the following set of equations:
M
M
M
O1
O2
O3
M
M
M
X
Y
Z
&3
= I O 2332 IO13
2
&3
= IO133 I O 23
&3
= I O 33
M
M
M
O1
O2
O3
M
M
M
=0
=0
&3
= I O 3
I O 1
I Gxyz = 0
0
IO1 = I O 2
0
IO 2
0
0
I O 3
Problem 4.38
A rigid body consists of two masses m at each extremity of the weightless rod whose
length is 2l . The rod is inclined about respect to the vertical line and rotates with
angular velocity as indicated in Figure 4.29.
a) Find the angular momentum
of the body;
r
b) Find the torque ( M ) in order to maintain the rotation.
Draft
362
l
m
Figure 4.29
Solution: We apply the governing equations for a rigid solid motion, (see Problem 4.29). We
will adopt a fixed system OXYZ at the space and a mobile system Oxyz which is attached
to the body, (see Figure 4.30.
Y
r
= J
Zz
l
m
x
Figure 4.30
The inertia tensor I (system Oxyz ) is given by:
IOxyz
0
0
= 0 2ml 2
0
0
0
0
2ml 2
Draft
363
2
2
H Oy = 0 2ml
0 sin() = 2ml sin()
H Oz 0
0
2ml 2
0
0
r
H O = 0i + 2ml 2 sin() j + 0k
r
The torque M can be evaluated as follows:
r r&
r&
r r
M = H O = ( H O ) Oxyz + H O
r
r&
r r
We can observe that (H O ) Oxyz = 0 and = hold, then:
i
j
k
r r&
r r
M = H O = H O = cos()
sin()
0
0
2ml 2 sin() 0
r r&
2
2
2
M = H O = cos()2ml sin()k = ml sin(2)k
Y
r
= cos()i + sin()j + 0k
r
H O = 0i + 2ml 2 sin() j + 0k
r
HO
X
Zz
l
m
x
Figure 4.31
Solution using the system OXYZ
The transformation matrix from OXYZ to Oxyz is given by:
Draft
364
cos 2 sin 2 0
sin () cos() 0
2
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
sin () cos() 0 0
0 sin () cos() 0
0 cos() sin () 0
2ml 2 0
0
1
2ml 2 cos 2 ( )
2ml 2 sin ( ) cos()
0
2
2
2
= 2ml sin ( ) cos()
2ml sin ()
0
0
0
2ml 2
H = 2ml 2 sin()
Oy
H Oz
0
2
0
H OX sin () cos() 0
2ml cos() sin()
H OZ 0
0
1
0
0
The torque:
M = 2 ml 2 sin(2)K
Problem 4.39
A gyroscope consists of an outer gimbal, inner gimbal and a rotor with mass m (see Figure
4.32). The outer gimbal can rotate about the Z -axis defining the angle (precession
angle), the inner gimbal can rotate about the y -axis defining the angle (nutation angle),
the rotor can rotate about the z -axis defining the angle (rotation angle). The angles
( , , ) are called Euler angles.
Obtain the governing equations for the gyroscope.
Draft
365
- precession angle
Z
Precession axis
- nutation angle
- rotation angle
&
z - spin axis
outer gimbal
inner gimbal
y
&
&
x
X
Figure 4.32
Consider the inertia tensor components of the rotor according to the system Oxyz as
follows:
I 0 0
(I Oxr )ij = 0 I 0
0 0 I
Solution:
We will adopt the orthonormal basis of the fixed system OXYZ by ( I , J , K ), and for the
mobile system Oxyz we will adopt the orthonormal basis ( i , j , k ).
Angular velocity of the rotor is given by (see Figure 4.33):
r
+ & j + & k
= & K
= [ & sin( ) i + +& cos( )] k ] + & j + & k
= & sin( ) i + & j + [& + & cos( )] k
Draft
366
& cos( )
& K
& sin( )
x
Figure 4.33
The governing equations for a rigid solid motion are given by:
r
F =ma
and
r&
= HO
r
where H& O can be calculated by means of
r
r
r&
DH O
DH Oxr
r r
=
+ H Oxr
H O
Dt OXr Dt Oxr
Angular momentum:
r
r
r
r
componente
s
H Oxr = I Oxr
( H Oxr )i = (IOxr )ij () j
r
( H Oxr )1 I 0 0 & sin( ) I& sin( )
r r
&
I&
( Hr Ox ) 2 = 0 I 0
=
Ox 3
r& Ox 1 D
I&
I&&
( H Oxr ) 2 =
=
Dt
Note that due to the symmetry of the rotor, the inertia tensor does not change with time
with respect to the system Oxyz .
r r
r
We need to calculate the vector H Oxr , where is the angular velocity of the rotating
system Oxyz . Note that the mobile system can rotate about the K -axis and about the j axis, and cannot rotate about the k -axis, (see Figure 4.33), then, the angular velocity of the
mobile system can be given by:
Draft
367
= & K + & j
= [& sin( ) i + & cos( )] k ] + & j
= & sin( ) i + & j + & cos( ) k
i
j
r
H Oxr = & sin( ) &
I& sin( ) I&
k
& cos( )
I [& + & cos( )]
= {& I [& + & cos( )] & I& cos( )}i {I& sin( ) [& + & cos( )] + & I& sin( ) cos( )}j
+ {I& & sin( ) + I& & sin( )}k
&
( H Oxr ) i = I sin( ) [& + & cos( )] & 2 I sin( ) cos( )
thus
r
DH r
r&
Ox
( H O ) i =
Dt
Applying
r r
+ ( H Oxr ) i
r
Ox i
&&
& &
2
=
I&&
+ I& sin( ) [& + & cos( )] & I sin( ) cos( )
I D [& + & cos( )]
Dt
&&
& &
& & &
I[ sin( ) + 2 cos( )] + I [ + cos( )]
D & &
I
[ + cos( )]
Dt
r
r&
M O = H O we can obtain the following set of equations:
M
M
M
O1
O2
O3
M
M
M
x
y
z
(4.90)
r & components r
0
0
;
; = K ( ) 2 =
( Hr Oxr ) 2 =
(r ) & cos( )
( H r ) I [& + & cos( )]
3
Ox 3
Draft
368
r
() 1 x & sin( )
r
0
( ) 2 = y =
r & &
(
) 3 z [ + cos( )]
M
M
O1
O2
M
M
M
M
M O3
=0
Mz = 0
O1
O2
O3
M
M
M
=0
=0
& = constant
&
r
= & K
z k
& k
x = & sin( )
y
r
Draft
5 Introduction to:
Constitutive Equations,
IBVP Statement, and
IBVP Solution Strategies
Problem 5.1
Describe the constitutive equation and the free variables for simple thermoelastic materials
when we are considering the specific Helmholtz free energy .
Solution:
The constitutive equations for a simple material are in function of the following free
variables:
Constitutive equation for energy = ( F , T )
( F , T )
F
( F , T )
Constitutive equation for entropy ( F , T ) =
T
r
r
rT )
(
F
,
T
,
q
=
q
= ( E , T )
( E , T )
S = 0
E
;
( E , T )
(E ,T ) =
T
r
r
q 0 = q0 ( E , T , Xr T )
= (F , T )
( F , T ) T
F
=
F
( F , T )
(F , T ) =
T
r
1 r
q = J q0 ( F , T , Xr T ) F T
r
= J 1F q0 ( F , T , Xr T )
Problem 5.2
Consider an elastic material in which the energy density (per unit volume) is known and is
given by:
372
1
2
( I E , II E ) = ( + 2 )I E2 2 II E
where and are material constants. I E = I E (E ) and II E = II E (E ) are, respectively, the
first and second principal invariants of the Green-Lagrange strain tensor. Obtain the
constitutive equations for this problem. Obtain also the explicit expression for the
constitutive equations in terms of , , I E and II E .
Formulary
I E = I E ( E ) = Tr ( E )
II E = II E ( E ) =
1
( TrE ) 2 Tr ( E 2 )
2
I E
=1
E
II E
= Tr ( E )1 E T
E
Solution:
According to the problem, the energy is only a function of the Green-Lagrange strain
tensor. We know that the general expressions for the constitutive equations for a simple
thermoelastic material are:
= ( E , T )
( E , T )
S = 0
E
( E , T )
(E ,T ) =
T
r
r
q 0 = q0 ( E , T , Xr T )
Considering the expression of the given energy, we can conclude that the problem is
independent of temperature, since the energy expression is not a function of temperature.
Then, the remaining constitutive equation is the one related to stress, i.e.:
S = 0
( E ) ( I E , II E ) ( I E , II E ) I E ( I E , II E ) II E
=
=
+
E
E
I E
E
II E
E
= ( + 2 )I E (1) + ( 2 ) Tr ( E )1 E T
2
Problem 5.3
Consider the specific Gibbs free energy G(S, T ) = ( E , T )
S : E as constitutive
equation for energy for thermoelastic materials. Obtain the remaining constitutive
equations for thermoelastic materials, based on the principle that G(S, T ) does not depend
on the temperature gradient.
Solution:
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real Spain
Draft
373
We start from the Clausius-Duhem inequality in terms of specific Helmholtz free energy in
the reference configuration:
1r
S : E& 0 & + T& q0 Xr T 0
T
(5.1)
Taking into account the specific Gibbs free energy we obtain the rate of change:
& (S, T ) = & ( E , T ) 1 S& : E 1 S : E&
G
and by replacing the above equation into the inequality (5.1) we can obtain:
&
1r
1 &
1
S : E& 0 G
S:E+
S : E& + T& q0 Xr T 0
(S , T ) +
0
0
T
r
& (S , T ) S& : E T& 1 q
r
0G
0
0 XT 0
T
(5.2)
Note that S& : E = E : S& holds. The above inequality suggests that for a variation of Gibbs
free energy we must have the following relationships: Strain for variation of stress,
Entropy for a variation of temperature, and heat conduction in terms of temperature
gradient.
& (S , T ) can also be expressed as follows:
The term G
DG(S, T ) &
G(S, T ) & G(S , T ) &
T
G(S, T ) =
:S +
T
Dt
S
and by replacing the above equation into the equation in (5.2) we can obtain:
r
& (S, T ) E : S& T& 1 q
r
0G
0
0 XT 0
T
1r
G(S, T ) &
G(S, T ) &
:S 0
T E : S& 0T& q0 Xr T 0
0
S
T
T
r
1
G(S, T )
G(S , T )
0
+ E : S& 0
+ T& q0 Xr T 0
T
S
(5.3)
The above inequality must be satisfied for any admissible thermodynamic process. Let us
r
r
now consider the process such that T& = 0 (isothermal process), and q 0 = 0 (adiabatic
process), then the above entropy inequality becomes:
G(S, T )
0
+ E : S& 0
(5.4)
Note that the above inequality must also be met for any thermodynamic process. Then if in
the current process the condition in (5.4) is met, we can apply another process such that
S& = S& , in which the entropy inequality (5.4) is violated. Thus, the only way in which the
inequality in (5.4) is satisfied is when:
G(S, T )
+E =0
S
E = 0
G(S, T )
S
Then if we take into account the above equation into the inequality (5.3), we obtain:
Draft
374
1r
G(S, T )
G(S, T )
0
+ E : S& 0
+ T& q0 Xr T 0
S
T
(5.5)
G(S, T )
& 1 r
r
0
+ T q0 X T 0
T
T
r
Now let us consider a process where Xr T = 0 (uniform temperature field), then the
inequality becomes:
G(S , T )
0
+ T& 0
Starting from this point, we could apply another process where T& = T& , in which the
entropy inequality is violated. Thus, the only way in which the above inequality is satisfied
is when:
G(S, T )
+=0
T
G(S, T )
T
(5.6)
(5.7)
r
Taking into account the isothermal adiabatic process we have T& = 0 , q0 = 0 , and with no
rate of change of stress the equation S& = 0 holds. With that the inequality in (5.7)
becomes:
& (S, T ) 0
0G
(5.8)
Note that 0 > 0 is always positive, then to satisfy the above inequality the condition
& (S, T ) 0 must hold.
G
Draft
375
Problem 5.5
Find the governing equations for a continuum solid which has the following features:
Isothermal and adiabatic processes; an infinitesimal strain regime and a linear elastic
relationship between stress and strain.
b) Once the linear elastic, stress-strain relationship has been established, find the equation
in which ( ) is a tensor-valued isotropic tensor function.
Solution:
When we have isothermal and adiabatic processes, temperature and entropy play no role.
In an infinitesimal strain regime, the following is satisfied:
r
Xr xr
r
D
+ ( xr v ) = 0
Dt
(5.9)
r
r
xr + b = v&
(5.10)
= T
(5.11)
r
u& = : D xr q + r
r
1
T
& ( x, t ) + : D
(5.12)
1
1 r
u& 2 q xr T 0
T
T
(5.13)
r
r
+ b = v&
0 u&( X , t ) = S : E& Xr q 0 + 0 r ( X , t )
u& = : &
Du
D
[ + T ] = & holds,
=
Dt Dt
Draft
376
a process without any energy dissipation (an elastic process), i.e. all stored energy caused by
will recover when = 0 .
3) For this problem, the constitutive equations described in Problem 5.1 become:
= ( )
S=
( ) e ( )
=
= ( )
Energy ( ) and stress are only functions of strain. Then, if we calculate the rate of change
of the Helmholtz free energy, i.e. & ( ) =
( ) &
: , and by substituting it into the equation
e ( )
Thus, we can conclude that the energy equation is a redundant one, i.e. if the stress is
known the energy can be evaluated and vice-versa. So, we can summarize the governing
equations for the problem proposed as follows:
The equations of motion:
r
r
&r& (3 equations)
+ b = v& = u
Kinematic equations:
(5.14)
e ( )
(6 equations)
r
= symu (6 equations)
The unknowns of the proposed problem are: (6), u (3) and (6), making a total of 15
unknowns and 15 equations, so the problem is well-posed. Then, to achieve the unique
solution of the set of partial differential equations given by (5.14) one must introduce the
initial and boundary conditions, hence defining the Initial Boundary Value Problem (IBVP) for
the linear elasticity problem. The initial and boundary conditions for this problem are:
The displacement boundary condition, on S u :
r r
r r
u( x , t ) =u* ( x , t )
r
r
ui ( x , t ) = u*i ( x , t )
(5.15)
r
jk n k = t *j ( x, t )
(5.16)
r
r
u i ( x , t = 0) = u 0 i ( x )
r
u& 0 i ( x ) = v 0 i
(5.17)
In the particular case when we have a static or quasi-static problem, the equations of
r r
motion become the equilibrium equations ( + b = 0 ), and the initial conditions
become redundant.
Draft
Su
dV
r
u*
377
r r
t * ( x)
r r
b( x )
n
( )
( 0 )
2 e ( 0 )
: =
: = Ce :
where C e =
ij =
ij
kl
kl =
2 e ( 0 )
e
kl = Cijkl
kl
ij kl
2 e ( )
is a symmetric fourth-order tensor which is known as the elasticity
e ( )
. We can also use series expansion to
e ( ) = e ( 0 ) +
Draft
378
Ceijkl =
2 e ( ) 2 e ( )
=
= C eklij (major symmetry)
ij kl
kl ij
NOTE 3: To better illustration of the problem established here, let us consider a particular
case (a one-dimensional case) where the stress and strain components are given by:
0 0
ij = 0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0
e
ij = 0 0 0 11 = C1111
11 = E
0 0 0
In this case, the stress-strain linear relationship becomes = E (Hookes law) and the
1
2
1
2
e ( )
2 e
=
= E , (see Figure 5.2).
Current state
()
1
2
e = E
Stored energy
1
e =
2
E
1
0 = 0
e0 = 0
0 = 0
e (kl ) = e ( kl )
ij (kl ) = ij (kl )
Then, taking into account that the relationship - is given by ij ( ) = Ceijkl kl (indicial
notation), we can conclude that:
ij (kl ) = ij (kl )
e
e
Cijkl
kl = Cijkl
kl
e
Cijkl
= Ceijkl
Draft
379
NOTE 5: Figure 5.3 shows the stress-strain relationship for an isotropic material. Note
that, for an isotropic linear elastic material in an infinitesimal strain regime the constitutive
equation for stress becomes () = (1 1 + 2 I) : = Tr()1 + 2 :
e ( )
( ) =
4
3
14424
linear
isotropic
( ) = C e :
( ) = Tr ( )1 + 2
Elastic
It should be emphasized here that due to the fact that the C e -components are independent
of the coordinate system, the tensors and share the same principal space
(eigenvectors), (see Figure 5.3).
22
12
e
ij = C ijkl
kl
22
12
11
x1
ij = a ip a jq pq
ij = a ip a jq pq
11
e
ij = C ijkl
kl
22
22
12
12
11
x1
22
11
11
e kl
ij = C ijkl
22
Principal space
Isotropic material
11
e
e
Ceijkl = Cijkl
= Cijkl
e (kl ) = e ( kl )
x1
Draft
380
1!
2!
2 e ( 0 )
1
e
= 0 + 0 : ( 0 ) + ( 0 ) :
: ( 0 ) + L
2
2 e ( 0 )
1
1
1
1
= :
: = :De : = : Ce :
2
2
2
1
0!
e ( ) = e ( 0 ) +
Note that if we are dealing with linear elastic material e ( ) = e () holds, and
=
e ( )
.
1
Complementary strain energy density - e () = E 1
2
()
( ) = ( )
e
Stored energy
1
Strain energy density - e () = E
2
0 = 0
0 = 0
e + e =
b) Non-linear elastic material.
Complementary strain energy density - e ()
()
e () e ()
0 = 0
0 = 0
e ( ) = g = : e ( ) = 0 G( ) ,
where g( ) = 0 G( ) is the Gibbs free energy density (per unit volume) with reversed
sign, (see equations in (5.6) in Problem 5.3).
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real Spain
Draft
381
NOTE 8: Taking into account the constitutive equation for stress for an isotropic linear
elastic material ( ) = Tr ( )1 + 2 and considering the additive decomposition of the
tensor into a spherical and deviatoric parts, i.e. = sph + dev =
Tr ( )
1 + dev , we can
3
obtain:
Tr ( )
( ) = Tr ( )1 + 2 = Tr ( )1 + 2 ( sph + dev ) = Tr ( )1 + 2
1 + dev
3
= +
Tr ( )1 + 2 dev = Tr ( )1 + 2 dev = sph + dev
3
33
23
13
13
11
23
12
12
23
12
11
+
m
22
12
12
dev
22
dev
33
23
12
ijdev = 2 ijdev
13
23
dev
11
Tr ( ) ij = 3 Tr ( ) ij
33
23
13
13
22
ij = Tr ( ) ij + 2 ij
13
dev
33
23
13
13
23
12
dev
22
12
dev
11
dV dV 0 V
=
= 11 + 22 + 33 = Tr ( ) = I
dV0
dV0
2
dev
Tr ( )1 + 2 we can obtain:
3
: 1 = +
Tr ( )1 : 1 + 2 dev : 1
3
2
2
Tr ( )
Tr ( ) = 3 +
= m = +
Tr ( )
v
3
3
3
Draft
382
ij = 0 p 0
0
0 p
3 m = Tr ( ) = 3 p < 0
p = +
v = v
3
For these reason, the parameter is called bulk modulus (or modulus of compression), (see
Figure 5.6), and is given by:
=+
2
3
(5.18)
Just as the spherical part of the tensor ( sph = Tr ( )1 ) is associated with the volume
change, the deviatoric part ( dev = 2 dev ) is associated with the shape change, and the
parameter = G defines the stiffness to the shape change, where G is known as shear
modulus or transversal elastic modulus, (see NOTE 9).
xy
y
p
xy
p
x
E -Youngs modulus
-Bulk modulus
G -Shear modulus
xy
v -volumetric
strain
=G
xy
1
1
Tr ( )1 indicial
ij =
ij
(11 + 22 + 33 ) ij
2
2 ( 2 + 3 )
2
2 ( 2 + 3 )
11
21
13
12
22
23
13
11
1
23 =
21
2
13
33
12
22
23
13
1 0 0
(11 + 22 + 33 )
0 1 0
23
2 (2 + 3 )
0 0 1
33
Draft
(5.19)
383
Notice also that the normal stress components 11 , 22 , and 33 only produce normal
strain components. Let us consider a particular case in which we only have the normal
stress 11 , 22 = 0 , 33 = 0 , then:
11
21
13
12
22
23
13
11
1
23 =
0
2
0
33
0 0
1 0 0
(11 )
0 0
0 1 0
2 (2 + 3 )
0 0 1
0 0
( + )
1
11 =
11
11
(11 ) 11 =
2
2 (2 + 3 )
2 2 (2 + 3 )
(2 + 3 )
(11 ) 22 =
11
2 (2 + 3 )
2 (2 + 3 )
=
(11 ) 33 =
11
2 (2 + 3 )
2 (2 + 3 )
(5.20)
22 =
(5.21)
33
(5.22)
11 =
(3 + 2 )
11
( + )
11 = E11
(3 + 2 )
, which is known as Youngs modulus, or
( + )
(3 + 2 )
11 = 11
11 =
11 =
2 (2 + 3 )
2 (2 + 3 ) ( + )
2( + )
33 =
(3 + 2 )
11 = 11
11 =
11 =
2 (2 + 3 )
2 (2 + 3 ) ( + )
2( + )
ratio
2( + )
can
2( + )
assume 1.0 < < 0.5 ,
(see
Problem
1.92).
Note
2
and if we replace it into the equation of E we can obtain:
(1 2 )
+ 2
3
(3 + 2 )
(1 2 )
E=
=
=
( + )
2
(1 2 )
2
+ 2
3
(
1
2
)
=
2
+ 1
(1 2 )
that
+ 2
(1 2 )
+ 1
(1 2 )
6 + 2(1 2 )
(1 2 )
=
= 2 (1 + )
2 + (1 2 )
(1 2 )
thus:
University of Castilla- La Mancha
Ciudad Real Spain
Draft
384
G==
E
2(1 + )
and
2
E
=
(1 2 ) (1 + )(1 2 )
The physical interpretation of comes next, (see Figure 5.6). Let us suppose a stress state
in which is acting just the component 12 , with that and according to the equation in (5.19)
we obtain the only strain not equal to zero:
12 = 21 =
1
12
2
12 = 212
{
{
xy
xy = xy = G xy
G=
xy
2
3E + E (1 2 )
E (1 + )
E
2
E
E
=
+
=
=
=
3 (1 + )(1 2 ) 3 [2(1 + )] 3(1 + )(1 2 ) 3(1 + )(1 2 ) 3(1 2 )
f (G; )
f ( E; )
f ( E; )
f ( ; )
f ( ; )
E=
GE
9G 3E
G (E 2G )
3G E
9G
3 + G
E 2G
2G
3 2G
2(3 + G )
G (3 + 2G )
+G
+ G
2( + G )
2G (1 + )
2G (1 + )
3(1 2 )
2G
1 2
E
3(1 2 )
(9 3E )
9 E
E
(1 + )(1 2 )
9 ( )
3
3(1 2 )
3
1+
3E
9 E
E
2(1 + )
3( )
2
3(1 2 )
2(1 + )
2
3
2G
3
3 E
6
Indicial notation
ij = kk ij + 2 ij
= Tr ( )1 + 2
E
E
Tr ( )1 +
(1 + )(1 2 )
(1 + )
=
Tr ( )1 + 2
3
ij =
E
E
kk ij +
ij
(1 + )(1 2 )
(1 + )
ij =
kk ij + 2 ij
3
(5.23)
(5.24)
(5.25)
and
Draft
Tensorial notation
385
Indicial notation
1
Tr ( )1 +
2 (3 + 2 )
2
ij =
1
kk ij +
ij
2 (3 + 2 )
2
(5.26)
1+
Tr ( )1 +
E
E
ij =
1+
kk ij +
ij
E
E
(5.27)
2 3
1
kk ij
ij =
ij
2
18
(5.28)
2 3
1
Tr ( )1
=
2
18
and that the elasticity tensor for isotropic material can be written as follows:
C e = 1 1 + 2 I
Ce =
E
E
1 1 +
I
(1 + )(1 2 )
(1 + )
Elasticity tensor
(5.29)
C e = 1 1 + 2 I 1 1
3
and:
Ce
De =
1 1 +
I
2 (3 + 2 )
2
(1 + )
1 1 +
I
E
E
1
1 1
1 1 +
I 1 1
De =
9
2 3
Ce De =
Ce
( Pa ) (10 3 )
6.67
13.3
20
24
22
0.667
1.33
2
3
3 .6
Calculate Youngs modulus ( E ) and define the stress-strain curve limit points.
Solution: First, we verify that the first three points maintain the same proportionalities:
E=
(1) ( 2 ) ( 3)
20
= ( 2 ) = ( 3) =
= 10 000 Pa = 10 kPa
(1)
2 10 3
The stress-strain curve can be appreciated in Figure 5.7, in which we define the following
points: e - the proportionality point; Y - the yield point; u - the ultimate strength
point; and r - the rupture strength point.
University of Castilla- La Mancha
Ciudad Real Spain
Draft
386
(Pa ) 30
u
25
20
15
3; 24
3.6; 22
2; 20
1.33; 13.3
10
0.667; 6.67
E
0; 0
0
0
0 . 2%
0.5
1.5
2.5
3.5
4
3
(10 )
e ( ) = ( + 2 ) I 2 2 II
a)
(5.31)
or
b)
e ( ) =
( + )
1
I 2
II
2 (3 + 2 )
2
e ( ) =
[Tr ( )]2 + 1
42
dev : dev
4 43
4
2
14243
(5.33)
1
I 2 +
6(3 + 2 )
144244
3
(5.34)
(5.32)
or
c)
purely volumetric
energy
purely distortional
energy
or
d)
e ( ) =
purely volumetric
energy
1
J2
2
123
purely distortional
energy
Draft
387
Solution:
1
2
e = : = : [Tr ( )1 + 2 ]
(5.35)
Taking into account the definition of the second invariant and the symmetry of we can
obtain:
] [
] [
] [
1
1
1
1
[ Tr ( )] 2 Tr ( 2 ) = I 2 Tr ( ) = I 2 Tr ( T ) = I 2 :
2
2
2
2
2
: = I 2 II
II =
(5.36)
1
2
1
2
e = I 2 + : = I 2 + ( I 2 2 II ) = ( + 2 ) I 2 2 II
1
2
1
Tr ( )1 +
, (see equation (5.26)), we can obtain:
2 (3 + 2 )
2
1
1
1
:
Tr ( )1 +
e = : =
2
2 2 (3 + 2 )
2
1
[Tr ( )]2 + 1 :
2
:3
1+
: =
=
Tr ( ) 1
4
4 (3 + 2 )
4
4 (3 + 2 )
Tr ( )
=
(5.37)
:
I 2 +
4 (3 + 2 )
4
According to the equation (5.36) we can conclude that : = I 2 2 II , with that the
above equation becomes:
e=
=
1
1
( I 2 2 II )
I 2 +
: =
I 2 +
4 (3 + 2 )
4
4 (3 + 2 )
4
( + )
1
I 2
II
2 (3 + 2 )
2
1
2
2
Tr ( )1 + 2 , (see
3
2
1
1
e = : = : Tr ( )1 + 2
2
2
3
2
1
2
=
2
:3
1 + : = [Tr ( )] + :
Tr ( ) 1
2
Tr ( )
Draft
(5.38)
388
If we consider that a second-order tensor can be split additively into a spherical and
deviatoric parts, i.e. = sph + dev =
Tr ( )
1 + dev , the expression : can be written as:
3
Tr ( )
Tr ( )
: =
1 + dev :
1 + dev
3
3
Tr ( )
Tr ( ) dev
Tr ( )
=
1 : dev +
: 1 + dev : dev
1 :1 +
3
3
3
=
[Tr()]2
3
(5.39)
+ dev : dev
where we have applied that 1 : 1 = 3 , 1 : dev = dev : 1 = Tr ( dev ) = 0 (the trace of any
deviatoric tensor is zero). With that the equation in (5.38) becomes:
[Tr ( )]2
+ dev : dev
e = [Tr ( )]2 + : = [Tr ( )]2 +
d) To show the equation (5.34) we will use the strain tensor defined in (5.26),
=
1
. Then, the strain energy can be written as:
Tr ( )1 +
2 (3 + 2 )
2
1
1
1
e = : =
Tr ( )1 +
:
2
2 2 (3 + 2 )
2
1
[Tr ( )]2 + 1 :
=
Tr ( ) 1
12
:3
+
: =
4 (3 + 2 )
4
4 (3 + 2 )
4
Tr ( )
Note that : =
[Tr( )]2
3
(5.40)
+ dev : dev holds (see equation (5.39)). Taking into account the
2
2
T
1
1
1 dev
=
Tr ( dev dev ) =
Tr ( dev dev ) =
: dev
2
2
2
II dev =
where we have used that: the trace of the deviatoric tensor is zero Tr ( dev ) = 0 , the
symmetry of the tensor dev = dev , and trace property Tr ( A B T ) = A : B . Then, we can
obtain:
T
: =
dev
[Tr( )]2 + 2J
3
By substituting the above equation into the equation in (5.40), we can obtain:
Draft
e=
389
[Tr( )]2 + 1 :
4 (3 + 2 )
4
1 [Tr ( )]
2
[
]
=
+ 2J 2
Tr ( ) +
4 (3 + 2 )
4
3
1
1
[Tr ( )]2 +
=
+
J2
2
4 (3 + 2 ) 12
1
[Tr( )]2 + 1 J 2
6(3 + 2 )
2
Problem 5.8
Write in Voigt notation: a.1) the strain energy density and, a.2) the constitutive equations in
stress for an isotropic linear elastic material: a.2.1) in terms of ( , ) and, a.2.2) in terms of
( E , ) where =
E
E
and =
. b) Write the infinitesimal strain tensor
(1 + )(1 2 )
2(1 + )
in Voigt notation such as { } = [ L(1) ]{u } where {u } is the displacement field, obtain the
matrix [ L(1) ] .
c) Write the equations of motion in Voigt notation.
Solution:
a.1) The strain energy density ( e () -scalar) can be expressed as follows:
1
2
1
2
1
2
1
2
e ( ) = : C e : = : = : = ij ij
where we have used = C e : . Note that
ij ij = 1 j 1 j + 2 j 2 j + 3 j 3 j
123
123
123
3131
21 21
1111
+
+
+
3232
22 22
1212
+
+
+
3333
23 23
1313
thus
1
2
1
2
1
2
e () = ij ij =
1
[11 22
2
33 12
23
11
22
33 1
T
13 ]
= { } { }
2
2
12
2 23
213
Draft
390
11
11
22
22
33
33
{ } = ; { } =
212
12
2 23
23
213
13
11 + 2
+ 2
22
33
+ 2
=
= C e : Voigt
0
0
12 0
23 0
0
0
0
0
13 0
0
0
0
0
0 11
0 22
0 33
{ } = [C ] { }
0 212
0 2 23
213
0
0
0
(5.41)
More detail about this formulation is provided in Problem 1.97 in Chapter 1 where we
have also obtained
=
Tr ( )1
2
2 ( 2 + 3 )
and
( 2 + 3 )
11
2 ( 2 + 3 )
22
33 2 ( 2 + 3 )
=
212
0
2 23
213
0
2 ( 2 + 3 )
+
( 2 + 3 )
2 ( 2 + 3 )
2 ( 2 + 3 )
2 ( 2 + 3 )
+
( 2 + 3 )
0
1
0 11
22
0
33
0 12
23
0 13
(5.42)
{ } = [ C ]1 { }
E
E
E
(1 )
+2
=
(1 + )(1 2 )
2(1 + ) (1 + )(1 2 )
E
=
(1 + )(1 2 )
(1 2 )
E
E
=
=
2(1 + ) (1 + )(1 2 )
2
+ 2 =
Draft
(1 )
11
(1 )
(1 )
22
33
E
0
0
0
=
(
1
)(
1
2
)
+
12
0
23
0
0
13
0
0
0
0
0
(1 2 )
2
0
0
0 11
0 22
0 33
212
0 2 23
(1 2 ) 213
2
0
(1 2 )
2
391
(5.43)
Note that
+ =
E
E
E
+
=
(1 + )(1 2 ) 2(1 + ) 2(1 + )(1 2 )
(2 + 3) =
E
E
E
E2
+3
=
2
2(1 + ) 2(1 + )
(1 + )(1 2 ) 2(1 + )(1 2 )
E
2(1 + )(1 2 ) 1
+
=
=
E
(2 + 3) 2(1 + )(1 2 )
E2
E
(1 + )(1 2 )
=
=
E
2 (2 + 3) (1 + )(1 2 )
E2
1
2(1 + ) 1
= 2(1 + )
E
E
22
33 1
=
212 E 0
0
2 23
213
0
0
0
1
0
0
11
0
0
0 22
0
0
0 33
2(1 + )
0
0 12
0
2(1 + )
0 23
0
0
2(1 + ) 13
0
(5.44)
11
ij = 21
31
12
22
32
u1
x1
13
1 u
u
23 = 1 + 2
2 x
x1
33 2
u
1 u
1 + 3
2 x3 x1
Draft
1 u1 u 2
+
2 x 2 x1
u 2
x 2
1 u 2 u 3
+
2 x3 x 2
1 u1 u 3
+
2 x3 x1
1 u 2 u 3
+
2 x3 x 2
u 3
x3
392
u1
x
x
1
1
u2 0
11 x
2
22 u3 0
{ } = 33 = u x3u =
212 1 + 2
2 23 x2 x1 x2
u2 u3
+
0
213
x3 x2
u1 u3
x + x x
1
3
3
x2
0
x1
x3
0
u1
x3
u2
0 u
3
x2
x1
{ } = [ L(1) ]{u }
y
22 y w
0
{ } = 33 = z = u z v =
212 xy +
2 23 yz y x y
v w
213 xz +
0
z y
u + w
z x z
0
y
u
0
z v { } = [ L(1) ]{u }
(5.45)
0 w
x
z y
x
r
r
&r& , (see equation (5.14)), in
c) Let us consider the equations of motion, + b = v& = u
&& i and its explicit form:
indicial notation ij , j + b i = u
0
&& i
ij , j + b i = i1,1 + i 2, 2 + i 3,3 + b i = u
&&1
11,1 + 12, 2 + 13,3 + b1 = u
&& 2
21,1 + 22, 2 + 23,3 + b 2 = u
&&
31,1 + 32, 2 + 33,3 + b 3 = u 3
11 12 13
&&1
+
+
+ b1 = u
x
x
x
1
2
3
21 22 23
&& 2
+
+
+ b 2 = u
x
x
x
2
3
1
31 32 33
&& 3
+
+
+ b 3 = u
x1
x 2
x 3
Then, if we consider the stress tensor in Voigt notation, the above set of equations
becomes:
Draft
x1
0
x2
x2
x1
x3
11
x3 22 b u
&&
33 1 1
&&2
0 + b 2 = u
12
&&
b3 u3
23
x1
13
x3
x2
393
(5.46)
[ L(1) ]T { } + {b } = {u&&}
Problem 5.9
Consider an isotropic homogeneous linear elastic material described in Problem 5.5.
Obtain the governing equation so as to result in a system of three equations and three
unknowns, namely: u1 , u 2 , u 3 , (Displacement Formulation established by Navier (1827)).
Solution:
As we have seen in Problem 5.5, the governing equations, for an isotropic linear elastic
material in small deformation regime, are:
Tensorial notation
Indicial notation
r
r
&r& (3 equations)
+ b = v& = u
&& i (3 equations)
ij , j + b i = u
= Tr ( )1 + 2 (6 equations)
ij = kk ij + 2 ij (6 equations)
(5.47)
r
= sym u (6 equations)
ij =
1 u i u j
+
2 x j
x i
(6 equations)
ij , j = ( kk ij + 2 ij ) , j
ij , j = , j kk ij + kk , j ij + kk ij , j + 2 , j ij + 2 ij , j
{
{
{
=0 j
=0i
ij , j = kk , j ij + 2 ij , j
=0 j
(5.48)
ij , j = kk ,i + 2 ij , j
Note that, if the mechanical properties and are constants throughout the medium, i.e.
r
,j
= 0 j and
x j
Draft
394
ij =
1 u i u j
+
2 x j
xi
1
1
u i , j + u j ,i divergence
ij , j = u i , jj + u j ,ij
2
2
Note that
2ui
=
x j x j x j
u j ,ij
kk =
2u j
x j xi
u i
x j
r
r
r
u i , jj [ (u)]i 2 u (Laplacian of the vector u )
i
[ ]
2u j
x i x j
1 u k u k
+
2 x k
x k
x i
u j
x j
r
u j , ji [ ( u)]i
u k
gradient
=
u k ,k
kk ,i = u k ,ki = u j , ji
x
k
1
u i , jj + u j , ji = ( + )u j , ji + u i , jj
2
Naviers equations
(5.49)
&&1
( + )(u1,11 + u 2, 21 + u 3,31 ) + (u1,11 + u1, 22 + u1,33 ) + b1 = u
&& 2
( + )(u1,12 + u 2, 22 + u 3,32 ) + (u 2,11 + u 2, 22 + u 2,33 ) + b 2 = u
&&
( + )(u1,13 + u 2, 23 + u 3,33 ) + (u 3,11 + u 3, 22 + u 3,33 ) + b 3 = u 3
or:
2u
2 u1 2 u1
u1 u 2 u 3
&&1
+ b1 = u
+ 21 +
+
+
+
( + )
x
x1 x1 x 2 x3
x 22
x32
2u 2 2u 2 2u 2
u1 u 2 u 3
&&
(
)
+
+
+
+
x 2 + x 2 + x 2 + b 2 = u 2
x
x
x
2
1
2
3
1
2
3
2
2
2
( + ) u1 + u 2 + u 3 + u 3 + u 3 + u 3 + b = u
&& 3
3
2
2
x
x 2
x
x
x
x
x
3
1
2
3
2
3
1
Draft
395
NOTE 2: The above set of equations in matrix form becomes [ A]{u} = {p} , where:
D2
2
2
( + ) 2 + 2
Dt
x1
[A] =
( + )
x
2 x1
2
(
)
+
x3 x1
( + )
2
x1x2
D2
2
2
Dt 2
x22
2
( + )
x3 x2
( + )
x1x3
2
( + )
,
x2 x3
D2
2
2
( + ) 2 + 2
Dt
x3
( + )
b1
u1
Note that 2 = ( ) ( ) =
2
2
2
2
2
2
= 2 + 2 + 2 . The matrix
+
+
=
xk xk x1x1 x2 x2 x3 x3 x1 x2 x3
D2
2
2
( + ) 2 + 2
Dt
x1
[A] =
( + )
x2 x1
(
+
)
x3x1
2
x1
2
= ( + )
x x
22 1
x x
3 1
2
x1x2
2
x22
2
x3x2
( + )
2
x1x2
D2
2
+ 2 2
2
Dt
x2
2
( + )
x3x2
( + )
x1x3
2
( + )
x2 x3
D2
2
2
( + ) 2 + 2
Dt
x3
( + )
x1x3
1 0 0
D 2
2
2
+
2 0 1 0
x2 x3 xk xk
Dt
0 0 1
2
x32
Using the indicial and tensorial notations the above equation can be written as follows:
A ij = ( + )
r
r
D2
2
D2
+
2 ij and A = ( + )[( ) ( )] + 2 2 1
xi x j xk xk
Dt
Dt
D2 r
2
1 u = b
)[(
)
(
)]
Dt
or
D2
2
+
2 ij u j = b i
( + )
xi x j xk xk
Dt
The above equation could have been easily obtained by means of the equation in (5.49),
i.e.:
Draft
396
( + )u j , ji + u i , jj + b i = &u&i
&& k ik
( + )u k ,ki + u k , jj ik + b i = u
&& k ik = b i
( + )u k ,ki + u k , jj ik u
&& k ) ik = b i
( + )u k ,ki + ( u k , jj u
ik = b i
2
2
D
( + )
+
2 ik u k = b i
xk xi xk xk
Dt
( + )
2u k
u k
D 2u k
+
xk xi xk xk
Dt 2
NOTE 3: We have proven in Problem 1.105 (Chapter 1) that the following is true:
r
r r
r
r
( a) = ( a) 2 a
indicial
ilq qjk a k , jl = a j , ji a i , jj
Then, we can obtain
r
r r
r
r
r
(u) 2 u = ( u) ( u)
indicial
u i , jj = u j , ji ilq qjk u k , jl
&&i
( + )u j , ji + (u j , ji ilq qjk u k , jl ) + bi = u
&&i
( + 2 )u j , ji ilq qjk uk , jl + bi = u
r
r
r
&r&
( + )[ ( u)] + [ (u)] + b = u
r
r
r r
r
r
&r&
( + )[ ( u)] + ( u) ( u) + b = u
r
r
r r
r
&r&
( + 2 )[ ( u)] ( u) + b = u
r
r
r r
r
&r&
( + 2 )[ ( u)] ( u) + b = u
[
[
]
]
(5.50)
&& i
( + 2 )u j , ji ilq qjk u k , jl + b i = u
r r
r
r
u
u
u
u
u
u
( u) rot (u) = (rot (u) )i e i = 3 2 e 1 + 1 3 e 2 + 2 1 e 3
x 2 x3
x3 x1
x1 x 2
14
14
14
42r44
3
42r44
3
42r44
3
r
r
r
r r (rot (u) )3 (rot (u) )2
( u) =
x 2
x 3
= (rot (u) )1
= (rot (u) )2
r
r
x
x1
3
= (rot (u) )3
r
r
x1
x 2
r
r
(rot (u) )3 (rot (u) )2 u 2 u1 u1 u 3
x x
x3
2 1 x 2 x3 x3 x1
x 2r
(rot (u) )
r
r r
(rot (u) )3 u 3 u 2 u 2 u1
1
( u) i =
=
x1
x 3
x 3 x 2 x 3 x1 x1 x 2
r
r
(rot (u
) )2 (rot (u) )1 u1 u 3
u 3 u 2
x1 x3 x1 x 2 x 2 x3
x1
x 2
Draft
397
NOTE 4: If we are dealing with heterogeneous material, the equations in (5.48) must be
treated as follows:
ij = kk ij + 2 ij
ij , j = ( kk ij + 2 ij ) , j
ij , j = ( kk ) , j ij + (2 ij ) , j = ( kk ) ,i + ( 2 ij ) , j
ij , j = (u k , k ) ,i + (u i , j + u j ,i ) , j
whereby
ij , j + b i = &u& i
(u k ,k ) ,i + (u i , j + u j ,i ) , j + b i = &u& i
(5.51)
Note that
r
r
u k , k = Tr (u) = ( u) , and
u&
u&
u&
u&
Du& i u& i u& i
&& i =
u
=
+
v j = i + i v1 + i v 2 + i v 3 , and its components
t x j
t
x1
x 2
x 3
Dt
u& 1 u& 1
u&
u&
+
v1 + 1 v 2 + 1 v3
x1
x 2
x3
t
u& 2 u& 2
u& 2
u& 2
&& i =
+
v1 +
v2 +
v3
u
x1
x 2
x 3
t
u&
u&
u&
u&
3 + 3 v1 + 3 v 2 + 3 v3
t
x1
x 2
x3
(u i , j + u j ,i ) , j =
(u i , j + u j ,i )
x j
(u i ,1 + u1,i ) +
(u i , 2 + u 2,i ) +
(u i ,3 + u 3,i )
x1
x 2
x3
2 (u1,1 ) +
(u1, 2 + u 2,1 ) +
(u1,3 + u 3,1 )
x 2
x3
x1
2 (u 2, 2 ) +
(u i , j + u j ,i ) , j =
(u 2,1 + u1, 2 ) +
(u 2,3 + u 3, 2 )
x 2
x3
x1
2 (u 3,3 )
(u 3,1 + u1,3 ) +
(u 3, 2 + u 2,3 ) +
x1
x 2
x3
The three equations in (5.51), ( i = 1,2,3 ), are explicitly given by:
2 (u1,1 ) +
(u1, 2 + u2,1 ) +
(u1,3 + u3,1 ) + b1 = u&&1
[( u)] +
x
x
x
x
1
2
3
1
r
x1
x2
x3
x
2
[( ur )] + (u3,1 + u1,3 ) + (u3,2 + u2,3 ) + 2 (u3,3 ) + b3 = u&&3
x1
x2
x3
x3
or
Draft
398
( u) + 2 (u1,1 ) +
(u1, 2 + u2,1 ) +
(u1,3 + u3,1 ) + b1 = u&&1
x2
x3
x1
r
( u) + 2 (u2, 2 ) +
(u2,1 + u1, 2 ) +
(u2,3 + u3, 2 ) + b 2 = u&&2
x1
x3
x2
r
( u) + 2 (u3,3 ) +
(u3,1 + u1,3 ) +
(u3, 2 + u2,3 ) + b3 = &u&3
x
x
x2
1
3
r
r
r r
r
&r&
( + 2 ) [ ( u)] ( u) + b = u
1442443
=0
r
r
&r&
( + 2 ) [ ( u)] + b = u
r
r
&r&
( + 2 ) 2 ( u) + b = u
r
r
&r& = ( + 2 ) 2 ( u
) + b
u
r
(5.52)
r
r
( + 2 ) 2
D
(
)
(
)
u
u
b
Dt 2
r
D 2 ( + 2 ) 2
b
Dt 2
2
r
D
= 2 2 + b
2
Dt
r
&& = 2 2 + b
r r
r
where we have considered that = u and ( v ) = 0 (see Problem 1.106). In indicial
notation becomes:
&&i ,i
( + 2 )u j , jii ilq qjk u k , jli + bi , i = u
&&i ,i
( + 2 )u j , jii + bi , i = u
&&i ,i =
u
( + 2 )
D 2 u
2 i
Dt xi
u j , jii + bi ,i
( + 2 ) 2
=
xi xi
u j
x j
(5.53)
bi
+
xi
2
D 2
b
2
+ i
=
2
xi
x
Dt
i
i
where
=
( + 2 )
P-wave velocity
(5.54)
r
If the body forces do not change in space we have that b = 0 , thus the equation in
(5.52) becomes:
D 2
= 2 2
Dt 2
P- wave equation
(5.55)
Draft
399
r
r r
r r
r r
r &r&
r
( + 2 ) [ ( u)] ( u) + b = u
r r
r r
r r
r &r&
( u) + b = u
r r
r r
r r
D2 r r
( u) + b = 2 ( u)
Dt
r
2
r
r
r r
r
D
( ) + b =
Dt 2
(5.56)
r
r
r
r r
r
r r
D 2
D 2
2 = ( )
( ) =
Dt 2
Dt
2r
r r r
D
= ( )
2
Dt
2r
r
r r
D
= 2 ( )
2
Dt
r
r r r
r r r
where we have considered = u , and that the b -field is conservative thus b = 0 .
r
r
r
r
Note that [ ( u)] = [ ] = 0 (see Problem 1.106), and
[
[
]
]
=
r
(5.57)
r
holds for any vector, so ( ) = ( ( u)) = 0 , (see Problem 1.107). With that the
equation in (5.56) becomes:
r
r
D 2
= 2 2
2
Dt
(5.58)
(5.59)
Speed of propagation
(5.60)
with
c=
Note that the displacement field was split up into: u = + where = 0 . We can
r
r r
r
r
prove this by means of the identity ( a) = ( a) 2a . If we consider the vectors
r r
r r
r
r
r
r
r
u = 2a and = a , and the scalar = a , we obtain u = + , with that we
obtain:
r r
r r r
r
r r
r
r r
r
u = + ( ) = and u = + ( ) = ( )
If we consider =
E
E
and =
we can obtain:
2(1 + )
(1 + )(1 2 )
( + 2 )
( + 2 )
E
E
+2
(2 2 )
(1 + )(1 2 )
2(1 + )
=
E
(1 2 )
2(1 + )
Draft
400
With that we conclude that the ratio of P- to S-wave velocities depends only on Poissons
ratio.
a)
b)
Figure 5.8: Displacement occurring from a harmonic plane P-wave (a) and S-wave (b). Pwave has no rotation and S-wave no volume change.
r
NOTE 6: In the previous note (NOTE 5) it was shown that the displacement field u can
r r
r
be split up into u = + , which is applied to any vector field, i.e. given a vector field
r
F , the following is true:
r
r r Helmholtz theorem or Helmholtz
F = +
(5.61)
decomposition
r
which is known as Helmholtz theorem, where is a scalar potential field and is a vector
r
r
r
potential field, in which the relationships div ( ) = 0 and ( ) rot ( ) = 0
r
r
hold. Note also that the SI units of [ ] = [ ] = m 2 , since [u] = m .
r r
r
Then, by substituting u = + , ( ui = ,i + ipq q, p ), into the Naviers equations given
by (5.49) we can obtain:
r
r
r
&r&
( + )[ ( u)] + [ (u)] + b = u
r
r r
r r
&r&
( + ) ( ( + )) + ( ( + )) + b = u
] [
r
r r
r r
&r&
( + ) ( ( )) + ( ( )) + ( ( )) + ( ( )) + b = u
1
4
2
4
3
1
42
43
1
4
4
2
4
4
3
r
=0
( 2 )
= ( ( ))
(5.62)
r
r
r r
r
( + 2 ) ( ( )) + ( 2 ) + b = && + &&
424
3
1
= 2
r
r
r r
r
( + 2 ) ( 2 ) + ( 2 ) + b = && + &&
] [
&&i
( + )( , j + jpq q , p ), ji + ( ,i + ipq q , p ), jj + bi = u
(5.63)
&&i
( + )( , jji + jpq q , pji ) + ( ,ijj + ipq q , pjj ) + bi = u
Note that jpq q , pji = jpq q ,ijp = jpq q , ijp = pjq q , ijp = 0i , since
antisymmetric in jp and q ,ijp is symmetric in jp . Note also that
Draft
jpq = pjq
is
401
ui = cgi , pp g p , pi
(5.64)
where g is the Galerkin vector with the SI unit [g] = m3 , and c is a constant to be
determined which is dimensionless. If the Galerkin vector for a problem is known the
problem is solved.
Let us consider a static linear elastic problem, then the Naviers equations (5.49) can be
&&i = 0 i , and taking into account that
expressed as follows ( + )u j , ji + ui , jj + bi = u
displacement field (5.64) we can obtain:
( + )u j , ji + ui , jj + bi = 0 i
( + )(cg j , pp g p , pj ), ji + (cgi , pp g p , pi ), jj + bi = 0 i
(5.65)
Note that g j , ppji = g p , pjji = g p, pijj , then the above equation becomes:
( + )(cg j , ppji g p , pjji ) + (cgi , ppjj g p , pijj ) + bi = 0 i
(5.66)
The constant c can be obtained by taking the term between brackets equal to zero, i.e.:
[( + )(c 1) ] = 0
c=
+ 2
= 2(1 )
+
(5.67)
+ 2
g g
+ i , pp p , pi
+ 2 2 (gi ) (g p , p )
=
xi
+ x p x p
ui =
r
r
+ 2
1
( 2 g)
( g)
= 2
2
2 ( + )
( g)
+ 2 2
(gi )
xi
+
(5.68)
r
+ 2
1 ( g)
2
= 2
(gi )
2 xi
2 ( + )
Draft
402
gi , ppjj =
=0
gi , ppjj =
2
x p x p
1
b i
c
( + )
b
( + 2 ) i
2 (gi )
= 2 2 (gi ) = 4 (gi ) = ( + ) bi
x j x j
( + 2 )
Thus
r
r
( + ) r
1
b =
b
4 (g) =
( + 2 )
2 (1 )
4 (gi ) =
( + )
1
b
=
( + 2 ) 2 (1 ) i
(5.69)
Note that in the absence of body force, each component of the Galerkin vector ( g i ) is
biharmonic function, i.e. 4 (g i ) g i ,kkjj = 0 i .
r
The infinitesimal strain tensor ( = (u) sym ) in terms of Galerkin vector becomes:
r + 2
r
r
r
+ 2 2 r
( g) ( g) =
u =
( 2g) [ ( g)]
+
+
r
+ 2 2 r
=
(g) [ ( g)]
+
r
r
r
r
Note that [ 2 (g)]sym = 2 [(g) sym ] , {[ ( g)]}sym = [ ( g)] . Then,
sym
r
r
r
+ 2 2 r
+ 2 2 r sym
(g) [ ( g)] =
[(g) ] [ ( g)]
= (u) sym =
+
+
r
r
+ 2
1
2 [(g) sym ]
[ ( g)]
= 2
2
2 ( + )
r
r
(1 ) 2
1
[(g) sym ]
[ ( g)]
= 2
2
(5.70)
+ 2
1 + 2
1
(ui , j + u j , i ) =
gi , pp g p , pi +
g j , pp g p , pj
2 +
2
,i
, j +
+ 2
1 + 2
gi , ppj g p , pij +
g j , ppi g p , pji
2 +
+
1
+ 2
+ 2
[
(
[(gi, j + g j,i )], pp g p, pij
gi , jpp + g j , ipp )] (g p , pji + g p , pij ) =
2( + )
2
2( + )
+ 2
[gi, j + g j ,i ], pp (g p, p ),ij
=
2( + )
The stress tensor field for isotropic linear elastic material ( = Tr()1 + 2 ) in terms of
Galerkin vector becomes:
Draft
403
+ 2
[
(gk , k + gk , k )], pp (g p, p ), kk = + 2 (gk , kpp + gk , kpp ) g p, pkk
2( + )
2( + )
+ 2
g
=
1gk , kpp =
(
)
+
k , kpp
+
Tr ( ) = kk =
gk , kpp ij + 2
gi , j + g j ,i
ij = Tr( ) ij + 2 ij =
+
2( + )
(
g
)
p
,
p
,
ij
, pp
+ 2
gk , kpp ij +
gi , j + gi , j ], pp (g p, p ),ij
[
2( + )
2( + )
= 2
= 2 gk , kpp ij + (1 ) gi , j + g j , i
, pp
(g p , p ), ij
(5.71)
r
r
+ 2 2 r sym
[ 2 ( g)] 1 +
(g) (( g))
( + )
2( + )
= 2
(5.72)
r
r
r
= 2 [ 2 ( g)] 1 + 2(1 ) 2 (g) sym ( ( g))
E
2(1 + )(1 2 )
=
=
2( + ) 2(1 + )(1 2 )
E
+ 2 1 2(1 + )(1 2 ) E (1 )
=
= (1 )
E
2( + ) 2
(1 + )(1 2 )
NOTE 8: Loves Strain Function
The Loves strain function is a particular case of Galerkin vector in which
g1 = 0
g1 = 0
g1 = L
where L is the Loves strain function. With that, the equation in (5.69) becomes
4 ( L) =
( + )
1
b 3 =
b 3
( + 2 )
2 (1 )
(5.73)
where we have considered that b1 = b 2 = 0 . The Loves strain function can be applied to
axially symmetric problem.
Taking into account that
2 (g1 ) 0
r
(5.68) becomes:
Draft
404
r
+ 2
1 ( g)
2
(gi )
ui = 2
2 xi
2 ( + )
2L
x1x3
2L
ui =
x2 x3
+ 2 2
2L
L
x3x3
+
(5.74)
Problem 5.10
a) Obtain the stress field correspondent to the Galerkin vector:
r
g = 2 x14 e 1 + x24 e 2 + (8 x13 x3 4 x23 x3 )e 3
{
{
1442443
= g1
=g2
= g3
(5.75)
0
0
x1 x2 x3 8 x1
r
g2 g2 g2
3
(g)ij = gi , j =
0
4 x2
0
=
x1 x2 x3
2
2
3
3
24 x1 x3 12 x2 x3 8 x1 4 x2
g
3 g3 g3
x1 x2 x3
r
r
Note that ( g) = Tr(g) = 8x13 + 4 x23 + (8 x13 4 x23 ) = 0
r
r
Applying the Laplacian to (g) we obtain 2 (g) , and in indicial notation becomes:
2 (g i , j )
r
[ (g)]ij = (g i , j ) ,kk =
= g i , jkk
x k x k
2
2 (g i , j )
x1x1
2 (g i , j )
x 2 x 2
48 x1
r sym
1
{ [(g) ]}ij = 0
2
48 x3
0
24 x2
12 x3
48x1
= 0
48x
3
0
24 x 2
24 x 3
48 x1
+ 0
48 x1 24 x2 0
0
0
24 x3
x 3 x 3
0
24 x2
48 x1
= 0
24 x
3
2 (g i , j )
48 x1 24 x 2
0
0
24 x2
0
48 x1 24 x2
48 x3
24 x3
48 x1 24 x2
24 x3
12 x3
Draft
405
Note that [ 2 (g)]sym = 2 [(g) sym ] . Then, the equation for stress (5.75) becomes:
r
r
r
r
ij = 2{ [ 2 ( g)] 1 + 2(1 ) 2 [(g) sym ] ( ( g))}ij = 2 { 2(1 ) 2 [(g) sym ]}ij
48 x1
r
24 x3
96 x1
= 2 (1 ) 0
48 x3
0
48x2
24 x3
0
24 x2
12 x3
48 x1 24 x2
24 x3
12 x3
48(2 x1 + x2 )
48x3
24 x3
b) According to the equation in (5.69) the body force density ( b ) and the Galerkin vector
r
( g ) are related to each other by
2 (gi ) ( + )
=
b
x j x j ( + 2 ) i
( + 2 ) 4
( + 2 ) 4
(gi ) = 2 (1 ) 4 (gi )
b i =
(gi ) = 2
( + )
2
(
+
)
4 (gi ) =
2
xk xk
(5.76)
in which
g1 = 2 x14
g2 = x24
g3 = 8 x13 x3 4 x23 x3
i = 1
2 (gi )
= ai = i = 2
x j x j
i = 3
i = 1
2 2 (gi ) 2 (ai )
4
(gi ) =
=
= i = 2
xk xk x j x j xk xk
i = 3
bi = 2 (1 ) 4 (gi ) = 2 (1 )24 x2
0
Draft
406
Problem 5.11
a) Show that:
r
r
xr ( xr )T = 0
qjk til ij , kl = 0 qt
Indicial
(5.77)
where ijk is the permutation symbol, and is the infinitesimal strain tensor.
b) Show also that:
ij , kl + kl ,ij il , jk jk ,il = O ijkl
(5.78)
u
1
1
j
The infinitesimal strain tensor is given by ij =
+ i = (u j ,i + u i , j ) , and if we
2 xi x j 2
r
ij ,k =
1
(u j ,ik + u i , jk )
2
1
2
1
424
3
21
1
2
once again we take the derivative with respect to ( x ) and we can obtain:
( qjk ij ,k )
xl
= qjk ij ,kl =
1
u j ,ikl qjk
2
Note that u j ,ikl = u j ,kil = u j ,kli is symmetric in il and til = tli is antisymmetic in il . With
that, if we multiply both sides of the equation by til we obtain the equation in (5.77), i.e.:
1
2
Q.E.D.
b) Now, if we multiply both sides of the above equation by tab qmn , we obtain:
tab qmn til qjk ij ,kl = 0 qt tab qmn = O abmn
Then we can obtain am, nb an , mb bm, na + bn , ma = O abmn , which is the same as:
am,bn + bn,am an,mb mb,an = O ambn
Draft
Q.E.D.
407
[ ]
sym
(5.79)
c) Note that the equations in (5.77) have 6 independent equations since 0 qt is symmetric.
For the case when q = 1, t = 1 we can obtain 1 jk 1il ij ,kl and by expanding the index l we
obtain:
1 jk 1il ij ,kl = 1 jk 1i1 ij , k1 + 1 jk 1i 2 ij ,k 2 + 1 jk 1i 3 ij ,k 3 = 1 jk 1i 2 ij ,k 2 + 1 jk 1i 3 ij ,k 3
Expanding the index i the above equation becomes:
1 jk 1il ij ,kl = 1 jk 1i 2 ij ,k 2 + 1 jk 1i 3 ij ,k 3 = 1 jk 132 3 j , k 2 + 1 jk 123 2 j ,k 3 = 1 jk 3 j , k 2 + 1 jk 2 j ,k 3
and by expanding the remaining indices we can obtain:
1 jk 1il ij ,kl = 1 jk 3 j ,k 2 + 1 jk 2 j , k 3 = 123 32,32 132 33, 22 + 123 22,33 + 132 23, 23
= 32,32 + 33, 22 + 22,33 23, 23 = 33, 22 + 22,33 2 23, 23 = 0
=
2 33
x 22
2 22
x32
2 23
2
=0
x 2 x3
2 33
x12
2 11
x32
2 13
=0
x1x3
when q = 3, t = 3
2 11
x 22
2 22
x12
2 12
=0
x1 x 2
when q = 1, t = 2
23 13 12 2 33
2 12
2 33
2 23
2 13
=0
+
=
+
x2 x3 x1x2
x2 x3 x1x3 x1x2 x3x3 x3 x1
when q = 2, t = 3
University of Castilla- La Mancha
Ciudad Real Spain
Draft
408
2 jk 3il ij ,kl = 11,32 + 13,12 + 21,31 23,11 = 13,12 + 12,13 23,11 11, 23 = 0
=
2 23
2 13
2 11
2 12
+
x1 x 2 x1 x3 x1x1 x 2 x 3 x1
13 12 23
+
x1
x3
x 2
2 11
=0
x 2 x 3
and when q = 1, t = 3
1 jk 3il ij ,kl = 12,32 13, 22 22,31 + 23, 21 = 12, 23 13, 22 22,13 + 23,12 = 0
=
2 23
2 13
2 22
2 12
=
+
x 2 x3 x 2 x 2 x1x 3 x1x 2 x 2
12 13 23
x1
x 2
x3
2 22
=0
x1x3
2 33 2 22
2 23
S
=
+
2
=0
11
x 2 x3
x 22
x32
2
2
2
S 22 = 33 + 11 2 13 = 0
x1 x3
x12
x32
2 11 2 22
2 12
S
=
+
2
=0
33
x1 x 2
x 22
x12
2
S = 23 + 13 12 33 = 0
12
x3 x1
x 2
x3 x1x 2
23 13 12 2 11
=0
+
+
S 23 =
x1 x1
x 2
x 3 x 2 x3
2
S = 23 13 + 12 22 = 0
13
x 2 x1
x 2
x3 x1 x3
(5.80)
2
S11 x 2
3
S
2
22
S 33 x 22
=
S12 0
S 23
2
S13
x 2 x 3
2
x32
0
2
x12
2
x 22
2
x12
0
2
x1x 2
2
x1x3
2
x 2 x3
2
x1x 2
2
12 2
x3
2
1
2
x1 x3
2
1
2
x 2 x3
0
2
x1x3
2
12 2
x1
2
1
2
x1x 2
1
2
x1x3 11 0
22 0
0
0
33 =
2
212 0
2
x 2 x 3 2 23 0
2 2 13 0
1
2
x1 x 2
2
12 2
x 2
0
(5.81)
{S} = [ L( 2 ) ] { } = {0}
NOTE 1: The equations in (5.80) are known as the compatibility equations. The
compatibility equations guarantee that the displacement field is unique and continuous (see
Figure 5.9). In other words, the 6 components of the strain tensor are not independent and
cannot be arbitrary.
Draft
409
(Current configuration?)
2
2
1
6
7
(Reference configuration)
The compatibility
equations are satisfied
3
6
9
2
5
8
4
7
(Current configuration)
Figure 5.9
NOTE 2: When using numerical method for obtaining the solution, e.g. finite element
method, the way to ensure the compatibility equations is by means of the continuity of the
displacement field. With regards the finite element method, when we assembly the
elements (tie nodes), in general, we are ensuring that the compatibility equations are
satisfied.
r
2 11
x 22
2 22
x12
2 12
=0
x1x 2
Compatibility
equations for (2D)
(5.82)
2 x
y 2
2 y
x 2
2 xy
xy
=0
Compatibility
equations for 2D
(Engineering notation)
(5.83)
= x1 + 3x2 and
= x12 , we can see clearly that this scalar field is
x1
x2
following derivatives:
incompatible since
= x1 + 3x 2 = F1
x1
= x12 = F2
x 2
( x1 + 3 x 2 )
2
=
=
= 3
x 2
2
2
x1 x 2 x1
x 2 x1 x1x 2
( x12 )
2
1
442443
=
=
= 2 x1
incompatible
x1 x 2 x1x 2
x 2
x 2
= F1 ( x1 , x2 )
x1
compatible iff F1 F2
=
x2 x1
= F2 ( x1 , x2 )
x2
Draft
(5.84)
410
If we consider the Greens theorem (see Chapter 1 in the textbook) which states:
r r
r
r
F
F
components
F d = (
x1 x2
r
and also considering the equation in (5.84), we conclude that: if F = xr , is compatible
r r
r
r r
r
r
if and only if F d = ( xr F) e 3dS = 0 xr F = 0 .
r
x
d = d p
r
dS = dSe 3
x2
x3
e 3
x1
(b)
r
r
{ [(
r
r
r
( xr F) dS =
and
r
x
r
x
]}
r
r
) a dS =
r
r r
= a xr ( xr )T
r
r r
{ [a (
r
x
r r
dS = a
r
{
r
x
)T
]} dSr
r
( xr )T
r
x
} dS
T
(b)
[ [
r
r
r
r
r
( xr F) i (dS ) i = ijk Fk , j (dS ) i = ijk a p ( xr )T
] ]
kp , j
r
(dS ) i
r
r
r
= ijk a p , j ( xr )T kp + a p ( xr )T kp , j (dS ) i
{
=0 pj
r
r
r
r
= ijk a p ( xr )T kp , j (dS ) i = a p ijk ( xr )T kp , j (dS ) i
r
x
= a p ijk psq qk ,s
= ap
,j
r
r
(dS ) i = a p ijk psq qk ,sj (dS ) i
r
( xr )T
Draft
ip
r
r
( dS ) i = a
r
x
r
( xr )T
} dS
T
411
It would be worth to review Problem 1.109, in which we have shown that the following
r
r
relationship ( xr ) = ksq qp , s e k e p holds, thus ( xr )T = psq qk , s e k e p . Also in
r
F d = (
r
x
F ) dS
14444244443
r
a
r
r
r
r
r
( xr )T d = a xr ( xr )T
} dS
r
r
( xr )T d =
r
r
xr ( xr )T
} dS
{
r
r
x
r
( xr )T
=0
r
r
xr ( xr )T = 0
r
r
r
x
Now let us consider that A = F a where F is the gradient deformation, F = r , and by
X
A d = ( xr A ) dS
r
r
r
r
r
( F a) d = ( xr ( F a)) dS
1444444444444442444444444444443
r r
r
a F T d = a
{
r
r
x
} dS
(5.85)
{
r
r
x
} dS
T
{
r
r
x
=0
r
xr F = 0
T d = {
r
r
x
TT
} dS
T
(5.86)
{
r
r
x
TT
=0
r
xr T T = 0
r
xr T T = ipqT jq , p e i e j = 0ij e i e j
Draft
412
(5.87)
T jt ,k T jk ,t = 0 ktj
In other words, the above equation is a necessary and sufficient condition that the
r
integrands of T d be exact differentials.
NOTE 7: In this note we will demonstrate the compatibility equations, for small
deformation regime, using the demonstration described by E. Cesro (see Sokolnikoff
(1956), Love(1944)).
r
Let us consider the material point P 0 ( x 0 ) in which the displacement ui0 ( x 0 ) and the
r
infinitesimal spin tensor ij0 ( x 0 ) are known. Next we will determine the displacement at
r
any other point P ( x ) in terms of , (see Figure 5.11).
at point P 0 :
P0
r r
r
u( x 0 ) u0 - displacement
r
( x 0 ) 0 - spin tensor
x2
r
x
r
x0
at point P :
r r
r
u( x ) u - displacement
x1
x3
Figure 5.11.
Consider the displacement differential element
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
du = ( xr u) dx = (( xr u) sym + ( xr u) skew ) dx = ( + ) dx = dx + dx ,
dui = ij dx j + ij dx j
P0
P0
ui
P
P0
P0
P0
P
P0
P
P0
P
P0
P0
r
r
ui ( x ) ui0 ( x 0 ) = ij dx j + ij dx j
= ij dx j + ij dx j
P0
(5.88)
r
r
ui ( x ) = ui0 ( x 0 ) + ij dx j + ij dx j
Note that
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real Spain
Draft
ij dx j = ij jk dxk = ij
( x j x j )
xk
dxk = [ ij ( x j xj )]
P
P
ij
413
( x j xj )dxk
where we have applied the integration by parts. The above equation can also be expressed
as follows:
P
ij dx j
= [ ij ( x j xj )]
P0
P
P0
ij
P0
( x j xj )dxk
k
P
r
r
= [ij ( x )( xj xj )] [ ij0 ( x 0 )( x 0j xj )] ij ,k ( x j x j )dxk
P0
P
[ ij0 ( x 0j
x j )] ij ,k ( x j xj )dxk
P0
P0
P0
r
r
ui ( x ) = u i0 ( x 0 ) + ij dx j + ij dx j
P0
P0
r
r
ui ( x ) = u i0 ( x 0 ) + ij dx j [ ij0 ( x 0j xj )] ij ,k ( x j xj ) dxk
(5.89)
r
Considering that is the axial vector associated with the antisymmetric tensor the
following is true ij = q qij = q iqj , then ij ,k = q ,k qij = q ,k iqj .
q
xk
r
= [ xr ]qk , (see Problem 5.12, Eq. (5.100)). Then, we can say
that
r
ij ,k ( x j xj )dxk = q ,k iqj ( x j xj )dxk = [ xr ]qk iqj ( x j xj )dxk
r
r r
= {[ xr ]T ( x x )}ki dxk
r
r r
r
= {{[ xr ]T ( x x )}T dx}i
(5.90)
P0
P0
r
r
ui ( x ) = u i0 ( x 0 ) + ij dx j [ ij0 ( x 0j xj )] ij ,k ( x j x j )dxk
P0
P0
r
r
r
r r
r
ui ( x ) = u i0 ( x 0 ) + ij dx j [ ij0 ( x 0j xj )] {{[ xr ]T ( x x )}T dx}i
(5.91)
or in tensorial notation:
P
r
r
r0 P
r
r0 r
r r
r
0
u = u + dx [ ( x x )] {[ xr ]T ( x x )}T dx , thus
P0
P0
P
r
r
r
r
r
r r
r
u = u0 [ 0 ( x 0 x )] + [ {[ xr ]T ( x x )}T ] dx
(5.92)
P0
Note that the line integral (from P 0 to P ) must be path-independent, hence the line
integral vanish to a closed path, i.e.:
Draft
414
r r
r
r r
[ {[ xr ]T ( x x )}T ] d = 0
(5.93)
r r
r
r r
[ T {[ xr ]T ( x x )}]T d = 0
And by applying the Stokes theorem (see equation (5.85)), we conclude that:
r
r
r
r
T
r r T r
r r
T
T
T
T
[ {[ xr ] ( x x )}]
r
x
} dS = 0
[ {[ xr ] ( x x )}]
(5.94)
r
r
r
r
r
r r
xr {[ xr ]T x} = { xr [ xr ]T } x + [ xr ]
Then, taking into account the above equation and T = , the equation (5.94) becomes:
r
{
r r
r
T
r r
[ T {[ xr ]T ( x x )}] dS = 0
r
{
[
r
x
r
x
r
r
r r
T ] [ xr {[ xr ]T ( x x )}]
dS = 0
r
r
r
r
r r
[ xr ] [{ xr [ xr ]T } ( x x ) + [ xr ]]
r
{
r
x
r
r r
[ xr ]T } ( x x )
r r
dS = 0
(5.95)
dS = 0
{ {r
r
r r T
[ xr ]T } ( x x )
=0
r
r
r
r
{ xr [ xr ]T } ( x x ) = 0
r
x
q
xk
1
qst sk tk
2
xs
xt
1
qst sk tk
xs
2
xt
iqj ( x j xj )dxk
1
qst qij ( sk ,t tk ,s )( x j xj )dxk
2
1
= ( si tj sj ti )( sk ,t tk ,s )( x j xj )dxk
2
1
= ( si tj sk ,t si tj tk ,s sj ti sk ,t + sj ti tk ,s )( x j xj )dxk
2
1
= ( ik , j jk ,i jk ,i + ik , j )( x j xj )dxk
2
= (ik , j jk ,i )( x j xj )dxk
=
(5.96)
Draft
P0
P0
415
r
r
ui ( x ) = ui0 ( x 0 ) + ij dx j [ ij0 ( x 0j xj )] ij ,k ( x j xj )dxk
P0
P
P0
r
r
ui ( x ) = ui0 ( x 0 ) [ ij0 ( x 0j xj )] + ik dxk ( ik , j jk ,i )( x j xj )dxk
r
r
ui ( x ) = ui0 ( x 0 ) [ ij0 ( x 0j xj )] + [ ik ( ik , j jk ,i )( x j xj )]dxk
(5.97)
P0
P
r
r
ui ( x ) = ui0 ( x 0 ) [ ij0 ( x 0j xj )] + Tik dxk
P0
thus
T jt ,k T jk ,t = 0 ktj
[ jt ( jt , p pt , j )( x p xp )],k [ jk ( jk , p pk , j )( x p xp )],t = 0 ktj
jt ,k ( jt , p pt , j ) ,k ( x p xp ) ( jt , p pt , j )( x p xp ) ,k
jk ,t + ( jk , p pk , j ) ,t ( x p xp ) + ( jk , p pk , j )( x p xp ) ,t = 0 ktj
jt ,k ( jt , pk pt , jk )( x p xp ) ( jt , p pt , j )
pk
jk ,t + ( jk , pt pk , jt )( x p xp ) + ( jk , p pk , j )
jt ,k ( jt , p pt , j )
pk
jk ,t + ( jk , p pk , j )
pt
= 0 ktj
pt
+ ( jk , pt pk , jt jt , pk + pt , jk )( x p xp ) = 0 ktj
jt ,k jt ,k + kt , j jk ,t + jk ,t tk , j
+ ( jk , pt pk , jt jt , pk + pt , jk )( x p xp ) = 0 ktj
(5.98)
(5.99)
Given the infinitesimal strain tensor , and the displacement field u , (a) show that:
11
r
u i
= 12 + 3
( J ) ij ( xr u) ij =
x j
13 2
12 3
22
23 + 1
13 + 2
23 1
33
Draft
416
r
r
1
=
[ xr ]kp [ xr
2
23 13 12 23 22
x3
x3 x2 x3 x2
31 11 13 12 23
=
x1
x1 x3
x3 x3
12
11 22 12
12
x3 x x x x
2
1
2
1
1
1
kij ij , p = kij ip jp
x j
2
2
xi
23
x1
= 31
x
1
12
x1
23
x2
31
x2
12
x2
r
]kp = [ xr ]kp
33 23
x
x
3
2
13 33
x1
x3
23 13
x2
x1
(5.100)
r
k
where ( xr ) kp =
, and is the infinitesimal spin tensor. And the relationship
x p
r
x = xr holds, (see Problem 1.109).
r
r
Solution:
r
J xr u =
] [
r
r
r
r
r
r
1
1
( xr u) + ( xr u) T + ( xr u) ( xr u) T = ( xr u) sym + ( xr u) skew = +
3 14243
2 44424443 1
2 44424443 1424
1
r
= ( xr u) sym
r
= ( xr u) skew
where the symmetric part = ( xr u) sym represents the infinitesimal strain tensor, and the
r
antisymmetric part = ( xr u) skew represents the infinitesimal spin tensor (rotation tensor).
r
If we consider that is the axial vector associated with the antisymmetric tensor we
conclude that:
0 12
ij = 21 0
31 32
13 0
23 = 12
0 13
12
0
23
13 0
23 = 3
0 2
3
0
2
1
0
with that
11
r
u i
= 12
( xr u) ij =
x j
13
12
22
23
13 0
23 + 3
33 2
3
0
12 3 13 + 2
2 11
1 = 12 + 3
22
23 1
33
0 13 2 23 + 1
b) Recall from chapter on Tensors that an antisymmetric tensor ( ) and its axial vector
r
( ) are related to each other, in indicial notation, by means of ij = k kij or
r
1
k = kij ij . If we use the last equation to obtain the gradient of we can obtain:
2
k , p = kij ij = kij ij , p
1
2
, p
1
2
1
2
Draft
417
k, p =
1
kij ij , p
2
1
1
1
1
( 21313, p + 23131, p ) =
(13, p + 31, p ) = 31, p
(k = 2) 2, p =
2
2
1
1
where we have used the antisymmetric tensor definition ij = ji . Taking into account
the above equation we can conclude that:
k, p
23,1 23, 2
1
23
23,3
x1
31,3 = 31
x1
12,3
12
x1
23
x2
31
x2
12
x2
23
x3
31
x3
12
x3
(5.101)
To obtain the derivative of ij with respect to x p we will start from the definition
r
ij = ( xr u) skew
ij
1 ui u j
2 x j xi
ij
1
= (ui , j u j ,i ) , thus:
2
ij , p =
x p
1
1
(ui , j u j ,i ), p = (ui , jp u j ,ip )
2
2
The value of the above equation is not altered if we add and subtract the term
1
u p,ij , thus:
2
1
1
1
(ui , jp u j ,ip + u p ,ij u p , ij ) = (ui , jp + u p , ij ) (u j , ip + u p ,ij )
2
2
2
1
1
1
ij , p =
= ip , j jp ,i =
ip
x j
jp
xi
Substituting the above equation into the equation (5.101) and by expanding the dummy
indices i, j we can obtain:
1
1
kij ( ip , j jp ,i ) =
( kij ip , j kij jp ,i )
2
2
1
=
( k12 1 p ,1 + k13 1 p ,3 + k 21 2 p ,1 + k 23 2 p ,3 + k 31 3 p ,1 + k 32 3 p , 2
2
k 12 2 p ,1 k13 3 p ,1 k 21 1 p , 2 k 23 3 p , 2 k 31 1 p ,3 k 32 2 p ,3 )
k, p =
Draft
418
k, p
( k13 1 p ,3 + k 31 3 p ,1 + k13 3 p ,1 k 31 1 p ,3 ) = 1 p ,3 3 p ,1
= (k = 2) 2, p =
2
Then:
k, p
(5.102)
Then, taking into account the equation (5.101) and (5.102) we can conclude that:
k,p =
1
1
kij ij , p = kij ip jp
2
2
xi
x j
23
x1
= 31
x
1
12
x1
23 13 12 23 22 33 23
x3 x2
x3
x3 x2 x3 x2
31 11 13 12 23 13 33
x1 x3
x1 x3
x1
x3 x3
12
12 11 22 12 23 13
x3
x2 x1
x2
x1 x2 x1
23
x2
31
x2
12
x2
12
22
23
8 x1
13
x2
23 =
2
33 3 2
2 x1 x 3
x2
2
x1
0
3 2
x1 x 3
2
3
x1
(5.103)
and
r r
( x = 0, t ) = 0
r r
( x = 0, t ) = 0
k, p
13 12 23 22 33 23
x 3 0
x 3 x 2
x3 x 2
x 2
= 11 13 12 23 13 33 = x1 x 3
x1
x1 x 3
x1 x 3
x 3
0
12 11 22 12 23 13
x 2
x 2 x1
x 2 x1
x1
0
0
3
2
3 2
x1
2
Draft
k, p
x1
= 2
x
1
3
x1
1
x 2
2
x 2
3
x 2
1
x 3 0
2
= x1 x 3
x 3
3 0
x 3
419
3 2
x1
2
0
3
2
with that and by means of the integration we can obtain the components i :
1
= 0
x1
1
= 0 1 = C1 (t )
x 2
1
= 0
x3
2
= x1 x3
x1
2
3 2
=0
x1 x 3 + C 2 (t )
2 =
x 2
2
2 3 2
=
x1
x 3
2
3
=0
x1
3 3
3
= 3 = x 2 + C 3 (t )
2
2
x 2
3
=0
x 3
r
r r r
By applying the boundary condition ( x = 0, t ) = 0 , we can conclude that C i (t ) = 0 . Then:
i = 2 = x12 x3
2
3 3
x2
13 0
23 = 3
0 2
3
0
0
2
3
1 = x2
2
0 3 2
x x
2 1 3
3
x2
2
0
0
3 2
x1 x3
2
8 x1
x
2
=
2
3 x2 x
2 1 3
13 0 12
23 + 21 0
33 31 32
x2
2
x1
0
13
23
0
3 2
x1 x3 0
2
3
0 + x2
2
3
3 x2 x
x1
2 1 3
Draft
3
x2
2
0
0
3 2
x1 x3
2
8x
1
0 = x2
2
3x1 x3
0
2 x2
x1
0
0
0
x13
420
or
u1
x1
u i u 2
=
x j x1
u 3
x1
u1
x 2
u 2
x 2
u 3
x 2
u1
x 3 8 x
1
u 2
x
=
2
x 3 2
3x1 x 3
u 3
x 3
2x2
x1
0
0
0
x13
u1
= 8 x1
x1
u1
= 2 x 2 u1 = 4 x12 x 22 + K 1 (t )
x 2
u1
=0
x 3
u 2
= x2
x1
u 2
= x1 u 2 = x1 x 2 + K 2 (t )
x 2
u 2
=0
x 3
u 3
= 3 x12 x 3
x1
u 3
3
=0
u 3 = x1 x3 + K 3 (t )
x 2
u1
= x13
x 3
u i ( x , t ) = x1 x 2 + K 2 (t )
x 3 x + K (t )
3
1 3
r r
x =0
K 1 (t ) 3t
r r
u i ( x = 0, t ) = K 2 (t ) = 0
K 3 (t ) 0
u i ( x, t ) =
x1 x 2
x
x
1 3
It is interesting to verify that the displacement field is compatible, since the infinitesimal
strain tensor field, (see Eq. (5.103)), fulfills the compatible equations (see equations in
(5.80)). We leave the reader to verify this fact.
Problem 5.13
Consider a cantilever beam in which the infinitesimal strain tensor is given by
x2 x 3
ik ( x1 , x3 ) = 0
0
0 0
0 0
0 0
= x 2 x 3 e 1 e 1
(5.104)
where x2 = x2 ( x1 ) is the curvature of the beam which is constant on cross section, (see
Figure 5.12). a) Check whether the compatibility equations are fulfilled or not. b) Obtain
the displacement field.
Draft
x3
r
r
x0 = 0
421
11 = x2 x3
x2
cross section
x1
u3 ( x1 = 0)
=0
x1
M x2
x1
=0 X
2
2
x2 x3
x32
x2
2
2
2
2 ( x2 x3 )
( x2 )
33 + 11 2 13 =
=
=0 X
2
2
2
x1
x1x3
x3
x3
x3
2 ( x2 x3 )
2 11 2 22
2 12
+
=
=0 X
2
2
x1x2
x12
x22
x2
2
23 + 13 12 33 = 0 X
x x
x2
x3 x1x2
3 1
2 ( x2 x3 )
( x2 )
2 11
23 + 13 + 12
=
=
=0 X
x2 x3
x2
x2
x3 x2 x3
x1 x1
2
23 13 + 12 22 = 0 X
x2 x1
x2
x3 x1x3
2
3
1
( x2 x 3 )
( x2 x3 )
( x2 x3 )
e 1 e 1 e 1 +
e 2 e 1 e 1 +
e 3 e 1 e 1
=
424
3
x3 1
x2
x1 12r 3
1
424
3
=e 2
=0
=0
= x 2 e 2 e 1
r
( xr )T = [ x2 e 2 e 1 ]T = x2 e 1 e 2
Draft
422
r
r
e 1 +
e2 +
e 3 [ x2 e 1 e 2 ]
xr ( xr )T =
x2
x3
x1
( x2 )
( x2 )
( x2 )
=
e 1 e 1 e 2 +
e 2 e 1 e 2 +
e 3 e 1 e 2
1
2
3
424
3
x1
x2
x3 1
r
123
123 =e 2
=0
=0
=0
=0 X
b) The displacement field can be obtained by means of the equation in (5.97), i.e.:
P
r
r
ui ( x ) = ui0 ( x 0 ) [ij0 ( x 0j xj )] + [ ik ( ik , j jk ,i )( x j xj )]dxk
(5.105)
and by applying the boundary conditions, (see Figure 5.12), we can obtain:
r
x
r
x
r
ui ( x ) = Tik dxk = [ ik ( ik , j jk ,i )( x j xj )]dxk
r
0
r
x
r
0
(5.106)
r
x
= [ ik ik , j ( x j xj ) + jk ,i ( x j xj )]dxk =
r
0
r
0
[Tik(1)
Tik( 2 )
+ Tik(3) ]dxk
where Tik(1) = ik ,
Tik( 2 ) = ik , j ( x j xj ) = ik ,1 ( x1 x1 ) + ik , 2 ( x2 x2 ) + ik ,3 ( x3 x3 ) = ik ,1 ( x1 x1 ) + ik ,3 ( x3 x3 )
x2 ,1 x3 ( x1 x1 ) + x2 ( x3 x3 ) 0 0
=
0
0 0
0
0 0
where x2 ,1 x2
x1
and
Tik(3) = jk ,i ( x j xj ) = 1k ,i ( x1 x1 ) + 2 k ,i ( x2 x2 ) + 3k ,i ( x3 x3 ) = 1k ,i ( x1 x1 )
x2 ,1 x3 ( x1 x1 ) 0 0
0
0 0
=
x ( x1 x1 )
0 0
2
Then,
x2 x3
Tik = 0
0
0 0 x2 ,1 x3 ( x1 x1 ) + x2 ( x3 x3 ) 0 0 x2 ,1 x3 ( x1 x1 ) 0 0
0 0
0
0 0 +
0
0 0
0 0
0
0 0 x2 ( x1 x1 )
0 0
x2 x3
0 0
0
0 0
Tik =
x ( x1 x1 ) 0 0
2
x2 x3
0 0 dx1 x2 x3 dx1
0
0 0 dx2 =
0
and Tik dxk =
x ( x1 x1 ) 0 0 dx3 x ( x1 x1 )dx1
2
2
Then, by substituting the above equation into the equation (5.106) we can obtain:
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real Spain
Draft
r
0
x
x
x2 x3 dx1 x3 x2 dx1
r
u1 r
0
0
0
0
= xr
u2 = xr
3 x ( x1 x1 )dx1 x ( x1 x1 )dx1
2
2
0r
0r
r
x
r
ui ( x ) = Tik dxk
423
x1
x2 3 dx1
r
x2 x3 ( x1 ) 0 x2 x3 x1
u1
0
0
=
=
u2 = xr 0
1
2
x
2
x1
u
x
3 x ( x1 x1 )dx1 ( 1 x x ) x2
2
x2
1 1
2
2
0r
0
Then
u1
= x3 x2
x1
2u3
= x2
x1x1
Note that for the neutral line (line at x3 ) there is not u1 -displacement, there is only
deflection ( u 3 -displacement).
The stress field (with = 0 ), (see Problem 5.5 NOTE 9), can be obtained
1 0 0
11
0 0 1
0 0
0 0
0 0
E
E
E
E
0
ij =
kk ij +
ij =
11 0 1 0 +
(1 + )(1 2 )
(1 + )
(1 + )(1 2 )
(1 + )
0
0 E11
11 (1 )
E
0
=
11 0 = 0
(1 + )(1 2 )
0
0 11 0
0 0
0 0
0 0
F = 11dA = E11dA = E x2 x3 dA = E x2 x3 dA = 0
A
A
A
A 23
1
=0
Note that the first moment of the area about the x 2 -axis ( x3 dAx 2 ) is equals cero, since
A
where I x2 = x32 dA is the second moment of the area about the x 2 -axis. With that we can
A
M x2
EI x2
11 ( x3 ) = E11 = E x2 x3 =
Draft
M x2
I x2
x3
424
Problem 5.14
Consider the infinitesimal strain tensor field
x2 x3
ik ( x1 , x3 ) = 0
0
x2 x3
0
x2 x3
0
= x2 x3e 1 e 1 x2 x3e 2 e 2 x2 x3e 3 e 3
0
(5.107)
x
x
x
2
3
1
( x2 x3 )
( x2 x3 )
=
e 1 e 2 e 2
e 1 e 3 e 3
1
4
2
4
3
1
424
3
x1
x1
=e 3
= e 2
( x2 x3 )
x
1
4224
3
=0
+
= x3
( x2 x3 )
x2
x1
x3
e 2 e 1 e 1
1
424
3
= e 3
( x2 x3 )
e 2 e 3 e 3
424
3
x2 1
14243 =e 1
=0
e 3 e 1 e 1
1
424
3
( x2 x3 )
=e 2
e 3 e 2 + x3
x2
x1
x3
e 3 e 2 e 2
1
424
3
= e 1
e 2 e 3 + x2 e 2 e 1 + x2 e 1 e 2
thus
r
x2
x2
( xr )T = x3
e 2 e 3 + x3
e 3 e 2 + x2 e 1 e 2 + x2 e 2 e 1
x1
x1
r
r
r
xr ( xr )T =
e 1 +
e2 +
e 3 [( xr )T ]
x2
x3
x1
x2
x2
e 1 +
e2 +
e 3 [x3
e 2 e 3 + x3
e 3 e 2
=
x1
x1
x2
x3
x1
+ x2 e 1 e 2 + x2 e 2 e 1 ]
= x3
2 x2
x12
e 3 e 3 x3
2 x2
x12
e 2 e 2 +
Draft
x2
x1
e 3 e 1 +
x2
x1
e 1 e 3
r
r
T
S ij = [ xr ( xr ) ]ij =
0
x3
x2
2 x2
x12
0
x1
x2
x1
0
0 ij
2 x2
x3
x12
425
Note that the compatibility equations are not satisfied. One possibility to guarantee the
r
r
continuity of the displacement field ( [ xr ( xr ) T ] = 0 ), related to the strain field
(5.107), is when x2 is a constant, another possibility is when = 0 , (see Problem 5.13).
Note also that the above equation could be obtained by means of the equation in (5.80), i.e:
2 33 2 22
2 23
+
2
=0
S11 =
x2 x3
x22
x32
2
2
2
2 x2
S 22 = 33 + 11 2 13 = x3
0
x1x3
x12
x32
x12
2 x2
2 11 2 22
2 12
+
2
= x3
0
S 33 =
x1x2
x22
x12
x12
2
S = 23 + 13 12 33 = 0
12
x3 x1
x2
x3 x1x2
23 13 12 2 11
+
+
=0
S 23 =
x2
x1 x1
x3 x2 x3
2
S = 23 13 + 12 22 = x2 0
13
x1
x2 x1
x2
x3 x1x3
Problem 5.15
a) Show that the governing equations for a homogeneous isotropic linear elastic material
(see equations in (5.47)), can be replaced by six equations and six unknowns ( ij ), (Stress
Formulation), i.e.:
Indicial notation
ij , kk +
2( + )
&&i ), j
kk ,ij
ll , kk ij = 2 ( u
(2 + 3 )
(2 + 3 )
Tensorial notation
sym
2 ( bi ), j
sym
2xr +
2( + ) r r
&r&) sym 2 r ( b) sym
x [ x [Tr ( )]]
2xr [Tr ( )]1 = 2 xr ( u
x
(2 + 3)
(2 + 3)
where
2xr
(5.108)
xr ( xr ) and
2xr
Draft
426
b) or by:
Indicial notation
ij , kk +
2( + )
&&k ), k ij + 2 ( u
&&i ), j
kk ,ij =
( b k ) , k ( u
(2 + 3 )
(2 + )
Tensorial notation
2xr +
sym
2 ( bi ) , j
] [
sym
r
r
2( + ) r r
&r&) 1 + 2 r ( u
&r&) sym 2 r ( b) sym
x [ x [Tr ( )]] =
xr ( b) ( u
x
x
(2 + 3)
(2 + )
(5.109)
E
E
and =
, express the equations (5.108) and
(1 + )(1 2 )
2(1 + )
(5.109) in function of ( E , ) .
r
Hint: The kinematic equations = sym u can be replaced by:
c) Considering that =
(5.110)
: = Ce
: C e : = I sym : = sym =
= Ce
For isotropic materials, (see equation (5.26)), the strain tensor can be obtained as follows:
=
1
1
Tr ( )1 indicial
ij =
ij
ss ij .
2
2 (2 + 3 )
2
2 (2 + 3 )
r
If we consider a homogeneous material, the mechanical properties do not vary with x , i.e.
,i
= 0 i and ,i
= 0 i , then:
x i
xi
2 ij
ij , kl =
ij
ss ij =
ij ,kl
ss , kl ij
x k xl
2 (2 + 3 )
2 (2 + 3 )
2
,kl 2
(5.111)
(5.112)
1
1
ik ,kl
ss ,kl ik =
ik ,kl
ss ,il
2
2 (2 + 3 )
2
2 (2 + 3 )
kl ,ik =
1
1
kl ,ik
ss ,ik kl =
lk ,ki
ss ,il
2
2 (2 + 3 )
2
2 (2 + 3 )
il ,kk =
1
il ,kk
ss ,kk il
2
2 (2 + 3 )
Draft
kk ,il =
=
427
1
1
3
kk ,il
ss ,il kk =
kk ,il
ss ,il
{
2
2 (2 + 3 )
2
2 (2 + 3 )
=3
2
1
3
3
ss ,il =
ss ,il
ss ,il
ss ,il =
2
2 (2 + 3 )
2 (2 + 3 )
2 2 (2 + 3 )
2 ij
x k x l
ij ,kl =
1
ij ,kl
ss ,kl ij
2
2 (2 + 3 )
2
2
ik ,kl
ss ,il + lk ,ki il , kk +
ss ,kk il
ss ,il = 0 il
(2 + 3 )
(2 + 3 )
(2 + 3 )
2
2
ss ,il + lk , ki il ,kk +
ik ,kl
+
ss , kk il = 0 il
(2 + 3 )
(2 + 3 ) (2 + 3 )
2( + )
ik ,kl
ss ,il + lk , ki il ,kk +
ss , kk il = 0 il
(2 + 3 )
(2 + 3 )
2( + )
ss ,il il , kk +
ss , kk il = ik , kl lk , ki
(2 + 3 )
(2 + 3 )
(5.113)
&& i ) ,l
ik ,kl = ( b i ) ,l ( u
&& l ) ,i
lk , ki + ( b l ) ,i = ( u
&& l ) ,i .
lk ,ki = ( b l ) ,i ( u
And note that ik ,kl lk , ki = ( b i ) ,l ( u&& i ) ,l + ( b l ) ,i ( u&& l ) ,i = 2[( b i ) ,l ]sym 2[( u&& i ) ,l ]sym
By replacing the above equation into the equation (5.113) we can obtain:
2( + )
ss ,il il , kk +
ss , kk il = 2 ( b i ) ,l
(2 + 3)
(2 + 3 )
&& i ) ,l
2 ( u
sym
sym
2( + )
&& i ) , j
kk ,ij
ll ,kk ij = 2 ( u
(2 + 3 )
(2 + 3 )
sym
2 ( b i ) , j
sym
(5.114)
Q.E.D.
which is the same as (5.108). The above equation could have been obtained by means of
equation in (5.79):
xr ( xr ) + xr [ xr [Tr ( )]] = xr ( xr ) + [ xr ( xr )]
where =
(5.115)
Draft
428
xr ( xr ) = xr xr
Tr ( )1
2 (2 + 3)
2
;
1 r
=
x ( xr )
xr xr [ Tr ( )]1
2
2 (2 + 3)
Tr ( ) =
1
Tr ( )
(2 + 3 )
xr =
1 r
1 r
x
xr ( Tr ( )1) =
x
xr ( Tr ( ))
2
2 (2 + 3)
2
2 (2 + 3)
xr [ xr [Tr ( )]] =
1
xr [ xr [Tr ( )]] ;
(2 + 3 )
1 r
1 &r&
x
xr ( Tr ( )) =
xr ( Tr ( ))
( u b )
2
2 (2 + 3)
2
2 (2 + 3)
r
1 r &r&
xr ( xr ) =
x [( u b)]
xr [ xr ( Tr ( ))]
2
2 (2 + 3)
xr =
sym
r
2
2
&r& b)]}sym
{ xr [( u
{ xr [ xr ( Tr ( ))]}sym
2
2 (2 + 3)
r
2
2
&r& b)]}sym
{ xr [( u
xr [ xr ( Tr ( ))]
=
2
2 (2 + 3)
=
1 r
1
x ( xr )
xr xr [ Tr ( )]1 +
xr [ xr [Tr ( )]] =
2
2 (2 + 3)
(2 + 3)
r
2
2
&r& b)]}sym
{ xr [( u
xr [ xr ( Tr ( ))]
2
2 (2 + 3)
xr ( xr )
(2 + 3)
( xr xr [ Tr ( )])1 +
r
&r& b)]}sym
2{ xr [( u
2xr
(2 + 3)
2xr [ Tr ( )] 1 +
2
xr [ xr [Tr ( )]] =
(2 + 3)
2
xr [ xr ( Tr ( ))]
(2 + 3)
r
2( + ) r r
&r& b)]}sym
x [ x [Tr ( )]] = 2{ xr [( u
(2 + 3)
2( + )
&& i ) , j
kk ,ij =
ll ,kk ij + 2 ( u
(2 + 3 )
(2 + 3 )
Draft
sym
2 ( b i ) , j
sym
(5.116)
429
Our goal now is to obtain an expression for ll, kk . If we multiply equation (5.110) by
jk li we obtain:
ij ,kl jk li + kl ,ij jk li il , jk jk li jk ,il jk li = O ijkl jk li
ij , ji + ji ,ij ii , jj jj ,ii = 2 ij ,ij 2 ii , jj = 0
(5.117)
ij ,ij ii , jj = 0
If we use the inverse of the constitutive equation (see equation (5.111)), we can obtain:
ij ,ij =
ii , kk
1
1
ij ,ij
ss ,ij ij =
ij ,ij
ss ,ii
2
2 (2 + 3 )
2
2 (2 + 3 )
(5.118)
2
1
ii , kk
=
ii ,kk
ss ,kk ii =
2
2 (2 + 3 )
2 (2 + 3 )
1
ii ,kk = 0
ij ,ij
ss ,ii
2
2 (2 + 3 )
2 (2 + 3 )
ii ,kk = 0
ij ,ij
+
(2 + 3 ) (2 + 3 )
(5.119)
2 +
ii , kk
ij ,ij =
(2 + 3 )
ij , ij =
2 + r
x [ xr [Tr ( )]]
2 + 3
xr ( xr ) =
ij , ij =
xr ( xr ) =
1
ii , kk
1+
1 r
x [ xr [Tr ( )]]
1+
(5.120)
&& i ) ,i ( b i ) ,i
ij , ji = ( u
ii ,kk = ll ,kk =
(5.121)
(2 + 3 )
(2 + 3 )
&& k ) ,k ( b k ) ,k =
&& k ) , k
( u
( b k ) , k ( u
2 +
2 +
Draft
430
ij ,kk +
2( + )
&&i ), j
kk ,ij =
ll ,kk ij + 2 ( u
(2 + 3)
(2 + 3)
ij ,kk +
2( + )
(2 + 3)
&&k ),k ij + 2 ( u
&&i ), j
kk ,ij =
( b k ) ,k ( u
(2 + 3)
(2 + 3) 2 +
sym
2 ( b i ), j
ij ,kk +
sym
sym
2 ( b i ) , j
2( + )
&&k ),k ij + 2 ( u
&&i ), j
kk ,ij =
( b k ) ,k ( u
(2 + 3)
(2 + )
sym
2 ( b i ) , j
sym
sym
(5.122)
Q.E.D.
Thus obtaining the equation in (5.109)
c) After some algebraic manipulations we can obtain:
E
1
(1 2 )
(1 2 )
,
,
=
=
=
E
(2 + 3)
E
(2 + 3)
(1 + )(1 2 ) (1 + )
(2 + 3 )
E
2( + )
(1 2 )
(1 2 )
(1 2 )
1
,
,
=
=2
+2
=
E
(1 + )
2(1 + ) 2(1 + ) (2 + 3)
2(1 + ) (1 + )
( 2 + ) = 2
E
E
E (1 )
,
+
=
2(1 + ) (1 + )(1 2 ) (1 + )(1 2 )
E
(1 + )(1 2 )
2 + 1
,
,
=
=
=
(2 + ) (1 + )(1 2 ) E (1 )
(1 ) 2 + 3 1 +
&&i ), j
kk ,ij
ll , kk ij = 2 ( u
(1 + )
(1 + )
Tensorial notation
2xr +
sym
2 ( bi ) , j
sym
1
&r&) sym 2 r ( b) sym
xr [ xr [Tr ( )]]
2xr [Tr ( )]1 = 2 xr ( u
x
(1 + )
(1 + )
(5.123)
and the equation (5.109) becomes:
ij , kk +
&&k ), k ij + 2 ( &u&i ), j
kk ,ij =
( b k ) , k ( u
(1 + )
(1 )
Tensorial notation
2xr +
] [
sym
2 ( bi ), j
sym
r
r
1
&r&) 1 + 2 r ( u
&r&) sym 2 r ( b) sym
xr [ xr [Tr ( )]] =
xr ( b) ( u
x
x
(1 + )
(1 )
(5.124)
NOTE 1: For a static problem the above equation becomes:
ij , kk +
2xr
kk ,ij =
( bk ), k ij 2 ( bi ), j
(1 + )
(1 )
] [
sym
r
r sym
1
xr [ xr [Tr ( )]] =
xr ( b) 1 2 xr ( b)
+
(1 + )
(1 )
Michells equations
(5.125)
which are known as Michells equations, which were obtained by Michell in 1900.
Draft
431
If the body forces do not vary with x , the Michells equations (5.125) reduce to:
ij , kk +
2xr
1
kk ,ij = 0ij
(1 + )
1
+
xr [ xr [Tr ( )]] = 0
(1 + )
Beltramis equations
(5.126)
which are known as Beltramis equations, which were obtained by Beltrami in 1892, (see
Sokolnikoff (1956) first edition in (1946)).
If we take into account that ij , kk =
2ij
= 2xr ij , ( bi ), j
sym
1 ( bi ) ( b j )
+
=
, and
2 x j
xi
xk xk
r
( b k ), k ij = [ xr ( b)] ij , the Michells equations can be rewritten explicitly as follows:
ij , kk +
1
kk ,ij =
( bk ), k ij 2 ( bi ), j
(1 + )
(1 )
2xr ij +
sym
r
( b i ) ( b j )
1 2 [ Tr ( )]
=
+
[ xr ( b)] ij
x j
(1 + ) xi x j
(1 )
x
i
r +
[ xr ( b)] 2
=
x 11
2
(1 + )
(1 )
x1
x1
r
1 2 [ Tr ( )]
( b 2 )
r ( b)] 2
2xr 22 +
[
=
x
2
(1 + )
(1 )
x2
x2
2
r
2r + 1 [ Tr ( )] = [ r ( b)] 2 ( b3 )
x 33
x
2
(1 + )
(1 )
x3
x3
2
2r + 1 [ Tr ( )] = ( b1 ) + ( b 2 )
x
x 12 (1 + ) x1x2
x1
2
2
( b 2 ) ( b3 )
1 2 [ Tr ( )]
r +
+
=
x 23
(
1
)
x
x
x
x
2
3
3
2
2xr 13 + 1 [ Tr ( )] = ( b1 ) + ( b3 )
(1 + ) x1x3
x1
x3
(5.127)
(2 + 3)
(1 + )
( b k ) , k =
( b k ) , k
2 +
(1 )
r
(1 + ) r
x ( b)
(1 )
r
(1 + ) r
2xr [Tr ( )] =
x ( b)
(1 )
xr { xr [Tr ( )]} =
(5.128)
The above equation can also be obtained by means of equation (5.125) with ( i = j ), i.e.: we
are obtaining the trace of (5.125):
Draft
432
ii , kk +
1
kk ,ii =
( b k ) , k ii 2 ( b i ) ,i
{
(1 + )
(1 )
=3
1
ii , kk =
1 +
2 ( b k ) , k
(1 + )
(1 )
(2 + )
(2 + )
ii , kk =
( b k ) , k
(1 + )
(1 )
]
(5.129)
ii , kk =
(1 + )
( b k ) , k
(1 )
Note that ii ,kk = kk ,ii and ( b k ) ,k = ( b i ) ,i . The above equation in tensorial notation
becomes:
( 2xr ) : 1 +
r
r sym
1
{ xr [ xr [Tr ( )]]} : 1 = xr ( b) 1 : 1 2 xr ( b) : 1
(1 + )
(1 )
(5.130)
Note that
( 2xr ) : 1 { xr ( xr )}: 1 = xr
] [
r
r
3
1
2xr [Tr ( )] =
xr ( b) 2 xr ( b)
(1 + )
(1 )
r
(1 + ) r
2xr [Tr ( )] =
x ( b )
(1 )
2xr [Tr ( )] +
NOTE 3: For the two-dimensional elasticity case, the stress formulation is provided in
Problem 6.32.
Problem 5.16
Consider a static linear elastic problem, and also that the mass density ( ) and the
r
mechanical properties ( , ) are homogeneous fields, and that the specific body force b is
a conservative and homogeneous field. Show that the Cauchy stress tensor, the
infinitesimal strain tensor, and the displacement components are biharmonic functions.
Solution:
&& becomes
Taking into account the static problem, the equations of motion xr + b = u
r
Indicial notation
r r
xr + b = 0
ij , j + bi = 0 i
r
xr ( xr ) + xr ( b) = 0
1424
3
ij , ji + ( bi ),i = 0
123
xr ( xr ) = 0
ij ,ij = 0
(5.131)
=0
=0
Draft
433
where we have considered that the body force density ( b) does not change with x
(homogeneous field).
If we take into account the equation in (5.120) we can conclude that:
Tensorial notation
Indicial notation
1 r
xr ( xr ) =
x [ xr [Tr ( )]] = 0
1+
xr [ xr [Tr ( )]] 2xr [Tr ( )] = 0
1
ij ,ij =
ii ,kk = 0
1+
2 ii
= 2xr ( ii ) = 0
ii ,kk =
xk xk
(5.132)
with that we show that [ Tr ( )] is harmonic function. Then it is easy to show that [ Tr ( )]
2
[ Tr ( )] (see Problem 5.5 NOTE 8):
3
2
2xr [Tr ( )] = 2xr 3 +
[ Tr ( )] = 0
3
2xr [ Tr ( )] = 0
(5.133)
Indicial notation
1
2xr +
xr [ xr [Tr ( )]] = 0
(1 + )
1
2xr { xr [ xr [Tr ( )]]} = 0
2xr 2xr +
(1 + )
2xr 2xr +
1
xr xr [ 2xr [ Tr ( )] ] = 0
14243
(1 + )
=0
1
kk ,ij = 0ij
(1 + )
1
ij , kkpp +
kk ,ijpp = 0ij
(1 + )
1
ij , kkpp +
(kk , pp ),ij = 0ij
(1 + ) 123
ij , kk +
(5.134)
=0
ij , kkpp =
xk xk
2 (ij )
=0
x p x p
With that we show that the Cauchy stress tensor is biharmonic function, where the
operator 4xr 2xr 2xr is known as the bilaplacian. We can show that the infinitesimal strain
tensor is also biharmonic function, i.e.: 4xr = 0 . Taking into account the above equation
and the constitutive equation in stress for isotropic linear elastic material
= Tr ( )1 + 2 we obtain:
4xr = 0
4xr (Tr ( )1 + 2 ) = 4xr (Tr ( )1) + 4xr (2 ) = 4xr ( Tr ( ))1 + 2 4xr ( ) = 0
14243
=0
4xr
=0
To show that the displacement components are biharmonic function, we will start with the
&&i = 0 i , and if we
Naviers equations (5.49) for a static case, ( + )u j , ji + ui , jj + bi = u
apply the Laplacian to it we can obtain:
( + )u j , jikk + ui , jjkk + ( bi ), kk = 0i
1
424
3
(5.135)
= 0i
where we have considered that , and ( bi ) do not change with x . Note also that
Draft
434
r
ui , jjk = ui , kjj = 2xr (ui , k ) = { 2xr [ xr u]}ik
kk = (uk , k + uk , k ) = uk , k
2
2
r
trace
kk ,ij = uk , kij
kk , pp = uk , kpp = 0 tensorial
2xr [ Tr ( )] = 2xr [ Tr ( xr u) ] = 0
ij =
where we have used the equation (5.133). Then, the equation in (5.135) can be written as
follows:
( + )u j , jikk + ui , jjkk = 0i
=0
4xr (u1 )
ui , jjkk =
4xr (ui )
= 0i
=0
4
xr (u 2 ) = 0
4r
x (u3 ) = 0
(5.136)
with that we show that the displacement components are biharmonic functions.
Problem 5.17
a) Given a scalar field such as:
11 =
22 =
x 22
12 = 21 =
x12
2
x1 x 2
(5.137)
Show that
Indicial notation
, iijj = 0
Tensorial notation
{ [ ( )]} = 0
(i, j = 1,2)
2 2 = 0
4
4 4
4 +2 2 2 + 4 =0
x1
x1 x2 x2
(5.138)
4 = 0
Consider a linear elastic material, a static problem, and with no body forces. Consider also
that the Cauchy stress tensor is only dependent of x1 and x 2 , i.e. = ( x1 , x 2 ) .
b) Show whether the equilibrium are satisfied or not.
Solution:
a) In Problem 5.15 (see equation (5.129)) we have shown that:
ii , kk =
(1 + )
( b k ) , k = 0
(1 )
where we have considered that ( b k ) ,k = 0 . For the proposed problem we have i, k = 1,2 ,
with which:
ii ,kk = 0
11
x12
22
x12
ii ,11 + ii , 22 = 0
+
11
x 22
22
x 22
=0
Draft
2 11
x12
2 22
x12
2 11
x 22
2 22
435
=0
x 22
2 2 2 2 2 2 2 2
+
+
+
=0
x12 x 22 x12 x12 x 22 x 22 x 22 x12
4
4
4
+
2
+
=0
x14
x12 x 22 x 24
Q.E.D.
b) For the bidimensional case (2D), the equilibrium equations (without body forces) reduce
to:
i , j =1, 2 )
(
ij , j = 0 i
i1,1 + i 2, 2 = 0 i
11 12
x + x = 0
1
2
21 + 22 = 0
x1
x 2
21 + 22 = 0
x1
x2
2
3
3
2
=0
X
2
2
2
x1 x2 x2 x1 x2 x1x2 x1 x2
2
3
3
2
+ = + = 0 X
x x x
x2 x12
x12 x2 x2x12
1
1
2
With this, we show that the expressions of stresses given by (5.137) satisfy the equilibrium
equations.
NOTE: In the literature, is known as the Airy stress function, (see Problem 6.33), and the
SI unit of is [] = N ( Newton) .
Problem 5.18
Let us consider that the Cauchy stress tensor field can be obtained as follows:
r
r
= xr ( xr P )T
(5.139)
0
0
3
[ P ] = N ( Newton)
a) Obtain the explicit components of the stress tensor in function of i . b) Check whether
the body is in equilibrium by considering the static state and without body force.
Solution:
a) In Problem 1.109 we have shown that the following is true:
r
r
qt = [ xr ( xr P ) T ] qt = qjk til Pij , kl
Note also that the explicit equations for qt , (given by (5.139)), are the same the one used
to obtain the components Sij in equation (5.80) (see Problem 5.11), so
Draft
436
2 P33 2 P22
2 P23
+
2
11 =
x2 x3
x22
x32
2
2
P33 P11
2 P13
22 =
+
2
x1x3
x12
x32
2
2
2
= P11 + P22 2 P12
33
x1x2
x22
x12
2
= P23 + P13 P12 P33
12
x3 x1
x2 x3 x1x2
23 =
x + x + x x x
x
2 3
1
1
2
3
2
13 = P23 P13 + P12 P22
x2 x1
x2
x3 x1x3
(5.140)
Taking into account that P11 = 1 , P22 = 2 , P33 = 3 and P12 = P23 = P13 = 0 , the stress
components become:
2 3 2 1
2 1
+
(5.141)
x 2
x2 x3
x32
1
2 1 2 2
2 1
2 +
x
x2 x3
x12
2
r
r
&r& , (see equation (5.14)), in
b) We start from the equations of motion + b = v& = u
&& i and by considering the static state ( u
&&i = 0i ) and without
indicial notation ij , j + b i = u
2 3 2 2
2
2
x
x
3
2
2 3
qt =
x1x2
2 2
x1x3
2 3
x1x2
2 2
x1x3
body force ( bi = 0i ) the equations of motion become the equilibrium equations, namely:
ij , j = i1,1 + i 2, 2 + i 3,3 = 0i
11,1 + 12, 2 + 13,3 = 0
11 12 13
+
+
=0
x2
x3
x1
21 22 23
+
+
=0
x2
x3
x1
31 32 33
+
+
=0
x1
x2
x3
And by substituting the stress components given by Eq. (5.141) we can conclude that
11 12 13
2 3 2 2 2 3 2 2
=0
+
+
+
=
X
x2
x3
x1 x22
x32 x2 x1x2 x3 x1x3
x1
2 3 2 3 21 21
21 22 23
+
+
=
x x + x x 2 + x 2 x x x = 0 X
x
x
x
x
2
3
1
1 2
2
3
2 3
1
3
1
2
2
2
2
31 + 32 + 33 = 2 1 + 1 + 2 = 0 X
x1
x1 x1x3 x2 x2 x3 x3 x22
x3
x2
x12
Draft
437
NOTE 1: In the literature i are known as stress functions. In the particular case when
3 = and 1 = 2 = 0 we fall back into the two-dimensional problem discussed in
Problem 5.17, where = ( x1, x2 ) is the Airy stress function. In this case the Eq. (5.141)
becomes:
2
2
x2
2
qt =
x1x2
0
2
x1x2
2
x12
0
NOTE 2: Note that the stress field can also be expressed by other function . In this case
the P -components are:
0 3 2
1
3 0 1
Pij =
2
2 1 0
[ P ] = N ( Newton)
2 1
x2x3
1 + 2 3
qt =
2 x3 x1 x2 x3
1
1 2 + 3
2 x2 x1 x2 x3
1 1 2 3
+
2 x3 x1 x2 x3
2 2
x1x3
1 1 2 3
+
+
2 x1 x1 x2 x3
1 1 2 3
+
2 x2 x1 x2 x3
1 1 2 3
+
+
2 x1 x1 x2 x3
2 3
x1x2
(5.142)
We leave the reader to check whether the equilibrium equations are satisfied or not.
Let us suppose that 3 = 3 ( x2 , x3 ) = ( x2 , x3 ) and 1 = 2 = 0 , with that the stress field
becomes:
1
3
qt =
x
2
3
3
1
3
x
2 x3
1 3
2 x3 x3
0
0
1 3
2 x2 x3 0
0
=
x3
0
x2
x3
0
0
x2
0
1 3
. In the literature is known as the
2 x3
Draft
438
then
Psj ,ts Ptj , ss = P1 j ,t1 + P2 j ,t 2 + P3 j ,t 3 ( Ptj ,11 + Ptj , 22 + Ptj ,33 )
(t = 1, j = 1)
(t = 2, s = 2)
(t = 3, j = 3)
(t = 1, j = 2)
(t = 2, j = 3)
(t = 1, j = 3)
Thus
21 21
2 2
2 3
2 +
2
x1x2
x1x3
x3
x2
2
2
2
2
r
r
1
2
2
3
[ xr ( xr P )]tj =
+
2
x1x2
x2x3
x32
x1
2
2
2
2
3
1
2
2 3 +
x1x3
x2 x3
x22
x1
Note that
r
r
r
r
[ xr ( xr P )T ] [ xr ( xr P )]
r
r
r
r
[ xr ( xr P )T ] = [ xr ( xr P )]
Draft
439
Problem 5.19
Consider the governing equation for the linear elastic problem described in Problem 5.5.
r
Obtain an equivalent formulation such as the unknowns are displacement u and stress
(Mixed Formulation). Use Voigt notation.
Solution:
Taking into account the governing equations for the elastic linear problem:
Tensorial notation
The equations of motion:
r
r
&r& (3 equations)
+ b = v& = u
The constitutive equations for stress:
Voigt notation
The equations of motion:
(1) T
[ L ] { } + {b } = {u&&} (3 equations)
The constitutive equations for stress:
( ) = C e : (6 equations)
{ } = [C ] { } (6 equations)
(5.143)
r
= sym u (6 equations)
{ } = [ L(1) ] {u } (6 equations)
where the equations in Voigt notation were obtained in Problem 5.8, where
x1
[ L(1) ]T = 0
x2
x3
x2
x1
0
x3
x2
x3
0
x1
To eliminate the strain from the governing equations, we replace the kinematic equation
into the constitutive equations for stress, i.e.:
{ } = [C ] { }
{ } = [C ] [ L(1) ]{u }
[ L(1) ]T { } + {b } = { u&&}
1
(1)
[C ] { } [ L ]{u } = {0 }
{0 }
[ L(1) ] [C ]1 { }
Draft
440
NOTE 2: We can summarize that, the linear elastic problem, considering an isotropic
homogenous linear elastic material, is governed by the set of partial differential equations:
Tensorial notation
The equations of motion:
r
r
&r& (3 equations)
+ b = v& = u
The constitutive equations for stress:
Voigt notation
The equations of motion:
(1) T
[ L ] { } + {b } = {u&&} (3 equations)
The constitutive equations for stress:
( ) = C e : (6 equations)
{ } = [C ] { } (6 equations)
(5.144)
r
= sym u (6 equations)
{ } = [ L(1) ] {u } (6 equations)
Naviers equations
r
r
r
&r&
( + )[ ( u)] + [ (u)] + b = u
(5.145)
2( + )
&&i ), j
kk ,ij
ll , kk ij = 2 ( u
(2 + 3 )
(2 + 3 )
sym
Tensorial notation
2xr +
2 ( bi ), j
sym
2( + ) r r
&r&) sym 2 r ( b) sym
x [ x [Tr ( )]]
2xr [Tr ( )]1 = 2 xr ( u
x
(2 + 3)
(2 + 3)
(5.146)
in which we have 6 equations and 6 unknowns ( ij ) .
3) Mixed Formulation (see Problem 5.19)
[ L(1) ]T { } + {b } = {u&&}
1
(1)
[C ] { } [ L ]{u } = {0 }
(3 equations)
(6 equations)
(5.147)
Draft
441
Problem 5.20
Let us consider two systems made up by the same linear elastic material but with different
load conditions as shown below:
r
System I
Surface force - t *
Su
r
u*
dV
r r
t * ( x)
r r
b( x )
Stress field -
Strain field -
System II
Su
r
u*
Displacement field - u
Surface force - t *
S
B
dV
r r
t * ( x)
r
b
Displacement field - u
: dV = : dV
Bettis theorem
(5.147)
Solution:
Taking into account the constitutive equation for stress, = C e : , in indicial notation:
e
ij = C ijkl
kl
And by multiplying both sides of the equation by the field we can obtain:
ij ij = ij C eijkl kl
of C
Major
Simmetry
e
ij ij = ij C ijkl
kl = kl C eklij ij
e
where we have applied the major symmetry of the elasticity tensor ( C ijkl
= C eklij ). Since the
both systems are made up by the same material the relationship = C e : holds. With that
the above equation becomes:
ij ij = ij C eijkl kl = kl C eklij ij = kl kl
Tensorial
notation
: = :
If now we integrate over the whole volume we can obtain the Bettis theorem:
: dV = : dV
Draft
(5.148)
442
e
NOTE 1: The above equation is only valid if C ijkl
= C eklij holds, i.e. if C e has major
e
symmetry. In other words, the condition C ijkl
= C eklij enforces the existence of the stored-
2 e ( ) 2 e ( )
=
= C eklij
ij kl
kl ij
NOTE 2: The Bettis theorem is the start point to obtain the formulation of the Boundary
Element Method.
NOTE 3: The Bettis theorem can also be expressed in another form which we show
below.
2 x j
1 u
Recall that ij = i +
ij =
u j 1
= (u i , j + u j ,i ) , which is also valid for the system II, i.e.
xi 2
1
( ui , j + u j ,i ) . Then:
2
dV = dV
ij ij
ij ij
1
1
ij (ui , j + u j ,i )dV =
ij ( ui , j + u j ,i )dV
2V
2V
ij i , j dV
(5.149)
= ij ui , j dV
V
ij u i , j = ( ij u i ), j ij , j u i
( ij ui ), j = ij , j ui + ij ui , j
ij ui , j = ( ij ui ), j ij , j ui
u
ij
= ij ui , j dV
i , j dV
( u ),
( u ),
ij
ij , j u i dV = ( ij ui ), j ij , j ui dV
ij
(5.150)
dV ij , j u i dV = ( ij ui ), j dV ij , j ui dV
Applying the divergence theorem to the first one integral on both sides of the equation, we
can obtain:
u n dS
ij
ij , j u i dV
= ij ui n j dS ij , j ui dV
S
(5.151)
t i u i dS ij , j u i dV = t i ui dS ij , j ui dV
S
r
t
udS ( ) udV = t u dS ( ) u dV
S
Draft
(5.152)
443
r r
&&
= (b u )
r r
&&)
= (b u
r r r
r r
r r r
r r
&&
&&) u dV
t udS + (b u ) udV = t u dS + (b u
Bettis theorem
(5.153)
r r
t udS =
r r
t u dS =
r r
r r
t * udS + t u* dS
r r
r r
t * u dS + t u * dS
Su
(5.154)
Su
For the particular case when the system is in equilibrium and in the absence of body force,
the equation (5.153) becomes:
r r
r r
t udS = t u dS
(5.155)
In addition, if we have concentrated forces instead of surface force, the above equation
becomes:
r
r
r
r
F loc u loc = F loc u loc
Fi loc u loc
= Filoc uiloc
i
(5.156)
Problem 5.21
Let us consider two systems as described in Figure 5.13. Show the Principal of Virtual
Work which states that:
r r r
r* r
u dS + (b u&&) u dV = : dV
144444244444
3
Total external virtual work
V
14243
(5.157)
Total internal
virtual work
ij ij dV
1
ij ( ui , j + u j ,i )dV = ij ui , j dV
2V
V
Note that ( ij ui ), j = ij , j ui + ij ui , j
ij ij dV
ij ui , j = ( ij ui ), j ij , j ui , thus:
= ij ui , j dV = ( ij ui ), j ij , j ui dV
V
ij ij dV = ( ij ui ), j dV ij , j ui dV
V
(5.158)
(5.159)
Draft
444
by applying the divergence theorem to the first volume integral on the right side of the
equation, we can obtain:
dV = ( u ),
ij ij
ij i
dV ij , j ui dV = ij uin j dS ij , j ui dV
V
(5.160)
t *i ui dS ij , j ui dV
where we have applied the definition n = t * . The above equation in tensorial notation
becomes:
: dV =
r
r r
t * u dS ( ) u dV
(5.161)
&& = (b u
&&) , with
If we use the equations of motion we can obtain + b = u
that the equation in (5.161) becomes:
r r r
r r
&&) u dV = : dV
t * u dS + (b u
144444244444
3
Total external virtual work
V
14243
Total internal
virtual work
which is known as the Principle of Virtual Work. Note that, for the demonstration, we
have not used the major symmetry of C e .
For the particular case when the system is in equilibrium and in the absence of body force,
the above equation becomes:
r r r
t * u ( x )dS = : dV
(5.162)
In addition, if we have concentrated forces instead of surface force, the above equation
becomes:
Tensorial notation
r
F loc
Voigt notation
r
u loc = : dV
{F loc }T {u loc } = { }T { } dV
(5.163)
where the direction of uiloc -component is the same as the Filoc -component direction,
where {F loc } = {F1 , F2 ,..., Fn }T , {u loc } = {U1 , U2 ,..., Un }T .
F2
F1
F3
u
,
REAL
VIRTUAL
Figure 5.14
Draft
445
&
virtual fields u , & , i.e.:
r r r&
r r&
&&) u dV = : & dV
t * u dS + (b u
S
V
1
44444
244444
3
V
14243
(5.164)
Total internal
virtual work
r r
r
r
r
&&) u dV = : dV
t * u dS + (b u
1444442444443
Total external virtual work
V
14243
(5.165)
Total internal
virtual work
NOTE 4: We can also define the Principle of complementary virtual work as follows:
r r r
r r
&&
t u*dS + (b u ) udV =
S ur
: dV
V
14243
14444
4244444
3
Total internal
complementary virtual work
Principle of Complementary
Virtual Work
(5.166)
with n = t * on S . Considering a static case without body forces and that the external
action is characterized by concentrated forces, the principle of complementary virtual work
becomes:
r
loc r loc
F
u43
142
: dV
V
14243
Total internal
complementary virtual work
Principle of Complementary
Virtual Work (static case
without body forces and with
concentrated forces)
(5.167)
NOTE 5: Note that, if we are using the Principle of Virtual Work the fundamental
unknowns are displacements (strains), if we are using the Principles of Complementary
Virtual Work the fundamental unknowns are forces (stresses), and if we are using the
Bettis reciprocal theorem the fundamental unknowns are displacements and forces
simultaneously (see equation (5.152)).
Problem 5.22
Consider a sub-domain ( ) made up by a homogeneous, isotropic linear elastic material.
Consider also that at some points of the sub-domain boundary there are concentrated
forces {F ( e ) } {F loc } , and that the displacement field into the sub-domain is
r
r
approximated by {u( x )} = [ N ( x )]{u(e ) } where {u( e ) } {uloc } are the displacements at the
Draft
446
points where concentrated forces are applied. Prove that the governing equations for a
linear elastic problem in static equilibrium can be replaced by:
{F (e ) } = [ K ( e ) ]{u(e ) }
[ K ( e ) ] = [B]T [C ] [B] dV
with
(5.168)
r
where [C ] is the elasticity tensor in Voigt notation, and obtain an expression for [B( x )] .
Hint: Use the Principle of Virtual Work.
Solution:
We can start directly from the equation in (5.163), which is equivalent to:
r
r r
F u = : dV = : ( sym u ) dV
r r
r
u F = ( sym u ) : dV
(5.169)
{u (e ) }T {F ( e ) } = { }T { } dV
(5.170)
Note that, the above equation is already considering the equilibrium equation (see equations
(5.161)-(5.163)). The constitutive equation in stress, in Voigt notation is given by
r
r
{ ( x )} = [C ]{ ( x )} , where the strain tensor field is given by the kinematic equations
r
r
( x ) = sym u . In Problem 5.8 we have obtained the symmetric part of the displacement
u2
0
11
x2
22 u3 0
r
33 x3
{ ( x )} =
= u u =
212 1 + 2
2 23 x2 x1 x2
u
u
213 2 + 3 0
x3 x2
u1 + u3
x
3 x1 x3
x2
0
x1
x3
0
u
1
x3
u
2
0 u
3
x2
x1
r
r
{ ( x )} = [ L(1) ]{u( x )}
then taking into account that {u( x )} = [ N ( x )] {u(e ) } the above equation becomes:
r
r
r
r
{ ( x )} = [ L(1) ] {u( x )} = [ L(1) ] [ N ( x )]{u(e ) } = [B( x )] {u( e) }
where
r
r
[B( x )] = [ L(1) ] [ N ( x )]
(5.171)
{ ( xr )} = [C ] { ( xr )} = [C ] [B( xr )] {u(e) }
We can adopt the same displacement field approach to approximate the virtual
displacement field, with which we can obtain:
{u ( xr )} = [ N ( xr )]{u (e) }
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real Spain
Draft
r
r
{ ( x )} = [B( x )] {u ( e ) }
By: Eduardo W. V. Chaves (2015)
447
{u ( e) }T {F ( e ) } = { }T {} dV =
V
r
r
{[B( x)]{u } } [C ][B( x)]{u
(e)
(e)
} dV
or:
r
r
{u ( e ) }T {F ( e ) } = {u ( e ) }T [B( x )]T [C ][B( x )]{u( e ) } dV
(5.172)
r
r
{u ( e) }T {F ( e ) } = {u ( e ) }T [B( x )]T [C ][B( x )] dV {u(e ) }
r
r
{F ( e ) } = [B( x )]T [C ][B( x )] dV {u(e ) }
(5.173)
{F ( e ) } = [ K ( e) ]{u( e) }
NOTE: [ K (e ) ] is known as the stiffness matrix of the sub-domain (finite element), and the
r
matrix [ N ( x )] from the relationship {u( x )} = [ N ( x )]{u(e ) } is known as the shape function
matrix. The shape functions are functions defined into the domain that allows us to obtain
r
{u( x )} at any point of the domain through the nodal values of the function {u (e ) } . For
example, let us suppose that the sub-domain ( ) is characterized by a quadrilateral then
r
we can obtain the value of the scalar field T ( x ) by means of its nodal values {T (e ) } as
follows:
T (e) _ 1
(e) _ 2
r
r
r T
(e)
T ( x ) = [ N ( x )]{T } = [ N ( x )] ( e ) _ 3
T
(e) _ 4
T
T (e ) _ 2
T (e ) _ 3
r
T ( x)
T (e ) _ 1
T (e ) _ 4
Problem 5.23
a) Consider a sub-domain ( ) made up by a homogeneous, isotropic linear elastic material.
Consider also that at some points of the sub-domain boundary there are concentrated
forces {F ( e ) } {F loc } (nodal forces), and that the displacement field is approximated by
r
r
{u( x )} = [ N ( x )]{u(e ) } where the nodal displacements {u ( e ) } {u loc } are the displacements
at the points where concentrated forces are applied. Prove that the governing equations for
a linear elastic problem can be replaced by:
&& ( e ) } = {F ( e ) }
[ K ( e ) ]{u( e ) } + [ M ( e ) ]{u
Draft
(5.174)
448
r
&& r
&& (e )
{u( x )} = [ N ( x )]{u } (acceleration field)
r
r
r
(1)
(e)
(e)
{ ( x )} = [ L ] [ N ( x )]{u } = [B( x )]{u } (strain field)
r
r
(e)
{ ( x )} = [C ]{ ( x )} = [C ][B]{u } (stress field)
r
r
r
{t * ( x )} = [Nt ( x )]{ f r(e ) } (vector traction field)
t
r
r
(e)
b r
{b( x )} = [N ( x )]{ f br } (body force field)
(5.175)
r r r
r r
&&) u dV
: dV = t * u dS + (b u
V
14243
Total internal
virtual work
144444V2444443
Total external virtual work
&&} dV
= {u} {t} dS + {u} {b} dV {u}T {u
T
(5.176)
Using the adopted approximations, (see Eq. (5.175)), we can obtain the following terms:
(e)
(e)
= {u ( e ) }T [ K (e ) ]{u( e ) }
Draft
{u}T {t} dS =
{[ N ]{u }} [N ]{ f
(e)
r
t
r( e ) } dS
t
449
= {u (e ) }T [ N ]T [Nt ]{ f tr( e ) } dS
r
r
= {u ( e ) }T [ N ]T [Nt ] dS { f tr(e ) } = {u ( e ) }T [Gt ]{ f tr( e ) } = {u ( e ) }T {Frt( e ) }
{u}T {b} dV =
{[ N ]{u }} [N ]{ f
(e)
r
b
= {u (e ) }T [ N ]T [Nb ] dV { fbr( e ) }
r
r
= {u (e ) }T [Gb ]{ fbr(e ) } = {u ( e ) }T {Fbr(e ) }
r( e ) } dV
b
(e)
(e)
&& ( e ) } dV
} dV = {u ( e ) }T [ N ]T [ N ]{u
(e)
&& } = {u ( e ) }T [ M ( e ) ]{u
&& (e ) }
= {u ( e ) }T [ N ]T [ N ] dV {u
Taking into account the above relationships into the equation (5.176) we can obtain:
&& (e ) }
{u ( e ) }T [ K ( e ) ]{u( e ) } = {u (e ) }T {Ftr( e ) } + {u ( e ) }T {Fbr( e ) } {u (e ) }T [ M ( e ) ]{u
&& ( e ) }
{u ( e ) }T [ K ( e ) ]{u(e ) } = {u ( e ) }T {Ftr(e ) } + {Fbr(e ) } [ M ( e ) ]{u
Q.E.D.
b) To show that the above system is conservative we will consider the discretization of
time where the current time we denote by t and the next time by t + t , where t is the
time increment. In any time the above equation is true so:
&& ( e ) }t = {F ( e ) }t
[ K (e ) ]t {u( e ) }t + [ M (e ) ]t {u
(e)
(e)
(e)
&& ( e ) }t + t = {F (e ) }t + t = {F ( e ) }t
[ K ]t + t {u }t + t + [ M ]t + t {u
&& ( e ) }t + t = [ K ( e ) ]t {u( e ) }t + [ M ( e ) ]t {u
&& ( e ) }t
[ K (e ) ]t + t {u( e ) }t + t + [ M ( e ) ]t + t {u
where the force {F (e ) } is constant with time. Notice that, if the vector {F (e ) } is constant
with time we can obtain:
(
(
)
)
D
&& (e ) } = D {F (e ) } = {0}
[ K (e ) ]{u(e ) } + [ M (e ) ]{u
Dt
Dt
(e)
(e)
( e ) && ( e )
[ K ]{u } + [ M ]{u } = constant in time
NOTE 1: The equation in (5.174) is a forced harmonic motion. Let us consider the onedimensional case where [ K (e ) ] represents the spring constant k , [ M (e) ] represents the
mass m , and the displacement and acceleration are represented by u and u&& respectively,
(see Figure 5.15). With that the equation in (5.174) without applied force becomes:
ku + mu&& = 0
Draft
ku = mu&&
450
u
t
D 1
D 1
uku = 0
u&mu& +
Dt 2
Dt 2
mu&&u& + kuu& = 0
(mu&& + ku )u& = 0
s =W
(5.177)
mu&& + ku = 0
where K is the kinetic energy, U is the internal energy. The equation mu&& + ku = 0 is
denoted by the simple harmonic motion, (see Figure 5.15).
NOTE 2: If we do the experiment using the mechanical model described in Figure 5.15
we will observe that the motion in reality is not conservative, i.e. there is dissipation of
energy. In other word, there is damping of the system until the rest is achieved, (see Figure
5.17). This phenomenon occurs due to the internal mechanisms of the structures. In
practice, this damping intrinsic of the structures can be dealt by means of the parameter d
(damping) multiply by velocity, (see Figure 5.16).
k
FS = ku
FI = mu&&
d
u (displacement)
F (t )
FD = du&
Draft
451
Taking into account the discrete mechanical model described in Figure 5.16 and by
applying the force equilibrium we can obtain:
FI + FD + FS = F (t )
mu&& + du& + ku = F (t )
And the equation in (5.174) can be rewritten in order to take the damping effect as follows:
&& ( e ) } = {F ( e ) }
[ K ( e ) ]{u( e ) } + [ D (e ) ]{u& ( e ) } + [ M (e ) ]{u
(5.178)
where [ D (e ) ] is the damping matrix. Note that to solve the equation (5.178) we need to
integrate over time.
u
(5.179)
where
U int = e ( ) dV =
V
2 : dV
(5.180)
and
Draft
452
r r
r r
U ext = t * udS + ( b) udV
(5.181)
Also let us consider that the first variation of , denoted by , equals cero for a
r
stationary value of . Show that, if = 0 is equivalent to a stationary value , so (u)
assume a minimum value.
r r
Obs.: Consider that during the deformation process, the external actions ( t * , b ) do not
vary, and also consider a linear elastic material.
Solution:
The first variation ( ) can be obtained as follows:
1
r r
r r
: dV t * udS ( b) udV
=
2
S
V
V
r
r
r
r
1
= : dV t * udS ( b) udV
2
V
S
V
(5.182)
r
r
r
r
1
( : ) dV t * udS ( b) udV
2
S
V
Note that:
1
1
1
e ( ) = ( : ) = ( : + : ) = (C e : ) : + :
2
2
2
1
1
1
= (C e : ) : + : = : C e : + : = [ : + : ]
2
2
2
= :
] [
(5.183)
e
:
e
(see Problem 5.5). For small deformation regime we
r
r
r
e
: = : = : ( symu) = : ( sym u) = : (u)
(5.184)
where we have used the property A sym : B = A sym : (B sym + B skew ) = A sym : B sym . Then, the
equation in (5.182) becomes:
r
r
r
r
1
( : ) dV t * udS ( b) udV
2
V
S
V
r
r* r
r
= : dV t udS ( b) udV
r
r
r
r
= e dV t * udS ( b) udV
Draft
r r
r r
r
r
r
r
(u + u) = e ( + ) dV t * (u + u)dS ( b) (u + u)dV
453
(5.185)
e ( + ) = e () +
Note that
1
e ( )
2 e ( )
: + :
: + ...
2
(5.186)
2 e ( )
e ( )
: = e (see equation (5.183)) and C e =
(see Problem 5.5),
1
e ( )
2 e ( )
: + :
: + ...
2
1
e ( ) + e + : C e :
2
e ( + ) = e () +
and by replace the above equation into the equation (5.185) we can obtain:
r r
r r
r
r
r
r
(u + u) = e ( + ) dV t * (u + u)dS ( b) (u + u)dV
= e ( ) dV + e dV +
V
2 : C
: dV
r r
r r
r
r
t * (u + u)dS ( b) (u + u)dV
r r
r r
= e ( ) dV t * udS ( b) udV +
r
r
r
r
1
+ e dV t * udS ( b) udV +
: C e : dV
2
V
S
V
V
(5.187)
Note that:
r r
r r
r
(u) = e ( ) dV t * udS ( b) udV
and
r
r
r
r
= e dV t * udS ( b) udV = 0
Taking into account the previous equations into the equation in (5.187) we can conclude
that:
r
r
r
1
(u + u) = (u) + +
: C e : dV
2
V
r
r
r
1
(u + u) (u) = +
: C e : dV
2
V
r
r
r
1
(u + u) (u) =
: C e : dV
2
V
Draft
454
where we have considered = 0 . Note that the term : C e : > 0 is always positive for
any valor of since C e is a positive definite tensor (see Chapter 1). Then, we guarantee
that:
r
r
r
r
r
r
1
= (u + u) (u) =
: C e : dV > 0
(u + u) > (u)
2
V
r
= 0
(u) is a minimum
So,
NOTE 1: For a system characterized by a linear elastic problem, the equilibrium point
corresponds to the minimum value of , (see Figure 5.18). This is known as the principle of
minimum potential energy.
NOTE 2: When the external action is characterized by concentrated forces and in the
absence of body forces, the equation (5.179) becomes:
r
1
(u) = U int + U ext =
: dV {F loc }T {uloc }
2
V
(5.188)
(u )
F
(u ( 2 ) )
(u )
Deformation corresponding to
the equilibrium
=0
u
(u ( 3 ) )
u (2)
u ( 3)
Figure 5.18
NOTE 3: By means of equation (5.188), it is easy to show the Castiglianos Theorem Part I:
r
(u)
loc
{u }
{F loc } =
{F loc }T {u loc }
U int
U ext
U int
+
=
=0
{u loc }
{u loc }
{u loc }
{u loc }
U int
{u loc }
where {F loc } = {F1 , F2 ,..., Fn }T , {u loc } = {U1, U2 ,..., Un }T . Note that the term U int must be in
function of {uloc } .
Draft
455
NOTE 4: For better illustration of the proposed problem, we will consider a rod of length
L and cross-sectional area A . Consider also that the stress and strain fields are
homogeneous and given by:
0 0
ij = 0 0 0
0 0 0
0 0
e
ij = 0 0 0 11 = C1111
11 = E
0 0 0
(3D )
V = AL (volume)
F = dA = A
(1)
F ,U
(1D )
(1)
( 2)
( 2)
,U
U(1)
F ( 2 ) } ( 2 ) = F (1)U(1) + F ( 2 )U( 2 )
U
(5.189)
For this case, (see Problem 5.5 - NOTE 3), the linear stress-strain relationship is given by
1
1
= E , and the strain energy density by e = = E . Then, the total internal energy
2
2
is given by:
U int =
2 : dV
1D
U int =
note that 11 =
1
1
1
dV =
E dV =
E 2 dV
2V
2V
2V
u1 u ( x)
=
= , thus
x1
x
U int =
1
1
u ( x)
E 2 dV =
E
dV
2V
2 V x
(5.190)
Our goal now is to express the displacement field in terms of their nodal values U(1) ,U( 2) .
To do this we use the approach adopted u ( x) = a1 + a2 x , where:
Draft
456
= a1 + a2 L
u ( x = 0) = U(1) = a1
u ( x = L ) = U( 2 )
U(1) 1 0 a1
( 2) =
U 1 L a2
Next we evaluate the coefficients a1 and a 2 . To do this, we obtain the reverse form of the
above relationship, i.e.:
U(1) 1 0 a1
(2) =
U 1 L a2
a1 1 L 0 U(1)
=
( 2)
a2 L 1 1 U
reverse
a1 = U(1)
1 (2)
(1)
a 2 = U U
L
with which we can obtain the displacement field in terms of its nodal values:
u ( x) = a1 + a2 x = U(1) +
1 (2)
x
x
U U(1) x = 1 U(1) + U( 2 )
L
L
L
(5.191)
(1)
r
x x U
u ( x) = 1 ( 2 ) = [N ( x )]{u( e ) }
L L U
int
2
1
E 1 (2)
E
u ( x)
( 2) 2
(1)
2U(1)U( 2 ) + U(1) dV
=
E
dV =
U U dV = 2 U
2 V x
2VL
2L V
2
2
2
E (2) 2
E
2U(1)U( 2 ) + U(1) dV = 2 U( 2 ) 2U(1)U( 2 ) + U(1) V
U
2
2L
2L
V
(5.192)
2
2
EAL ( 2) 2
EA ( 2 ) 2
=
2U(1)U( 2 ) + U(1) =
2U(1)U( 2 ) + U(1)
U
U
2
2L
2L
Then, the total potential energy (see equation (5.188)) is given by equations (5.189) and
(5.192), i.e.:
r
2
EA ( 2 ) 2
(u) = U int U ext =
2U(1)U( 2 ) + U(1) F (1)U(1) + F ( 2 )U( 2 ) = (U(1) , U( 2 ) )
U
2L
U (1)
(1)
( 2)
(U , U )
U ( 2 )
) = 0
) = 0
2
EA ( 2 ) 2
2U (1) U ( 2) + U (1) F (1) U (1) + F ( 2 ) U ( 2)
U
(1)
U 2 L
EA
=
2U ( 2 ) + 2U (1) F (1) = 0
2L
EA (1)
U U ( 2 ) F (1) = 0
=
L
2
EA ( 2 ) 2
=
2U (1) U ( 2) + U (1) F (1) U (1) + F ( 2 ) U ( 2)
U
( 2)
U 2 L
(
(
EA
2U ( 2 ) 2U (1) F ( 2 ) = 0
2L
EA ( 2 )
U U (1) F ( 2 ) = 0
=
L
Draft
L 1 1 U( 2 ) F ( 2 )
[ K ( e ) ]{u( e ) } = {F ( e ) }
457
(5.193)
Note that [ K (e ) ] has no inverse, since det[ K (e ) ] = 0 , which indicates that the problem has
infinity solution since we have not imposed any restriction in motion. To solve the
problem we have to introduce the boundary conditions.
Note that the matrix [ K (e ) ] of the above equation could have been obtained by means of
the equation (5.173) (see Problem 5.22), and for this particular case we have [C ] = E , then,
the equation (5.191) becomes:
r
r
x x 1 1
[B( x )] = [ L(1) ][ N ( x )] =
1 =
x L L L L
thus
1
L
r
r
1 1 1
1 1
[ K (e ) ] = [B( x )]T [C ][B( x )] dV =
E dV = E 2
dV
1
1
L
L
L
1
V
V
V
L
E
L2
1 1
E 1 1
EA 1 1
1 1 dV = 2 1 1 V =
L 1 1
L
NOTE 6: Analyzing [ N ( x )]
T
r
r
r
x x
Note that the shape functions are [ N ( x )] = [N1 ( x ) N 2 ( x )]T = 1 . If we draw
L L
N1 ( x = 0) = 1
x
L
N1 ( x = L ) = 0
N 2 ( x = 0) = 0
x
N 2 ( x) =
L
N 2 ( x = L) = 1
N2
N1 ( x ) = 1
N1 ( x ) + N 2 ( x ) = 1
Draft
458
The adopted approximation for [ N ( x )] will depend on the problem. For the previous
problem we have that the strain is constant into the domain, so, it is sufficient to adopt a
linear approximation for displacement since by definition =
r
u ( x)
. As consequence we
x
need only two points on the boundary to define [ N ( x )] . If a problem requires a quadratic
r
function for displacement approximation, so, we will need three points to define [ N ( x )] ,
and so on.
NOTE 7:
(5.194)
1
2
e ( ) = : e ( ) = 0 G( ) = g( )
e () = e ()
e ( ) = : g( )
(5.195)
e () - Strain energy
r r
r r
r
HR (u, ) = : g( ) dV t * udS ( b) udV
Draft
(5.196)
459
(5.197)
= ij , j + ( b)i (u)i dV +
V
[ n
ij
S
j
(5.198)
t *i (u)i dS = 0
r
g( )
: dV = 0
= ( sym u) :
(5.199)
r
g( )
: dV = 0
= ( sym u)
V
g( )
=0.
r r
r r
r
r
r r
HW (u, , ) = e ( ) : ( symu) ( b) u dV ( n ) (u* u)dS t * udS
V
S ur
(5.200)
and is stationary if and only if:
r
ur HW (u, , ) = 0
r r
u = 0 on Sur
r
HW (u, , ) = 0
Equilibrium equations
Kinematic Equations
Draft
460
r
HW (u, , ) = 0
That is:
r
ur HW (u, , ) = 0
[ : ( ur ) ( br ) ur ] dV tr ur dS
r
r
r
r
r
r
(u, , ) = [( ) (u) ( b) u] dV t udS
r
r
r
r
r
(u, , ) = [( ) ( b)] (u) dV t udS
r
ur HW (u, , ) =
sym
ur HW
ur HW
r
HW (u, , ) = 0
r
r
r r
HW (u, , ) = : ( symu) dV ( n ) (u* u)dS = 0
S ur
r
r
HW (u, , ) = ( symu) : dV
V
[n (u
r*
r
u) : dS = 0
S ur
r
HW (u, , ) = 0
r
HW (u, , ) = e ( ) : ( ) dV = 0
r
e ( )
e ( )
HW (u, , ) =
: : ( ) dV =
: dV = 0
V
V
r r
r r
r
HW = e ( ) : ( symu) ( b) u dV t * udS = 0
V
r
r
r
r
r
= e ( ) : dV : ( symu) dV ( b) u dV t * udS = 0
r
r
r
r r
= : e ( ) dV + : ( symu ) dV u ( b)dV u t *dS = 0
r
r
r
r r
= : dV + : ( symu ) dV u ( b)dV u t *dS = 0
In the implementation of finite element methods we often use Voigt notation when we are
dealing with symmetric matrix. Using Voigt notation the above equation becomes:
Draft
461
(5.201)
Consider as approximation for displacement, strain, and stress fields, respectively, (see
Jirsek (1998)), as follows:
{u} [N ]{d} + [N c ]{d c }
{} [B]{d} + [G]{e}
{} [S]{s}
and
{} [B]{d} + [G]{e}
{} [S]{s}
(5.202)
where the matrices [N ] and [B] contain the displacement interpolation functions and their
derivatives (strain interpolation matrix), respectively. [N c ] and [G] are matrices containing
some enrichment terms for displacement and strain respectively. [S] is a stress
interpolation matrix. {d} , {d c } , {e} and {s} collect the degrees of freedom corresponding
to nodal displacement, enhanced displacement modes, enhanced strain modes, and stress
parameters, respectively. If we consider the variation of the Hu-Washizus principle:
{} {} dV + {} {
T
V
144244
3
sym
V 44424443
1
(5.203)
S
144444
424
44444
3
we can obtain:
(1) {}T {} dV =
V
[G] {} dV
T
{} {
T
sym
V
144424443
2.1
u dV + {}T symu dV
Draft
V
1444
424444
3
2.2
462
(2.1)
{} {
T
sym r
u dV =
sym
= {s}
sym
[S] { ([N]{d})}+ [S] { ([N ]{d })}dV {s} [S] {([B]{d} + [G]{e})}dV
= {s}
sym
sym
[S] [B]{d} + [S] [B ]{d }dV {s} [S] [B]{d} + [S] [G]{e}dV
= {s}
= {s}
= {s}
where we have considered { sym ([N ]{d})}= [B]{d} and { sym ([N c ]{d c })}= [B c ]{d c } .
r
(2.2) {}T sym u dV =
sym
u {}dV
sym
sym
Taking into account the previous terms, the equation in (5.203) becomes:
{d}T [B]T {} dV + {e}T [G]T {{} {[S]{s}}} dV + {s}T [S]T { [B c ]{d c } [G]{e} }dV +
V
(5.204)
Draft
463
Since {u} , {} and {} are variables of the independent fields, so, we can say that:
T
T
{d} [B]T {} dV = {d} { f ext }
T
T
{e} [G] {{} {[S]{s}}} dV = {0}
T
T
{s} [S] [B c ]{d c } [G]{e} dV = {0}
V
{d }T [B ]T {[S]{s}}dV = {d }T { f } = {0}
c
c
c
c
V
(5.205)
[B]T {} dV = { f ext }
V
T
[G] {{} {[S]{s}}} dV = {0}
V
T
[S] [B c ]{d c } [G]{e} dV = {0}
V
[B ]T {[S]{s}}dV = {0}
c
(5.206)
Taking into account that the stress-strain relationship is given by the following expression:
{} = [C ] {} = [C ] {[B]{d} + [G]{e}}
(5.207)
T
T
T
[G] [C ][B] dV {d} + [G] [C ][G] dV {e} [G] [S] dV {s} = {0}
V
V
V
T
T
[S] [B c ] dV {d}c [S] [G] dV {e} = {0}
V
V
Draft
(a)
(b)
(5.208)
(c)
(d)
464
0
dV
[S]T [B c ]
0
0
[S] [G]
[B c ]T [S]
0
0
{d} { f ext }
{e} {0}
{
}
s
{
}
0
{d c } {0}
(5.209)
Let us suppose that we do not introduce any displacement enhancement terms, thus
{d c } = {0} [B c ] = [0] , with that the equation in (5.208)(c) becomes:
(5.210)
Thus, piecewise constant stress functions {} will require [S] = [1] (unit matrix). The
compatibility conditions (5.210) now read:
[G] dV = [0]
(5.211)
: dV =
V
14243
Total internal
virtual work
r r r
r r
&&) u dV
t * u dS + (b u
S
V
1
44444
244444
3
Total external virtual work
(5.212)
Wext
Wint
Draft
Fy3
u 2y
4y
Fx2
4x
u 1y
Fx1
u 3x
Fy2
Fy1
u 3y
Fx3
465
u 1x
u x2
{F}
{F}
Fx1
Fy1
Fx2
Fy2
Fx3
Fy3
0
0
u1x
1
u y
u 2
x
u 2y
= 3
ux
u 3y
4
x
4
y
{a e }
{ e }
(5.213)
{F}
{ *e }T
{F}
(5.214)
We consider the strain field and the virtual strain field are compound by two parts:
~
{} = {} + {}
~
{ * } = { * } + { * }
(5.215)
~
~ T
Wint = {}T {} d V = {}T { * } + { * } d V = { *} + { *} {} d V
(5.216)
Symmetric formulation
{~ }
[Ge ]}
{a e }
;
{ e }
{a }
{ }= [1B2
]{a3} + [1
G ]{ } = {[B] [G ]}
424
3
{ }
*
*
e
{ }
*
{~ }
*
*
e
*
e
*
e
(5.217)
Notice that we have used the same approximation function [B] , [Ge ] for virtual and real
strains. Then, the stress field can be written as follows:
{} = [C ]{} = [C ]{[B]
Draft
[Ge ]}
{a e }
{ e }
(5.218)
466
By replace the approximations (5.217) and (5.218) into the equation (5.216), the internal
virtual work becomes:
Wint =
~ T
{ } + { * } {} d V = {[B ]
V
{
V
{a * }
= e*
{ e }
V
= {a*e }T
*
[Ge ]}{a e*} [C ]{[B]
{ e }
[Ge ]}
{a e }
dV
{ e }
{a e }
dV
{ e }
{ *e }T
] [G[B]] [C ]{[B]
T
(5.219)
{a e }
{ e }
[Ge ]} d V
By apply Wext = Wint (see Eq. (5.214) and (5.219)) we can obtain
[B]T [C ][B ]
T
[Ge ] [C ][B]
e
{F}
=
{F} V
[B]T [C ][Ge ] dV {a e }
[Ge ]T [C ][Ge ] { e }
(5.220)
and considering the traction vector continuity, i.e. {F} = {0} , we obtain:
[B]T [C ][B] [B]T [C ][Ge ]
{F}
dV
=
T
T
{0} Ve [Ge ] [C ][B ] [Ge ] [C ][Ge ]
14444442444444
3
{a e }
{ e }
(5.221)
[K e ]
Anti-symmetric formulation
1
424
3 1
424
3
{ e }
{~ }
{ }
(5.222)
{a* }
[G*e ] e*
{ e }
where we are considering different approximation functions for virtual and real strains i.e.
[Ge ] [G*e ] .
Using equation (5.216), and discretization (5.222) we can obtain:
Wint = {a*e }T
{ *e }T
} [B] [C ]{[B] [G ]} dV
[G ]
T
Ve
* T
e
{a e }
{ e }
(5.223)
Considering Wext = Wint and considering the traction vector continuity, we can obtain:
[B]T [C ][B] [B]T [C ][Ge ]
{F}
=
*T
dV
* T
{0} Be Ge [C ][B] Ge [C ][Ge ]
14444442444444
3
[ ]
[ ]
{a e }
{ e }
(5.224)
[K e ]
Draft
467
Reference
JIRSEK, M. (1998). Finite elements with embedded cracks. LSC Internal Report 98/01,
April.
Draft
468
Problem 5.25
Consider a rod of length L and cross-sectional area A which undergoes deformation
because of its own weight, (see Figure 5.23 (a)). The rod is fixed at the top and is in static
equilibrium. Use the total potential energy to obtain an analogous equation as the one
obtained in Problem 5.24 in NOTE 4, i.e. obtain an equivalent equation
[ K (e ) ]{u( e ) } = {F (e ) } associated with this problem. Obtain also the displacement field.
Hypothesis: Homogeneous isotropic linear elastic material, small deformation regime.
u=0
y , x2
z, x3
U(1) = 0
L
2
EA
dV
r
b
U( 2 )
L
2
g
bi = 0
0
x, x1
a) 3D
U(3)
x
b) 1D
Figure 5.23
Solution:
To find out which displacement approach we must adopt, we will analyze the equilibrium
r r
equations ( + b = 0 ):
ij , j + b i = i1,1 + i 2, 2 + i 3,3 + b i = &u&i = 0 i
11,1 + 12, 2 + 13,3 + b1 = 0
11 12 13
+
+
= b1
x
x
x
1
2
3
21 22 23
+
+
= b 2
x
x
x
1
2
3
31 32 33
+
+
= b 3
x1
x2
x3
0 0
e
ij = 0 0 0 11 = C1111
11 = E
0 0 0
Draft
11
x = g
1
0 = 0
0 = 0
notation
Engineerin
g
469
= g
x
(5.225)
Note that the term g is constant in the rod, and according to the above equilibrium
equation, the stress must be a linear function in x . And if we consider that = E ,
also requires a linear function in x , and as a consequence the displacement u must be a
quadratic function in x since =
u
.
x
L
and x = L . With that we can obtain:
2
L
L
L
(2)
u ( x = ) = U = a1 + a2 + a3
2
2
4
( 3)
2
u ( x = L) = U = a1 + a2 L + a3 L
u ( x = 0) = U(1) = a1
U(1) 1 0
(2) L
U = 1
U(3) 2
1 L
0 a1
L2
a 2
4
L2 a3
(1)
a1 = U (1)
3 (1) 4 ( 2 ) 1 (3)
U + U U
a 2 =
4
L
L
2 (1) 4 ( 2 ) 2 (3)
a 3 = 2 U 2 U + 2 U
L
L
L
With that the displacement field in terms of U (1) , U( 2) , and U (3) is given by:
3 (1) 4 ( 2 ) 1 (3) 2 (1) 4 ( 2) 2 (3) 2
u = a1 + a2 x + a3 x 2 = U(1) +
U + U U x + 2 U 2 U + 2 U x
L
L
L
L
4
L
L
L
= N1U(1) + N 2U( 2 ) + N 3U(3)
U(1)
= [N1 ( x) N 2 ( x) N 3 ( x)]U( 2 )
U(3)
(5.226)
= [ N ( x)]{u(e ) }
Draft
470
r r
r r
r r
t * udS + ( b) udV = ( b) udV = gu ( x) Adx = gA u ( x)dx
L
3x 2 x 2
= gA 1 + 2
L
L
(1) 4 x 4 x 2
U +
L
L2
( 2) x 2 x 2
U +
L + L2
( 3)
U dx
(5.227)
The term U int for this problem is the same as the one given by the equation in (5.190), i.e.
U
int
1
1
1
u ( x)
u ( x)
=
E 2 dV =
E
AE
dV =
dx
2V
2 V x
20
x
(5.228)
where
u 3 x 2 x 2 (1) 4 x 4 x 2 ( 2) x 2 x 2
=
+ 2
1 + 2 U + 2 U +
L
x x
L
L
L
L
L
3 4 x (1) 4 8 x ( 2) 1 4 x (3)
=
+ 2 U + 2 U + + 2 U
L L
L L
L L
( 3)
U
thus
2
int
EA 3 4 x (1) 4 8 x ( 2 ) 1 4 x (3)
=
+ 2 U + 2 U +
+
U dx
2 0 L
L
L L2
L L
2
2
EA (1) 2
+ 16U ( 2 ) + 7U (3) + 2U (1) U (3) 16U (1) U ( 2 ) 16U ( 2 ) U (3)
7U
6 L
(5.229)
The total potential energy is given by:
(U (1) , U ( 2 ) , U (3) ) = U int U ext
=
2
2
EA (1) 2
7U
+ 16U ( 2 ) + 7U (3) + 2U (1) U (3) 16U (1) U ( 2 ) 16U ( 2 ) U (3)
6 L
2 L ( 2 ) L ( 3)
L
U + U
gA U (1) +
3
6
6
As we are looking for the stationary state, the following must be fulfilled:
(U (1) , U ( 2 ) , U (3) )
=0
U (1)
(U (1) , U ( 2 ) , U (3) )
=0
U ( 2 )
(U (1) , U ( 2 ) , U (3) )
=0
U (3)
gAL
EA
7U (1) 8U ( 2 ) + U (3)
=0
3L
6
2 gAL
EA
8U (1) + 16U ( 2 ) 8U (3)
=0
3L
3
gAL
EA (1)
=0
U 8U ( 2) + 7U (3)
3L
6
Draft
8 16 8 U =
4
3L
6
( 3)
1 8 7 U
1
[ K (e ) ]{u(e ) } = {F (e ) }
471
(5.230)
Note that [ K (e ) ] has no inverse, since det[ K (e ) ] = 0 . To solve the problem we have to
introduce the boundary conditions. According to the problem statement, the displacement
at x = 0 is equal to zero, i.e. U (1) = 0 . We apply this boundary condition by eliminate the
first line and column of the system (5.230), in other words we eliminate the terms
associated with the degree-of-freedom U (1) , i.e.:
(1)
1
7 8 1 U
( 2) gAL
EA
8 16 8 U =
4
3L
6
( 3)
1 8 7 U
1
or
0 U(1)
0
1 0
( 2 ) gAL
EA
0 16 8 U =
4
3L
6
( 3)
0 8 7 U
1
EA 16 8 U ( 2 ) gAL 4
=
3L 8 7 U (3)
6 1
EA 16 8
3L 8 7
EA 16 8 U ( 2 ) gAL EA 16 8 4
3L 8 7 U (3) = 6 3L 8 7 1
U ( 2 ) gAL EA 16 8 4
( 3) =
3L 8 7 1
6
U
( 2)
U gAL L 7 8 4
( 3) =
6 16 EA 8 1 1
U
U ( 2 ) gL2 3
( 3) =
U 8E 4
Now, if we substitute the values of U (1) , U( 2) , and U (3) into the displacement field (see
equation (5.226)) we can obtain:
3x 2 x 2
u = 1 + 2
L
L
(1) 4 x 4 x 2 ( 2 ) x 2 x 2 (3)
U +
U +
L
L + L2 U
L2
2
2
2
3 x 2 x 4 x 4 x 3 gL x 2 x 2 4 gL2
+
= 1 + 2 0 + 2
+ 2
L
L L
L 8E L
L 8 E
g
2E
(2 Lx x 2 )
(5.231)
which is also the exact solution for the proposed problem. Then, the strain and stress field
can be obtained as follows:
(Q ) =
u ( x) g
g
(2 Lx x 2 ) =
( L x)
=
x 2 E
x
E
(5.232)
and
( Q ) = ( Q ) E = g ( L x )
(5.233)
If we replace the nodal displacement into the total potential energy we can obtain:
Draft
472
(Q ) =
1 ( g ) 2 AL3
6
E
N 1 ( x = 0) = 1
L
N1 ( x = 2 ) = 0
N ( x = L) = 0
1
N 2 ( x = 0) = 0
L
N 2 ( x = 2 ) = 1
N ( x = L) = 0
2
N 3 ( x = 0) = 0
L
N 3 ( x = 2 ) = 0
N ( x = L) = 1
3
x 2x 2
+ 2
N 3 ( x) =
L
L
N2
N1
3x 2 x 2
N
1
=
+ 2
1
L
L
4x 4x
2
N 2 =
L
L
x 2x2
+ 2
N3 =
L
L
N3
1
x=0
x=
x=L
L
2
N1 ( x ) + N 2 ( x) + N 3 ( x ) = 1
we can obtain:
= g integratin
g = gx
x
= gx + C1
The constant of integration can be obtained at x = 0 . In this situation the total force at
x = 0 is given by F = gV = gAL , and the stress can be obtained by
F gAL
=
= gL .
Then,
the
constant
A
A
( x = 0) = C1 = gL . Hence, the stress field becomes:
( x = 0) =
of
integration
becomes
= gx + gL = g ( L x)
Draft
473
Using the constitutive equation, the strain field can be obtained as follows:
= E
g ( L x)
=
E
E
u
(kinematic equation), and by integrate we can
x
obtain:
=
u
x
integrating
g ( L x)
u = x =
x
E
u ( x) =
x2
+ C2
Lx
E
2
x 2 g
=
(2 Lx x 2 )
Lx
E
2 2 E
=L
x
u ( x = L) =
( x = 0) =
u=
L + L
g
2E
gL2
(5.234)
2E
( x = 0) = gL
gL
E
(2 Lx x 2 )
=
g
E
( L x)
= g ( L x )
a) Displacement (x-direction)
c) Stress
b) Strain
Figure 5.25
NOTE 3: Note that for simple problems the analytical solution is very easy to be obtained,
and this solution serves as an indicator of whether the numerical solution used is the most
appropriate. Note that the analytical solution (equation (5.234)), is the same as the
numerical solution (5.231) in which we have used the quadratic function to approach the
displacement field, and if we consider a cubic function to approach the displacement field
the solution must be the same. Let us check this fact:
Displacement field (cubic function): u ( x) = a1 + a2 x + a3 x 2 + a4 x 3 = a2 x + a3 x 2 + a4 x 3 .
Note the, at x = 0 there is no displacement, so, u ( x = 0) = a1 = 0 .
Then, u ( x) = a2 x + a3 x 2 + a4 x 3
u
= a2 + 2a3 x + 3a4 x 2
x
Draft
474
int
AE u ( x)
AE
(a2 + 2a3 x + 3a4 x 2 ) 2 dx
=
dx =
2 0 x
2 0
AEL
(27 L4 a42 + 45 L3 a4 a3 + 30 L2 a2 a4 + 20 L2 a32 + 30 La2 a3 + 15a22 )
30
1
1
1
x
0
AEL
(27 L4 a42 + 45 L3 a4 a3 + 30 L2 a2 a4 + 20 L2 a32 + 30 La2 a3 + 15a22 )
30
1
1
1
gA L2 a2 + L3 a3 + L4 a4
2
3
4
As we are looking for the stationary state, the following must be fulfilled:
(a2 , a3 , a4 )
=0
a2
(a , a , a )
2
3
4
=0
(a , a , a )
2
3
4
=0
a4
gAL2
EAL
=0
(30 L2 a4 + 30 La3 + 30a2 )
30
2
EAL
gAL3
=0
(45 L3 a4 + 40 L2 a3 + 30 La2 )
30
3
EAL
gAL4
=0
(54 L4 a4 + 45 L3 a3 + 30 L2 a2 )
30
4
Simplifying and rearranging the above set of equations in matrix form we can obtain:
30
E
30 L
30
2
30 L
30 L
40 L2
45L3
30 L2 a2
6L
a2
2 gL
g 2 Solve 1
3
45L a3 =
4 L
a3 =
g
2
2E
3L3
a4
0
54 L4 a4
1
g
(2 gLx gx 2 ) =
(2 Lx x 2 )
2E
2E
which is the same solution as the one provided by the quadratic function used to approach
the displacement field.
Next, let us adopt a linear function to approach the displacement field u ( x) = a2 x , then
Internal Potential:
L
int
AE
AEL 2
AE u ( x)
(a2 ) 2 dx =
a2
=
dx =
2 0 x
2 0
2
External Potential:
U
ext
= gA u ( x)dx = gA (a 2 x)dx =
x
1
gAL2 a 2
2
Draft
475
AEL 2 1
a 2 gAL2 a 2
2
2
EALa 2
gAL2
2
=0
a2 =
( L) =
u ( L ) gL
=
2E
x
gL
2E
Then
u ( L ) = a2 x =
gL
2E
( L ) = E =
1
gL
2
Note that, for this case a linear function is not a good approach.
The total ( L ) =
AEL 2 1
1 ( g ) 2 AL3
a2 gAL2 a2 =
2
2
8
E
NOTE 4:
Next, we will establish the stiffness matrix [ K (e ) ] of the rod element by considering the
linear approximation for the displacement field. Adopting the linear function
u ( x) = a1 + a 2 x we can obtain:
= a1 + a2 L
u ( x = 0) = U(1) = a1
u ( x = L ) = U( 2 )
U
2
U 1 L a2
x x U (1)
= 1 ( 2)
L L U
{ }
= [N ] u ( e )
whose equation has already been obtained in Problem 5.24 (NOTE 4). Then, the stiffness
matrix will be the same, but the nodal forces will be not the same.
Internal Potential:
L
U int =
2
AE 1 (1) 1 ( 2 )
AE (1) 2
AE u ( x)
U 2U (1)U ( 2 ) + U ( 2)
U + U dx =
dx =
2 0 x
2 0 L
L
2L
External Potential:
U
ext
x
1
= gA u ( x)dx = gA 1 U (1) + U ( 2 ) dx = gAL(U (1) + U ( 2 ) )
L
L
2
x
0
2
AE (1) 2
1
U 2U(1)U( 2 ) + U( 2 ) gAL(U(1) + U ( 2 ) )
2
2L
Draft
476
(U (1) , U ( 2 ) )
(1)
U
(U (1) , U ( 2 ) )
U
(2)
=0
1
1
AE
AE (1)
( 2U (1) 2U ( 2 ) ) gAL = 0
(U U ( 2 ) ) = gAL
2L
2
2
L
=0
1
1
AE
AE ( 2 )
( 2U ( 2 ) 2U (1) ) gAL = 0
(U U (1) ) = gAL
2L
2
2
L
Simplifying and rearranging the above set of equations in matrix form we can obtain:
1
EA 1 1 U(1) 1
1 1 ( 2 ) = gAL 1
L
U 2
[ K (e ) ]{u(e ) } = {F ( e ) }
As we have seen in the above NOTE, there is an error when we use the linear
approximation for the displacement field. Next, we will divide the domain in sub-domain.
To establish the displacement field we will adopt a generic element, where the initial point
is x (i ) and the final point is x ( f ) , (see Figure 5.26 (a)).
U(1) = 0
x (i )
(EA)
U(i )
e
(1)
x( f )
L(1) =
L
2
L( 2 ) =
L
2
U( 2 )
U( f )
(EA) ( 2)
2
U(3)
a) Generic element
b) Discretization in 2 elements
Figure 5.26
( f ) =
( f )
u ( x = x ( f ) ) = U( f ) = a1 + a2 x ( f )
U 1 x a2
x ( f ) x (i ) U(i )
a
1
Inverse
1 = ( f )
(i )
1 U( f )
a 2 ( x x ) 1
u ( x) =
(x
(f)
1
1
( x ( f ) x)U (i ) + ( f )
( x x (i ) )U ( f )
(i )
(i )
x )
(x x )
Draft
477
Let us divide the domain into 2 sub-domain (2 finite elements), (see Figure 5.26 (b)), where:
Element e = 1 :
= U ( 2)
x (i ) = 0
L
x( f ) =
2
(i )
U = U (1)
U( f )
(1) 2 x (1) 2 x ( 2 )
u = 1 U + 1 U
L
L
(1)
u = 2 U (1) + 2 U ( 2 )
x
L
L
(2)
2 x ( 2 ) 2 x ( 3)
u = 2 U + 1U
L
(2)
u = 2 U ( 2 ) + 2 U (3)
x
L
L
Element e = 2 :
(f)
U (i ) = U ( 2)
U ( f ) = U (3)
L
2
=L
x (i ) =
Internal Potential:
U
int
L
2
u (1)
1
1
u ( x)
AE
=
( AE ) (1)
dx =
20
20
x
x
L
( 2)
1
( 2 ) u
dx +
AE
(
)
x
2L
dx
( AE )
L
(1)
U (1) 2 2U (1) U ( 2 ) + U ( 2 ) 2 + ( AE )
( 2)
U ( 2) 2 2U ( 2 ) U (3) + U (3) 2
External Potential:
U
ext
L
2
= g Au ( x)dx = g A u dx + g A( 2)u ( 2 ) dx
x
(1) (1)
L
2
1
1
1
gA(1) LU(1) + gL( A(1) + A( 2) )U( 2) + gA( 2) LU(3)
4
4
4
2
2
( AE ) (1) (1) 2
( AE ) ( 2 ) ( 2) 2
2U (1) U ( 2 ) + U ( 2 ) +
2U ( 2 ) U (3) + U (3)
U
U
L
L
1
1
1
Draft
478
(U ( a ) )
U (1)
(U ( a ) )
U ( 2 )
(U ( a ) )
U (3)
=0
2( AE ) (1) (1)
1
(U U ( 2) ) gLA (1) = 0
L
4
=0
2( AE ) ( 2 ) ( 2 )
2( AE ) ( 2) ( 2 )
1
(U U (1) ) +
(U U (3) ) gL( A (1) + A ( 2 ) ) = 0
4
L
L
=0
2( AE ) ( 2 ) (3)
1
(U U ( 2 ) ) gLA ( 2 ) = 0
L
4
[ A(1) ]
U 1
(1)
(2)
( 2)
(
2
)
(
1
)
(
2
)
[( AE )
+ ( AE ) ] [( AE ) ] U = gL [ A + A ]
4
[ A( 2 ) ]
[( AE )( 2 ) ]
[( AE )( 2 ) ] U(3)
[( AE )(1) ]
2
[( AE )(1) ]
L
[( AE )(1) ]
[ K ]{u} = {F }
Note that the above matrix could have been obtained directly if we consider the stiffness
matrix of the element and the nodal force vector of the element e :
[k ] = ( EAL )
(e)
(e)
(e)
(1)
(1)
Element e = 2 , ( L( 2) =
[k ] = 2(EAL )
( 2)
{f } = 12 g (LA)
(e)
(e)
L
):
2
Element e = 1 , ( L(1) =
[k ] = 2( EAL )
1 1
1 1
1 1
1 1
{f } = 14 gLA
(1) 1
{f }= 14 gLA
( 2 ) 1
(1)
{u } = U
{u }= U
(1)
( 2)
U
(1)
L
):
2
(2)
1 1
1 1
( 2)
(2)
( 2)
( 3)
Then the global stiffness matrix [K ] can be obtained by adding the contribution of each
stiffness matrix of the element into [K ] , and the same to the global nodal vector. This
process is called the assemble process.
Considering the ( EA) (1) = ( EA) ( 2) = EA the set of discrete equations becomes:
(1)
1
1 1 0 U
2 AE
1
(2)
1 2 1 U = gLA2
4
L
1
0 1 1 U (3)
Applying the boundary condition and solving the system the nodal displacement can be
obtained:
(1)
0
1 0 0 U
2 AE
1
( 2)
0 2 1 U = gLA2
4
L
1
0 1 1 U(3)
Solve
U(1)
0
( 2 ) gL2
U =
3
U(3) 8 E 4
Draft
479
The procedure we have developed is the basis of the Finite Element Method which
basically consists of:
Adopt an approach to the unknown field;
Split (discretize) the domain into sub-domain (finite element);
Set the stiffness matrix of each sub-domain and the nodal force vector;
Assemble the global stiffness matrix of the structure;
Apply the boundary condition;
Solve the system.
For more detail about Finite Element Method the reader is referred to Zienkiewicz &
Taylor (1994), Bathe(1996).
Draft
480
Problem 5.26
Show that:
r r
r&
r
r
r* r
&r&( Xr , t ) u& dV = P : r u& dV
( X , t ) u dS 0 + 0 b( X , t ) u
0
0
X
V0
(5.235)
V0
where u is the virtual displacement field, and P is the first Piola-Kirchhoff stress tensor.
Reference
configuration
Current
configuration
S0
V0
B0
r r
r
t * ( X , t ) = t *0
dV0
r r
u( X , t )
r r
t* ( x, t )
dV
r r
u( x , t )
r r
r
0b( X , t ) = 0b0
r r
b( x , t )
Solution:
r
r r
Although the variables t * ( X , t ) and b( X , t ) are not intrinsic variables of the reference
r r
r
configuration like the variables 0 , S 0 , V0 , for simplicity, we denote t * ( X , t ) = t *0 and
r r
r
b( X , t ) = b 0 .
r
r
r
r
& i ( X , t)
x
t
x
t
(
,
)
(
,
)
u
D
i
i
Fij F&ij =
=
=
= u& i , J ( X , t )
Dt
t X j
X j 142
t 4
X j
3
x&i
r& r
r& r
u
( X , t)
&
or F = l F = Xr u( X , t ) =
r
X
r r
and l = F& F 1 = Xr u& ( X , t ) F 1
r r
r r
F& 1 = F 1 l = F 1 Xr u& ( X , t ) F 1 = F 1 xr u& ( x , t )
P : F dV = P
V0
iJ
r
F&iJ dV0 = PiJ u& i , J ( X , t ) dV0
V0
V0
thus:
Draft
481
r
r
r
P : F& dV0 = PiJ u& i , J ( X , t ) dV0 = (PiJ u& i ( X , t )) , J PiJ , J u& i ( X , t ) dV0
V0
V0
&
V0
P : F dV = (P
iJ
V0
V0
&
P : F dV = P
iJ
V0
r
r
u& i ( X , t )) , J dV0 PiJ , J u& i ( X , t ) dV0
V0
r
r
u& i ( X , t )n J dS 0 PiJ , J u& i ( X , t ) dV0
S0
V0
where we have applied the divergence theorem. The above in tensorial notation becomes:
r
P : F dV = (P n ) u& ( X , t ) dS (
&
V0
S0
r
X
P) u& i ( X , t ) dV0
V0
Remember that the equations of motion in the reference configuration are given by:
r
&r&( Xr , t )
Xr P + 0 b 0 = 0 u
r
&r&( Xr , t )
Xr P = 0 b 0 u
r& r
P : F dV = (P n ) u& ( X , t ) dS (
&
V0
S0
r
X
V0
P) u& i ( X , t ) dV0
r
r& r
r &r& r
&r&( Xr , t ) u& ( Xr , t ) dV
P : Xr u ( X , t ) dV0 = t *0 u
( X , t ) dS 0 + 0 b 0 u
i
0
V0
S0
V0
Reminder: Recall from Chapter 5 of the textbook that the stress power can be expressed
in different ways, namely:
1
1
S : C& dV0 =
P : F& dV
w int (t ) = P : F& dV0 = S : E& dV0 = P : F& dV0 =
2
J
V
V
V
V
V
=
P : F& dV = : D dV = {
J : D dV0 = : D dV0
V
V0
V0
NOTE 1: Remember that neither P nor F& are in any configuration, but the scalar P : F&
is in the reference configuration.
NOTE 2: Taking into account the above. The total external virtual work can also be
expressed as follows:
sym
r& r
r& r
r& r
: D dV = : xr u ( x , t ) dV = : xr u ( x , t ) dV = P : F& dV0 = P : Xr u ( X , t ) dV0
V
V
V
V
V
r r sym
= xr u& ( x , t)
(see Problem 2.37). Note that, due to
sym
r& r
r& r
the symmetry of the relationship : xr u ( x , t ) = : xr u ( x , t ) holds.
sym
NOTE 3: From a Variational Principle point of view, (see Holzapfel (2000)), the equation
in (5.235) is also valid for a variation of the virtual field:
r r
r
r
r
r r
&r&( Xr , t ) u dV = P : r u dV
t * ( X , t ) u dS 0 + 0 b( X , t ) u
0
0
X
V0
V0
Draft
(5.236)
482
Problem 5.27
a) Show that: given a symmetric second-order tensor A = A sym we can split up into
A = A P + A S where A P = P P : A , A S = P S : A , with P P = (b b ) (b b ) and
P S = I sym (b b ) (b b ) , where b is a unit vector according to certain direction, and
I sym is the symmetric part of the fourth-order unit tensor. b) Show that the constitutive
equation for stress = C e : can be written as follows:
P C PP
S = SP
C
PP
ijP Cijkl
S = SP
ij Cijkl
C PS
:
C SS
PS
kl
Cijkl
SS
Cijkl kl
(5.237)
where
C PP = P P : C e : P P
PP
P
P
Cijkl
Cepqst Pstkl
= Pijpq
C PS = P P : C e : P S
PS
P
S
Cijkl
Cepqst Pstkl
= Pijpq
C SP = P S : C e : P P
SP
S
P
Cijkl
Cepqst Pstkl
= Pijpq
C SS = P S : C e : P S
(5.238)
SS
S
S
Cijkl
Cepqst Pstkl
= Pijpq
Solution:
a) We start using the Cartesian system where it fulfills:
A = A ij (e i e j ) = A i1 (e i e 1 ) + A i 2 (e i e 2 ) + A i 3 (e i e 3 )
= A 11 (e 1 e 1 ) + A 21 (e 2 e 1 ) + A 31 (e 3 e 1 ) + A 12 (e 1 e 2 ) + A 22 (e 2 e 2 ) + A 32 (e 3 e 2 )
+ A 13 (e 1 e 3 ) + A 23 (e 2 e 3 ) + A 33 (e 3 e 3 )
Components:
A 11
A ij = A 21
A 31
A12
A 22
A 32
A13 0
A 23 = A 21
A 33 A 31
A 12
A 22
A13 A11
A 23 + 0
A 33 0
A 32
0 0
0 0 = A ij + A ij
0 0
Note also that the normal component A 11 = A (Ne1 ) (according to e 1 -direction) can also be
obtained by A11 = A : (e 1 e 1 ) = (e 1 e 1 ) : A , so the tensor A = A11 (e 1 e 1 ) can be
written as follows:
A = (e 1 e 1 ) A 11 (e 1 e 1 ) A 11 = (e 1 e 1 ) (e 1 e 1 ) : A
thus
A = A A = A (e 1 e 1 ) (e 1 e 1 ) : A = I sym : A (e 1 e 1 ) (e 1 e 1 ) : A
= I sym (e 1 e 1 ) (e 1 e 1 ) : A
Although we showed for the unit vector e 1 the above is valid for any unit vector, i.e.:
A P = (b b ) (b b ) : A = P P : A
A S = I sym (b b ) (b b ) : A = P S : A
Draft
483
thus
P P P : C e
S= S
e
P : C
P P : C e P
:
P S : C e S
or
P P P : C e : P P
S= S
e
P
P : C : P
Draft
P P : C e : P S
:
P S : C e : P S
484
Appendix
(1 + )(1 2 )
(1 2 )
E
E
=
=
2(1 + ) (1 + )(1 2 )
2
E
E
E
+2
=
(1 )
+ 2 =
(1 + )(1 2 )
2(1 + ) (1 + )(1 2 )
+=
E
E
E
+
=
(1 + )(1 2 ) 2(1 + ) 2(1 + )(1 2 )
(2 + 3) =
E
E
E
E2
+3
2
=
2(1 + ) 2(1 + )
(1 + )(1 2 ) 2(1 + )(1 2 )
+
E
2(1 + )(1 2 ) 1
=
=
E
(2 + 3) 2(1 + )(1 2 )
E2
(1 + )(1 2 )
E
=
=
E
2 (2 + 3) (1 + )(1 2 )
E2
1
2(1 + ) 1
= 2(1 + )
E
E
1
(1 2 )
,
=
(2 + 3)
E
(2 + 3)
(2 + 3 )
E
(1 2 )
,
=
E
(1 + )(1 2 ) (1 + )
E
(1 2 )
(1 2 )
,
=
E
2(1 + ) 2(1 + )
2( + )
(1 2 )
1
,
=2
+2
=
(2 + 3)
(1 + )
2(1 + ) (1 + )
( 2 + ) = 2
E
E
E (1 )
,
+
=
2(1 + ) (1 + )(1 2 ) (1 + )(1 2 )
(1 + )(1 2 )
E
=
=
(2 + ) (1 + )(1 2 )
E (1 )
(1 )
,
E
2(1 + )(1 2 )
=
= 2
( + ) (1 + )(1 2 )
E
2 + 1
,
=
2 + 3 1 +
Draft
6 Linear Elasticity
6.1 Three-Dimensional Elasticity (3D)
Problem 6.1
The cylinder shown in Figure 6.1 is made up of an isotropic linear elastic material, and is
subjected to a strain state (in cylindrical coordinates) as follows:
err = e = a sin
a cos
2
e zz = ez = erz = 0
e r =
(6.1)
e z
e r
x2
x1
Figure 6.1
Solution:
Small deformation regime: e E
460
rr
( r , , z ) = r
rz
r
z
a sin
rz
a cos
z =
2
zz 0
a cos
2
a sin
0
(6.2)
= Tr ( )1 + 2
(6.3)
Tr ( ) = 2a sin
(6.4)
thus,
a cos
a sin
0
2
1 0 0
a cos
= 2a sin 0 1 0 + 2
a sin 0
2
0 0 1
0
0
0
0
a cos
2a sin + 2 a sin
0
a cos
2a sin + 2 a sin
(r,r, =
0
0
2a sin
r
The traction vector t :
r
t (n) = n
(6.5)
(6.6)
(6.7)
n = (1,0,0)
t 1(n ) 2a sin + 2 a sin
(n )
a cos
t 2 =
t (n )
0
3
(6.8)
Problem 6.2
The parallelepiped of Figure 6.2 is deformed as indicate by the dashed lines. The
displacement components are given as follows:
u = C1 xyz
v = C 2 xyz
w = C3 xyz
(6.9)
a) Obtain the strain state at the point E , which the current reference of the point is
represented by E whose coordinates are E (1.503; 1.001; 1.997) ;
b) Obtain the normal strain at the point E in the direction of the line EA ;
c) Calculate the angular distortion at the point E that undergoes the angle formed by the
lines EA and EF .
d) Find the volume variation and the average volumetric deformation.
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
461
z
F = F
G = G
D = D
2m
E
C = C
O = O
1 .5 m
A = A
B = B
1m
Figure 6.2
Solution:
a) The strain state in function of the displacements is given by:
ij =
1 u i u j
+
2 x j x i
(6.10)
x
1
ij = xy
2
1
2 xz
1
xy
2
y
1
yz
2
u
1
xz
x
1 v u
1
yz = +
2 2 x y
z 1 w u
2 x + z
1 v u
+
2 x y
v
y
1 w v
+
2 y z
1 w u
+
2 x z
1 w v
+
2 y z
(6.11)
To determine the strain state at any point we need a priori to determine the displacement
field.
Calculation of the constants:
By substituting the values given for the point E (1.5; 1.0; 2.0) , we obtain:
u ( E ) = X 1( E ) x1( E ) = 1.503 1.5 = C1 (1.5)(1.0)(2.0) C1 = 0.001
0.001
3
= 1.997 2.0 = C3 (1.5)(1.0)(2.0) C3 = 0.001
Draft
(6.12)
462
Scientific notation
u = 0.001 xyz
0.001
v=
xyz
3
w = 0.001 xyz
u1 = 0.001 X 1 X 2 X 3
0.001
X1X 2 X 3
3
u 3 = 0.001 X 1 X 2 X 3
u2 =
(6.13)
u
= 0.001 yz = 0.002 = 11
x
v 0.001
y =
=
xz = 0.001 = 22
3
y
w
z =
= 0.001xy = 0.0015 = 33
z
v u 0.001
0.011
=
xy =
+
yz + 0.001xz =
= 2 12
3
3
x y
x =
w u
xz =
+
= 0.001 yz + 0.001xy = 0.0005 = 2 13
x z
w v
0.001
yz =
+ = 0.001xz +
xy = 0.0025 = 2 23
3
y z
yz
1 yz
+ xz
ij = 0.001
2 3
1
( xy yz )
2
1 yz
+ xz
2 3
xz
3
1 xy
xz
2 3
1
(xy yz )
2
1 xy
xz
2 3
xy
ij
x
1
= xy
2
1
2 xz
1
xy
2
y
1
yz
2
0.011
1
0.00025
xz 0.002
6
2
0.011
1
0.00125
yz =
0.001
(6.14)
M = M
indicial
M = ij M i M j
(6.15)
By expanding the above equation and by considering the symmetry of the strain tensor we
obtain:
M = 11 M 12 + 22 M 22 + 33 M 32 + 212 M 1M 2 + 213 M 1M 3 + 2 23 M 2 M 3
(6.16)
in engineering notation:
M = x M 12 + y M 22 + z M 32 + xy M 1M 2 + xz M 1M 3 + yz M 2 M 3
Draft
(6.17)
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
463
The vector components M i is given by the direction cosines of the direction of the line
EA :
1
M 2 =
;
5
M 1 = 0 ;
2
M 3 =
5
(6.18)
(6.19)
1
4
2
M = 0.001 + (0.0015) + (0.0025) = 2 10 3
5
5
5
c) For small deformation, the distortion of the angle at the point E formed by the lines
EA and EF , with = 90 ), becomes:
M N =
N
1
1 2M
M N =
2
2
sin
= M N
M N = ij M i N j
components
(6.20)
More details of the above equation is provided in the textbook in Chapter 2 Continuum
kinematics (small deformation regime). Expanding the above expression and considering
the symmetry of the strain tensor we obtain:
M N = 11 M 1 N 1 + 22 M 2 N 2 + 33 M 3 N 3 + 12 M 1 N 2 + M 2 N 1 +
+ 13 M 1 N 3 + M 3 N 1 + 23 M 2 N 3 + M 3 N 2
(6.21)
or in engineering notation:
M N
xy
= x M 1 N 1 + y M 2 N 2 + z M 3 N 3 +
M 1 N 2 + M 2 N 1 +
2
2
yz
+ xz M 1 N 3 + M 3 N 1 +
M 2 N 3 + M 3 N 2
2
2
(6.22)
M i = 0
1
5
N i = [ 1 0 0]
(6.23)
we can obtain:
M N
1
2
0.011
+ (0.00025)(1)
= 12 M 2 N 1 + 13 M 3 N 1 =
(1)
2
6
5
5
M N
2
= 5.96284793998 10 4
(6.24)
M N = 1.1925696 10 3
Alternative Solution
We can construct an orthogonal basis associated with the unit vectors M and N by means
of the cross product P = M N . Then, we obtain the components of the unit vector P :
e 1
N = 0
P = M
1
e 2
1
e 3
2
5
0
5
0
2
1
e2
e3
5
5
Draft
Pi = 0
2
5
(6.25)
464
Then, the transformation matrix from the X 1 X 2 X 3 -system to the base constituted by the
unit vectors M , N and P are given by:
M 1
A = a ij = N 1
P
1
M 2
N 2
P
2
M 3 0
N 3 = 1
P3 0
1
5
0
2
5
5
0
1
5
(6.26)
Applying the component transformation law for a second-order tensor components, i.e.
ij = a ik a jl kl or in matrix form = A A T :
0.011
0.00025
2 0.002
0
6
5 0.011
0
0.001
0.00125 1
1 6
0.00025 0.00125 0.0015 0
5
= 1
0
5
0
2
5
1
5
0
2
5
5
0
1
5
(6.27)
Thus:
M N =
2 10 3
ij = 5.96284794 10 4
4
2.5 10
M N
2
5.96284794 10 4
2 10 3
1.75158658 10 3
3
1.75158658 10
1.5 10 3
2.5 10 4
(6.28)
NOTE: Note that this example is not a case of homogeneous deformation, i.e. a straight
edge in the reference configuration is no longer straight in the current configuration. To
obtain the deformed unit vector we must apply the linear transformation m = F M and
n = F N , where F is the deformation gradient.
d) The volume strain by definition is V =
( dV )
where dV is the differential volume.
dV
(dV )
= x + y + z
dV
(dV ) = ( x + y + z )dV
(6.29)
2.0
+ y + z dV = 0.001
1.5
yz +
z = 0 y =0 x = 0
xz
xy dxdydz
3
(6.30)
thus:
V = 1.125 10 3 m 3
Draft
(6.31)
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
465
Then:
V =
(dV )
1.125 10 3
=
= 0.375 10 3
dV
1 .5 1 .0 2 .0
(6.32)
Problem 6.3
The stress state at one point of a structure, which is made up of an isotropic linear elastic
material, is given by:
6 2 0
ij = 2 3 0 MPa
0 0 0
a) Obtain the engineering strain tensor components. Consider the Youngs modulus
( E = 207GPa ) and the shear modulus ( G = 80GPa ).
b) If a cube of side 5cm is subjected to this stress state. Obtain the volume variation.
Solution:
The strain components can be obtained by means of the equations:
)]
1
x y + z = 3.333 10 5
E
1
y = y ( x + z ) = 2.318 10 5
E
1
z = z x + y = 4.348 10 6
E
1
xy = xy = 2.5 10 5
G
1
xy = xy = 0
G
1
xy = xy = 0
G
x =
)]
(6.33)
E
2(1 + )
E
207
1 =
1 0.29375
2G
160
Thus:
0
33.24 12.5
0 10 6
ij = 12.5 23.01
0
0
4.257
Alternative solution:
1
(1 + )
I 1 1 , with
E
E
that we obtain
1
(1 + )
(1 + )
(1 + )
= Ce : =
I 1 1 : =
I : 1 1 : =
Tr ( )1
E
E
E
E
E
Draft
466
In components:
11
(1 + )
ij =
12
E
13
13
1 0 0
23 Tr ( ) 0 1 0
E
0 0 1
23 33
0
6 2 0
1 0 0 33.24 12.5
6
6
= 6.25110 2 3 0 4.2609 10 0 1 0 = 12.5 23.01
0 10 6
0 0 0
0 0 1 0
4.257
0
12
22
(1 + )
1
, Tr ( ) = 4.25725 10 6 .
= 6.25 10 6
E
MPa E
In the small deformation regime the volumetric deformation (linear) is equal to the trace of
the strain tensor:
DVL V = I = (33.24 23.01 4.257 ) 10 6 = 5.973 10 6
Problem 6.4
A parallelepiped of dimensions a = 3cm , b = 3cm , c = 4cm , is made up of an isotropic
homogeneous linear elastic material, which is accommodated in a cavity of the same shape
and dimensions, (see Figure 6.3), whose walls are made up of a very rigid material
(undeformable), (see Ortiz Berrocal (1985)).
Via a rigid plate (dimensions a b ) of negligible weight and negligible friction we apply a
perpendicular compression force equal to F = 200 N which compresses the elastic block.
If = 0.3 is the Poissons ratio and E = 2 10 4 N / cm 2 is the Youngs modulus, calculate:
a) The lateral force exerted by the wall of the cavity on the parallelepiped;
b) The height variation experienced by it, i.e. find c .
F
z
a
y
c
x
b
Figure 6.3
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
467
Solution:
At any point of the elastic body the stress state is characterized only by normal components
x , y and z . The stress z is given by:
z =
200
200
200 N
=
=
ab
3 3
9 cm 2
(6.34)
Note that, because of the problem symmetry the stresses x and y are equal, then:
)]
1
x y + z = 0
E
x ( x + z ) = 0
x = y =
x =
1
[ x ( x + z )] = 0
E
(6.35)
z
(1 )
thus:
x =
z
0.3 200
200 N
=
=
(1 ) (1 0.3) 9
21 cm2
(6.36)
The force exerted by the wall on the elastic body is given by:
200
3 4 = 114.28 N
21
200
3 4 = 114.28 N
Fx = x b c =
21
Fy = y a c =
)]
1
1
1 200
200
z x + y = [ z 2 x ] =
+ 2 0.3
= 8.25 10 4
4
21
E
E
2 10 9
(6.37)
Problem 6.5
Under the approximation of small deformation theory, the displacement field is given by:
r
u = ( x1 x3 ) 2 10 3 e 1 + ( x 2 + x3 ) 2 10 3 e 2 x1 x 2 10 3 e 3
Obtain the infinitesimal strain tensor, the infinitesimal spin tensor at the point P (0,2,1) .
Solution:
Displacement gradient:
u1
x1
u i u 2
=
x j x1
u 3
x1
u1
x 2
u 2
x 2
u 3
x 2
u1
x3 2( x x )
0
2( x1 x3 )
1
3
u 2
0
2( x 2 + x 3 ) 2( x 2 + x3 ) 10 3
=
x3
0
x1
u 3 x 2
x3
Draft
468
u i
x j
2( x1 x 3 ) 2 0 2
0
2( x1 x 3 )
=
0
2( x 2 + x3 ) 2( x 2 + x 3 ) = 0 2 2 10 3
x 2
2 0 0
x1
0
In addition we have
ui
= ij + ij
x j
2 x j xi
2 0 2
= 0 2 1 10 3
2 1 0
0 0 0
1 ui u j
= 0 0 1 10 3
ij =
2 x j xi
0 1 0
(6.38)
Problem 6.6
Under the restriction of small deformation theory, the displacement field is given by:
r
u = a ( x12 5 x 22 ) e 1 + (2 a x1 x 2 )e 2 (0) e 3
a) Obtain the linear strain tensor and the linear spin tensor;
b) Obtain the principal strains and principal stresses;
c) Given the shear modulus G , obtain the Youngs modulus E to guarantee the balance at
any point.
Obs.: The body forces are negligible.
Solution:
a) Considering that u1 = a ( x12 5 x 22 ) , u 2 = 2 a x1 x 2 , u 3 = 0 , the displacement gradient
components are given by:
2 x1a
r
u
( xr u)ij = i = 2ax2
x j
0
10ax2
2ax1
0
0
0
0
Decomposing additively the displacement gradient in a symmetric part (the linear strain
tensor - ij ) and an antisymmetric part (the infinitesimal spin tensor- ij ) we obtain:
ui
= ij + ij
x j
where
1 u u j
ij = i +
=
2 x j xi
2 x1a
1
2ax2
2
0
10ax2
2ax1
0
0 2 x1a
0 + 10ax2
0 0
2ax2
2ax1
0
0 2 x1a
0 = 4ax2
0 0
4ax2
0 0
0 = 6ax2
0 0
6ax2
2ax1
0
0
0
0
and
1 u u j
=
ij = i
2 x j xi
2 x1a
1
2ax2
2
0
10ax2
2ax1
0
0 2 x1a
0 10ax2
0 0
Draft
2ax2
2ax1
0
0
0
0
0
0
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
469
4ax 2
4ax 2
2ax1
2 x1 a
=0
) = (4ax )
2
(2 x a ) (4ax )
2
=0
1 = 2 x1 a 4ax 2
2 x1 a = 4ax 2
2 = 2 x1 a + 4ax 2
0
0
2 x1a 4ax2 0 (principal strains)
0
0
2 x1a + 4ax2
0
ij =
Since the strain and stress share the same principal space we can use the equation
ij = 4 x1a ij + 2 ij to obtain the principal stresses:
0
1 0 0
2 x1a + 4ax2
ij = 4 x1a ij + 2 ij = 4 x1a 0 1 0 + 2
0
2 x1a 4ax2
0 0 1
0
0
0
0
4 x1a + 2 (2 x1a + 4ax2 )
0
0
=
4 x1a + 2 ( 2 x1a 4ax2 )
0
0
4 x1a
0
0
0
r r
+ {
b = 0 Indicial
ij , j = 0 i
r
=0
ij , j = 0i
11 12 13
+
+
=0
x2
x3
x1
21 22 23
+
+
=0
x2
x3
x1
31 32 33
+
+
=0
x1
x3
x2
or we can use:
1 0 0
11 12 13
ij = 4 x1 a ij + 2 ij = 4 x1 a 0 1 0 + 2 12 22 23
0 0 1
13 23 33
8 ax 2
0
1 0 0
2 x1 a 4ax 2 0 4 x1 a ( + )
2ax1 0 = 8 ax 2
= 4 x1 a 0 1 0 + 2 4ax 2
4 x1 a ( + )
0
0 0 1
0
0
0
0
0
4 x1 a
Draft
470
11 12 13
+
+
=0
x1
x 2
x3
4a ( + ) 8 a = 0
+ = 2 = = G
G (3 + 2G )
, which was obtained by means of the relationships
+G
E
E
and = G =
. Then, we conclude that:
=
(1 + )(1 2 )
2(1 + )
E=
G (3 + 2G ) G (3G + 2G )
= 2.5G
=
+G
G+G
Problem 6.7
The stress state at a point of the continuum is represented by the Cauchy stress tensor
components:
26 6 0
ij = 6
9 0 kPa
0
0 29
0 29
10 6 +
26
29
10 6 +
26 6
6
10 6 = 763 10 6
( 29 26 + 9)
= 4 10 3 Pa
3
ijhyd
ijsph
4 0 0
= 0 4 0 kPa
0 0 4
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
ijdev
471
6
0 30 6 0
26 4
= 6
94
0 = 6
5 0 kPa
0
0
29 4 0
0 25
II = 10kPa
III = 27 kPa :
The eigenvectors:
I = 29kPa
principal direction
II = 10kPa
principal direction
III = 27kPa
n i(1) = [0 0 1]
n i( 2 ) = [0.1644 0.98639 0]
principal direction
n (i 3) = [0.98639 0.1644 0]
S (kPa)
S max =
29 (27)
= 28
2
N (kPa)
III = 27
I = N max = 29
II = 10
ij = Tr ( ) ij + 2 ij
where
reverse
form
ij =
1
Tr ( ) ij +
ij
2 (3 + 2 )
2
= 5 10 9 ( Pa ) 1 , Tr ( ) = 1.2 10 4 ( Pa)
2 (3 + 2 )
1 0 0
26 6 0
8
ij = (5 10 )(1.2 10 ) 0 1 0 + 2.5 10 6
9 0 10 3
0 0 1
0
0 29
0
1 0 0
26 6 0 7.1 1.5
5
5
9 0 = 1.5 1.65
= 6 10 0 1 0 + 2.5 10 6
0 10 4
0 0 1
0
0 29 0
0 6.65
9
As the material is isotropic, the stress and strain have the same principal directions. We
work on the principal space to obtain:
Draft
472
ij =
ij
Tr ( ) ij +
2 (3 + 2 )
2
0 66.5 0
0
1 0 0
29 0
5
= 6 10 0 1 0 + 2.5 10 0 10
0 = 0 19
0 10 5
0 0 1
0 0 27 0
0 73.5
5
Problem 6.8
Show that the constitutive equations in stress, for an isotropic linear elastic material, can be
represented by the set of equations:
dev = 2 dev
Tr ( ) = 3Tr ( )
3
3
2
Tr ( )
1
= +
Tr ( )1 + 2 dev
3
3
dev +
dev
dev
dev
1
dev = +
Tr ( )1 + 2
3
3
(3 + 2 )Tr() 1
2
dev
dev = +
Tr ( )1 + 2
3
3
(3 + 2 )Tr() 1 + 2 dev
2
dev = +
Tr ( )1
3
14434444
424444444
3
=0
(3 + 2 )Tr( ) 1 = 0 + 2 Tr( )1 Tr ( ) 1 = 0
2
+
Tr ( )1
3
3
3
3
Tr ( )1 = 3 +
Tr ( )1 = 3 Tr ( )1
Tr ( )1
3
or Tr ( ) = 3 Tr ( ) .
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
33
23
13
13
12
dev
33
23
12
ij = Tr ( ) ij + 2 ij
23
12
11
12
23
13
13
22
12
dev
22
dev
33
23
12
ijdev = 2 ijdev
13
23
dev
11
Tr ( ) ij = 3 Tr ( ) ij
33
23
13
13
22
11
13
473
23
12
dev
22
12
dev
11
Alternative solution:
Starting from the constitutive equation in stress for an isotropic linear elastic material
= ( ) = Tr ( )1 + 2 , and by considering the linear regime the relationship
= ( ) = ( sph + dev ) = ( sph ) + ( dev ) holds, where:
( sph ) = Tr ( sph )1 + 2 sph
2
Tr ( )
Tr ( )
Tr ( )
sph = Tr
11 + 2
1 = Tr ( )1 + 2
1 = ( +
) Tr ( )1 = Tr ( )1
3
3
3
3
Tr ( )
1 = Tr ( )1
3
Tr ( )1 = 3 Tr ( )1
( dev ) = Tr ( dev )1 + 2 dev = 2 dev
1
424
3
=0
[ ]
= Tr[ ] holds.
Draft
474
NOTE: Note that for an isotropic material if we have a purely spherical state of
compression:
p
p>0
0
p 0
ij = 0 p 0
0
0 p
p
p
Tr ( ) = 3 p < 0
E
, we can conclude
3(1 2 )
that: if > 0.5 this implies that < 0 and as consequence Tr ( ) > 0 , i.e. an expansion,
which has no physical meaning for a compression state in isotropic materials. With that we
conclude that < 0.5 .
Problem 6.9
A parallelepiped of dimensions a = 0.10m , b = 0.20m , c = 0.30m , (see Figure 6.4), which is
made up of an elastic material with Poissons ration = 0.3 and Youngs modulus
E = 2 10 6 N / m 2 . Said parallelepiped is introduced into a cavity of width b whose walls are
very rigid, so that two opposite faces of the parallelepiped are in contact with the cavity
walls.
Once the parallelepiped is this position the temperature is raised in T = 30 C .
a) Calculate the values of the principal stresses at the point of the parallelepiped.
b) Find the strain components.
Consider that the thermal expansion coefficient of the material is 1.25 10 5 C 1 .
Solution:
As the solid can deform freely according to the directions x and z , hence the normal
stresses are x = z = 0 . The solid is restricted to move according to the y -direction,
hence y = 0 :
y =
1
1
y ( x + z ) + T = y + T = 0
E
E
y = E T
thus:
y = E T = 2 10 6 1.25 10 5 (30) = 750
N
m2
ij = 0 750 0 Pa
0
0
0
b)
x = z =
y
E
+ T = 4.875 10 4
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
475
0
4.875 0
ij = 0
0
0 10 4
0
0 4.875
z
Data:
a = 0.10m
b = 0.20m
c = 0.30m
E = 2 10 6 N / m 2
= 0 .3
T = 30 C
= 1.25 10 5 C 1
c
y
b
x
Figure 6.4
Problem 6.10
Consider a container with very rigid walls, and a squared cross section with dimensions
0.10 0.10m . In the interior of said container is placed a synthetic rubber block whose
dimensions are 0.10 0.10 0.5m , as shown in Figure 6.5(a). The rubber block fits
perfectly into the rigid container.
The elastic characteristics of the rubber are E = 2.94 10 6 N / m 2 and = 0.1 .
Above the rubber is poured 0.004m 3 of mercury, whose mass density is 13580kg / m 3 .
a) Obtain the height H that reach the mercury, (see Figure 6.5(b));
b) The stress state at a generic point of the rubber block.
Hypothesis: 1) the weight of the rubber is negligible. 2) Consider the acceleration of gravity
equal to g = 10m / s 2 , and that between the rubber block faces and the container walls there
is no friction.
Draft
476
Rigid walls
Rigid walls
Mercury
Rubber
L0 = 0 . 5 m
y
a)
b)
Figure 6.5
Solution:
First we calculate the total force due to the weight of mercury on the rubber:
kg
kgm
m
F = V g = 0.004(m 3 ) 13580 3 10 2 = 543.20 2 N
s
m
s
F
543.20
N
=
= 54.320 10 3 2
A
(0.1 0.1)
m
According to the directions x and y the rubber does not deform, hence x = y = 0
x = ( y + z )
y = ( x + z )
1
x ( y + z ) = 0
E
1
y = y ( x + z ) = 0
E
x =
{[
y = ( x + z ) = ( y + z ) + z =
( 2 + )
z =
z = 6035.55 Pa = x
2
(1 )
(1 )
1
1
{ 54320 0.1[2(6035.55)]} = 0.0180656
z ( x + y ) =
E
2.94 10 6
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
477
hmer =
0.004
= 0.4m
0.1 0.1
thus:
H = hmer + ( L0 L) = 0.4 + (0.5 0.00903) = 0.891m
Problem 6.11
By means of a material test in the laboratory, it was obtained the following relationships:
31
21
1
z
y +
x = x +
E2
E1
E3
32
1
12
z
x + y +
y =
E2
E1
E3
(6.39)
1
23
13
y + z
x +
z =
E3
E2
E1
C12
C22
C23
0
0
0
C13
C23
C33
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
C44
0
0
0
C55
0
0
0
0
0
0
C66
Orthotropic symmetry
9 independent constants
(6.40)
12
yy E
zz 1
= 13
xy
2 yz E1
0
2 xz
0
0
21
E2
1
E2
23
E2
0
0
0
31
E 0
3
32
0
E3
1
0
E3
0
C44
0
0
Draft
0
0
0
0
0
0
C55
0
0
xx
0 yy
zz
0 xy
0 yz
0 xz
C66
(6.41)
478
E 2 E1
31 13
E3 E1
32 23
E3 E2
21
E2
31
E3
32
E3
12
13
23
E1
E1
E2
21 =
E 2 12 2000 0.2
=
= 0.4
E1
1000
31 =
E3 13 1500 0.3
=
= 0.45
E1
1000
32 =
E3 23 1500 0.25
=
= 0.1875
E2
2000
Problem 6.12
Given an isotropic linear elastic material whose elastic properties are E = 71 GPa ,
G = 26.6 GPa , find the strain tensor components and the strain energy density at the point
in which the stress state, in Cartesian basis, is represented by:
20 4 5
ij = 4 0 10 MPa
5 10 15
E
2(1 + )
E
1 = 0.335
2G
1
[11 ( 22 + 33 )] = 1 9 [20 0.335 (0 + 15)]10 6 = 211 10 6
E
71 10
1
[ 22 (11 + 33 )] = 1 9 [0 0.335 (20 + 15 )]10 6 = 165 10 6
E
71 10
1
1
= [ 33 (11 + 22 )] =
[15 0.335 (20 + 0 )]10 6 = 117 10 6
E
71 10 9
22 =
33
12 =
1+
1 + 0.335
12 =
( 4 10 6 ) = 75 10 6
9
E
71 10
1+
1 + 0.335
13 =
(5 10 6 ) = 94 10 6
E
71 10 9
1+
1 + 0.335
=
23 =
(10 10 6 ) = 188 10 6
9
E
71 10
13 =
23
thus:
211 75 94
ij = 75 165 188 10 6
94
188 117
Then, the strain energy density for a linear elastic material is obtained by the equation:
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
1
2
1
2
e = : Ce : = :
indicial
479
1
2
e = ij ij
Next, by considering the symmetry of the tensors and , the strain energy density can
be calculated as follows:
1
[1111 + 22 22 + 33 33 + 212 12 + 2 23 23 + 21313 ]
2
1
= [( 211)( 20) + ( 165)(0) + (117 )(15) + 2( 75)( 4) + 2(188)(10) + 2(94)(5) ] = 5637 .5 J / m 3
2
e=
We can also obtain the strain energy density by using the equation:
e =
1
1
1
1
I 2 II dev =
I 2 + J 2
6(3 + 2 )
2
6(3 + 2 )
2
1
2
e = : = : [Tr ( )1 + 2 ] =
=
[Tr ( )]
+ Tr ( T ) =
2
[Tr ( )]2
=
+ Tr ( 2 )
2
Tr ( )
2
[Tr ( )]
2
1 + : =
:3
1
Tr ( )
[Tr ( )]2
2
+ :
+ Tr ( )
We can add and subtract the term [Tr ( )]2 without altering the above outcome:
e=
[Tr ( )]2
2
+ [Tr ( )] + Tr ( 2 ) [Tr ( )] =
2
1
( + 2 )[Tr ( )]2 [Tr ( )]2 Tr ( 2 )
2
Finally, if we consider that the principal invariants of the strain tensor are I = Tr ( ) ,
II =
1 2
I Tr ( 2 ) , we can obtain:
2
1
2
e = ( + 2 )I 2 2 II = e ( I , II )
Problem 6.14
The responses of a liner thermoelastic solid due to two actions are known, namely:
r
r
r (I )
r ( II )
r (I )
r ( II )
I (b ( I ) , t * on S ; u* ; on S ur ; T ( I ) ) and II (b ( II ) , t * on S ; u* ; on S ur ; T ( II ) ) .
Obtain the response of the system formed by I + II and justify, (see Oliver (2000)).
Solution:
As we have a linear regime the following is satisfied:
Draft
480
r r
r
b = b ( I ) + b ( II )
T = T ( I ) + T ( II )
r
r ( I ) r ( II )
t* = t* + t*
r
r ( I ) r ( II )
u* = u* + u*
= ( I ) + ( II )
= ( I ) + ( II )
r
r
r
r
r
r
xr + b = xr ( ( I ) + ( II ) ) + (b ( I ) + b ( II ) ) = [ xr ( I ) + b ( I ) ] + [ xr ( II ) + b ( II ) ] = 0
{[
{ [
] [
r
r
r
1 r r (I )
1
x u + ( xr u ( I ) ) T + xr u ( II ) + ( xr u ( II ) ) T
2
2
r ( II )
r (I )
r ( II ) T
+ xr u
+ xr u + xr u
= ( I ) + ( II ) =
] [
]}
r
1
xr u ( I )
2
r
r
r
r
r
rT
T
1
1
= xr u ( I ) + u ( II ) + xr (u ( I ) + u ( II ) ) = xr u + [ xr u] =
2
2
=
] [
]} {
= C e : + MT
Then, we conclude that all the conditions are met. Then, we can apply the principle of
superposition to linear thermoelastic problem, as expected, since we are in the linear
regime.
Problem 6.15
Let us consider a length rod equal to L = 7.5m , whose diameter is equal to 0.1m , which is
made up of a material whose properties are: E = 2.0 10 11 Pa and = 20 10 6
Initially the rod has a temperature equal to 15 C which later rises to 50 C .
1
.
C
a) Considering that the rod can expand freely, calculate the total elongation of the rod, L ;
b) Now assume that the rod can not expand freely because concrete blocks have been
placed at its ends, (see Figure 6.6(b)). Find the stress in the rod.
Hint: Consider the problem in one dimension.
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
481
L = L(1) + L( 2 )
L(1)
T
L
L
L( 2)
b)
a)
Figure 6.6: Rod under thermal effect.
Solution: a) To obtain the elongation, we pre-calculate the thermal strain according to the
rod axis direction ij = T ij . Since this is a one-dimensional case, we need only
consider the normal strain component according to the x -direction, 11 = x , then:
11 = x = 20 10 6 (50 15) = 7 10 4
L = x dx = x L = 7 10 4 7.5 = 5.25 10 3 m
0
Note that in the case 2) there is no strain, since L = 0 . Moreover, it is the same as when
the initial length is equal to L + L in which we apply compression stress in order to
obtain a final length equal to L .
Problem 6.16
Consider an isotropic linear elastic material with the following thermo mechanical
properties E = 10 6 Pa (Youngs modulus), = 0.25 (Poissons ratio), = 20 10 6 C 1
(Thermal expansion coefficient).
Consider that that at one point of the solid the stress tensor components are given by:
12 0 4
ij = 0 0 0 Pa
4 0 6
a) Obtain the principal stresses and directions of the stress tensor; Obtain the maximum
shear stress.
b) Obtain the strain related to paragraph (a). And find the principal strains and directions.
c) Obtain the strain energy density.
Draft
482
d) If the solid undergoes a change in temperature T = 50 C , what is the final strain state
at this point?
e) We can say that we are dealing with a state of plane stress?
Solution:
a) We obtain the eigenvalues by solving the characteristic determinant. Note that we
already know an eigenvalue 2 = 0 which is associated with the direction n i( 2) = [0 1 0] .
Then, to obtain the remaining eigenvalues, it is sufficient to solve:
12
=0
2 18 + 56 = 0
18 324 224
2
1 = 14
3 = 4
14 0 0
'ij = 0 0 0 Pa
0 0 4
1 = 14
2 = 0
eigenvecto
r
3 = 4
eigenvecto
r
2
n i(1) =
0
5
n (i 2 ) = [0 1 0]
1
n i(3) =
5
1
= [0.8944 0 0.4472]
5
2
= [0.4472 0 0.8944]
5
Making the change of nomenclature such that I > II > III , we have I = 14 , II = 4 ,
III = 0 .
S (Pa )
S max = 7
N (Pa)
III = 0
II = 4
I = 14
I III
(14) (0)
=
= 7 Pa
2
2
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
483
inverse
ij =
Tr ( ) ij +
ij
2
2 (3 + 2 )
1
Tr ( ) = 18 ,
= 2.5 10 7 Pa ,
= 4.5 10 6 Pa
2 (3 + 2 )
2 (3 + 2 )
where
1
= 1.25 10 6 ,
2
0
5
1 0 0
12 0 4 10.5
6
6
ij = 4.5 10 0 1 0 + 1.25 10 0 0 0 = 0
4.5 0 10 6
0 0 1
4 0 6 5
0
3
For an isotropic linear material the principal directions of the stress and strain match. The
principal strains can be obtained by means of ij =
Tr ( ) ij +
ij in the
2
2 (3 + 2 )
1 0 0
14 0 0
6
6
ij = 4.5 10 0 1 0 + 1.25 10 0 0 0 =
0 0 1
0 0 4
0
0
13
0 4.5 0 10 6
0
0
0.5
1
1
: = ij ij . We can use the principal
2
2
0
0
13
ij = 0 4.5 0 10 6
0
0
0.5
14 0 0
ij = 0 0 0
0 0 4
1
2
e = ij ij = ij ij =
1
[11 11 + 3333 ] = 92 10 6 J3
2
m
we can obtain:
0
5
0
5
10.5
1 0 0 1010.5
6
6
ij = 0
4.5 0 10 + 20 10 (50) 0 1 0 = 0
995.5
0 10 6
5
0 0 1 5
0
3
0
1003
The principal directions of the infinitesimal strain tensor are the same as the stress tensor
principal directions.
e) We can not say that we are dealing with a state of plane stress, since we do not know
information about how stresses vary in the continuum, i.e. the stress field. Remember that
the state of plane stress is considered when the stress tensor field is independent of one
direction.
Draft
484
Problem 6.17
Let us consider a bar to which at one end we apply a force equal to 6000 N as shown in
Figure 6.7. Find x , y , z , and the length change of the bar. Let us consider that the bar is
made up of a material whose properties are: Youngs modulus: E = 10 7 Pa ; Poissons ratio:
= 0 .3 .
1m
100 m
1m
y, v
y =
6000
11
F = 6000 N
x, u
z, w
Figure 6.7
Solution: Using the normal strain expressions we can obtain:
1
(0.3)(6000 )
x y + z = y =
= 0.00018
E
E
10 7
y 6000
1
y = y ( x + z ) =
=
= 0.0006
E
E
10 7
x =
z =
)]
z x + y = y = 0.00018
E
E
)]
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
485
b) Current configuration
z
z
l = 1m
a
x
Figure 6.8
Solution:
Verify that the cable and the prism deform in the same way according to the z -direction,
thus:
Pz = Cz
Cz =
Cz
EC
0 0
P
ij = 0 p
0 0
4 Cz AC
a2
1
1 4 Cz AC
z x + y =
+ p
2
EP
E P
a
)]
Draft
486
Applying that Pz = Cz :
Pz = Cz
C
1 4 z AC
+
E P a 2
C
p = z
E C
EC pa 2
( E P a 2 + 4 EC AC )
N
0.1 19.6 106 7350 20 2
= 4900 2
5
2
6
cm
(27.44 10 20 + 4 19.6 10 1)
4Cz AC
4 4900 1
N
=
= 49 2
2
2
a
20
cm
ijP
0
0
0
N
0
= 0 7350
cm 2
0
0
49
x + y + z
EP
(1 2 ) = 2.12857 103
Problem 6.19
Two parallelepiped of the same material and the same shape a b c are placed on either
side of a rigid flat plate attached thereto by their sides a c . Both parallelepipeds, together
with the plate, are introduced into a cavity such as indicated in Figure 6.9. The walls of the
cavity are flat, rigid and perfectly smooth.
We apply the pressures (force per unit surface area) p1 and p 2 on the upper faces of the
prisms as indicated in Figure 6.9.
Consider the Youngs modulus E and the Poissons ratio .
a) Obtain the principal stresses in both prisms;
b) Obtain the block edge length variations.
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
487
plate
a
p1
p2
cavity
c
y
Figure 6.9
Solution:
Prism 1:
(x1) = 0
(y1)
(z1) = p1
Prism 2:
(x2) = 0
(y2)
(z2) = p 2
y (z1)
)]
)]
1 (1)
1
y (x1) + (z1) + (y2 ) (x2) + (z2) = 0
E
E
( 2)
+ y z = 0
y + p1 + y + p 2 = 0
(y1) + (y2 ) = 0
] [
] [
thus
y =
( p1 + p2 )
( p1 + p2 )
Prism 1:
(x1) = 0
(y1) =
Prism 2:
(x2 ) = 0
(y2) =
( p1 + p2 )
2
2
;
(z1) = p1
(z2 ) = p 2
Draft
488
(x1) =
)]
(y1)
)]
)]
(x2 ) =
)]
(y2 )
)]
)]
(z1)
1 (1)
[ ( p1 + p2 ) + 2 p1 ]
x (y1) + (z1) =
E
2E
1
Prism 2:
(z2 )
1 ( 2)
[ ( p1 + p2 ) + 2 p2 ]
x (y2 ) + (z2) =
E
2E
1
Prism 2
a
[ ( p1 + p2 ) + 2 p1 ]
2E
b
= (y1) b =
( p1 p2 )
2E
c 2
= (z1) c =
( p1 + p2 ) 2 p1
2E
a ( 2 ) = (x2 ) a =
b (1)
b ( 2 )
c (1)
c ( 2)
[ ( p1 + p2 ) + 2 p2 ]
2E
b
= (y2 ) b =
( p2 p1 )
2E
c 2
= (z2 ) c =
( p1 + p2 ) 2 p2
2E
a (1) = (x1) a =
(6.42)
Problem 6.20
A metallic cube with sides a = 0.20m is immersed in the sea at a depth z = 400m .
Knowing the Youngs modulus of the metal E = 21 1010 Pa , and the Poissons ratio
= 0.3 , calculate the volume variation that is experienced by the cube. Consider the
acceleration of gravity equals to g = 10m / s 2 .
Hypothesis: Although the mass density varies with temperature, salinity, and pressure
(depth), consider that the mass density of seawater equal to = 1027 kg / m 3 and constant.
Solution:
Because of the depth and cube dimensions we can take as a good approximation that the
whole cube is subjected to the same pressure, (see Figure 6.10).
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
h = 400m
489
Figure 6.10
F
, where A is the area and F can be obtained by
A
means of the Newtons second law F = ma = V g (weight of water column). Then:
p=
Ah g
kg
kg m
F V g
m
=
=
= gh = 1027 3 10 2 400m = 4.108 10 6 2 2 = 4.108 10 6 Pa
A
A
A
m
s
m s
ij = 0 p 0 = 0
0 MPa
4.108
0
0 p 0
0
4.108
As we have only normal stress components and the material is isotropic, only normal
strains appear:
z = y = x =
)]
1
1
[ 4.108 0.3 ( 4.108 4.108)] 10 6
x y + z =
10
E
21 10
Thus
z = y = x = 7.82 10 6
In small deformation regime the linear volumetric deformation is equal to the trace of the
infinitesimal strain tensor:
V
= DVL V = Tr ( )
V0
Draft
490
The container is filled with oil, and by suitable mechanism, the fluid pressure is raised to
the value 15MPa . By operating the mechanical press, we apply a total axial force of
F = 2.35619 10 5 N (piston force+pressure) on the bases of the cylinder.
At a generic point of the body:
a) Obtain the stress tensor components;
b) Obtain the strain tensor components;
c) Obtain the displacement field components ( u , v , w ).
F
y
0.25m
Corte AA
F
0.1m
F
2.35619 10 5
=
= 30MPa
A
(0.05) 2
x = y = 15MPa
Thus:
0
15 0
ij = 0
15
0 MPa
0
30
0
b) For an isotropic linear elastic material, the normal stress only produce normal strain,
then:
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
491
)]
x = E x y + z
y = y ( x + z )
E
z = E z x + y
)]
By substituting the values of the variables we obtain the following strain tensor
components:
0
2 0
ij = 0 2 0 10 4
0
0 8
u
x
y =
v
y
z =
w
z
Integrating and obtaining the constants of integration we finally obtain the displacement
field:
u = 2 10 4 x
v = 2 10 4 y
w = 8 10 4 z
Problem 6.22
A hexahedron with sides 0.1m is made up of a material whose mechanical properties are
represented by the Lam constants: = 8333.33MPa , = 12500 MPa .
A deformation is imposed to the material as shown in Figure 6.12, in which all faces
remains planar, the faces AEFB and DHGC become parallelogram and the remaining
faces continue squares:
a) Obtain the displacement field;
b) Obtain the strain field;
c) Obtain the stress field;
d) Obtain the principal strains and stresses in the center of the hexahedron;
e) Obtain the actions performed by the testing machine on the faces ABFE and BCGF .
Draft
492
z
H
G
tan( ) = 0.001
C = C
D = D
A = A
y
B = B
v
z
v( z ) = 0.001z
v( z ) = 0.001z
w = 0
v(z )
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
x
1
ij = xy
2
1
2 xz
1
xy
2
y
1
yz
2
u
1
xz
x
2
1 v u
1
yz = +
2 2 x y
z 1 w u
2 x + z
493
1 v u
+
2 x y
v
y
1 w v
+
2 y z
1 w u
+
2 x z
1 w v
+
2 y z
x
1
ij = xy
2
1
2 xz
1
xy
2
y
1
yz
2
v w
= 0.001
+
z y
1
xz
2
0
0
0
1
yz = 0
0
0.0005
2
0 0.0005
0
z
ij = 2 (12500) 0
0
0.0005 MPa = 0 0 12.5 MPa
0 0.0005
0 12.5 0
0
0.0005
=0
0.0005
2 = 0.0005 2
2 = +0.0005
= 0.0005
3 = 0.0005
Remember that in the small deformation regime, the stress and strain share the same
principal directions, then we work in the principal space to obtain the principal stresses by
using = Tr ( )1 + 2 , i.e.:
0
0
0
0
0 0
0
0 MPa
ij = 2 (12500) 0 0.0005
MPa = 0 12.5
0
0 0
0
0.0005
12.5
e) To obtain the total force acting on one surface, we multiply the surface force by the area
of the corresponding face. The surface force is obtained by means of the traction vector
t (n) = n . For the face ABFE the unit vector is given by n i = [1,0,0] , thus:
t 1 ( ABFE ) 0 0
0 1 0
( ABFE )
= 0 0 12.5 0 = 0
t 2
t ( ABFE ) 0 12.5 0 0 0
3
For the face BCGF , the unit vector is given by n i = [0,1,0] , thus
Draft
494
t 1 ( BCGF ) 0 0
0 0 0
( BCGF )
= 0 0 12.5 1 = 0 MPa
t 2
t ( BCGF ) 0 12.5 0 0 12.5
If we do the same procedure for the other faces we obtain the representation of the surface
forces on the faces as indicated in Figure 6.13:
z
C = C
D = D
A = A
B = B
N
cm 2
10
cm , AA = 2cm .
3
(Youngs modulus),
1
(thermal expansion coefficient).
C
a) Obtain the principal stresses; b) Obtain the traction vector on the plane . Is it on that
plane where the maximum shear acts? Justify your answer. c) Obtain the values of the
forces F1 and F2 to be applied to guarantee that in the solid there is no displacement
according to the directions x1 and x2 , when the prism is subjected to a temperature
variation of T = 20 C .
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
x2
495
A2
A1
F2
F1
F1
x1
60
F2
x3
Figure 6.14
a) The stress field
A1 = 8.0 , A2 = 4
10
3
F1
A
1
ij = 0
F2
A2
0
0
0
0
1.25
N
0 = 0
0.15 0
cm 2
0
0
0
whose values are the principal stresses, since there is no shear stresses.
b)
x2
r
t (n)
D
x1
60
x3
Draft
496
r
3
1
The unit vector components are: n i = ;
; 0 . Then, the traction vector t (n) is
given by:
r
t (n) = n
t i(n) = ij n j
t (i n)
0
0
1.25
= 0
0.15 0
0
0
0
2 1.0825
1
= 0.075
2
0 0
N = t (n) n = t i(n) n i
N = [1.0825 0.075 0]
2
1
= 0.9
2
0
= 2N + 2S
S =
r
t (n)
2N
where
r
t (n)
1.0825
r (n ) r (n )
(n ) (n )
= t t = t i t i = [1.0825 0.075 0] 0.075 = 1.1775
0
Thus:
S =
r
t (n)
III = 0.15
I = 1.25
N ( N / cm 2 )
We verify that for any point in the solid, the maximum tangential stress is on the plane
2
defined by the unit vector n i = ;
2
; 0 and the maximum tangential stress is:
2
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
max =
497
I III
= 0.7 > S
2
1+
Tr ( )1 + T 1
E
E
ij =
1+
ij Tr ( ) ij + T ij
E
E
E
0 0 33
11 0
0
22
0
0
0
1 0 0
0 + T Tr ( ) 0 1 0
E
0 0 1
0
1+
1+
11 = 0 = E 11 + T E Tr ( ) = E 11 + T E (11 + 22 )
= 0 = 1 + + T Tr ( ) = 1 + + T ( + )
22
22
11
22
22
E
E
E
E
E T
N
= 3.33333 2
(1 )
cm
F2 = 22 A2 = 44.44444 N
Draft
498
12
22
0 x
0 = xy
0 0
xy
y
0
0
0
0
(6.43)
Tr ( )1 +
2 (3 + 2 )
2
ij =
Tr ( ) ij +
ij
2 (3 + 2 )
2
1
3
1
1
Tr ( )1 : 1 +
:1 =
Tr ( ) +
Tr ( ) =
Tr ( )
2 (3 + 2 )
2
2 (3 + 2 )
2
(3 + 2 )
Tr ( ) =
1
Tr ( )
(3 + 2 )
Tr ( ) = (3 + 2 ) Tr ( )
Tr ( ) 33 +
Tr ( )
33 =
{
{
2 (3 + 2 )
2 = 0 2 (3 + 2 )
=1
33 =
33
(3 + 2 ) Tr ( ) =
Tr ( ) =
Tr ( )
2 (3 + 2 )
2 (3 + 2 )
2
=
( 11 + 22 + 33 )
2
33 =
(6.44)
( 11 + 22 )
( + 2 )
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
499
0
11 12
1 0 0
ij = (11 + 22 + 33 ) 0 1 0 + 2 12 22 0
0
0 0 1
0 33
11
1 0 0
2
( 11 + 22 )]0 1 0 + 2 12
= [(11 + 22 ) +
( + 2 )
0
0 0 1
0
11 12
1 0 0
2
( 11 + 22 ) 0 1 0 + 2 12 22 0
=
( + 2 )
0
0 0 1
0 33
12
22
0
0
0
33
(6.45)
;
ij = ( + 2 ) Tr ( ) ij + 2 ij
1
=
ij
Tr ( ) ij +
ij
2 (3 + 2 )
2
(i, j = 1,2)
with
Tr ( ) = 11 + 22
(6.46)
(i, j = 1,2,3)
(the same as 3D )
or
E
E
with
Tr ( ) = 11 + 22
; (i, j = 1,2)
ij = (1 2 ) Tr ( ) ij + (1 + ) ij
= Tr ( ) + (1 + )
(i, j = 1,2,3)
(the same as 3D )
ij
ij
ij
E
E
(6.47)
2
11 +
22
( + 2 )
( + 2 )
ij =
2 12
2 12
4 ( + )
22 +
11
( + 2 )
( + 2 )
0
Taking into account the relationships between mechanical parameters we can obtain:
E
E
E
E (1 )
E (1 )
4 ( + )
2
,
, 2 =
, thus:
=
=
=
=
2
2
( + 2 )
(1 + ) (1 + )(1 ) (1 2 )
(1 ) ( + 2 ) (1 )
( + ) (1 )
0
11
22
12
(
1
)
(
)
0
ij =
12
22
11
(1 2 )
0
0
0
Tr ( ) =
E (11 + 22 )
(1 )
Draft
500
1
x E
y
E
z
= E
xy 0
yz 0
zx
0
E
1
E
E
1
E
1
G
1
G
0
1
y 0
xy
0
yz
0
zx
(6.48)
Then, if we remove the columns and rows associated with the zero stresses, the strainstress relationship ( ( ) ) for the plane stress case is given by:
1
x E
y = E
xy
0
E
1
E
0
x
1
x G= E
1
2 (1+ )
0 y y =
E
xy
0
1 xy
G
x
y
2(1 + ) xy
0
0
(6.49)
The reciprocal of the above equation will result in Hookes law ( ( ) ) for the state of
plane stress:
x
E
y = 1 2
xy
0 x
1
1
0 y
1
0 0
xy
2
(6.50)
Note that the normal strain z is not equal to zero, since z is not just dependant on the
normal stress z :
z =
(11 + 22 )
1
1
z x + y = x + y =
Tr ( ) =
(1 )
E
E
E
)]
[ (
)]
(6.51)
ij = 12 xy
0
1
2
xy
y
0
0
z
(6.52)
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
501
12
22
0
0 x
0 = 12 xy
0 0
xy
1
2
y
0
0
0
(6.53)
ij = Tr ( ) ij + 2 ij
Tr ( ) = 3Tr ( ) + 2 Tr ( ) = [3 + 2 ]Tr ( )
+ 22 + 33
Tr ( )
= 11
3 + 2
3 + 2
(6.54)
3 + 2
3 + 2
33 =
(11 + 22 + 33 )
3 + 2
(11 + 22 )
=
(11 + 22 )
33 1
3 + 2 3 + 2
33 =
(11 + 22 )
2( + )
ij become:
Tr ( ) ij +
2 (3 + 2 )
2
0
11 12
1 0 0
1
0
(11 + 22 + 33 ) 0 1 0 +
12 22
ij =
2
2 (3 + 2 )
0
0 0 1
0 33
11
1 0 0
11 + 22 +
(11 + 22 ) 0 1 0 + 12
=
2 (3 + 2 )
2( + )
0 0 1 2 0
0
11 12
1 0 0
1
(11 + 22 ) 0 1 0 +
0
12 22
=
4 ( + )
2
0
0 0 1
0 33
12
22
0
0
0 (6.55)
33
;
ij = 4 ( + ) Tr ( ) ij + 2 ij
= Tr ( ) + 2
(i, j = 1,2,3)
ij
ij
ij
(i, j = 1,2)
with
Tr ( ) = 11 + 22
(6.56)
(the same as 3D )
Draft
502
or
(1 + )
(1 + )
ij
;
Tr ( ) ij +
ij =
E
E
E
E
ij =
ij
Tr ( ) ij +
(1 + )(1 2 )
(1 + )
(i, j = 1,2)
Tr ( ) = 11 + 22
with
(6.57)
(i, j = 1,2,3)
11 +
22
4 ( + )
4 ( + )
1
ij =
12
2
1
12
2
(2 + )
22 +
11
4 ( + )
4 ( + )
Taking into account the relationships between mechanical parameters we can obtain:
( + 2 )
(1 + )(1 )
(1 + )
(1 + ) 1
,
,
, thus:
=
=
=
4 ( + )
E
4 ( + )
E
2
E
(1 )
11
22
(1 + )
ij =
12
12
(1 ) 22 11
0
y
z
xy
yz
zx
E
0
0
0
=
(1 + )(1 2 )
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1 2
2
0
0
0
1 2
2
x
0 y
0 z
0 xy
0 yz
1 2
zx
2
0
(6.58)
we obtain:
1
E
1
y = (1 + )(1 2 )
xy
0
0
x
0 y
1 2
xy
2
0
(6.59)
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
z =
E
x + y
(1 + )(1 2 )
503
(6.60)
0 x
0 y
2 xy
(6.61)
1
0
2D
y
x
p
Cross section
per unit length
prismatic axis
Figure 6.16: Cylinder under pressure.
Draft
504
2D
2D
1
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
505
Problem 6.25
Figure 6.19 (a) shows a support device for a machine. Said support apparatus is made up of
a neoprene block of dimensions ( 50 20cm ), and is characterized by the element ABCD of
Figure 6.19(b).
y
a)
b)
1 .1
D
A
1 .2
A
1
20
1 .1
50
Dimensions in centimeters - cm
Figure 6.19
Under the action of vertical and horizontal loads the neoprene deforms as shown in Figure
6.19 (b) (ABCD) in which the displacement field ( u, v) is represented as follows:
u = a1 x + b1 y + c1
v = a2 x + b2 y + c2
1
N / cm 2 .
0.0028
v = a 2 x + b2 y + c 2
(6.62)
(6.63)
thus
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real - Spain
Draft
506
u = 0.002 x + 0.005 y + 1
(6.64)
(6.65)
(6.66)
u = 0.002 x + 0.005 y + 1
v = 0.05 y
(6.67)
Then:
a)
Strains
x =
u
= 0.002
x
y =
v
= 0.05
y
xy =
u v
= 0.005
+
y x
(6.68)
b)
G=
(6.69)
Stresses
E
E
=
1 = 0 .4
2(1 + )
2G
E
(1 ) x + y
(1 + )(1 2 )
= 3571.4286 [(0.6) 0.002 0.4 0.05] = 67.1428
x =
E
(1 ) y + x
(1 + )(1 2 )
= 3571.4286 [(0.6) (0.05) + 0.4 0.002] = 104.2857
y =
xy = G xy =
1
0.005 = 1.785714
0.0028
ij = 12 xy
1 xz
2
1
2
xy
y
1
2
yz
1
2
1
2
(6.70)
E Tr ( )
E
ij +
ij , where:
(1 + )(1 2 )
(1 + )
xz 0.002
yz = 12 (0.005)
z
0
1
2
(0.005) 0
0.05 0
0
0
E
N
E Tr ()
N
= 714.285714 2
= 68.571429 2 ,
(1 + )(1 2 )
(1 + )
cm
cm
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
507
0.002
1 0 0
0 0 1
0
1
2
(0.005) 0
0.05 0
0
0
0
67.1428 1.785714
N
0
1.785714 104.2857
cm 2
0
0
68.571
c)
x + y
2
x y
2
+ 2xy
(6.71)
2
67.1428 104.2857
67.1428 + 104.2857
2
+ 5.35714
2
2
= 171.4285 19.328675
(1,2) =
1 = 152.099824 N cm 2
2
2 = 190.757175 N cm
d)
(6.72)
(6.73)
L0 = AC = 50 2 + 20 2 = 53.852cm
L = AC AC = 0.177cm
(6.75)
L 0.177
=
= 0.0033
L0
53.852
(6.76)
Problem 6.26
Consider a soil made up of a linear elastic material. At a point in the soil the volumetric
deformation is V = 2 10 3 , the shear deformation is 12 = 3 10 3 and the normal
strain is 11 = 0 . The soil is subjected to a state of plane strain according to the plane
x1 x 2 .
a) Obtain the Cartesian components of the infinitesimal strain tensor. Obtain the principal
strains, and the directions where they occur.
1
4
b) Assuming that the elastic constants are E = 50MPa and = . Obtain stress tensor
components and the principal stresses. Obtain the maximum normal and shear stresses.
c) Obtain the strain energy density (per unit volume).
Draft
508
Solution:
a) The infinitesimal strain tensor components are given by:
ij = 3 10 3
0
0
3 10 3
22
0
ij = 3
0
3 0
0
plane strain
ij =
2 0 10 3
3
0
0
3
3
10
2
2 + 2 3 = 0
1 = 1
2 = 3
thus
1 = 1 10 3
2 = 3 10 3
b)
1 10 3
ij =
0
0
3
3 10
y
1
xy
yy
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
509
(10 3 )
2
( N = 0; S = 3 )
2
I =1
III = 3
N 10 3
( N = 0; S = 2)
( N = 2; S = 3 )
3
1
2 = arctan( 3 )
b) Applying ij = Tr ( ) ij + 2 ij , where =
= 30
E
= 20MPa ,
(1 + )(1 2 )
E
= 20MPa , Tr ( ) = 2 10 3 . Then:
2(1 + )
3 0
2 0 10 3
0
0
40
0
0
0
3 0
3
0 + 40 3 2 0 10
MPa
= 0
40
142
4
3
=10 Pa
0
0
0
0
0
40
0
1 0 0
ij = Tr ( ) 0 1 0 + 2 3
0
0 0 1
Thus:
40
0
40 3
0 kPa
ij = 40 3 120
0
0
40
As the material is isotropic, the stress and strain share the principal space. In addition, the
eigenvalues of and can be related to each other as follows.
By replacing the value of = Tr ( )1 + 2 into the definition of the eigenvalueeigenvector, we obtain:
n = n
Draft
510
(Tr()1 + 2 ) n = n
Tr ( )n + 2 n = n
Tr ( )1 n + 2 n = n
2 n = n Tr ( )n
Tr ( )
n
n =
2 n = ( Tr ( ) )n
n = n
Then:
=
Tr ( )
2
= 2 + Tr ( )
3
MPa
0 + 40 0 3 0 10
0 kPa
ij = 0
40
142
4
3 = 0 160
0
=103 Pa
0
0 0 0
40
0
0
40
160
40
N (kPa)
1
2
c) The strain energy density is e = : . We can use the principal space in order to
obtain the strain energy density, i.e.:
1
1
2
2
1
m
N m
J
= (0)(1) + (160 10 3 )(3 10 3 ) + (40 10 3 )(0) = 240 Pa = 240 2 = 240 3
2
m
m m
m
e = ij ij = (11 + 2 2 + 3 3 )
where
1
0
0
2
0
0
0
0
= 0 160
0 10 3 Pa
3 0
40
0
0
0
Draft
1
0
0
2
0
0 1 0 0
0 = 0 3 0 10 3
3 0 0 0
m
m
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
511
Problem 6.27
A solid is subjected to state of plane strain, and at one point the infinitesimal strain tensor
components are given by:
3 0
2
ij = 3 10 0 10 3
0
0
0
Consider that the material has an isotropic linear elastic behavior defined by the Youngs
modulus E = 10MPa and Poissons ratio = 0.25 .
a) Obtain the volumetric deformation and the deviatoric part of the strain tensor;
b) Obtain the principal strains and the principal directions;
c) Obtain the Cauchy stress tensor components;
d) Obtain the maximum and minimum normal stress;
e) It is known that the material fails when the tangential stress exceeds the value 40 kPa .
Check if the material fails.
Solution:
a) Volumetric deformation ( V ):
V = I = Tr ( ) = ( 2 10) 10 3 = 12 10 3
Additive decomposition of the strain tensor = sph + dev , where the spherical part is
given by:
ijsph
0
4 0
Tr ( )
=
ij = 0 4 0 10 3
3
0 4
0
= ij
ijsph
2
0
3 0 4 0
2 3 0
3
= 3 10 0 0 4 0 10 = 3 6 0 10 3
0
0 0 4
0 4
0
0 0
2 + 12 + 11 = 0
12 10
2
(1) = 1.0
( 2 ) = 11
2 = 11.0 10 3
Draft
(i, j = 1,2)
512
3
10 (1) n (21) 0 3n1(1) 9n (21) = 0
restriction n1(1) + n (21) = 1 , with that we obtain (3n (21) ) 2 + n (21) = 1 n (21) =
n1(1) =
1
10
, and
3
10
10
, and n (22) =
3
10
We summarize as follows:
1 = 1 10 3
2 = 11 10 3
1 = 0
3
n i(1) =
10
direction
principal
direction
principal
principal direction
n i(3)
1
n (i 2 ) =
10
= [0 0 1]
1
10
3
10
where =
E
E
= 4 MPa , = G =
= 4 MPa , Tr ( ) = 12 10 3 :
(1 + )(1 2 )
2(1 + )
3 0
24
0
64
1 0 0
2
3
ij = 4 (12) 0 1 0 + 2 (4) 3 10 0 10 MPa = 24 128
0 kPa
0 0 1
0
0
48
0
0
0
As the material is isotropic, the principal directions of the stress and strain coincide. The
principal stresses can be obtained by working on the principal space
ij = Tr ( ) ij + 2 ij :
0
0
56
1 0 0
1 0 0
3
ij = 4 (12) 0 1 0 + 2 (4) 0 11 0 10 MPa = 0
136
0 kPa
0
0 0 1
0
48
0 0
0
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
513
S max = 44
II = 56
III = 136
I = 48
N (kPa)
I III
(48) (136)
=
= 44kPa
2
2
x = 0.22 10 3
y = 0.05 10 3
Draft
514
y
x
strain gauge
45
45
11 + 22 11 22
+
cos( 2) + 12 sin( 2)
2
2
The above equation was obtained by means of the transformation law, (see Chapter 1 of
the textbook), which in engineering notation becomes:
x =
x + y
2
x y
cos( 2) +
xy
2
sin( 2)
( + y ) ( x y )
2
x x
cos( 2) = 0.16 10 3
sin( 2)
2
2
thus
0.33 0.08 0
ij = 0.08 0.05 0 10 3
0
0
0
E
(1 2 ) x + y = 12 .0462 Pa
(1 + )(1 2 )
E
y =
(1 2 ) y + x = 3.5692 Pa
(1 + )(1 2 )
E
E
xy =
xy = 1.7846 Pa ; z =
x + y = 4.684 Pa
2(1 + )
(1 + )(1 2 )
x =
x + y
=
2
Draft
+ 2xy = 4.5988 Pa
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
515
( 10 3 )
Then, by solving the above equation we can find the eigenvalues (principal strains) given
by:
1 = 0.346155 10 3
2 = 0.06615528 10 3
0.9802 0.1979 0
Eigenvecto r associated with 2
0.1979 0.9802 0
associated with 3
Eigenvecto
r
0
0
1
ij = 1.7846 3.5692
0 Pa
0
0
4.684
We now obtain the characteristic determinant and in turn the eigenvalues (principal
stresses) 1 = 12.40654 , 2 = 3.208843 . Additionally, the eigenvectors of the stress tensor
are:
associated with 1
Eigenvecto
r
0.9802 0.1979 0
Eigenvecto r associated with 2
0.1979 0.9802 0
associated with 3
Eigenvecto
r
0
0
1
As expected, the eigenvectors of stress and strain are the same; since we are working with
isotropic linear elastic material.
b) Alternative solution for the stress tensor components:
Knowing the strain tensor components:
0.33 0.08 0
ij = 0.08 0.05 0 10 3
0
0
0
Draft
516
1 0 0
11 12 13
1 0 0
0.33 0.08 0
ij = Tr ( ) 0 1 0 + 2 12 22 23 = Tr ( ) 0 1 0 + 2 0.08 0.05 0 10 3
0 0 1
13 23 33
0 0 1
0
0
0
0
12.0461 1.784615
0 Pa
= 1.784615 3.5692
0
0
4.6846
As the material is isotropic, the tensors and share the same principal directions, then
we can use the same equation ij = Tr ( ) ij + 2 ij on the principal space, i.e.:
1 0 0
1 0 0
ij = Tr ( ) 0 1 0 + 2 0 2 0
0 0 1
0 0 3
0
0
0
0
1 0 0
0.346155
12.40752
3
0
0
3.20783
0 Pa
= Tr ( ) 0 1 0 + 2
0.0662 0 10 =
0 0 1
0
0
0
0
0
4.6846
Problem 6.29
A strain gauge (or strain gage) is a device used to obtain the strain in only one direction.
Consider a strain rosette that contains three strain gauges arranged according to a equilateral
triangle, (see Figure 6.21), and records the strain values according to the directions x1 , x1
and x1 .
x2
x1
x1
30
60
30
60
60
x1
Figure 6.21
= 1 10 4
11
= 4 10 4
11
+ 22 .
Obtain 22 = y , 212 = xy , 22 y . Show that 11 + 22 = 11
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
517
Using the component transformation law for the second-order tensor and considering the
2D-plane state, we obtain that:
=
11
11 + 22 11 22
+
cos( 21 ) + 12 sin( 21 )
2
2
(6.77)
=
11
11 + 22 11 22
+
cos( 2 2 ) + 12 sin( 2 2 )
2
2
(6.78)
2
+ 11
11 = 4.66667 10 4
11
3
2
Once the value 22 = 4.66667 10 4 is obtained, we can replace it into the equation (6.77)
and we obtain:
xy = 2 12 =
1
3
(411 11 3 22 ) = 3.46410 10 4
12 = 1.73205 10 4
11 + 22 11 22
+
cos( 2 3 ) + 12 sin( 2 3 ) = 0.33333 10 4
2
2
Checking that:
+ 22 = 0.66667 10 4
11 + 22 = 11
v ( x, y ) = 4 y 2 x 2 + 2 xy + 5
x, u
This structure consists of a material with the following elastic properties: E = 100 MPa ,
G = 35 .7 MPa , = 0.4 . Assuming that the structure is under a small deformation regimen:
a) Find the stress field, b) For the given displacement field, show whether the equilibrium
equations are satisfied or not.
Solution:
a) We can calculate the strain tensor components as:
x =
u
= 8 x + 2 y
x
y =
v
= 8 y + 2 x
y
xy =
u v
+
=0
y x
Draft
518
8 x + 2 y
ij =
0
0
0
8 y + 2 x 0
0
0
b) For a dam, as we have seen, we can adopt the approximation of plane strain condition:
x
1
E
y = (1 + )(1 2 )
xy
0
1
0
0
0
1
2
0 .6 0 .4 0 8 x + 2 y
x
y = 357 .1428 0.4 0.6 0 8 y + 2 x MPa
0
0
0
0
.
3
xy
x
4 x 2 y
y = 357.1428 2 x 4 y MPa
xy
0
z =
E
x + y = 357.1428 [( 8 x + 2 y ) + ( 8 y + 2 x ) ]
(1 + )(1 2 )
y
z
x
xy y yz
+
+
+ b y = 0
y
z
x
yz z
xz +
+
+ b z = 0
y
z
x
4 + 0 + 0 + 0 0 (fails)
(fails)
0 4 + 0 + 0 0
z
0 + 0 +
+0=0
z
So, the given displacement field does not satisfy the equilibrium equations.
Problem 6.31
A gravity dam of triangular cross section is made up of concrete with specific weight
equal to
5
, where is the specific weight of water. The shape and dimensions of the
2
cross section are indicated in Figure 6.22, and the stress field in the dam (state of plane
strain) is given by:
11 = x 2
22 =
( x1 3 x 2 )
2
12 = x1
1
4
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
519
NOTE: Although in the literature is known as the specific weight, also known as the
unit weight, in reality is the module of the body force per unit volume, i.e.
[]
r
r
r
r
N
m
= p = b = g , where b is the body force per unit mass b =
= 2 . Remember that
kg s
in the International System of Units (SI) the term specific is related to per unit mass,
which is not the case of , the correct term would be the weight density, since the term
density is related to per unit volume.
x1
O
= g
45
g -acceleration of gravity
- mass density
[ ] =
kg m
N
= 3
3
2
m s
m
x2
Figure 6.22
Solution:
a) The stress and strain fields in the dam:
x 2
ij = x1
x1
0
( x1 3 x 2 ) 0
2
0
33
11
ij = 12
0
12
22
0
0
0
0
We obtain the surface force by means on the traction vector t (n) = n . For the side AB
whose normal unit vector is n i = [0,1,0] , we obtain:
t 1 ( AB ) x 2
( AB )
t 2
= x1
t ( AB )
3
0
x1
0 0 x1
( x1 3 x 2 ) 0 1 = ( x1 3 x 2 )
2
33 0
0
0
The term Tr ( ) can be obtained by means of the double scalar product between
= Tr ( )1 + 2 and the second-order unit tensor, thus:
Draft
520
: 1 = Tr ( )1 : 1 + 2 : 1
Tr ( ) =
Tr ( ) = 3Tr ( ) + 2 Tr ( ) = [3 + 2 ]Tr ( )
+ 22 + 33
Tr ( )
= 11
3 + 2
3 + 2
3 + 2
(11 + 22 + 33 )
=
(11 + 22 )
33 1
3 + 2 3 + 2
33
3 + 2
(11 + 22 )
(11 + 22 ) = (11 + 22 )
2( + )
33 =
h
B
3h
2
( AB )
3 + 2
33 =
t1
t2
(according to x1 -direction)
( AB )
(according to x 2 -direction)
x1
O
45
2
A
(n )
x2
Figure 6.23
By replacing the values of 11 and 22 , we obtain:
33 =
.
2( + )
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
ij( A)
x 2
= x1
( x1 3x 2 )
0
= 0
2
0
( x1 5 x 2 ) 0
8
x1
521
0
3h
2
0
0 1 0
3
0 =0
2
5h
0
0
8
0 h
5
8
S max = 0.4375
1.5
N (h)
0.625
ij( B )
x 2
= x1
x1
( x1 3 x 2 )
2
0
h
0
= h
( x1 5 x 2 ) 0
8
0
(h 3h)
2
0
1 1 0
0
= 1 1 0 h
1
0 0
(h 5h)
2
(1 ) 2 1 = 0
(1 ) 2 = 1
( 1 ) = 1
1 = 2
2 = 0
S ( h)
S max = 1
0.5
N (h)
c) We can obtain the expression of the strain field by starting from the equation:
= Tr ( )1 + 2 :
Draft
522
= Tr ( )1 + 2
2 = Tr ( )1
Tr ( )1
2
2
Tr ( )
, then:
3 + 2
1
1
Tr ( )1 =
Tr ( )1
2
2
2
2 (3 + 2 )
=G =
E=
E
1
(1 + )
=
2(1 + )
2
E
1
1
(3 + 2 )
=
+
(3 + 2 ) E ( + )
=
=
2 (3 + 2 ) 2 E ( + ) E
Then:
=
Tr ( )1
2
2 (3 + 2 )
or
(1 + )
Tr ( )1
E
E
5
Tr ( ) = 11 + 22 + 33 = ( x 2 ) + ( x1 3 x 2 ) + ( x1 5 x 2 ) = ( x1 5 x 2 )
2
8
8
1
4
ij =
5
4E
5
4E
x 2
x1
0
1 0 0
5
( x1 5 x 2 ) 0 1 0
( x1 3 x 2 )
0
x1
E
2
32
0 0 1
0
[
x1 5 x 2 ]
0
1
x1
0
8 ( x1 + 3 x 2 )
x1
(3x1 + 7 x 2 ) 0
8
0
0
0
5
5
ij
( x1 5 x 2 ) ij
4E
32 E
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
523
Problem 6.32
Let us consider a two-dimensional problem such as into the domain ( ) the infinitesimal
strain field is given by:
N 1
x x
y = 0
xy N 1
y
N 2
x
0
N 1
y
N 1
x
0
N 2
y
0
N 2
y
N 2
x
N 3
x
0
N 3
y
(1)
u
0 v (1)
N 3 u ( 2 )
y v ( 2)
N 3 u (3)
x v (3)
(6.79)
where u (i ) , v (i ) are the displacement at the nodes associated with the directions x and y
respectively, and N1 = N 1 ( x, y ) , N 2 = N 2 ( x, y ) and N 3 = N 3 ( x, y ) are continuous
functions. Check whether the compatibility equation is satisfied or not. Express the
displacement field in terms of [ N ] and {u ( e ) } .
v ( 3)
u ( 3)
v ( 2)
u (2)
v (1)
u (1)
=0
xy
x22
x12
Engineering notation
2
2
2 x y xy
=0
+ 2
xy
x
y 2
(6.80)
x
x
y 2 y 2 x
y x
y x
y x
2 y
x 2
2 xy
xy
v +
v +
v =
v +
v +
v
2
y
y
x 2 y
yx 2
yx 2
yx
u +
u +
u +
v +
v +
v
xy x
x
x
y
y
y
N1 (1) N 2 ( 2 ) N3 (3)
N1 (1) N 2 ( 2 ) N3 (3)
u +
u +
u +
v +
v +
v
2
2
2
yx
yx
yx
xy 2
xy 2
xy 2
Draft
524
Then, by substituting the above derivative into the equation in (6.80) we can conclude that
the compatibility equation is satisfied.
The displacement field can be obtained as follows:
u N1 (1) N 2 ( 2 ) N 3 (3)
u
=
u +
u +
u =
N1u (1) + N 2u ( 2 ) + N 3u (3) =
x x
x
x
x
x
v
v N1 (1) N 2 ( 2) N 3 (3)
v =
N1v (1) + N 2v ( 2 ) + N 3v (3) =
v +
v +
=
y =
y
y
y
y
y y
x =
Thus,
u N1
=
v 0
0
N1
N2
0
0
N2
N3
0
u (1)
(1)
v
0 u ( 2)
N 3 v ( 2 )
u (3)
( 3)
v
{u( x, y )} = [ N ]{u( e ) }
x x
x
v
= 0
y =
y
xy u v
+ y
y x
u ( x, y )
= 0
y v( x, y )
x
y
N1
y 0
0
N1
N2
0
0
N2
N3
0
u (1)
(1)
v
0 u ( 2 )
N 3 v ( 2 )
u (3)
( 3)
v
or in compact form:
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
525
Problem 6.33
Consider the infinitesimal strain tensor field (2D):
12
x3 x 2
ij =
x3 x 2
12
( i, j = 1,2 )
(6.81)
I x3 = x 22 dA
A
b a
2 2
dx 2 dx3 =
b a
2 2
ba 3
. For boundary condition, consider that at x1 : P = 12 dA
12
A
and that at x1 = 0 x3 =
PL
.
EI x3
y
x
x2 , y
x2 , y
x3 , z
x1 , x
M x3
b
Cross section
Figure 6.25: Fixed-free beam (boundary conditions).
Solution:
Before applying the equilibrium equation we need to obtain the stress field. In Problem
6.24 (State of plane stress) the stress field was obtained as follows:
E x3 x 2
( 11 + 22 ) (1 ) 12
E
ij =
=
( 22 + 11 ) E
(1 2 ) (1 )12
(1 + ) 12
Draft
12
(1 + )
(6.82)
526
i1,1 + i 2, 2 = 0 i
11 12
x + x = 0
1
2
21 + 22 = 0
x1
x 2
(6.83)
21 + 22 = 0
x1
x 2
( E x3 x 2 )
E (12 )
+
=0
(1 + ) x 2
x1
E ( 12 ) = 0 (12 ) = 0
(1 + ) x1
x1
(6.84)
Note that 12 does not depend on x1 . From the first equilibrium equation we can obtain:
( E x3 x 2 )
x1
E ( 12 )
=0
(1 + ) x 2
x3
12
(1 + ) x 2 x3 ,1
= (1 + ) x 2
x1
x 2
integrating
12 = (1 + ) x3 ,1
x 22
+C
2
(6.85)
a
2
x2 =
12
1
a
= (1 + ) x3 ,1 + C = 0
2
2
x 22
x 2 (1 + ) x3 ,1 a 2 (1 + ) x3 ,1
+ C = (1 + ) x3 ,1 2
=
2
2
2
4
2
2 a2
x2
(6.86)
x3 x 2
ij =
(1 + ) x ,1
a2
3
x 22
2
4
(1 + ) x3 ,1 2 a 2
x2
2
4
x3 x 2
E x3 x 2
ij =
E
(1 + ) 12
E
Ex 2
12
(1 + )
=
2
E x3 ,1 2 a
0
x
2
4
2
Draft
E x3 ,1 2 a 2
x2
2
4
0
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
527
P = 12 dA =
A
E x3 ,1 2 a 2
E x3 ,1
x2
dA =
2
4
2
A
2 a2
x2
dA
4
A
2
E x3 ,1
E x3 ,1 2
a 2 E x3 ,1
x 2 dA a dA =
Ix
A =
2 A
4 A
2 3
4
2
E x3 ,1
3ba 3 E x3 ,1
Ix
=
=
I x3 3I x3 = E x3 ,1 I x3
2 3
12
2
a2
Ix
ba
3
4
(6.87)
x3 ,1 =
P
EI x3
(6.88)
x3
x1
P
EI x3
integratin
g
x3 =
P
P
x1 + C =
( L x1 )
EI x3
EI x3
(6.89)
PL
PL
) to obtain C =
.
EI x3
EI x3
Px 2
( x1 L)
I x3
22 = 0
12 =
P
2 I x3
a2
2
4 x2
(6.90)
Py
( x L)
Iz
y = 0
xy =
P
2I z
a2
2
4 y
x2 = 2 12 = 0
12 ( x2 )
3P
x = 0 =
12
12 max =
2
2A
12
x1
P = 12 dA
A
Draft
528
P
2 I x3
a2
2
4 x2
x =0
12 max =
Pa 2 3P 3P
=
=
8 I x3 2ab 2 A
x2
Lx1 1
+ f 1 ( x 2 ) + C1
11 =
u1
Px 2
P
g in x1
=
u1 ( x 2 , x1 ) =
( L x1 ) x 2 integratin
x1
EI x3
EI x3
22 =
u 2
x2
P
P
g in x2
=
( L x1 ) x 2 integratin
u 2 ( x 2 , x1 ) =
( L x1 ) 2 + f 2 ( x1 ) + C 2
x 2
EI x3
EI x3
2
Px 2
u1 ( x 2 , x1 ) =
EI x3
u ( x , x ) = P
2 2 1
2 EI x3
x2
Lx1 1 + f 1 ( x 2 )
x 22 ( L
(6.91)
x1 ) + f 2 ( x1 )
u1 u 2
P
+
=
x 2 x1 EI x3
x2
Lx1 1
f 1 ( x 2 )
P 2 f 2 ( x1 )
+
x2 +
x 2
x1
2 EI x3
(6.92)
Note that we obtained previously that 12 is independent of x1 , so, the following must
hold:
P
EI x3
x 2 f ( x )
Lx1 1 + 2 1 = 0
2
x1
g in x1
integratin
f 2 ( x1 ) =
P
EI x3
f 2 ( x1 )
P
=
x1
EI x3
x2
Lx1 1
Lx12 x13
2 6
u1 u 2 f 1 ( x 2 )
P 2
a 2 P (1 + ) 2 a 2
=
x2
+
=
x 2 = (1 + ) x3 ,1 x 22
x 2 x1
x 2
2 EI x3
4
4
EI x3
f 1 ( x 2 )
P 2 P (1 + ) 2 a 2
x2
x2 =
2 EI x3
4
x 2
EI x3
f 1 ( x 2 )
P 2 P(1 + ) 2 a 2
x2
=
x2
2 EI x3
4
x 2
EI x3
P x 23 P (1 + ) x 23 a 2
x2
2 EI x3 3
4
EI x3 3
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
Px 2
u1 ( x 2 , x1 ) =
EI x3
u 2 ( x 2 , x1 ) = 2 EI
x3
529
x2
P (1 + ) x 23 a 2
Lx1 1 + P x 23
6 EI
3 4 x2
2
EI
x3
x3
x 22 ( L
P
x1 ) +
EI x3
(6.93)
Lx12 x13
2 6
NOTE 2: We will check the compatibility equation for two-dimensional problem, (see
Problem 5.11 NOTE 3),
2 11
x 22
Note that
2 x3
x12
2 22
x12
2 x3
2 x3
2 12
2
= 0 + x 2
2(1 + ) x 2
=0 X
x1 x 2
x12
x12
The problem presented previously is only valid if we discard completely the dimension x3 .
The reason follows.
As we are treating the problem by the state of plane stress we do not have stress i 3 but
we have the strain 33 0 , (see Problem 6.24). Then, the strain field becomes:
x3 x 2
(1 + ) x ,1
a2
3
x 22
ij =
2
4
(1 + ) x3 ,1 2 a 2
x2
2
4
x x 2
3
x3 x 2
For the above strain field, the compatibility equations, (see Problem 5.11), are not satisfied,
i.e.:
2 33 2 22
2 23
=0 X
2
2 +
x2 x3
x32
x2
2
2 11
2 13
233 +
=0 X
2
x1x3
x32
x1
2
2
2
11 + 22 2 12 = 0 X
x22
x1x2
x12
2
2
23 + 13 12 33 = ( x2 x2 ) = 0
x2 ,1
x3 x1 x2 x3 x1x2
x1x2
23 13 12 2 11
=0 X
+
+
x1 x1 x2 x3 x2 x3
2
23 13 + 12 22 = 0 X
x2 x1 x2 x3 x1x3
2 x3
x12
(it fails)
Draft
530
Problem 6.34
In Problem 5.15 we have shown the Stress Formulation for three-dimensional elasticity.
Obtain the equivalent formulation for two-dimensional elasticity, i.e. considering the state
of plane stress and strain.
Solution:
As seen in Problem 5.5, the governing equations, for an isotropic linear elastic material in
small deformation regime, are:
Tensorial notation
Indicial notation
r
&r& = ar (2 equations)
+ b = u
&&i = ai (2 equations)
ij , j + bi = u
( ) = Tr ( )1 + 2 (3 equations)
(6.94)
r
= sym u (3 equations)
ij =
1 u i u j
+
2 x j x i
(3 equations)
where we have also considered two-dimensional problem ( i, j = 1,2 ). Note that for twodimensional problem we have 8 equations and 8 unknowns namely, ui (2 unknowns), ij
(3 unknowns) and ij (3 unknowns). The kinematic equations can be replaced by the
compatibility equations (see Problem 5.11):
ij , kl + kl ,ij il , jk jk ,il = O ijkl
In the two-dimensional case the compatibility equations (see Problem 5.11 NOTE 3)
reduce to:
S 33 =
2 11
x 22
2 22
x12
2
2
2 12
2 x y xy
Engineering Notation
= 0
S z =
+
= 0 (6.95)
x1 x 2
xy
y 2
x 2
i1,1 + i 2, 2 + bi = u
&&1
11,1 + 12, 2 + b1 = u
&&
21,1 + 22, 2 + b 2 = u2
(i = 1,2)
11 12
&&
x + x + b1 = u1 = a1
1
2
21 + 22 + b = u
&&2 = a2
2
x1
x2
or in engineering notation:
x xy
11 12
&&1
+
+ b x = a x
x + x + b 1 = u
y
1
x
2
Engineering Notation
21 + 22 + b = u
xy + y + b = a
&& 2
2
y
y
x1
x
x 2
y
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
531
We take the derivative of the first equation with respect to x and the second one with
respect to y :
x xy
+
+ b x = a x
y
x
xy + y + b = a
y
y
x
y
2 x 2 xy
( a x b x )
=
2 +
xy x
x
2
2
xy y
+
=
( a y b y )
xy
2
y
y
2 xy
2 x
=
+ ( a x b x )
x
x 2
xy
2
2 y
xy
=
+ ( a y b y )
xy
y
y 2
(1)
( 2)
2 xy
xy
2 y
2 x
(
b
)
+ ( a y b y )
+
x
x
y 2 y
x 2 x
(6.96)
1
0
x
0 y
2(1 + ) xy
0
x = E x E y
x + y
y =
E
E
2(1 + )
xy
xy =
E
By replace the above strain components into the compatibility equation (kinematic
equations), and by consider the homogeneous material, we can obtain:
2
2
2 x y xy
=0
+
xy
y 2
x 2
2
2 1
2
1
2(1 + )
xy = 0
x
y
x
y
2
2
E x E
E xy E
y E
2
2
2
1 2 x y 2 x 1 y 2(1 + ) xy
=0
E y 2
E y 2
E x 2
E x 2
E
xy
(6.97)
2
2 y
2 xy
2 x
2 x y
+
2(1 + )
=0
xy
y 2
y 2
x 2
x 2
To consider simultaneously the two equations of motion we use the equation in (6.96):
2 y
2 x
+
+
+
2(1 + )
= (1 + )
+
(
)
(
1
)
(
)
x
x
y
y
2
2
y
x
xy
y
2 xy
and by replace the above equation into the equation (6.97) we can obtain:
Draft
532
2
2 y
2 xy
2 x
2 x y
2
(
1
+
)
=0
xy
y 2
y 2
x 2
x 2
2
2 y
2 x
2 x
2 x y
b
(
1
)
(
a
)
x
x
2
x
y 2
y 2
x 2
x 2
x
2 y
(1 + )
+ ( a y b y ) = 0
2
y
2 x 2 x y y
+
+
+
= (1 + ) ( a x b x ) + ( a y b y )
2
2
2
2
y
x
y
y
x
(6.98)
For the static or quasi-static case the above equation reduces to:
Stress formulation 2D The state of plane stress (static case)
2
2
2 x 2 x y y
+
+
+
= (1 + ) ( b x ) + ( b y )
2
2
2
2
y
x
y
y
x
(6.99)
1
1
0
0
0 x
0 y
2 xy
(1 + )
(1 + )(1 )
x
y
x =
E
E
(1 + )
(1 + )(1 )
x +
y
y =
E
E
2(1 + )
xy
xy =
E
By replace the above strain components into the compatibility equation (kinematic
equations), and by consider the homogeneous material, we can obtain:
2
2
2 x y xy
+
=0
xy
y 2
x 2
2 (1 + )(1 )
(1 + ) 2
y + 2
x
E
E
y 2
x
(1 + )(1 )
(1 + )
x +
y
E
E
2 2(1 + )
xy = 0
xy E
(1 )
(6.100)
2 y
2 y
2 xy
2 x
2 x
+
(
1
2
=0
xy
y 2
y 2
x 2
x 2
To consider simultaneously the two equations of motion we use the equation in (6.96):
2 x
2 y
b
+
2
=
+
(
)
(
)
x
x
y
y
2
y
xy x 2 x
y
2 xy
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
533
and by replace the above equation into the equation (6.100) we can obtain:
(1 )
2 y
2 xy
2 y
2 x
2 x
(
1
)
2
=0
xy
y 2
y 2
x 2
x 2
(1 )
2 y
2 y 2 x
2 x
2 x
(
1
)
+ ( a x b x )
2
2
2
2
2
x
y
y
x
x
x
2 y
(
b
)
+
=0
y
y
2
y
2 x 2 x y y
1
+
+
+
=
( a x b x ) + ( a y b y )
2
2
2
2
(1 ) x
y
x
y
y
x
(6.101)
For the static or quasi-static case the above equation reduces to:
Stress formulation 2D The state of plane strain (static case)
2
2
2 x 2 x y y
1
+
+
+
=
( b x ) + ( b y )
2
2
2
2
y
(1 ) x
x
y
y
x
(6.102)
NOTE 1: Recall that the body forces can be represented by means of the potential , i.e.
r
r
2
y 2
y =
2
x 2
xy = yx =
2
xy
(6.103)
thus
x = +
2
y 2
y = +
2
x 2
(6.104)
Substituting the above stress components into the equation (6.99) and by consider the mass
density field homogeneous we can obtain:
2
2
b y
b
2 x 2 x y y
+
+
= (1 + ) ( b x ) + ( b y ) = (1 + ) x +
+
2
2
2
2
y
y
y
y
x
x
x
2
x 2
2 2
+ 2 + 2
y y
2 2
+ 2 + 2
y y
2 2
+ 2 + 2
x x
2 2
2
+ 2 = (1 + ) 2 + 2
y
x
x
2 2
2 2
4
4
4
2
2
(
1
)
=
+
+
+
+
+
2 + 2
x 2 y 2
y
x 2 y 2 y 4
x 4
x
2 2
4
4
4
2
[(
1
)
2
]
=
+
+
+
2 + 2
y
x 2 y 2 y 4
x 4
x
Draft
534
thus:
Stress formulation 2D The state of plane stress (static case)
2 2
4
4
4
+
+
=
2
(
1
)
2 + 2
x 2 y 2 y 4
y
x 4
x
(6.105)
Now, if the stress components (6.104) into the equation (6.102) we can obtain:
2
x 2
2 2
+ 2 + 2
y y
2 2
+ 2 + 2
y y
2 2
+ 2 + 2
x x
2
b x b y
+ 2 =
+
y
x (1 ) x
2 2
4
4
4
2 2
+
+
+
+
=
2
2
x 2 y 2 (1 ) x 2 + y 2
x 4
x 2 y 2 y 4
2 2
1
4
4
4
2 + 2
+
+
=
2
2
(1 )
y
x 4
x 2 y 2 y 4
x
thus
Stress formulation 2D The state of plane strain (static case)
4
4
4
(1 2 ) 2 2
=
+
+
+
(1 ) x 2 y 2
x 4
x 2 y 2 y 4
(6.106)
Near to the Earth surface the body forces can be considered uniform (homogenous field),
hence
2 2
4xr = 0
,iijj = 0
(i, j = 1,2)
(6.107)
NOTE 2: References
Reference
LAIER, J.E. & BARREIRO, J.C. (1983). Complementos de Resistncias dos Materiais. Publicao
073/92, So Carlos, Universidade de So Paulo, Escola de Engenharia de So Carlos.
SECHLER, E. (1952). Elasticity in Engineering. John Willey & Sons, Inc. new York.
UGURAL, A.C. & FENSTER, S.K. (1981). Advanced strength and applied elasticity. Edward Arnold,
London - U.K.
NOTE 3: Note that, by using the stress function we have reduced the original problem (8
equations and 8 unknowns, (see Eq. (6.94))) to 1 equation (6.107) and 1 unknown ( ).
Recall that the analytical solution (exact) in most practical cases is quite complex and even
impossible to be obtained. So we resort to numerical technique, which consists in: given a
problem we obtain the solution. During the era of G.B. Airy (1862) the only possible
solution was the analytical one, since the numerical techniques were scarce. Then, they used
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real Spain
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
535
to address the elastic problem through inverse method (Laier&Barreiro (1983)), i.e. for a given
solution of the equation (6.107) they seek which problem represents such solution.
The stress function can be adopted by a polynomial function, (see Figure 6.27):
= K 1 + K 2 x + K 3 y + K 4 x 2 + K 5 xy + K 6 y 2 + K 7 x 3 + K 8 x 2 y + K 9 xy 2
+ K 10 y 3 + K 11 x 4 + K 12 x 3 y + K 13 x 2 y 2 + K 14 xy 3 + K 15 xy 4 + K 16 x 5
4
(6.108)
+ K 17 x y + K 18 x y + K 19 x y + K 20 xy + K 21 y + K 22 x + L
constant term
x2
x3
x4
x5 x4 y
y2
xy
x2 y
x3 y
lineal terms
xy 2
x2 y2
x3 y 2
quadratic terms
y3
xy 3
x2 y3
cubic terms
y4
quartic terms
xy 4
y5
quintuple terms
(6.109)
where K1 , K 2 , and K3 are constants. If we are not considering the body forces the stress
field (6.103) becomes:
2
= K 5
(6.110)
xy
r
Note that the stress field is homogenous, i.e. it is independent of x . For the particular case
when K 4 = K 5 = 0 we obtain the problem represented by a rod subjected to axial force F
x =
2
= 2K 6
y 2
y =
2
= 2K 4
x 2
xy =
x = A = 2 K 6
y = 0
xy = 0
K6 =
F
2A
Draft
536
x 2K 6
F
x = E = E = EA
2K 6 F
x
=
=
y =
E
E
EA
xy = 0
y, v
2 D ( x, y )
A (Area)
x, u
x =
F
A
u ( x, y ) =
= x =
x
EA
EA
v
F integrating in y
F
y + f 2 ( x) + C 2
v( x, y ) =
= y =
EA
EA
y
v u
= xy = 0
+
x y
y + f 2 ( x) + C 2 +
x + f1 ( y ) + C1 = 0
x EA
y EA
f ( x) f1 ( y )
2
+
=0
x
y
f ( x)
f ( y )
2
= 1
x
y
and
f 2 ( x)
= C 3
x
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
537
u ( x, y ) = EA x + C 3 y + C1
v( x, y ) = F y C x + C
3
2
EA
2 D ( x, y )
A (Area)
x, u
x =
F
A
v( x = 0, y = 0) = 0 u ( x = 0, y = 0) = C 2 = 0
u ( x = 0, y ) = 0 u ( x = 0, y = 0) = C = 0
3
u = EA x
v = F y
EA
Problem 6.35
Obtain the displacement field for a problem (without body force) described in Figure 6.30.
As boundary condition consider that at ( x = 0, y = 0, z = 0) (u = 0, v = 0, w = 0) .
Solution:
Let us assume the following Airy stress function:
= K 4 x 2 + K 5 xy + K 6 y 2
(6.111)
2
= 2 K6
y 2
y =
2
= 2K4
x 2
Draft
xy =
2
= K5 = 0
xy
(6.112)
538
rigid
p
Figure 6.30
Note that K 5 = 0 since normal stress only produce normal strain, so, xy = 0 xy = 0 .
Note also that according to the Figure 6.30 we can conclude that
x =
2
= 2K6 = p
y 2
K6 =
p
2
For this problem we have that y = 0 and by considering the stress considering the state of
plane stress, (see Problem 6.24), we can obtain the stress field:
x
1
0 x
1
0 x
x
E
E
E
1
0 y =
0 0=
x
y = (1 2 ) 1
2
2
(
1
)
(
1
)
1
1
xy
0
0
0
0
0
0
xy
2
2
E
x (1 2 )
x
(1 2 ) p
E
y = x
= x = p
2
(1 )
0
xy
0
0
Note that from the above equation we can obtain the normal strain x
(1 2 )
p.
E
1
y = 0 = E
xy = 0
0
1
0
x y
( p ) (p)
x
1
p
1
0 y = y x = (p ) ( p) =
E
E
E
2(1 + ) xy
0
0
(1 2 )
0
0
( x + y ) (1 2 ) p (1 2 )
(1 + )
=
Tr ( ) =
p=
p
=
(1 )
(1 ) E E (1 )
E
E
Taking into account the definition of the normal strain we can obtain:
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real Spain
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
u p
(1 2 )
=
E
x
w (1 + )
p
z =
=
E
z
g in x
integratin
x =
g in z
integratin
539
p
(1 2 ) x + C1
E
(1 + ) p
w=
z + C2
E
u=
2
u = E (1 ) x
v = 0
(1 + ) p
w =
z
E
Problem 6.36
Consider the Airy stress function:
= K 10 y 3
(6.113)
where K10 is a constant. Which is the problem governed by the Airy stress function
(6.113)? Obtain the stress, strain and displacement fields. Consider the state of plane stress.
Solution:
If we are not considering the body forces the stress field (6.103) becomes:
x =
2
= 6 K 10 y
y 2
y =
2
=0
x 2
xy =
2
=0
xy
(6.114)
Note that the stress field x = x ( y ) depends only on y . For a given cross section of the
rod we have:
Resultant force on the cross-section:
a
2
F = x dA =
b
2
6K
10 ydzdy
=0
a b
2 2
M = y x dA = 6 K 10 y 2 dA = 6 K10 y 2 dA = 6 K 10 I z
A
where I z = y 2 dA is the moment of inertia of the cross-sectional area about the z axis.
A
Note that, this is the case of pure bending, (see Figure 6.31). We can also obtain that
M = 6 K10 I z
K10 =
M
.
6I z
Let us analyze the sign of M . According to our sign convention the moment is positive if
the moment vector has the same sense as the axis, e.g. the vector M z is positive if it has
the same sense as the z -axis, (see Figure 6.31). Note also that according to this sign
convention we have x < 0 for values of y > 0 , so, for a positive value of M z we have
K 10 < 0 :
Draft
540
K 10 =
Mz
6I z
Mz
y
Iz
y = 0
xy = 0
x = E = E = EI y
z
x
6 K 10 y M z
y
=
=
y =
E
E
EI z
xy = 0
y
x
y
Mz
z
x
Mz
b
Cross section
Figure 6.31
Displacement field (Pure bending):
Mz
Mz
u
integrating in x
yx + f 1 ( y ) + C1
u ( x, y ) =
x = x = EI y
EI
z
z
v
Mz
Mz 2
g in y
y integratin
y + f 2 ( x) + C 2
v( x, y ) =
= y =
EI z
2 EI z
y
v u
= xy = 0
+
x y
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
541
v u
+
= xy = 0
x y
Mz
M z 2
y + f 2 ( x) + C 2 +
yx + f 1 ( y ) + C1 = 0
x 2 EI z
y EI z
f ( x) M z
f ( y )
2
+
x+ 1
=0
x
EI z
y
f 2 ( x) M z
f ( y )
+
x= 1
x
EI z
y
x = C3
x
EI z
and
f 1 ( y )
= C 3
y
x = C3
x
EI z
f 1 ( y )
= C 3
y
f1 ( y ) = C 3 y
f 2 ( x) = C 3 x +
Mz 2
x
2 EI z
u = EI yx + f 1 ( y ) + C1 = EI yx C 3 y + C1
z
z
Mz 2
Mz
M
M
z
z
v =
y 2 + f 2 ( x) + C 2 =
y 2 + C3 x +
x + C2 =
( y 2 + x 2 ) + C 3 x + C 2
2 EI z
2 EI z
2 EI z
2 EI z
where the constants C1 , C2 and C3 can be obtained by means of the problem boundary
conditions. Let us assume that the rod has the boundary condition as indicated in Figure
6.32, in which one end of the beam has a fixed support (clamped or cantileved) and the
other end is free.
y, v
Mz
u = 0
( x = 0, y = 0)
v = 0
x, u
u = 0
v
and ( x = 0, y ) = 0
( x = 0, y 0)
x
v 0
Deformation
Draft
542
v( x = 0, y = 0) = 0 u ( x = 0, y = 0) = C 2 = 0
v ( x, y ) =
Mz
( y 2 + x 2 ) + C 3 x + C 2
2 EI z
v( x, y ) M z
x + C3
=
EI z
x
v( x = 0, y = 0)
= 0 = C3
x
2 v ( x, y ) M z
, the second derivative of the deflection v( x, y ) is positive.
=
EI z
x 2
u ( x, y ) = EI xy
M
z
v( x, y ) =
( y 2 + x 2 )
2 EI z
Mz 2
x .
2 EI z
Problem 6.37
Obtain the stress field for a problem (without body force) which is represented by the Airy
stress function:
= K 5 xy + K 10 y 3 + K 14 xy 3
(6.115)
at ( y = ) xy = 0
at x P = xy dA , where A = ab is the area of the rectangular cross section
A
at x = 0 M = PL (Bending moment)
Solution:
For the problem we have
= K 5 y + K14 y 3
x
= K 5 x + 3K 10 y 2 + 3K14 xy 2
y
Then,
x =
2
= 6 K 10 y + 6 K 14 xy
y 2
y =
2
=0
x 2
xy =
2
= ( K 5 + 3K 14 y 2 )
xy
(6.116)
a
2
Draft
K 5 = 3K 14
a2
4
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
543
a2
a2
3K 14 y 2 = 3K 14
xy = 3K 14
y 2
a2
a2
y 2 dA = 3K 14
P = xy dA = 3K 14
4
4
A
A
a2
dA y 2 dA = 3K 14
A I z
A
A
a2
3ba 3
P = 3K 14
I z = 3K 14 (3I z I z ) = 6 K 14 I z
ab I z = 3K 14
4
12
P
K 14 =
6I z
P
xy
Iz
y = 0
xy =
P
2I z
a2
2
4 y
(6.117)
P
P
x y 2 dA
xy ydA = 6 K 10 y 2 dA +
M ( x) = x ydA = 6 K 10 y +
Iz A
Iz
A
A
A 23
1
123
=I z
M ( x) = 6 K 10 I z +
=I z
P
xI z
Iz
M ( x) = 6 K 10 I z + Px
K 10 =
PL
6I z
Py
( x L)
Iz
y = 0
xy =
P
2I z
a2
2
4 y
(6.118)
Draft
544
or
or
with
u1 = u1 ( x 2 , x3 )
(6.119)
2u 2u
G 21 + 21 = 0 , where G is the shear modulus
x3
x2
u1
u1
G
x 3 + G
+ x 2 = 0
x 2 x 2
x 3 x3
(6.120)
(6.121)
x1 = x
x, x1
MT
z = x3
z = x3
P2
x1
S2
P2
y = x2
y = x2
x1
S1
r
r
P1
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
545
Obs.:
With these hypotheses, in general, the transversal cross section does not remain planar after
deformation.
Considering the prismatic body and by applying the torque at the free end, the body
displaces as indicated in Figure 6.33.
Solution:
Consider the point P1 located on the fixed section S1 whose position vector is r (see
Figure 6.33). Let us consider another cross section S 2 (free to rotate and warping) which
distance from the section S1 is x1 and by projecting the point P1 on the cross section S 2
we obtain the point P2 . After the torque is applied the point P2 moves to P2 as indicated
in Figure 6.34.
x3
x2 = r cos
u2
x3 = r sin
P2
r 2 = x 22 + x32
u3
rx1
x1
P2
x2
u3 = r x1 cos = x2 x1
(6.122)
where x2 = r cos , x3 = r sin , and u2 stands for the displacement according x2 -direction,
and u3 is the displacement according to the x3 -direction. The displacement of the point P2
according to the x1 -direction can be any, thus we summarize:
u1 = u1 ( x 2 , x 3 )
u 2 = x 3 x1
u 3 = x 2 x1
(6.123)
The displacement u1 (warping function) is the warping of the cross section, which is
independent of x1 .
Draft
546
(Kinematic equations)
The strain-displacement relationships become:
11 =
u1
=0;
x1
12
1 u1 u2
+
2 x2 x1
1 u1
x3 ;
2 x2
22 =
u 2
= 0;
x 2
23
33 =
1 u2 u3
+
2 x3 x2
1
= ( x1 + x1 ) ;
2
=0
13
u 3
= 0;
x3
1 u1 u3
+
2 x3 x1
1 u
= 1 + x2
2 x3
Thus
11 12
ij = 12 22
13 23
13
1 u
23 = 1 x3
2 x2
33
u
1 + x2
x3
u1
x3
x2
0
0
u1
x + x2
3
(6.124)
Note that the compatibility equations, (see Problem 5.11), are satisfied automatically, since
the displacement field is continuous. By means of the compatibility equations we can also
conclude that:
233 2 22
2 23
2
(a)
+
=0
S11 =
x2x3
x22
x32
233 211
213
S22 =
2
(b)
+
=0
x1x3
x12
x32
2
2
2
S = 11 + 22 2 12 = 0
(c)
33 x22
x1x2
x12
2
S = 23 + 13 12 33 = 0
12 x3 x1
x2 x3 x1x2
23 13 12 211
+
+
=0
S23 =
x1 x1
x2 x3 x2x3
S13 = 23 13 + 12 22 = 0
x2 x1 x2 x3 x1x3
(6.125)
(d)
(e)
(f)
x3 x2 x3
13 12
=0
+
x2 x2 x3
12 13
x x = constant
2
3
+ x2 = ( ) =
x3
=
x3 x2 2 x3 x2
2
2 x2 x3
In other words, the compatibility equations are satisfied if the following is true:
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
12 13
=
x3 x2
notation
Engineerin
g
547
xy
x3
xz
= 2
x2
(Constitutive equations)
The constitutive equations are given by:
ij =
E
E
E
kk ij +
ij =
ij
(1 + )(1 2 )
(1 + )
(1 + )
(6.126)
Note that kk = 0 (trace of is zero). Then, by replace the strain field into the above
equation we can obtain:
1 E u1
E
ij =
ij =
x3
(1 + )
2 (1 + ) x2
1 + x2
x3
u1
x3
x2
13
u
0 = G 1 x3
x2
0
u
1 + x2
x3
u1
x3
x2
0
= 12
13
12
0
0
0
0
0
0
u1
x + x2
3
u1
x
2
x
(6.127)
Let us suppose that we need to obtain the stress components in a new system x1 x 2 x 3 ,
which is formed by a rotation around the x1 -axis (see Figure 6.35). Then the
transformation matrix from x1 x 2 x 3 to x1 x 2 x 3 is given as follows:
a11
a ij = a 21
a 31
a12
a 22
a 32
a13 1 0
a 23 = 0 n 2
a 33 0 s 2
0
n 3
s 3
(6.128)
Recall that the component transformation, (see Problem 1.99), for a second-order tensor is
given by
ij = aik a jl kl
Matricial
= AA T
Voigt
{ } = [M]{ }
where
a11 2
2
a 21
2
[M] = a 31
a 21 a11
a a
31 21
a 31 a11
a12 2
a 22 2
a 32 2
a 22 a12
a 32 a 22
a 32 a12
a13 2
a 23 2
a 33 2
a13 a 23
a 33 a 23
a 33 a13
2a11 a12
2a 21 a 22
2a 31 a 32
(a11 a 22 + a12 a 21 )
(a 31 a 22 + a 32 a 21 )
(a 31 a12 + a 32 a11 )
2a12 a13
2a 22 a 23
2a 32 a 33
(a13 a 22 + a12 a 23 )
(a 33 a 22 + a 32 a 23 )
(a 33 a12 + a 32 a13 )
2a11 a13
2a 21 a 23
2a 31 a 33
(a13 a 21 + a11 a 23 )
(a 33 a 21 + a 31 a 23 )
(a 33 a11 + a 31 a13 )
Then, for this particular transformation (see Eq. (6.128)), we can obtain:
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real - Spain
Draft
548
1
0
11
0 n 2
2
22
33 0 s 22
=
0
0
12
23 0 s 2 n 2
0
0
13
0
n 32
s 32
0
s 3 n 3
0
0
0
n 2
2n 2 n 3
2s 2 s 3
0
s 2
(s 3n 2 + s 2 n 3 )
0
0 11 = 0
0 22 = 0
0 33 = 0
=
n 3 12 n 2 12
0 23 = 0
s 3 13 s 2 12
+ n 3 13
+ s 3 13
0
(6.129)
x3
x3
x3
x2
13
12
x2
= AA T
x2
x3
cross section
13
12
x2
Figure 6.35.
(Equilibrium equations)
Using the equilibrium equations without considering the body forces we can obtain:
11 12 13
+
+
=0
x2
x3
x1
12 22 23
+
+
=0
x3
x2
x1
13 23 33
x + x + x = 0
2
3
1
12 13
+
=0
x3
x2
12
= 0 12 = 12 ( x2 , x3 )
x1
13
= 0 13 = 13 ( x2 , x3 )
x1
(6.130)
Note that the stresses 12 and 13 are not function of x1 , i.e. they do not vary with x1 . By
replace the values of 12 and 13 into the first equation of the equilibrium equations we
obtain:
12 13
+
=0
x 2
x 3
G
x 2
u1
x3
x 2
+ G
x 3
Draft
u1
x + x 2
3
= 0
(6.131)
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
549
2u
2 u1
=0
G 21 +
2
x
3
2
2u1 = 0
(6.132)
u1 = u1 ( x2 , x3 )
where
(6.133)
13 x2
12 x3 )dA
(6.134)
By using the stress components 12 and 13 given by the equations in (6.127), the above
equation can also be written as follows:
MT =
x2
u
u
(13 x2 12 x3 )dA = G 1 + x2 x2 1 x3 x3 dA
x3
u x u x
u
M T = G 1 x2 + x22 1 x3 + x32 dA = G 1 2 1 3 + x22 + x32 dA
x3
x2
x3 x2
A
A
M T = GJT
(6.135)
u x
JT = 1 2 1 3 + x22 + x32 dA
x3 x2
(6.136)
The shearing forces according to the x2 -direction and x3 -direction are equal to cero, so:
u
Qx2 = 12dA = G 1 x3 dA = 0
x2
A
A
Qx3 = 13dA = G 1 + x2 dA = 0
x3
A
A
(6.137)
where we have used the stress components 12 and 13 given by the equations in (6.127).
To complete the boundary conditions for the torsion problem we introduce the boundary
condition defined by the absence of normal stress component on the external surface of
= 0 on the boundary surface. By means of Eq. (6.129) we can
the prismatic body, 13
conclude that:
11
22
33
=
n 2 12
12
23
s 2 12
13
0
0
0
0
0
0
=
+ n 3 13 0
0
0
+ s 3 13
Draft
(6.138)
550
x3
x2
x3
On boundary surface - :
=0
12
13
x2
cross section
Figure 6.36:
NOTE 1: Prismatic circular cross-sectional rod
Note that, when the cross section is circular there is no warping, since u1 = 0 .
A
MT
x1 =
dx1 = d
=
x1
d
dx1
12
13
x3 x2
0
0
23 = x3
0
0 = x3
2
2
x2
x2
33
0
0
22
23
x3
x2
0
0
0
0
12
22
23
13 0
Gx3 Gx 2
0
23 = Gx3
0
0 = G x 3
x 2
33 Gx 2
0
0
Draft
x3
0
0
x2
0
0
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
z, x 3
551
13
max =
MT
R
JT
12
max
(r )
13
12
y, x 2
R
13 x 2
12 x3 )dA =
((Gx
2 ) x2
(6.139)
= G r 2 dA = GJ T
A
where JT = r 2 dA =
A
R 4
is the polar inertia moment.
2
(G) 2 ( x 22 + x 32 ) = 2
(G) 2 r 2 = 2
(r ) = Gr
MT
holds, with which the above
JT
( r ) =
MT
r
JT
(6.140)
and the unit torsion angle (angle of twist per unit length) can be obtained as follows:
=
MT
GJT
(r )
Gr
M T (r )
=
= G
r
JT
(6.141)
Draft
(r = R ) = max =
MT
R
JT
552
For the hollow circular section the expressions are the same in which the polar inertia
z, x 3
JT =
4
( R2 R14 )
2
max
(r )
r
R1
y, x 2
R2
x3
13 =
x2
(6.142)
=0
x2 x3 x3 x2
Recall that the governing equation for the linear elastic problem can be represented by the
6 stress components, which is known as stress formulation (see Problem 5.15 and
Problem 5.18). In addition, if we are considering a static problem in which the body force
r
does not vary with x we fall back in Beltramis equations (see Problem 5.15-NOTE 1):
ij , kk +
2xr
1
kk ,ij = 0ij
(1 + )
1
+
xr [ xr [Tr ( )]] = 0
(1 + )
Beltramis equations
(6.143)
ij = G 1 x3
x2
u
1 + x2
x3
u1
x3
x2
0
0
Draft
u1
+ x2
x3
0
0
= 12
13
0
12
0
0
13
0
0
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
553
where the trace of stress tensor is cero kk = 0 , the Beltramis equations become:
ij ,kk = ij ,11 + ij , 22 + ij , 22 = 0ij
ij ,kk
ij ,kk
12, 22
22, 22
23, 22
13, 22 11,33
23, 22 + 12,33
33, 22 13,33
12,33
22,33
23,33
13,33
23,33 = 0ij
33,33
0
(12,11 + 12, 22 + 12,33 ) (13,11 + 13, 22 + 13,33 )
0
0
= (12,11 + 12, 22 + 12,33 )
= 0ij
13, 22 + 13,33 = 0
2 12 2 12
=0
2 +
x32
x2
2
2
13 + 13 = 0
x 2
x32
2
2xr 12 = 0
2
xr 13 = 0
(6.144)
If we consider the stresses defined in (6.142) into the equations (6.144) we can obtain:
2xr 12 = 0
2
xr 13 = 0
2 2
=0
=
+
2xr = 0
xr
x3 x22 x32
x3 x3
(6.145)
2 2
2r
2r
2r
x x = x x = 0 x x = x x 2 + x 2 = 0
2
2
2
2
3
2
2
x 22
2
x 32
= F = constant
(6.146)
Then, any function which satisfies the above equation will fulfill the equilibrium and
compatibility equations.
Starting from the stress components (see equation (6.127)):
u
12 = G 1 x3
x 2
13
u
= G 1 + x 2
x3
u1 12
=
+ x3
x 2
G
u1 13
=
x2
x3
G
(6.147)
and taking the derivative 12 with respect to x3 , and taking the derivative of 13 with
respect to x2 we obtain
Draft
554
u1
12
1 12
+
=
+ x3 =
x3 x2 x3 G
G x3
13
u1
1 13
=
x2 =
x2 x3 x2 G
G x2
=
+
+
x3 x2 x2 x3 G x3
G x2
0=
1 12
1 13
+ 2
G x3
G x2
12 13
= 2G
x3
x2
and 13 =
into the above equation we can
x3
x2
obtain:
12 13
= 2G
x3
x2
2 2
= 2G
+
=
+
x3 x3 x2 x2 x22 x32
and if we take into account the equation in (6.146) we can conclude that:
2 2
+
= 2G = constant = F
x22 x32
xr ( xr ) 2xr = 2G = constant
(6.148)
n i = 1ij
dx2
ds
0
dx
n i = n 2 = 3
n ds
3 dx2
ds
dx3
dx j
12
ds
x2
Figure 6.40:
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
555
t (i n)
= ij n j
t 1(n ) 11
(n )
t 2 = 12
t (n )
3 13
t 1(n ) 0
t (2n) = 12
t (n )
3 13
12
22
23
13 n 1 0
23 n 2 = 0
33 n 3 0
13 0 12 n 2 + 13n 3 0
0
0 n 2 =
= 0
0
0
0 n 3
12
0
0
Taking into account the stresses given by (6.142), the above condition can be rewritten as
follows:
12n 2 + 13n 3 = 0
n2
n3 = 0
x3
x2
dx3 dx2
+
=0
x3 ds x2 ds
d
=0
ds
dx3
x3 ds x2
dx2
=0
ds
(6.149)
With that we conclude that is constant on the boundary and can be assume any value,
with which we adopt zero.
Let us consider that:
F3 ( x2 , x3 ) = 12 =
x3
F2 ( x2 , x3 ) = 13 =
x2
(6.150)
= F2 ( x2 , x3 )
x2
compatible iff F2 F3
=
x3 x2
= F3 ( x2 , x3 )
x3
(6.151)
If we consider the Greens theorem (see Chapter 1 of the textbook) we can established
that:
r r
r
r
F2 F3
components
r
F d = (
dS1
F) e1dS F2 dx2 + F3 dx3 =
x3 x2
dS1 = 0
dx 2 +
dx3 =
+ F3 dx3 = 2 3 dS1
x 2 x 3
x 3
x 2
x 3
x 2
x 3 x 2
r
dx 2 +
dx3 = xr dx = d = 0
x 3
x 2
F dx
Draft
556
r
dS = dSe 1
x3
x1
e 1
x2
13 x2
(i = 2,3)
(2 )dA
= (xi )n i d +
(2 )dA
A
= 2 A +
(2 )dA
A
If we consider that on the boundary the value of is zero, i.e. = 0 , we obtain that:
M T = 2 dA
(6.152)
r
= x n d + 2 dA = 2 A + 2 dA
= 2 dA
A
It is easy to show that there exist iso-curves of , (see Figure 6.42). Note that for the
system ( x2 x3 ) on iso-curve of , we have:
=
12
=0
x3
Draft
13 = =
x2
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
557
That is, is equal to the slope of according to the x2 -direction, which has the same
direction as .
x3
x 2
() = 0
( 3)
( 2)
(1)
cross section
Figure 6.42: Iso-curves of .
As additional note, next we will show in a different way that the shearing force on the cross
section is cero, and that the net moment is equal twice the volume formed by ( x2 , x3 ) . We
start from the shearing force ( Qx2 ) according to direction the x2 -direction:
Qx2 = 12 dA =
dA =
x3
A
A
x2( 2 ) x3( 2 )
dx3 dx2 =
x3
x (1 ) x (1 )
x2( 2 ) x3( 2 )
1dx3 dx2
x3
x2(1) x3(1)
(6.153)
(2)
x2( 2 )
x3( 2 ) x3
(1)
Qx2 = x(1)
dx3 dx2 = ( x3( 2 ) ) ( x3(1) ) dx2 = 0
3
x3
x2(1)
x3(1) 1
x2(1)
424
3
=0
x2( 2 )
where we have applied the integration by part. Note that ( x3( 2) ) and ( x3(1) ) are values of
the membrane on the bar surface, as we have shown previously, is constant on the
boundary so, ( x3( 2) ) ( x3(1) ) = 0 . The same procedure can be used to show that Qx3 = 0 .
As we have seen previously, the net moment is obtained as follows:
MT =
13 x2
x2 +
x3 dA
12 x3 )dA =
x2
x3
A
(6.154)
x3 dA =
x3 dx3 dx 2 = x 3
x3
(1) (1) x 3
A
x 2 x3
x2(1)
x3( 2 )
x3(1)
x2( 2 ) x3( 2 )
( x3 )
dx3 dx 2 = dx3 dx 2
x3
x3(1)
x2(1) x3(1)
x3( 2 )
= dA
Draft
558
where we have used that on any point of the boundary is cero, i.e. ( ) = 0 , so the term
1(2
x3( 2 ) ) x3( 2 ) ( x3(1) ) x3(1) = 0 . Similarly, we can obtain that
3
123
=0
=0
x
A
N
, (see Figure 6.43). Due to the pressure in the
m2
membrane a stress state S appears. Next, we will define which equation governs such
problem.
x1
u1 ( x2 , x3 )
Sdx3
x2
x3
x3
Sdx2
dx3
dx2
q
Sdx2
x1
x2
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
559
Note that the slope of the membrane at the point ( x2 , x3 ) is given by the derivative of the
u1
u1
and
, which are tangents to the curve at the point. We
x3
x 2
u
u
denoted by tan( 2 ) = 1 and tan( 3 ) = 1 , and if we are considering small angles the
x 2
x 3
relationships tan( ) sin( ) = hold. In the differential element dx 2 dx3 the variation of
function u1 ( x2 , x3 ) , i.e.
3 +
3
dx 3
x 3
3 +
( x 2 + dx 2 , x 3 + dx3 )
( x 2 , x 3 + dx3 )
2 +
3
3
dx 3 +
dx 2
x 3
x 2
2
dx 3
x 3
2 +
r
2
2
dx 2 +
dx 3
x 2
x 3
d
dx 3
2 +
( 3 )
( x 2 + dx 2 , x3 )
( x 2 , x3 )
x3
2
dx 2
x 2
( 2 )
3 +
dx 2
x2
3
dx 2
x 2
Draft
3
dx 2 = 0 and
x 2
560
Sdx 2
3 +
3
dx 3
x3
Sdx3
dx3
2 +
2
dx 2
x 2
dx 2
Sdx3
3
Sdx 2
2
2
Sdx3 sin 2 +
dx2 Sdx3 2 +
dx2
x2
x2
Sdx3
2 +
2
Sdx3
2
dx2
x2
Figure 6.45:
By apply the force equilibrium condition according to x1 -direction, we can obtain:
x1
=0
u 2u
u 2u
u
u
qdx2 dx3 + Sdx3 sin 1 + 21 dx2 Sdx3 sin 1 + Sdx2 sin 1 + 21 dx3 Sdx2 sin 1 = 0
x
x
x
2
x3
2 x2
3 x3
u 2u
u 2u
u
u
qdx2 dx3 + Sdx3 1 + 21 dx2 Sdx3 1 + Sdx2 1 + 21 dx3 Sdx2 1 = 0
x2
x3
x3 x3
x2 x2
qdx2 dx3 + Sdx3
qdx2 dx3 +
u1 2u1
u
u 2u
u
+ 2 Sdx3dx2 Sdx3 1 + Sdx2 1 + 21 Sdx2 dx3 Sdx2 1 = 0
x2 x2
x2
x3 x3
x3
2u1
2u
Sdx3dx2 + 21 Sdx2 dx3 = 0
2
x2
x3
2u 2u
qdx2 dx3 + Sdx2 dx3 21 + 21 = 0
x3
x2
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
561
with which we can conclude that the governing equation of the membrane under pressure
is given by:
2u1 2u1
q
+ 2 =
2
S
x 2
x3
xr ( xr u1 ) 2xr u1 =
q
S
(6.155)
Making an analogy between the above equation and the torsion problem equation (6.148),
we can conclude that u1 = and 2G =
q
= constant . With which we can say that the
S
moment of torsion (see equation (6.152)) is equal to the volume defined by the membrane:
M T = 2 dA = 2 u1 ( x2 , x3 ) dA = 2Vmemb
A
Problem 6.39
a) Using the Prandtls stress function, show that for an elliptical cross section which is
subjected to the torque M T the tangential stresses are:
12 =
2M T
x3
ab 3
13 =
2M T
x2
a 3b
(6.156)
13
12
x2
Since the value of the stress function on the boundary is constant, we can assume that:
x22
= m
x32
1
2
b
(6.157)
Draft
562
2x
= m 22
x 2
a
2x
= m 23
x3
b
2 2m
= 2
x 22
a
2 2m
= 2
x32
b
and by replace the above equations into the equation (6.148) we obtain that:
2
x 22
= 2G = constant = F
x 32
2
2
m 2 + 2 = F
b
a
m=
a 2b 2
2( a 2 + b 2 )
2m
a
2m
b2
=F
2( a 2 + b 2 )
=F
m
2 2
a b
(6.158)
= m
x32
b2
a 2 b 2 x 22 x32
F
2(a 2 + b 2 ) a 2 b 2
(6.159)
+
+
=
1 dA
1
F
F
M T = 2 dA = 2
dA
2
2 2
(a 2 + b 2 ) A a 2 b 2
b2
2( a + b ) a
A
A
1
1
1
a 2b 2
a 2b 2
1
2
2
F
F 2 I x 3 + 2 I x 2 A
x
dA
x
dA
dA
=
= 2
+
2
3
2
2
2
2
2
(a + b ) a A
b A
b
A
(a + b ) a
where:
A=
dA - cross-sectional area.
A
ba 3
4
I x2 =
b 3 a
4
A = ab
1 ba 3
1
1 b 3 a
a 2b 2
a 2b 2
1
=
+
ab
F
F
I
I
A
2
2
2
2 x3
2 x2
2
2
2
4
4
(a + b ) a
b
b
(a + b ) a
a 3b 3
F
2( a 2 + b 2 )
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
F=
563
2M T (a 2 + b 2 )
a 3b 3
a 2 b 2 x 22 x32
+ 2 1F
2
2 2
b
2( a + b ) a
2
2
x
M x
= T 22 + 32 1
ab a
b
2M T (a 2 + b 2 )
a 2 b 2 x22 x32
a 3b 3
2(a 2 + b 2 ) a 2 b 2
=
x3 x3
M T x22 x32
2M T
=
1
x3
+
2
2
b
ab 3
ab a
13 =
=
x2
x 2
(6.160)
M T x22 x32
2M T
=
x2
1
+
2
2
3
b
ab a
a b
x2 = 0
12 = 0
2M T
2M
x2 = a )
(
13 max = 2T
13 = 3 x2
a b
a b
2M T
2M T
x2 = a )
(
12 max =
x
12 =
3 3
ab
ab 2
= 0
13
2M T 2M T
x
= (12 ) + (13 ) =
+ 3 x2
3 3
ab
a b
2
12 max =
2M T
ab 2
2M T
ab
x22 x32
+
b4 a4
x3
13 max =
2M T
a 2 b
x2
Draft
564
F = 2G
2M T (a 2 + b 2 )
M (a 2 + b 2 )
a 3b 3
F
= T
=
=
2G
2G
a 3b 3G
Taking into account the displacement field given by (6.122), we can obtain:
M T (a 2 + b 2 )
x3 x1
u 2 = x3 x1 =
a 3b 3G
2
2
u = x x = M T (a + b ) x x
3
2
1
2 1
a 3b 3G
(6.161)
By considering the above equations and the one in (6.147) we can obtain:
u1 12
=
+ x3
G
x2
u1 13
=
x2
G
x3
u1 12 M T (a 2 + b 2 )
x3
=
+
G
x2
a 3b 3G
u1 13 M T (a 2 + b 2 )
=
x2
G
x3
a 3b 3G
(6.162)
M (a 2 + b 2 )
u1 = 12 + T 3 3
x3
a b G
G
x2
u1 =
M (a 2 + b 2 )
12
x2 + T 3 3
x3 x2 + f ( x3 )
G
a b G
M (a 2 + b 2 )
x2 x3
u1 = 13 T 3 3
a b G
G
u1 =
13
M (a 2 + b 2 )
x3 T 3 3
x3 x2 + f ( x2 )
G
a b G
By substituting the values of 12 and 13 (see equations (6.160)) into the above equations
we can obtain:
M T (a 2 + b 2 )
M x x
2M T 1
u1 =
+
x
x
x3 x2 + f ( x3 ) = T 33 32 (b 2 a 2 ) + f ( x3 )
2
3 3
3 3
G
a b G
Ga b
ab
M x x
M (a 2 + b 2 )
2M
1
u1 = 3T x2 x3 T 3 3
x3 x2 + f ( x2 ) = T 33 32 (b 2 a 2 ) + f ( x2 )
a b G
Ga b
a b G
Note that the two above equations must be the same at the same point ( x2 , x3 ) , hence
f ( x2 ) = f ( x3 ) = 0 , thus the warping function is given by:
u1 ( x2 , x3 ) =
M T (b 2 a 2 )
x2 x3
G a 3b 3
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
565
x3
u1 negative (down)
u1 positive (up)
x2
Qx2 = 12 dA =
A
2M T
ab
x3 dA =
2M T
x3 dA = 0
ab 3 A
123
=0
(6.163)
2M T
2M
Qx3 = 13dA =
x2 dA = 3T x2 dA = 0
3
a b
a b A
A
A
123
=0
where
system is located at the geometrical center, (see Complementary Note 2 at the end of
Chapter 1).
Problem 6.40
Consider a circular cross section with radius R , and that the Prandtls stress function is
given by:
= K ( x22 + x32 R 2 )
(6.164)
4 K = 2G
K =
G
2
(6.165)
thus,
G 2
( x2 + x32 R 2 )
2
(6.166)
Draft
566
A
A
A
A
R 4
= G (r 2 ) dA R 2 A = G JT R 2 A = G
R 2 R 2
2
(6.167)
R 4
G
2
where J T = r 2 dA =
A
R 4
2
Then
=
2M T
GR 4
2
2
2
12 = x = 2 x ( x2 + x3 R ) = Gx3 = R 4 x3
3
3
2M T
G
=
=
( x22 + x32 R 2 ) = Gx2 =
x2
13
x2
2 x2
R 4
(6.168)
12 = 1 x3
x2
13 = 1 + x2
x3
Gx3
u1 12
=
+ x3 =
+ x3 = 0
G
x2
G
u1 = 0
u1 13
Gx2
=
x2 =
x2 = 0
x3
G
G
As expected, since for circular cross section there is no warping. This problem was already
discussed in Problem 6.38 - NOTE 1.
Problem 6.41
Apply the torsion theory to obtain the maximum shearing stress ( max ) in a thin rectangular
section described in Figure 6.49. Express the result in terms of ( M T , t , c) . Consider that the
Prandtls stress function, (see Ugural&Fenster (1984)), is given by:
2 t 2
= K x3
2
(6.169)
x3
t
2
x2
t
2
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
567
Solution:
By means of equation (6.148) we can obtain:
2 2
+
= 2G
x 22 x32
2 K = 2G
K = G
(6.170)
thus,
2 t 2
= G x3
2
(6.171)
t
M T = 2 dA = 2G x32 dA
2
A
A
c t
2
2 2
2 t 2
t
2
= 2G x3 dA = 2G x3 dx3 dx2
2
2
c t
A
22
c
t
c
2
2
2
3
x3 t
t3
t3 2
= 2G x3 dx2 = 2G dx2 = 2G x2
6
3 2 t
6 c
c
c
2
2
2
2
c
2
= G
(6.172)
t 3c
3
t 3c
.
3
3M T
.
t 3c
2 t
6M
12 =
= G
x3 = 2Gx3 = 3 T x3
x3
x3
t c
2
2 t
G
x
=
=0
3
13
x2
x2
2
t
2
Draft
568
max =
x3
12 ( x3 )
3M T
t 2c
t
2
x2
t
2
Torsion References
LAIER, J.E.; BAREIRO, J.C., (1983). Complemento de resistncia dos materiais. Publicao 073/92
So Carlos - USP - EESC.
SECHLER, E. (1952). Elasticity in Engineering. John Willey & Sons, Inc. new York.
SOKOLNIKOFF, I.S. (1956). Mathematic theory of elasticity. New York, McGraw-Hill.
UGURAL, A.C. & FENSTER, S.K. (1981). Advanced strength and applied elasticity. Edward Arnold,
London - U.K.
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
569
z
z
x (z )
y
y
Stress
diagram
x (z )
neutral axis
a) Rod
b) Cross-sectional
Figure 6.51: Rod.
Hypothesis:
To obtain the internal forces due to the stress component x consider that any crosssectional area define by a plane remain a plane after deformation takes place.
Draft
570
Solution:
The internal forces are obtained by integrate over the cross-sectional area of the rod. Then,
in a generic case, on the face of the cross-sectional area (according to the system adopted)
can appear the stresses x , xy and xz .
If we make a cut in the rod according a plane defined by , the stress state at a point is
indicated in Figure 6.52.
xz
xy
x
A - cross-sectional area
u
x
holds. Then, if the displacement field u ( y, z ) on the cross-sectional area define a plane so
the strain and stress do.
We can take the following possibilities:
The cross-sectional area displaces according x direction. In this case the strain is constant on
the cross sectional area, as consequence the
normal stress field on cross-sectional area is also
constant. By integrate the normal stress over the
cross-sectional area we obtain the internal force
N (the axial force) which could be positive
(tensile) or negative (compression).
u (1)
y
Figure 6.53
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
571
u (2)
y
u ( 2)
Figure 6.54
z
Another possibility is when the crosssectional area rotates about the z -axis, (see
Figure 6.55). In this case the resultant force
equals zero, and there is a bending moment
according the z -direction which is denoted
by M z . The displacement u (3) can be caused
when the rod is subjected to a deflection
according to the y direction (displacement
v( x) ).
u ( 3)
y
x
u (3)
Figure 6.55
The combination of the previous cases is also possible. In general, the normal stress field
x on the cross-sectional area is illustrated in Figure 6.56.
If we consider Figure 6.57, we can also express the bending moment M y as follows:
M y = (x2 ) zdA =
A
S z
zdA = S
c
c
A
z
A
dA =
S
Iy
c
(6.173)
where I y = z 2 dA is the inertia moment of area about the y -direction. Taking into
A
account that
S (x2 )
we can also obtain:
=
c
z
(x2 ) ( z ) =
My
Iy
(6.174)
Mz
y
Iz
Draft
(6.175)
572
Taking into account that x = E x , the above equations can be rewritten as follows:
(x2 ) ( z ) =
My
EI y
(x3) ( y ) =
Mz
y
EI z
(6.176)
x ( y, z ) =
M
N My
+
z z y
A
Iy
Iz
x ( y, z )
x
144444444444444444424444444444444444443
(x1)
(x2 )
y
N = (x1) dA
(x3)
M y = z (x2 ) dA
A
M z = y(x3) dA
A
Mz
My
144424443
( 2)
x dA =
144424443
( 3)
x dA
=0
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
573
S
c
x (z)
neutral axis
Q y = xy dA
Q z = xz dA
(6.177)
xz y
xy z dA
(6.178)
xz ( y , z )
xy ( y, z )
xz dA
Qz
xy dA
Qy
Draft
574
Mz
y, v
My
Qz
Qy
N
M x MT
x, u
Figure 6.59: Internal forces and internal moments on the cross section of the rod.
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
575
NOTE 1: The internal forces and internal moments depend on the external actions (loads)
in which the rod is subjected, (see Figure 6.60).
z, w
1) Load
y, v
N
qz
m
My
Qz
x, u
2) Load
z, w
y, v
Mz
Qy
x, u
3) Load
z, w
3) Internal force
y, v
F [N ]
x, u
4) Load
z, w
y, v
4) Internal moment
Nm
mT
m
M x MT
x, u
Draft
576
z
xz
xy
max
( r )
r
E (x2 )
(x2 ) ( z ) =
du ( 2 )
d 2w
= 2 z w, xx z
dx
dx
(6.179)
= Ew, xx z
Note that, if we compare the equations (6.180) and (6.179) they have the reversed sign
since the bending moment M z (same direction and sense as z -axis) produces the
displacement field contrary as the one presented in Figure 6.63.
Then, if we consider the defection of the rod according to the y -direction (displacement
v( x) ), (see Figure 6.64) we can obtain:
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
u ( 3 ) = v, x y
(x3) ( y )
(x3) ( y ) =
E (x3)
577
du (3)
d 2v
= 2 y v, xx y
dx
dx
(6.180)
= Ev, xx y
y = w, x
u
( 2)
My >0
= y z = w, x z
(after deformation)
n
c
w(x)
dw
w, x
dx
neutral axis
w, xx < 0
z, w
n
c
x, u
(before deformation)
u ( 3) =
v
y
x
b) after deformation
m
p
Mz >0
v
x
.
n
v( x)
v
x
v, xx > 0
m
y
a/2
a/2
a) before deformation
Draft
578
Iy
(2)
x ( z ) = Ew, xx z
(x2 ) ( z ) =
My
w, xx =
My
(6.181)
EI y
( 3)
x ( y ) = Ev, xx y
(x3) ( y ) =
v, xx =
Mz
EI z
(6.182)
Note that, to obtain the equations (6.181) and (6.182) we have already considered the
kinematic equations and the constitutive equations. To complete the governing equations of the
IBVP we have introduce the equilibrium equations. As in the cross section of the rod we have
lost the information of the symmetry of the Cauchy stress tensor we have to apply the
Principle of Linear Momentum (equilibrium equations or Summation of forces equal zero)
and the Principle of the Angular Momentum (summation of the moments equal zero). In
another words, we have to apply the summation of forces and moments equal zero in the
differential element of rod dx .
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
579
a)
transversal cross section
P
b)
transversal cross section
c)
d)
d
c
a
x
d
c
Draft
580
Problem 6.43
Obtain the governing equation for the beam whose the flexural rigidity ( EI y ) is constant.
The beam is subjected to an uniformly distributed load per unit length (q z ) , (see Figure
6.66).
z, w
y, v
Internal forces
N
qz
m
My
Qz
x, u
Load
dx
z, w
My
My +
x, u
A+
Qz
My
M y
x
dx
Qz
Qz +
Qz
dx
x
dx
=0
Q z
Qz + Qz +
dx + qdx = 0
x
Q z
= q
x
M y
dx
M yB = 0 M y Q z dx + M y +
dx + qdx
=0
x
2
(6.183)
M y
x
= Qz
(6.184)
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
581
To complete the governing equation we have to introduce the kinematic and constitutive
equations. Note that the equation in (6.181) is already considering these equations, then
w, xx =
My
EI y
M y
x
2M y
= Qz =
=
x 2
M y = EI y w, xx
3w
EI y w, xx = EI y w, xxx EI y 3
x
x
(6.185)
4w
Qz
2
= 2 EI y w, xx = EI y 4 = q
x
x
x
EI y
x 4
=q
(6.186)
a)
b
2
xz (z )
A B
z
z
y
QzA
My +
My
Qz +
b)
B
dx
x +
x
dx
x
F2 = x ( z )dA
A
F3 =
Qz
dx
x
dx
x (z )
M y
( ( z, y)dy )dx
F1 = x + x dx dA
x
neutral axis
Figure 6.68:
Draft
582
Applying the force equilibrium according the x -direction (see Figure 6.68 (b)) we can
obtain:
=0
F1 F2 F3 = 0
x
dx dA x dA dx ( z, y )dy = 0
x
(6.187)
( z )
dx ( z , y )dy = x
dx dA
My
Iy
(x2) ( z ) M y M y z
Q z
=
z =
= z
x
x I y
x I y
Iy
where we are considering that I y is constant along the beam. Taking into account the
above equation into the equation in (6.187) we can obtain:
( z )
dx ( z , y )dy = x
dx dA
Q z
Q
dx ( z , y )dy = z dx dA = z dx zdA
Iy
Iy
A
A
Qz
( z, y )dy =
zdA
Iy A
( z, y)dy = I zdA =
y A
Qz z
Iy
where
z = zdA
(6.188)
ave ( z )a = ( z, y )dy
A
z
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
ave ( z ) =
Qz z
Iy
583
ave ( z ) =
Qz z
I ya
My
EI y
d is measured.
w, xx
d d dx
=
=
ds
dx ds [1 + ( w, x ) 2 ]
where w, x
1
[1 + ( w, x
1
2 2
) ]
w, xx
3
2 2
) ]
[1 + ( w, x
1
r
(6.189)
ds = d = B A B _ A
(6.190)
w
2w
, w, xx 2 , in which w stands for the deflection, is the curvature, and
x
x
1
2w
w 2 w, xx
r
x
ds dx
tan
cos 1
d d
ds
dx
My
EI y
= y =
My
EI y
Draft
584
B
ds = d = B _ A
My
EI
A
My
EI
ds
My
EI
A
dx = d = B _ A
(6.191)
My
EI y
z
= B A
d
ds
B
r
wA
My
EI y
wB
A=
My
EI
My
EI y
dx
x
x
Figure 6.69:
b) Mohrs second theorem
By multiply the equation (6.189) by x we can obtain:
B
x =
d
x integratin
g xds = xd
ds
A
A
My
EI y
xdx = xd = ( x ) B ( x ) A d
A
My
dx x = xd = ( x ) B ( x ) A d
EI y
A
A
where
My
EI
A
Draft
My
EI y
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
585
Mz
y, v
My
Qy
Qz
M x MT
x, u
1
1
ij ij dV
: dV =
2V
2V
1
(11 11 + 22 22 + 33 33 + 212 12 + 2 23 23 + 213 13 )dV
2V
1
( x x + y y + z z + xy xy + yz yz + xz xz )dV
2V
in the transversal cross section of the rod, the normal stress x can be represented by
x = (x1) + (x2) + (x3) . The total energy associated with the stress (x1) = E (x1) (see Figure
6.56) can be expressed in function of the axial force N :
2
int
(1)
1
1 x
1
=
(x1) (x1) dV =
dV =
2V
2V E
2
N2
EA
2
dAdx =
1
2
N2
dx
EA
(6.192)
Similarly, we can obtain the total energy associated with the normal stress (x2) = E (x2) in
function of the bending moment M y , (see equation (6.174)):
U int =
1
1
(x2 ) (x2 ) dV =
2V
2
Similarly, if we consider
(x3)
My
Iy
My
zdAdx =
EI y
1
2
M y2
EI
0
2
y A
z 2 dAdx =
1
2
M y2
EI
dx
(6.193)
U int =
1 M z2
dx
2 0 EI z
Draft
(6.194)
586
( z, y)dy = I zdA =
y A
Qz z
Iy
where
z = zdA
(6.195)
int
2
1
1 xz
1 1 2
1 1
dV =
=
dV =
dAdx =
2V
2V G
2 0 GA
2 0 G
L
2
1 Q z z
=
2 0 G I y
1 1 Q z z
dydz dx =
2 0 G I y
dz dx
2
L
dz dx = 1 z Q z dx
2 0 GA
(6.196)
where z is the form factor of the cross-sectional area along z -axis, which is given by:
z = A z
Iy
dz
(6.197)
int
2
2
L
1
1 xy
1 yQy
=
xy xy dV =
dV =
dx
2V
2V G
2 0 GA
y = A z
Iy
where
dz
(6.198)
If we consider a circular cross section, the tangential stress field in the cross section, (see
equation (6.140)) is given:
( r ) =
MT
r
J
Then, the total energy due to the tangential stress ( r ) = G ( r ) can be obtained by:
U int =
2
2
L
1
1
1 1 MT
1 M T2
1
(r ) (r )dV =
dV =
r dV =
r 2 dAdx =
2
2V
2V G
2V G J
2 0 GJ A
2
M T2
dx
GJ
(6.199)
where J = r 2 dA is the polar moment of inertia of the circular cross-sectional area. We can
A
obtain an equivalent polar moment of inertia for another shape of the cross section which
is denoted by J Eq . Thus, we can write:
L
int
1 M T2
=
dx
2 0 GJ Eq
(6.200)
Then, the total internal energy of the rod element can be obtained as follows:
U
int
1
=
2
N 2 M y2 M z2 y Q y2 z Q z2
M T2
+
+
+
+
+
EA EI y EI z
GA
GA
EJ Eq
0
dx
(6.201)
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
587
Next we provide some equations related to the external potential energy due to external
loads.
Concentrated force: U ext = Pw p , where P - concentrated force and w p - deflection
according to P -direction.
y
wp
x
according to q ( x) -direction.
neutral axis deflection
y
z
w( x)
q ( x)
ext
= q w( x)dx
0
yA
Draft
588
dw
d 2w
w ). We will use also the notation
w .
dx
dx 2
y1 = w1
w1
y 2 = w2
w2
w1
y1
(e)
{u } =
w2
y 2
a) Displacements
y
z
M y1
Fz1
M y2
Fz 2
Fz1
M
y1
{ f (e) } =
Fz 2
M y 2
b) Internal forces
(6.202)
(6.203)
w1 = d
x = 0 ( w = w1 )
dw
= w1 = c
dx
x = L ( w = w2 )
w2 = aL3 + bL2 + cL + d
x = L ( w = w2 )
w2 = 3aL2 + 2bL + c
(6.204)
Draft
(6.205)
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
589
2L
0 1 a
a
1 0 b Reverse b 1 3L2
=
c L4 0
L2 L 1 c
4
2 L 1 0 d
L
d
0
0
L2
2L
2 L3
L4
3L2
0
L2 w1
L3 w1
(6.206)
0 w2
0 w2
2
(w1 w2 ) + 12 (w2 + w1 )
3
L
L
(6.207)
b=
3
(w2 w1 ) 1 (w2 + 2w1 )
2
L
L
(6.208)
c = w1
(6.209)
d = w1
(6.210)
By substituting the values of a , b , c and d into the equation of the deflection (6.202), we
can obtain:
2
2
x 3
x 3
x3 2x 2
x3 x2
x
x
+ x + w2 2
w = w1 2 3 + 1 + w2 2 + 3 + w1 2
L
L
L
L
L
L
(6.211)
Recall that we have adopted as degree-of-freedom the rotation y which is in agreement
with the coordinate system adopted, (see Figure 6.74), and the above equation is in
function of w' (deflection derivative). But, they are related to each other by means of the
equation y = w' . With that, the equation of the deflection becomes:
2
2
x 3
x 3
x 3 2x 2
x3 x2
x
x
w = w1 2 3 + 1 + w2 2 + 3 y1 2
+ x y 2 2
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
(6.212)
and the first derivative becomes:
6x 2 6x
6x 2 6x
3x 2 4 x
3x 2 2 x
w = w1 3 2 + w2 3 + 2 y1 2
+ 1 y 2 2
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
(6.213)
The second derivative:
6x
4
12 x 6
12 x 6
6x 2
w = w1 3 2 + w2 3 + 2 y1 2 y 2 2
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
(6.214)
It will be useful to obtain the following integrals:
L
w( x)dx =
L
L
L2
L2
w1 + w2
y1 +
y2
2
2
12
12
Draft
(6.215)
590
L
w 2 dx =
L3 2
13L 2 13L 2 L3 2
9L
11L2
13L2
w1 +
w2 +
y1 +
y2 +
w1 w2
w1 y1 +
w1 y 2 + L
35
35
105
105
35
105
210
L3
13L2
11L2
w 2 y1 +
w2 y 2
y1 y 2
210
105
70
(6.216)
L
w dx = 5L w
2
2
1
6 2 2L 2 2L 2
12
1
1
w2 +
y1 +
y2
w1 w2 w1 y1 w1 y 2 + L
5L
15
15
5L
5
5
L+
1
1
L
w2 y1 + w2 y 2 y1 y 2
5
5
15
(6.217)
L
12
w dx = L
2
w12 +
12 2 4 2
4
24
12
12
w2 + y1 + y22 3 w1 w2 2 w1 y1 2 w1 y 2 + L
3
L
L
L
L
L
L
L+
12
12
4
w2 y1 + 2 w2 y 2 + y1 y 2
2
L
L
L
(6.218)
L
x w( x)dx =
0
3L
7L
L
L
w1 +
w2
y1 +
y2
20
20
30
20
(6.219)
Let us consider a beam element with the flexural rigidity EI y constant into the beam
element in which is under the uniformly distributed load q , (see Figure 6.75).
z
= U int U ext =
EI y
2
w 2 dx qw( x)dx
(6.220)
(6.221)
By substituting the equation (6.215) into the above equation we express U ext in function of
the nodal parameters w1 , w2 , y1 and y 2 , i.e.:
L
L
L
L2
L2
y1 +
y 2
U ext = q w( x) dx = q w1 + w2
2
12
12
2
Draft
(6.222)
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
591
Considering that EI y is constant in the beam element, the internal potential energy
becomes:
U
int
EI y
2
dx
(6.223)
EI y
2
w
0
dx =
EI y 12 2 12 2 4 2 4 2 24
12
3 w1 + 3 w2 + y1 + y 2 3 w1 w2 2 w1 y1 L
L
L
2 L
L
L
L
L
12
2
w1 y 2 +
12
2
w 2 y1 +
12
2
w2 y 2 +
y1 y 2
L
(6.224)
Then, the total potential energy (6.220) can be written as follows:
=
EI y 12 2 12 2 4 2
4 2
24
12
12
3 w1 + 3 w2 + y1 + y 2 3 w1 w2 2 w1 y1 2 w1 y 2 + L
L
L
2 L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L2
L2
12
12
4
L + 2 w2 y1 + 2 w2 y 2 + y1 y 2 q w1 + w2
y1 +
y 2
L
2
12
12
L
L
(6.225)
As we are looking for the stationary states the following must hold:
=0
w1
EI y 24
L
24
12
12
3 w1 3 w2 2 y1 2 y 2 q = 0
2 L
2
L
L
L
(6.226)
=0
y1
EI y 8
12
12
4
L2
=0
y1 2 w1 + 2 w2 + y 2 + q
2 L
L
12
L
L
(6.227)
=0
w2
EI y 24
L
24
12
12
3 w2 3 w1 + 2 y1 + 2 y 2 q = 0
2 L
2
L
L
L
(6.228)
EI y 8
12
12
4
L2
w
+
w
+
q
=0
1
2
y2
y1
2 L
L
12
L2
L2
(6.229)
=0
y 2
L3
6 EI
y
L2
12 EI y
L3
6 EI y
L2
6 EI y
12 EI y
L2
4 EI y
L3
6 EI y
L
6 EI y
L2
12 EI y
L2
2 EI y
L3
6 EI y
L2
6 EI y
qL
L2
2
w
2 EI y 1 qL2
L y1 = 12
6 EI y w2 qL
L2 y 2 2
2
qL
4 EI y
12
L
(6.230)
or:
[Ke ] {u }= {f }
(1)
(e )
Draft
(e)
(6.231)
592
in which:
[Ke ]
(1)
12 EI
y
L3
6 EI
y
L
=
12 EI y
L3
6 EI y
L2
6 EI y
12 EI y
L
4 EI y
L
6 EI y
L
6 EI y
L2
12 EI y
L2
2 EI y
L3
6 EI y
L2
6 EI y
L2
2 EI y
L
6 EI y
L2
4 EI y
L
{f }
(e)
qL
2
qL2
= 12
qL
2
2
qL
12
(6.232)
where [ Ke (1) ] is the stiffness matrix for the beam element, and note that [ Ke (1) ] has no
inverse since det[ Ke (1) ] = 0 . In order to obtain the unique solution of the set of equations
(6.231) we must introduce the boundary conditions. The same equation in (6.231) can be
obtained by means of the Principle of Virtual Work.
Let us consider that the beam is fixed at one end, (see Figure 6.76).
y
deflection
w = 0
Node 1: 1
w1 = 0
x
w 0
Node 2: 2
w2 0
q
L
Figure 6.76: Beam fixed at one end under uniformly distributed load.
By applying the boundary conditions to the equation in (6.230) we can obtain:
1
0
1
0
0
w 0
1
0
y1 qL
=
L2 w2 2
2
4 EI y y 2 qL
12
L
0
0
12 EI y
0
0
6 EI y
L3
6 EI y
L2
(6.233)
Draft
(6.234)
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
593
The above solutions (deflection and rotation) are the same as the exact solution. The
moment at node 1 is given by M y1 = EI y w1 . Using the equation in (6.214) we can
obtains:
6x
4
6x 2
12 x 6
12 x 6
w = w1 3 2 + w2 3 + 2 y1 2 y 2 2
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
L
6
2
w( x = 0) = w1 = w2 2 y 2
L
L
w1 =
qL4
8 EI y
3
6 qL
L2 6 EI
y
2
L
2
5 qL
w1 =
6 2 EI y
(6.235)
qL2
the error is 16.6% .
2
{f }= [Ke ] {u }
(e)
(1)
(6.236)
(e)
{f }
(e)
12 EI
y
L3
6 EI
y
= L
12 EI y
L3
6 EI y
L2
6 EI y
2
12 EI y
3
L
4 EI y
L
6 EI y
L
6 EI y
L2
12 EI y
L2
2 EI y
L3
6 EI y
L2
6 EI y
L2 0
2 EI y 0
qL4
L
6 EI y 8 EI y
3
L2 qL
4 EI y 6 EI y
L
qL
2
5qL2
12
=
qL
2
2
qL
12
(6.237)
When we are dealing with the traditional finite element technique, the internal forces of the
beam element are given by {f (e ) }, (see Figure 6.77(a)). The error can be minimized by
dividing the beam element in more elements. From structural analysis, the exact solution is
given by Figure 6.77(c), and we verify that the reactions at the ends of the beam element
can be obtained as follows:
{R }= {f }+ {~f
(e)
(e )
(e)
} = {f
Draft
(e)
} {f }
(e)
(6.238)
594
M y1 =
a) {f (e ) }
5qL2
12
M y2 =
qL
Fz 1 =
2
Fz 2 =
qL2
12
qL
2
{~ }
b) f ( e ) = {f ( e ) }
M y1 =
qL2
12
M y2 =
qL
Fz 1 =
2
Fz 2 =
qL2
12
qL
2
=
c) Exact solution
M y1 =
qL2
2
M y2 = 0
Fz 1 = qL
Fz 2 = 0
(e)
q
Fz 1 =
qL
2
Fz 2 =
qL2
12
M y2 =
M y1 =
qL
2
qL2
12
Figure 6.78: Reaction forces of the beam with the fixed ends.
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
595
My >0
z
( L x) q 2
=
( x 2 Lx + L2 )
2
2
( L x)
2
q ( L x)
0 xL
Fz 1 = qL
q
M y1 =
qL2
2
x
M y ( x) =
x
L
q 2
( x 2 Lx + L2 )
2
Figure 6.79: Beam fixed at one end under uniformly distributed load.
Recall the differential equation of the beam in function of the deflection ( w ) (see equation
(6.181)) is given by:
M y = EI y w EI y
d 2w
dx 2
EI y
d 2w q 2
=
( x 2 Lx + L2 )
2
dx 2
d 2w q 2
= ( x 2 Lx + L2 )
dx 2 2
integratin
g EI y
dw q 3
= ( x 3Lx 2 + 3L2 x) + C1
dx 6
deflection becomes:
q
dw
w =
3L2 x 3Lx 2 + x 3
6 EI y
dx
dw
q
3L2 x 3Lx 2 + x 3
=
dx 6 EI y
integrating
w =
q
6 EI y
3L2 x 2 3Lx 3 x 4
2 3 + 4 + C2
qx 2
6 L2 4 Lx + x 2
24 EI y
Draft
596
deflection: w( x = L) =
rotation:
qx 2
qL2
qL4
6 L2 4 Lx + x 2 =
6 L2 4 L2 + L2 =
24 EI y
24 EI y
8 EI y
q
q
qL3
dw
w( x = L) =
3L2 x 3Lx 2 + x 3 =
3L3 3L3 + L3 =
dx
6 EI y
6 EI y
6 EI y
w( x = L ) =
w( x = L) =
1
qL3
6 EI y
qL4
8 EI y
(6.239)
According to the stationary principle of the total potential energy we can conclude:
d
d {u (e ) }
=0
d
d {u (e ) }
(U
beam
+ U spring U ext = 0
dU beam
d {u ( e ) }
dU spring
d {u (e ) }
dU ext
d {u ( e ) }
=0
(6.240)
or
dU beam dU spring
dU ext
+
=0
d {u( e ) } d {u( e ) } d {u( e ) }
Draft
[ke ]{u }+ dU
d {u
(1)
(e)
spring
(e)
{ }
= f (e)
(6.241)
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
597
where [ke (1) ] is the same matrix showed in equation (6.232). Then, the remained term
dU spring
can be obtained as follows. The internal energy for the spring, (see Figure 6.82), is
d {u (e ) }
given by:
L
U spring =
2K
w 2 dx
(6.242)
F
F
stored energy
1
1
wF = wK f w
2
2
w
Kf
1
Kf
Kf
2
w dx
2
(6.243)
K f 13L 2 13L 2 L3 2
L3 2 9 L
11L2
w
w
w
w
w1 y1 + L
+
+
1
2
y
1
y
2
1
2
2 35
35
105
105
35
105
L
13L2
13L2
11L2
L3
w1 y 2
w 2 y1 +
w2 y 2
y1 y 2
210
210
105
70
(6.244)
Then
U spring
w1
U spring
y1
U spring
w2
U spring
y 2
K f 26 L
9L
11L2
13L2
+
+
y2
w
w
y1
1
2
2 35
35
105
210
(6.245)
K f 2 L3
L3
11L2
13L2
y2
w
w
y1
1
2
2 105
105
210
70
(6.246)
K f 26 L
9L
13L2
11L2
+
+
y2
w
w
2
1
y1
2 35
35
210
105
(6.247)
K f 2 L3
L3
13L2
11L2
+
+
y1
w
w
y2
1
2
2 105
210
105
70
(6.248)
Draft
598
11
L
L2
dU spring
105
= K f L 210
9
13L
d {u ( e ) }
420
70
13
L
L2
140
420
dU spring
= Ke ( 2 ) {u ( e ) }
(e)
d {u }
9
70
13L
420
13
35
11L
210
13L
420 w
1
L2
140 y1
11L w2
210
L2 y 2
105
(6.249)
where
[Ke ]
( 2)
13
35
11L
= K f L 210
9
70
13L
420
11L
210
L2
105
13L
420
L2
140
9
70
13L
420
13
35
11L
210
13L
420
L2
140
11L
210
2
L
105
(6.250)
References
GERE, J.M. & WEAVER JR., W. (1965). Analysis of Framed Structures. Van Nostrand Reinhold,
U.S.
SECHLER, E.E. (1952). Elasticity in engineering. John Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York.
LAIER, J.E.; BAREIRO, J.C., (1983). Complemento de resistncia dos materiais. Publicao 073/92
So Carlos - USP - EESC.
UGURAL, A.C.; FENSTER, S.K., (1984). Advanced strength and applied elasticity - The SI version.
Elsevier Science Publishing Co. Inc., New York.
Draft
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
599
Problem 6.46
Consider a beam of length L where the internal forces are schematically described in
Figure 6.83. Apply the Principle of Complementary Virtual Work to the beam, (see
Problem 5.20 NOTE 4).
z, w
Mz
y, v
My
Qz
Qy
M x MT
x, u
: dV
V
14243
Total internal
complementary virtual work
Principle of Complementary
Virtual Work (static case
without body forces and with
concentrated forces)
(6.251)
with n = t * on S .
The total internal complementary virtual work:
= ( x x + y y + z z + xy xy + yz yz + xz xz )dV
V
In the previous problem we have expressed the stresses in terms of internal forces (see
Problem 6.45):
x = (x1) + (x2) + (x3) :
x( 2) (x2 ) dV =
x(3) (x3) dV
= Mz
0
(x1)
dV =
E
My
Iy
My
EI y
N N
N
dAdx = N
dx
A EA A
EA
0
zdAdx = M y
0
My
EI y2 A
z 2 dAdx = M y
0
My
EI y
dx
Mz
dx
EI z
( z, y)dy = I zdA =
y A
Qz z
Iy
Draft
where
z = zdA
(6.252)
600
xz
1
1
dAdx =
dV =
G
GA
G
0
0
dydz dx
2
L
L
L
Q z z
Q
1 Q z z Q z z
dz dx = Q z
=
dz
dx
Q z z z dx
=
G I y I y
G I y
GA
0
0
0
2
dV = xz
(6.253)
z = A z
Iy
dz
(6.254)
xy xy dV = xy
xy
G
dV = Qy
0
yQ y
GA
dx
y
y = A dA
I
A z
where
(6.255)
The internal complementary virtual work due to the torsion moment becomes:
(r ) (r )dV =
dV =
L
L
MT
M
1 M T M T
2
r
r
dV
=
M
r
dA
dx
=
M T T dx
T
2
G J J
GJ
GJ A
0
0
(6.256)
where J = r 2 dA is the polar inertia moment. When we are dealing with rectangular cross
A
section we can express the equivalent internal complementary virtual work as follows:
L
M
0
MT
dx
GJ Eq
(6.257)
Wint = ( x x + y y + z z + xy xy + yz yz + xz xz )dV
V
L
My
yQy
M
MT
Q
N
= N
+My
+ M z z + Qz z z + Q y
+ MT
EA
EI y
EI z
GA
GA
GJ Eq
0
dx
: dV
V
14243
Total internal
complementary virtual work
L
r
N
My
yQy
r
M
MT
Q
F loc uloc = N
+My
+ M z z + Qz z z + Q y
+ MT
EA
EI y
EI z
GA
GA
GJ Eq
0
Draft
dx
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
601
NOTE: For the next example we apply the principle of complementary virtual work, in
which we consider the beam fixed at one end, (see Figure 6.84).
My >0
z
q
x
x
2
M y ( x) =
qx 2
2
Figure 6.84: Beam fixed at one end under uniformly distributed load.
In this situation the principle of the complementary virtual work becomes:
L
r
My
r
dx
F loc u loc = M y
EI
y
0
M y ( x) =
VIRTUAL
qx 2
2
F (1) = 1
M y ( x) = x
1
x
Figure 6.85: Beam fixed at one end under uniformly distributed load.
With that we can state that:
L
r
My
loc r loc
F u = M y
dx
EI y
0
qx 2
L
My
q
2
= My
x3dx
dx = x
dx =
2
EI
EI
EI
y
y
y 0
0
0
L
F (1)U(1)
Taking into account that F (1) = 1 and by solving the integral we can obtain:
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real - Spain
Draft
602
U(1) =
q
2 EI y
x 3 dx =
qL4
8 EI y
M y ( x) =
VIRTUAL
qx 2
2
M y ( x) = 1
m (1) = 1
1
1
x
Figure 6.86: Beam fixed at one end under uniformly distributed load.
With that we can state that:
L
r
My
loc r loc
dx
F u = M y
EI y
0
qx 2
L
My
q
2
dx = 1
dx =
= My
x 2 dx
EI y
EI y
2 EI y 0
0
0
L
m (1)(1)
Taking into account that m (1) = 1 and by solving the integral we can obtain:
L
(1) =
q
qL3
x 2 dx =
2 EI y 0
6 EI y
My
EI y
( 2) _(1) =
My
EI
(1)
( 2)
dx
( 2) (1) =
(1)
Draft
My
EI y
dx
(1) =
( 2)
My
(1)
EI
dx
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
Moment diagram
M y ( x) =
603
Moment diagram EI y
My
qx 2
2
EI y
qx 2
(parabola)
2 EI y
b=
1
2
x
qL2
2 EI y
x=
3
L (centroid)
4
A Area =
qL3
bL
=
3 6 EI y
z
( 2) _(1) = ( 2 ) (1) = (1)
d
2
1
L
Figure 6.87: Beam fixed at one end under uniformly distributed load.
According to Figure 6.87 we can conclude that:
( 2)
(1) =
My
EI
(1)
dx = A =
qL3
6 EI y
My
EI y
d is measured.
qL3 3
qL4
L=
6 EI y 4
8EI y
Draft
604
Problem 6.48
Consider a bar of length L , which has a squared cross section of side a . The elastic
constants of the material is assumed to be known ( E and = 0.25 ).
a) In the case of Figure 6.88(a), calculate the stored energy (strain energy density) in the bar
during the deformation, and also obtain the total strain energy;
b) Determine the stored energy corresponds to the change of volume and to the change of
shape;
c) The same question described in paragraph (a) but considering the case of Figure 6.88(b).
A -Area
P
a
a
M
a)
cross section
b)
Figure 6.88
Solution:
Considering a one dimensional case:
x = E x x =
x
E
x =
with
P
A
(6.258)
We know that the strain energy per unit volume is given by:
1
2
1
2
1
2
one - dimensional
e = :
e = x x = x
x 1 P2
=
E 2 EA 2
(6.259)
ex (volume) = L A
P2
2 EA 2
(6.260)
P2L
U =
2 EA
The strain energy density (per unit volume) can also be expressed as follows:
e =
1
1
I 2
II dev
6(3 + 2 )
2
144244
3 1424
3
vol
(6.261)
shape
Considering:
x
ij = 0
0
0 0
P
0 0 I = x =
A
0 0
Draft
(6.262)
6 LINEAR ELASTICITY
605
Calculation of II dev :
1
I2
II dev = (3 II I 2 ) = = x
3
3
3
(6.263)
Then, the strain energy density associated with the change of volume is:
evol =
1
(1 2 ) 2 (1 2 ) 2
I 2 =
I =
x
6(3 + 2 )
6E
6E
(6.264)
(1 2 ) P 2
(per unit volume)
6 E A2
(6.265)
evol =
The strain energy density associated with the change of shape is:
e shape =
1
1 2(1 + )
II dev =
II dev
2
2 E
(1 + ) x
=
E 3
e shape =
(6.266)
(1 + ) x
(1 + ) P 2
=
E
3
3E A2
2
(6.267)
Checking:
(1 2 ) P 2 (1 + ) P 2
P2
+
=
[(1 2 ) + 2(1 + )]
6 E A2
3E A2 6 EA2
P2
[1 2 + 2 + 2 ]
=
6 EA2
P2
=
= e
2
2 EA
evol + e shape =
M y
I
I=
where
y =
a4
12
12 M y
a4
y = E y y =
1 12 M y y
E
e = y y = 4
2
2 a
1 12 M y 12 M y 72 M 2 y 2
=
=
4
Ea 4
Ea 8
2 a
Draft
(6.268)
606
Draft
11 Introduction to Fluids
11.1 Solved Problems
Problem 11.1
Demonstrate whether the following statements are true or false:
a) If the velocity field is steady, then the acceleration field is also;
b) If the velocity field is homogeneous, the acceleration field is always equal to zero;
c) If the velocity field is steady and the medium is incompressible, the acceleration is always
zero.
Solution:
r r
v ( x , t) r
a) In a steady velocity field we have
= 0 whereby the acceleration field becomes:
t
r
v ( x , t )
a i = v&i = i
+ vi ,k v k = v i ,k v k
t 4
1
42
3
=0i
r r
r r v ( x )
r r r r
r r r r
a = v& =
+ xr v ( x ) v ( x ) = xr v ( x ) v ( x )
144244
3
t
Independent of time
r r
r r
r r
548
Problem 11.2
Show the Navier-Stokes-Duhem equations of motion:
Navier-Stokes-Duhem
r
r
r
r equations of motion
v& = b xr p + ( * + * ) xr ( xr v ) + * xr 2 v
(11.1)
Solution:
The Navier-Stokes-Duhem equations of motion are a combination of the equations of
r
r
motion xr + b = v& ( ij , j + b i = v&i ) and the constitutive equations:
= p1 + * Tr (D)1 + 2 *D
ij = p ij + * ijD kk + 2 *Dij
(11.2)
,j
+ 2 *Dij , j
(11.3)
Note that, in this formulation, we are considering that the material is homogeneous, i.e.
*, j = *, j = 0 .
In addition, by considering 2D ij = vi , j + v j ,i and 2D kk = v k ,k + v k , k = 2v k ,k , we obtain:
2D ij , j = vi , jj + v j ,ij = vi , jj + v j , ji
D kk , j = vk ,kj
(11.4)
ij , j = p,i + *D jj ,i + 2 *Dij , j = p, i + *v j , ji + * vi , jj + v j , ji
= p,i + + v j , ji + vi , jj
*
(11.5)
Then, by substituting the equation in (11.5) into the equations of motion ( ij , j + b i = v&i ),
we obtain the Navier-Stokes-Duhem equations of motion for homogeneous materials.
NOTE 1: The explicit form of the equation (11.1) is presented as follows:
( * + * )v j , ji + vi , jj + b i p,i = v&i
( * + * )(v1,1i + v2, 2i + v3,3i ) + * (vi ,11 + vi , 22 + vi ,33 ) + b i p,i = v&i
or:
Draft
11 INTRODUCTION TO FLUIDS
549
*
2v 2v 2v
v1 v2 v3
*
+ * 21 + 21 + 21 + b1 p,1 = v&1
+
+
( + )
x
x1 x1 x2 x3
x3
x2
2v
2 v2 2 v2
v1 v2 v3
*
*
+ b 2 p, 2 = v&2
+ * 22 +
+
+
+
( + )
x
x2 x1 x2 x3
x22
x32
1
2
2
2
( * + * ) v1 + v2 + v3 + * v3 + v3 + v3 + b p = v&
3
,3
3
x 2
x3 x1 x2 x3
x32
x22
1
NOTE 2: We have proven in Problem 1.105 (Chapter 1) that the following is true:
r
r r
r
r
( a) = ( a) 2 a
indicial
ilq qjk a k , jl = a j , ji a i , jj
Then, we can obtain
r
r
r r
r
2r
xr ( xr v ) xr v = xr ( xr v ) xr ( xr v )
indicial
vi , jj = v j , ji ilq qjk vk , jl
r
r
r
r
(* + * )[ xr ( xr v )] + * [ xr ( xr v )] + b xr p = v&
r
r
r
r r
r
r
(* + * )[ xr ( xr v )] + * xr ( xr v ) xr ( xr v ) + b xr p = v&
r
r
r
r
r
r
(* + 2 * )[ xr ( xr v )] * xr ( xr v ) + b xr p = v&
r r
v
v
v
r
r
v
v
v
( v ) rot (v ) = (rot (v ) )i e i = 3 2 e 1 + 1 3 e 2 + 2 1 e 3
x2 x3
x3 x1
x1 x2
142
142
142
4 r43
4
4 r43
4
4 r43
4
=(rot (u ) )1
r
r r (rot (vr ) )3 (rot(vr ) )2
( v ) =
x2
x3
=(rot (u) )2
=(rot (u) )3
r
r
r
r
(rot (v ) )1 (rot (v ) )3
(rot (v ) )2 (rot (v ) )1
e 1 +
e 2 +
e 3
x1
x1
x2
x3
r
r
(rot (v ) )3 (rot (v ) )2 v2 v1 v1 v3
x2 x1 x2 x3 x3 x1
x
x
2
3
r
r
r
r r
(rot (v ) )1 (rot (v ) )3 v3 v2 v2 v1
( v ) i =
=
x1
x3
x3 x2 x3 x1 x1 x2
r
r
(rot (v ) )
(rot (v ) )1 v
2
v v3 v2
1 3
x x
x1
x2
1 3 x1 x2 x2 x3
whereby
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real Spain
Draft
550
ij , j + bi = v&i
(11.6)
Note that
r
r
vk ,k = Tr (v ) = ( v )
v
v
v v
Dv&i vi vi
v j = i + i v1 + i v2 + i v3 , and its explicit components are:
v&i =
+
=
x3
x2
t x1
Dt
t x j
v1 v1
v
v
+
v1 + 1 v2 + 1 v3
x2
x3
t x1
v
v
v
v
ai = v&i = 2 + 2 v1 + 2 v2 + 2 v3
x2
x3
t x1
v3 v3
v
v
+
v1 + 3 v2 + 3 v3
x2
x3
t x1
* (vi , j + v j ,i ) , j =
* (vi , j + v j ,i )
x j
* (vi ,1 + v1,i ) +
* (vi , 2 + v2,i ) +
* (vi ,3 + v3,i )
x1
x2
x3
* (v1, 2 + v2,1 ) +
* (v1,3 + v3,1 )
2 * (v1,1 ) +
x3
x2
x1
*
*
*
*
(vi , j + v j ,i ) , j =
(v2,1 + v1, 2 ) +
(v2,3 + v3, 2 )
2 ( v2 , 2 ) +
x3
x2
x1
* (v3,1 + v1,3 ) +
* (v3, 2 + v2,3 ) +
2 * (v3,3 )
x3
x2
x1
*
r
2 * (v1,1 ) +
( v ) +
* (v1, 2 + v2,1 ) +
* (v1,3 + v3,1 ) + b1 p,1 = v&1
x
x
x
x
1
2
3
1
*
r
*
2 * ( v2 , 2 ) +
( v ) +
(v2,1 + v1, 2 ) +
* (v2,3 + v3, 2 ) + b 2 p, 2 = v&2
x
x
x
x
1
2
3
2
*
r
*
( v ) +
(v3,1 + v1,3 ) +
* (v3, 2 + v2,3 ) +
2 * (v3,3 ) + b3 p,3 = v&3
x
x
x
x
1
2
3
3
(11.7)
or
*
r
( v ) + 2 * (v1,1 ) +
* (v1, 2 + v2,1 ) +
* (v1,3 + v3,1 ) + b1 p,1 = v&1
x
x
x
2
3
1
*
r
( v ) + 2 * (v2, 2 ) +
* (v2,1 + v1, 2 ) +
* (v2,3 + v3, 2 ) + b 2 p, 2 = v&2
x
x
x
1
3
2
*
r
( v ) + 2 * (v3,3 ) +
* (v3,1 + v1,3 ) +
* (v3, 2 + v2,3 ) + b3 p,3 = v&3
x
x
x
1
2
3
(11.8)
Draft
11 INTRODUCTION TO FLUIDS
551
NOTE 4: To obtain the dynamic equations of motion in a rotating fluid on the sphere, we
have to consider the rotation of the Earth and the curvature, and the acceleration for a
fixed system was obtained in Problem 4.35:
r
r
r r
r r
r r
a f = a r + 2( v r ) + T v r + ( x )
r
r
r r
r r
r r
a r = a f 2( v r ) T v r ( x )
r
(11.9)
2( v r ) i =
2[3 vr1 sin( )]
2
cos(
)
[
]
v
3 r1
1 2
T r
( v r ) i = r vr1 tan( ) + vr 2 vr 3
x
vr21 vr22
r
r r
r 2r
( ( r )) i = r
(11.10)
v&i = b i p,i + ( * + * )v j , ji + * vi , jj
Navier-Stokes-Duhem
r
r
r
r equations of motion
v& = b xr p + ( * + * ) xr ( xr v ) + * xr 2 v
(11.11)
+ 2 xr ( v ) skew
= 0 The equation of vorticity
x
t
r
r
r
r
r
where is vorticity vector and is given by rot (v ) xr v .
(11.12)
Solution:
Taking into account the material time derivative of the Eulerian velocity we obtain:
v&i
r r
r r
r r
r r v ( x , t )
+ xr v ( x , t ) v ( x , t )
a = v& =
t
Dvi vi v i
v
=
+
v j = i + vi , j v j
Dt
t x j
t
(11.13)
Draft
552
r
r r 1
r r
r r
( xr v ) v = ( xr v ) v + xr (v v )
2
r
r r 1
= ( xr v ) v + xr (v 2 )
2
r r 1
= v + xr (v 2 )
2
(11.14)
(11.15)
Taking into account (11.13) and (11.14), the equation in (11.11) becomes:
v&i = b i p,i + ( * + * )v j , ji + * vi , jj
r
v& = b xr p + ( * + * ) xr ( xr v ) + * xr 2 v
r
r
r
v r r 1 r 2
2r
+ v + x (v ) = b xr p + ( * + * ) xr ( xr v ) + * xr v
2
t
r
r 1
( * + * ) r r r * r 2 r r
v r r 1 r 2
+ v + x (v ) b + xr p
x ( x v )
v =0
x
t
2
(11.16)
x
t
(11.17)
[
r
[(
r
r r
r r
r
r
r
xr xr (v 2 ) = 0 , xr [ xr p ] = 0 , xr [ xr ( xr v )] = 0 ;
r
xr
r
r r
r r
r
r r
r r
r
v ) v = ( xr v )( xr v ) + xr ( xr v ) v xr v ( xr v )
r r
r r
r r
r r
xr [ v ] = ( xr v ) + [ xr ] v xr v
r
x
[
]
r
r
r
r
r
r
r
2r
2
2 r
xr xr v = xr xr ( xr v ) = xr xr v = xr ;
r
r
r
v r r r
r
x =
x v =
;
t
t t
r
Considering that the field b is conservative, and considering that the curl of any
r r
r
conservative vector field is always zero we obtain xr b = 0 .
2 r
+ ( xr v ) + ( xr ) v xr v
xr = 0
(11.18)
v i , i j = (vi j ), i vi j , i
vi , j j = (v i j ), j v i j , j = (vi j ), j
(11.19)
Draft
11 INTRODUCTION TO FLUIDS
r r
r r
r r
( xr v ) = xr [ v ] ( xr ) v
r r
r r
r r
( xr v ) = xr [v ] ( xr )v = xr
553
[v ]
r
(11.20)
where we have applied the definition that the divergence of the curl of a vector is zero, i.e.
r
r
r
xr = xr ( xr v ) = 0 . Taking into account (11.20), the equation (11.18) becomes:
r
r r
r r
r r * r2 r r
=0
+ ( xr v ) + ( xr ) v xr v
x
t
r
r r
r r
r r
r r * r2 r r
=0
+ xr [ v ] ( xr ) v + ( xr ) v xr [v ]
x
t
r
r r
r r * r2 r r
+ xr [ v ] xr [v ]
=0
x
t
r
r
r r r r *
2 r
+ xr [ v v ]
xr = 0
t
r
r r
* r2 r r
+ 2 xr ( v ) skew
=0
x
t
(11.21)
With that we prove the equation of vorticity given by the equation in (11.12).
Draft
554
Problem 11.4
Let us consider a body immersed in a Newtonian fluid. Find the total traction force E
acting on the closed surface S which delimits the volume V . Consider that the bulk
viscosity coefficient to be zero.
r
t (n)
Figure 11.1
Solution: We know that the following holds:
dE i = t i(n) dS
E i = t i(n ) dS = ij n j dS = ij , j dV
S
Next, by considering the stress constitutive equation for Newtonian fluids, we obtain:
ij = p ij + * ij D kk + 2 *D ij = p ij
D
2 *
ij D kk + 2 *D ij = p ij + 2 * D ij kk ij
3
14423443
Dijdev
ij = p ij + 2 *D ijdev
Then
E i = ( p ij + 2 *D ijdev )n j dS
S
( p
ij
+ 2 *D ijdev
,j
dV =
( p
,j
Draft
11 INTRODUCTION TO FLUIDS
555
where we have considered that *,j = 0 j , i.e. * is a homogenous scalar field (homogenous
material). Then, the above equation in tensorial notation becomes:
r
E=
r
x
p + 2 * xr (D dev ) dV
(11.22)
Problem 11.5
Let us consider a fluid at rest which has the mass density f . Prove Archimedes
Principle: Any body immersed in a fluid at rest experiences an upward buoyant force equal to the
weight of the volume fluid displaced by the body.
If mass density in the body is equal to s and the body force (per unit mass) is given by
b i = g i 3 , obtain the resultant force and acceleration acting on the body.
Solution:
r
r
E=
r
x
p 0 ]dV
(11.23)
r
E
p0
V -volume
r
Ws
x3
x2
x1
Figure 11.2
The weight of the fluid volume displaced by the body is given by:
Draft
556
r
W
r
= f bdV
(11.24)
ij , j + f b i = 0 i
ij , j = f b i
r
xr ( p 0 1) = f b
r
xr p 0 = f b
(11.25)
( p 0 ij ), j = f b i
p 0,i = f b i
r
r
= f bdV = xr p 0 dV = E
(11.26)
Ri = ( s f )b i dV = g ( s f ) i 3 dV =
0
V
V
g ( f s )dV
V
thereby verifying that: if the body has a mass density lower than fluid mass density, e.g. if
r r
the body is a gas, the body rises, i.e. f > s R > 0 , and if not the body falls. Moreover,
r
if we consider that R = m s a , where m s is the total mass of the submerged body, we can
obtain the acceleration of the body as:
a3 =
R3
ms
g (
s )dV
ms
g (
s)
ms
s
dV
s
g (
=
s)
ms
dV
=
g (
s)
Draft
11 INTRODUCTION TO FLUIDS
557
Problem 11.6
Prove that the Cauchy deviatoric stress tensor dev is equal to dev , where
ij = p ij + ij .
Solution
If we consider that kk = 3 p + kk we can obtain:
ijdev = ij
kk
( 3 p + kk )
ij = p ij + ij
ij = ij kk ij = ijdev
3
3
3
Problem 11.7
Obtain the one-dimensional mass continuity equation for a non-viscous incompressible
fluid flow through a pipeline. Then, consider the volume V between the two arbitrary
cross sections A and B .
B
n B
r
vB
A
n A
r
vA
Figure 11.3
Solution:
D
& = 0 .
Dt
r
Moreover, here we can consider the mass continuity equation & + v k ,k = ( xr v ) = 0 ,
r
where xr v = 0 or v k , k = 0 holds. Then, by considering the entire volume we obtain:
r
x
v dV
=0
k , k dV
=0
(11.27)
v n dS = 0
k dS
kn
=0
(11.28)
Thus:
r
n A dS +
SA
n B dS = 0
SB
SA
and
Draft
SB
558
r
v A = v A n A
r
v B = v B n B
SA
SB
v AS A = vB S B
Problem 11.8
The velocity field of a gas in motion through a pipeline, whose prismatic axis is x 2 , is
defined by its components as follows:
v1 = 0 ;
v 2 = 0.02 x 2 + 0.05 ;
v3 = 0
kg
. Find at x 2 = 5m .
m3
Solution:
r r
Note that the velocity field is stationary, i.e. v = v ( x ) . From the mass continuity equation
we can obtain:
r
r
+ xr ( v ) = 0 xr ( v ) = 0
t
r
Then, we can conclude that v is constant along x 2 -direction, so:
( v 2 )
x2 = 0
= ( v 2 )
x2 =5
( v 2 )
x2 = 0
= ( v 2 )
x2 =5
( x 2 = 5) = 0.5
kg
m3
Alternative solution:
r
xr ( v ) = 0
indicial
( v i ) ,i = ,i v i + v i ,i = 0
v
v
v
v
vi + i =
v1 +
v2 +
v3 + 1 + 2 + 3
x 2
x 3
x i
xi x1
x1 x 2 x 3
= 0
Thus:
0.02
=
x
(0.02 x 2 + 0.05) 2
Draft
11 INTRODUCTION TO FLUIDS
559
C
Ln = Ln
(0.02 x 2 + 0.05)
C
=
(0.02 x 2 + 0.05)
The constant of integration can be obtained by applying the boundary condition, i.e. at
x 2 = 0 = 1.5 , with that we obtain C = 0.075 :
0.075
(0.02 x 2 + 0.05)
x2 =5
kg
0.075
= 0.5 3
(0.02 5 + 0.05)
m
Problem 11.9
The Cauchy stress tensor components at one point of a Newtonian fluid, in which the bulk
viscosity coefficient is zero, are given by:
6 2 1
ij = 2 9 4 Pa
1 4 3
2 *
=0
3
ii = 3 p
p=
ii
( 6 9 3) = 6
=
3
3
Then:
ij = ij + p ij
2 1
6 2 1 6 0 0 0
= 2 9 4 + 0 6 0 = 2 3 4 Pa
1 4 3 0 0 6 1 4
3
Problem 11.10
Determine the conditions needed for mean normal pressure p =
to thermodynamic pressure p for a Newtonian fluid.
kk
= m to be equal
3
Solution:
It was deduced that:
Draft
560
ijdev = 2 *D ijdev
1
kk = p + k *D ii
3
kk
= p = p + *D kk
3
{
p
or
D ii = 0
Tr (D) = 0
or
2
3
* = *
Problem 11.11
A baratropic perfect fluid has as equation of state = 0 +
p
, where k is constant. Obtain
k
the pressure field for a quasi-static regime (zero acceleration), under the action of the
gravitational field b i = [0 0 g ]T .
Solution:
The constitutive equation in stress of a perfect fluid:
= p1
indicial
ij , j + b i = v&i = 0 i
{
= 0i
( p ij ), j + b i = 0 i
r r
xr p + b = 0
p, j ij + b i = 0 i
tensorial
(11.29)
p, i + b i = 0 i
p
p
+ b1 = 0
= 0 p = p ( x1 , x 2 , x3 )
(i = 1)
x1
x1
p
p
p, i + b i = 0 i (i = 2)
+ b2 = 0
= 0 p = p ( x1 , x 2 , x3 )
x
x2
dp ( x3 )
p
(i = 3) x + b 3 = 0 dx + g = 0
3
3
(11.30)
With that we can conclude that the pressure field is only a function of the coordinate x 3 ,
i.e. p = p( x3 ) .
By the fact we are dealing with a barotropic fluid, this implies that the mass density is only
a function of pressure = ( p ) . This relationship is precisely the equation of state of the
problem statement:
= ( p)
=0 +
p
k
Then:
Draft
11 INTRODUCTION TO FLUIDS
561
dp( x3 )
+ g = 0
dx3
dp( x3 )
p
+ 0 + g = 0
dx3
k
dp( x3 ) g
+ p = 0 g
dx3
k
(11.31)
The solution of the above differential equation is the sum of a particular solution and a
homogeneous solution:
g
( x3 )
dp( x 3 ) g
Homogeneous solution:
+ p = 0 p = Cexp k
dx3
k
Particular solution: p = k 0
Thus:
p = Cexp
g
x )
k 3
k 0
Problem 11.12
A perfect gas is an ideal and incompressible fluid in which in the absence of heat sources
the pressure is proportional to (barotropic motion), where is a constant and > 1 .
Show that when r = 0 (no internal heat source), the specific internal energy for a ideal gas
is given by:
u=
1 p
+ constant
( 1)
Solution:
For the proposed problem, the energy equation becomes:
r
u& = : D xr q + r = : D
u& : D = 0
For a perfect gas the stress tensor is a spherical tensor and is given by:
( p ) = p1
u& : D = 0
u& + p1 : D = 0
u& + pTr (D) = 0
r
u& + p xr v = 0
For a barotropic motion, the specific internal energy is a function of the mass density,
u = u ( ) , thus:
r
u& + p xr v = 0
r
u
& + p xr v = 0
Draft
562
r
r
D
+ xr v = 0 & = xr v , the energy
Dt
equation becomes:
r
u
& + p xr v = 0
r
r
u
xr v + p xr v = 0
r
u
2
+ p xr v = 0
3
12
u
+ p=0
p
u
= 2
u
+ p=0
u k
=
= k ( 2 )
2
Problem 11.13
k
+ constant
( 1)
1 p
+ constant
( 1)
A fluid moves with velocity v around a sphere of radius R , where the velocity
components in spherical coordinates ( r , , ) are given by:
R 3 3R
v r = c 3
+ 1 cos()
2r
2r
3
R
3R
v = c 3 +
1 sin()
4
r
4
r
v = 0
(11.32)
Note: Given a vector u , the divergence of this vector in spherical coordinates is:
u cot()
r
r u
1 u
1
2
div u xr u = r +
+
+
u + u r
r r sin()
r
r
r
Solution:
Draft
11 INTRODUCTION TO FLUIDS
563
3R 3 3R
v r
R 3 3R
+ 2 + 1 cos()
= c 3
+ 1 cos() = c
4
2r
r r 2r
2r
2r
R 3 3R
v
R 3 3R
1
sin(
)
c
1 cos()
=
+
= c 3 +
4r
4r 3 4r
4r
r
r
r r r sin() {
=0
3R
3R
1 R 3 3R
cos() + c
= c
+
+
1
4
2
4r 3 + 4r 1 cos() +
r
2
2
r
r
2 R 3 3R
cos() 1 R 3 3R
1 sin() + c 3
+ 1 cos()
c 3 +
sin() r 4r
4r
2r
r 2r
r
xr v = 0
( and 0
are constants )
p (1)
p( 2)
v (1)
v( 2)
S (1)
S (2)
Figure 11.4
p - pressure, v - velocity, S - cross section area.
Solution:
According to the principle of conservation of mass we have:
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real Spain
Draft
564
D
dV = 0
Dt V
Dt V
Dt
Dt
V
r r
D ( x, t )
dV + ( x , t ) xr v ( x , t )dV
=
Dt
r r
D ( x, t )
=
+ ( x , t ) xr v ( x , t ) dV
Dt
r r
r r
( x , t )
=
+ xr ( x , t ) v ( x , t ) + ( x , t ) xr v ( x , t ) dV
t
( x , t )
=
+ xr
t
V
=
=
(( x, t )v ( x, t )) dV
( x , t )
dV + xr
t
V
( x , t )
dV +
t
r r
r r
[( x, t )v ( x, t )]dV
r r
[( x, t )v ( x, t )] n dS = 0
S
by denoting = ( x , t ) we obtain:
r
r r
( x , t )
D
( x , t )dV =
dV + [ ( x , t )v ( x , t )] n dS = 0
t
Dt V
V
S
[ ( x)v ( x)] n dS = 0
(1) v (1) dS
S(1)
S(1)
( x , t )
= 0 , we obtain:
t
[ ( x )vr( xr )] n dS + [ ( x )vr( xr )] n dS = 0
( 2 ) v ( 2 ) dS
S( 2 )
=0
S( 2 )
Thus:
(11.33)
kg
.
m2s
p
= Ln
0
exp =
( x ) = 0 exp
Then:
Draft
11 INTRODUCTION TO FLUIDS
565
p ( 1)
exp
p ( 2 ) p (1 )
p( 2 ) p(1)
p( 2 ) p(1)
p( 2 )
v( 2 ) S ( 2 )
v(1) S (1)
v( 2 ) S ( 2 )
v(1) S (1)
= Ln
v( 2 ) S ( 2 )
v(1) S (1)
= Ln
v( 2 ) S ( 2 )
(11.34)
v(1) S (1)
p( 2 ) = p(1) + Ln
v( 2 ) S ( 2 )
NOTE: The volumetric flow rate, (also known as volume flow rate), often represented by
Q , is the specific total flow, i.e.:
Q=
r r
q dS
r r
v dS
=
= v dS
S
S
m3
s
(11.35)
r r
q
dS
kg m 3 2 m 3
We check the SI unit [Q ] =
. In this example, we have
m =
= 2
m s kg
s
S
(1) Q(1) = ( 2) Q( 2)
Problem 11.15
Starting from the Navier-Stokes-Duhem equations of motion, obtain the Bernoullis
equation:
gh +
v2
= constant
2
Bernoullis equation
(11.36)
Hypothesis: incompressible and non-viscous fluid. Consider that the velocity field is steady
and irrotational.
Solution:
r
v&i = b i p,i + ( * + * )v j , ji + * v i , jj
r
v& = b xr p + ( * + * ) xr ( xr v ) + * xr 2 v
r
r
v& = b xr p
University of Castilla-La Mancha
Ciudad Real Spain
Draft
(11.37)
566
Note that the v& = b xr p are the Euler equations of motion. The material time derivative
of the velocity, (see equation (11.15)), becomes:
r
r& v r r 1 r 2
1
+ v + x (v ) = xr (v 2 )
v=
2
2
t
r
v r
= 0 , and irrotational
where we have considered that the steady velocity field
t
r
r
r
r r
xr v = rot v = = 0 . With that the equation (11.37) can be rewritten as follows:
r
xr (v 2 ) = b xr p
r 1
r
1 r 2
x (v ) b + xr p = 0
(11.38)
r
the relationship xr
p v2
=0
xr + +
2 i
v2
= constant
2
(11.39)
v2
= constant
2
v 2 p N m 3 Nm J m 2
, which is the unit of
=
=
=
= = 2
kg kg s 2
2 m kg
energy at A
energy at B
v2
2
v2
2
gh A
gh B
Figure 11.5
Draft
11 INTRODUCTION TO FLUIDS
567
Problem 11.16
Let us consider a perfect and incompressible fluid in steady regime that is flowing through
the channel as shown in Figure 11.6. Obtain the value of H .
Hypothesis: No energy loss is considered.
v (1) = 1m / s
h(1)
v( 2 ) = 2 m / s
h( 2)
Figure 11.6
Solution:
The mass continuity equation:
v (1) h(1) = v ( 2 ) h( 2)
h( 2 ) =
v (1)
v( 2)
h(1) =
1
h(1)
2
v (22)
2g
v (21)
2g
H = h( 2 ) h(1) +
v (22 ) v (21)
2g
H=
h(1)
2
3
2g
Problem 11.17
A large diameter circular tank is filled with water. The water pours through a small orifice
located at a height H below the water level of the reservoir, (see Figure 11.7). If the
volumetric flow rate is Q , obtain the orifice diameter D .
Hypothesis: Consider that H does not vary with time (steady state). Consider that in the
section BB , the flow pressure is equal to atmospheric pressure:
Draft
568
A
H
( p patm )
patm
Pressure
Pressure
Cross section BB
Cross section CC
Figure 11.7
Solution:
The water can be considered as an incompressible perfect fluid. Applying the Bernoullis
equation:
z+
p
v2
+
= const.
g 2g
p atm
+0
g
2
v( B )
p
0 + atm +
g
2 g
H+
v ( B ) = 2 gH
Considering that the volumetric flow rate is given by Q = v ( B ) S ( B ) , we can conclude that:
Q = v ( B ) S ( B ) = 2 gH
D 2
4
Draft
D=
4Q
2 gH
11 INTRODUCTION TO FLUIDS
569
Problem 11.18
Consider a pipeline which has be introduced a pitot tube as shown in Figure 11.8. Obtain
the velocity at the point 1 in terms of h(1) and h( 2) . Consider that there is no energy loss in
the system.
Pitot tube
Pipeline
h( 2)
h(1)
v(1)
1
p(1)
v( 2) = 0
2
p( 2 )
p (1)
p (1)
v (21)
v (21)
2
= gh +
p( 2)
v (22 )
2
p ( 2)
2( p ( 2 ) p (1) )
v (1) =
The pressure values at the points 1 and 2 are given, respectively, by:
p (1) = gh(1)
p ( 2 ) = gh( 2 )
2( p ( 2) p (1) )
2( gh( 2 ) gh(1) )
Draft
= 2 g (h( 2 ) h(1) )
570
Problem 11.19
Consider an incompressible non-viscous fluid, which has a steady velocity field and
irrotational. Consider also that the velocity field is independent of x3 -direction. Obtain the
governing equations of the proposed problem in terms of the velocity potential and
streamlines .
Solution:
Velocity potential: In this example we can represent the velocity field by means of a potential
r
, i.e. v = xr . With that we are considering that the velocity field is conservative, hence
r
the curl of the velocity field is zero, i.e. xr v = rot v = = 0 . Remember that a field
whose curl is zero it does not necessarily imply that the field is conservative, but for a
conservative field the curl is always equals zero.
Note that the velocity has the same direction as xr , i.e. it is normal to the isosurfaces
= const .
Streamline: Given a spatial velocity field at time t , we can define a streamline ( ) to the
curve in which the tangent at each point has the same direction as the velocity. In general,
the streamline and trajectory do not coincide, but in steady state motion they do. Two
streamlines can not intersect.
(5) = const.
Control volume
( 4) = const.
r r
v ( x)
Streamlines
( 2) = const.
xr
(1) = const.
r
x
Figure 11.9
Based on the definition of differential d (the total derivative), and the definition of
r
gradient xr we obtain the relationship d = xr dx .
Draft
11 INTRODUCTION TO FLUIDS
571
r
v = xr
+ d
xr
= const. d = 0
in the streamline
Figure 11.10
r
Note that it holds that xr xr = 0 . The differential dx in the streamline, at a point, has
the same direction as the velocity at this point. Hence, the following is fulfilled:
r r r
dx v = 0
e 2
dx 2
e 3
r
dx3 = 0
v1
v2
v3
r
= (v3 dx 2 v 2 dx3 )e 1 + (v 3 dx1 v1 dx3 )e 2 + (v 2 dx1 v1 dx 2 )e 3 = 0
Components:
(v3 dx 2 v 2 dx3 ) 0
r r
(dx v ) i = (v 3 dx1 v1 dx3 ) = 0
(v 2 dx1 v1 dx 2 ) 0
For this example the velocity field is independent of x3 , i.e. the problem is state on the
plane x1 x 2 (2D-case). With that we can conclude that:
0
0
r r
= 0
( dx v ) i =
0
(v 2 dx1 v1 dx 2 ) 0
v 2 dx1 v1 dx 2 = 0
(11.40)
Given that in a streamline it holds that = const. d = 0 and also by applying the
r
definition d = xr dx , we obtain:
r
d = xr dx
indicial
d = ,i dxi = 0
d = ,1 dx1 + , 2 dx 2 + ,3 dx3 = 0
d =
dx1 +
dx 2 +
dx3 = 0
x 2
x3
x1
dx1 +
dx 2 = 0
x1
x 2
(11.41)
Draft
572
v1 =
x 2
v2 =
x1
(11.42)
v1 v 2 v3
+
+
=0
x1 x 2 x3
2D
v1 v 2
+
=0
x1 x 2
e 1 e 2
e 3
r
r
r
r
= ijk v k , j e i = 0
rot (v ) = xr v =
x1 x 2 x3
v1
v2
v3
v
v
v
v
v
v
= 3 2 e 1 + 1 3 e 2 + 2 1
x1 x 2
x 2 x3
x3 x1
(11.43)
(11.44)
r
e 3 = 0
Then:
v 3 v 2
x
x
2
3
0
v1 v3
= 0
x
x
3
1
0
v
v1
2
x1 x 2
=0
x1 x 2
x1 x 2
2 2
=0
+
x 2
x1
2xr = 0
Draft
2xr = 0
(11.45)
Bibliography
Basic Bibliography
ASARO, R.J. & LUBARDA, V.A. (2006). Mechanics of solids and materials. Cambridge University
Press, New York, USA.
BATRA, R. C. (2006). Elements of Continuum Mechanics. John Wiley & Sons Ltd., United
Kingdom.
CASANOVA, J.C. (1993). Ejercicios de elasticidad. Editorial UPV.
CHADWICK, P. (1976). Continuum mechanics concise theory and problems. George Allen & Unwin
Ltd.Great Britain.
CHAVES, E.W.V. (2013). Notes on Continuum Mechanics. Springer/CIMNE, Barcelona, Spain.
GOICOLEA, J.M. Mecnica del medio continuo web: http://w3.mecanica.upm.es/mmc-ig/
HOLZAPFEL, G.A. (2000). Nonlinear solid mechanics. John Wiley & Sons Ltd. England.
MASE, G.E. (1977). Teora y problemas de mecnica del medio continuo. McGraw-Hill, USA.
OLIVER, X. & AGELET DE SARACBAR, C. (2000). Mecnica de medios continuos para ingenieros.
Ediciones UPC, Barcelona, Espaa.
OLIVER, X. & AGELET DE SARACBAR, C. (2000). Cuestiones y problemas de mecnica de medios
continuos. Ediciones UPC, Barcelona, Espaa.
ORTIZ BERROCAL, L. (1985). Elasticidad. E.T.S. de Ingenieros Industriales. Litoprint. U.P.
Madrid.
PARKER, D.F. (2003). Fields, Flows and Waves: An introduction to continuum models. SpringerVerlag London, UK.
TAYLOR, J.R. (2005). Classical Mechanics. University Science Books. USA.
580
Complementary Bibliography
ALEXANDER, H. (1968). A constitutive relation for rubber-like material. Int. J. Eng. Sci., Vol.
6, pp. 549-563.
ANTMAN, S.S. (1995). Nonlinear Problems of Elasticity. Springer-Verlag, New York.
ARRUDA, E.M. & BOYCE, M.C. (1993). A three-dimensional constitutive model for the large
stretch behavior of rubber elastic materials. J. Mech. Phys. Solids, Vol. 41, N. 2, pp. 389412.
ASARO, R.J. & LUBARDA, V.A. (2006). Mechanics of solids and materials. Cambridge University
Press, New York, USA.
BAAR, Y. & WEICHERT (2000). Nonlinear continuum mechanics of solids: fundamental concepts and
perspectives. Springer Verlag. Berlin.
BATRA, R. C. (2006). Elements of Continuum Mechanics. John Wiley & Sons Ltd., United
Kingdom.
BAANT, Z.P. & KIM, S.-S. (1979). Plastic-Fracturing Theory for Concrete. J. Engng. mech.
Div. ASCE, 105, 407.
BAANT, Z.P. & PLANAS, J. (1997). Fracture and size effect in concrete and other quasibrittle
materials, CRC Press LLC, USA.
BEER, F.P. & JOHNSTON, E.R: (1987). Vector Mechanics for Engineers: Dynamics. Seventh
Edition. 2 Volumes. McGraw-Hill Science/Engineering/Math; 4 edition.
BEER, F.P.; JOHNSTON, E.R & CLAUSEN, W.E. (2004). Instructor's and Solutions Manual to
Accompany Vector Mechanics for Engineers - Dynamics. Seventh Edition. 2 Volumes.
McGraw Hill Higher Education; Seventh edition (2004)
BIGONI, D. (2000). Bifurcation and instability of non-associative elastoplastic solids. CISM
Lecture Notes. Material Instabilities in elastic an plastic Solids, H. Petryk (IPPT, Warsaw)
Coordinator.
BIOT, M.A. (1954). Theory of stress-strain relations in anisotropic viscoelasticity and
relaxation phenomena. Jour. Appl. Phys., pp. 1385-1391.
BIOT, M.A. (1955). Variational principles in irreversible thermodynamics with application to
viscoelasticity. The Physical Reviwe 97, pp. 1463-1469.
BIOT, M.A. (1956). Thermoelasticity and irreversible thermodynamics. Jour. Appl. Phys., pp.
240-253.
BLATZ, P.J. & KO, W.L. (1962). Application of finite elasticity theory to the deformation of
rubbery material. Transactions of the Society of Rheology, Vol. VI, pp. 223-251.
BONET, J. & WOOD, R.D. (1997). Nonlinear continuum mechanics for finite element
analysis. Cambridge University Press, USA.
BUECHE, F. (1960). Molecular basis for the Mullins effect. J. Appl. Poly. Sci., 4(10), 107-114.
BUECHE, F. (1961). Mullins effect and rubber-filler interaction. J. Appl. Poly. Sci., 5(15), 271281.
CAROL, I. & WILLAM, K. (1997) Application of analytical solutions in elasto-plasticity to
locaization analysis of damage models. In Owen,. D.R.J., Oate, E., and Hinton, E.
(Eds.), Computational Plasticity (COMPLAS V), pp. 714-719, Barcelona. Pineridge Press.
BIBLIOGRAPHY
581
CAROL, I.; RIZZI, E. & WILLAM, K. (1998) On the formulation of isotropic and anisotropic
damage. Computational Modelling of Concrete Structures. de borst, Biani, Mang & Meschke
(eds.). Balkema, Rotterdam, ISBN 9054109467. pp. 183-192.
CASANOVA, J.C. (1993). Ejercicios de elasticidad. Editorial UPV.
CERVERA RUIZ, M. & BLANCO DAZ, E. (2001). Mecnica de Estructuras Libro 1 Resistencia de
materiales. Edicions UPC, Barcelona. Eapaa.
CHABOCHE, J.L. (1979). Le concept de contrainte effective appliqu llasticit et la
viscoplasticit en presence dun endommagement anitrope. Colloque EUROMECH
115, Grenoble Edition du CNRS.
CHADWICK, P. (1976). Continuum mechanics concise theory and problems. George Allen & Unwin
Ltd.Great Britain.
CHANDRASEKHARAIAH, D.S. & DEBNATH, L. (1994). Continuum mechanics. Academic Press,
San Diego (CA, U.S.A.).
CHAVES, E.W.V.(2007). Mecnica del Medio Continuo: Conceptos Bsicos. CIMNE (Centro
Internacional de Mtodos Numricos en la Ingeniera)-Barcelona. ISBN: 978-8496736-38-2. (3 edicin).
CHAVES, E.W.V.(2009). Mecnica del Medio Continuo: Modelos Constitutivos. CIMNE (Centro
Internacional de Mtodos Numricos en la Ingeniera)-Barcelona. ISBN: 978-8496736-68-9. (2 edicin).
CHAVES, E.W.V. & MNGUEZ, R. (2009). Mecnica Computacional en la Ingeniera con Aplicaciones
en MATLAB. Editorial UCLM, ISBN:978-84-692-8273-1. (in Spanish).
CHEN, A. & CHEN, W.F.(1975). Constitutive relations for concrete. J. Eng. Mech.-ASCE,
101:465-481.
CHEN, W.F. & HAN, D.J.(1988). Plasticity for Structural Engineers. Springer-Verlag New Yor
Inc.
CHEN, W.F. (1982). Plasticity in reinforced concrete. McGraw-Hill, Inc. USA.
CHUNG, T.J. & KIM, J.Y. (1984). Two-dimensional, combined-mode heat transfer by
conduction, convective and radiation in emitting, Absorbing, and scattering media.
ASME Trans. J. Heat Transfer 106, pp.:448-452.
CHUNG, T.J. (1996). Applied continuum mechanics, Cambridge University Press.
COLEMAN, B.D. & GURTIN, M.E. (1967). Thermodynamics with internal sate variables. J.
Chem. Phys. 47, pp. 597-613.
COLEMAN, B.D. (1964). Thermodynamics of materials with memory. Arch. Rat. Mech. Anal.
17, pp. 1-46.
CRISFIELD, M.A. (1997). Non-Linear Finite Element Analysis of Solids and Structures, volume 1,2.
John Wiley and Sons, New York, USA.
CRISTENSEN, R. M. (1982). Theory of Viscoelasticity, second edition. Dover Publications, Inc.,
New York, USA.
DESAI, C.S. & SIRIWARDANE, H.J. (1984). Constitutive laws for engineering materials with emphasis
on geological materials. Prentice-Hall, Inc.USA.
DAZ DEL VALLE, J. (1984). Mecnica de los Medios Continuos I. Servicio de publicaciones
E.T.S. de Ingenieros de Caminos, C. y P. Santander.
582
BIBLIOGRAPHY
583
LAI, W.M.; RUBIN, D. & KREMPL, E.(1978). Introduction to Continuum Mechanics. Pergamon
Press.
LAIER, J.E.; BAREIRO, J.C., (1983). Complemento de resistncia dos materiais. Publicao 073/92
So Carlos - USP - EESC.
LANCZOS, C. (1970). The variational principles of mechanics. Dover Publications, Inc., New
York.
LEE, E.H. (1969). Elastic-Plastic deformation at finite strains. Journal of Applied Mechanics,
Vol. 36, pp. 1-6.
LEE, E.H. (1981). Some comments on elastic-plastic analysis. Int. J. Solids Structures, Vol. 17,
pp. 859-872.
LEMAITRE, J. & CHABOCHE, J.-L. (1990). Mechanics of Solids materials. Cambridge University
Press, Cambridge.
LINDER, C. (2003). An arbritary lagrangian-Eulerian finite element formulation for dynamics and finite
strain plasticity models. Masters Thesis. University Stuttgart.
LOVE, A.E.H. (1944). A treatise on the Mathematical Theory of Elasticity. Cambridge University
Press, London.
LU, S.C.H. & PISTER, K.S. (1975). Descomposition of deformation and representation of
the free energy function for isotropic solids, Int. J. of Solids and Structures, 11, pages: 927934.
LUBARDA, V.A. & BENSON D.J. (2001). On the partitioning of the rate of deformation
gradient in phenomenological plasticity. Int. J. of Solids and Structures, 38 pages: 68056814.
LUBARDA, V.A. & KRAJCINOVIC, D. (1995). Some fundamental issues in rate theory of
damage-elastoplasticity. Int. J. of Plasticity, Vol. 11, N 7, pp. 763-797.
LUBARDA, V.A. (2004). Constitutive theories based on the multiplicative decomposition of
deformation gradient: Thermoelasticity, elastoplasticity, and biomechanics. Appl. Mech.
Rev., Vol. 57, no 2, March.
LUBLINER, J. (1990). Plasticity Theory. Macmillan Publishing Company, New York.
MALVERN, L.E. (1969). Introduction to the mechanics of a continuous medium. Prentice-Hall, Inc.
Englewood Cliffs, New Jersey.
MARSDEN, J. E. & HUGHES, T. J.R. (1983). Mathematical foundations of elasticity. Dover
Publications, Inc., New York.
MASE, G.E. (1977). Mecnica del Medio Continuo. McGraw-Hill, USA.
MAZARS, J. & LEMAITRE, J. (1984). Application of continuous damage mechanics to strain
and fracture behavior of concrete. Advances of Fracture Mechanics to Cementitious
Composites, NATO Advanced Research Workshop, 4-7 September 1984, Northwestern
University (Edited by S.P. Shah), pp. 375-388.
MAZARS, J. (1982). Mechanical damage and fracture of concrete structures. Advances in
Fracture Research (Fracture 81), Vol. 4, pp. 1499-1506. Pergamon Press, Oxford.
MENDELSON, A. (1968). Plasticity: Theory and application. New York, Robert E. Krieger
Publishing Company.
MOONEY, M. (1940). A theory of large elastic deformation. Journal of Applied Physics, Vol.
11, pp. 582-92.
584
BIBLIOGRAPHY
585
POWERS, J.M. (2004). On the necessity of positive semi-definite conductivity and Onsager
reciprocity in modeling heat conduction in anisotropic media. Journal of Heat Transfer,
Vol.126, pp. 670-675.
PRAGER, W. (1945). Strain hardening under combined stress. J. Appl. Phys. 16, 837-40.
PRAGER, W. (1955). The theory of plasticity: A survey of recent achievements. Proc. Inst.
Mech. Eng. 169:41.
PRANDTL, L. (1924). Spannungverteilung in plastischen korpen, in Proceedings of the First
International. Congress of Applied Mechanics, Delft, The Netherlands, Vol. 43.
RABOTNOV, Y.N. (1963). On the equations of state for creep. Progress in Applied Mechanics,
Prager Anniversary Volume, page 307, New York, MacMillan.
RANKINE, W.J.M. (1951). Laws of the elasticity of solids bodies. Cambridge Dublin Math.
J. 6, 41-80.
REUSS, A. (1930). Berrucksichtingung der elastischen formanderungen in der
plastizitatstheorie, Z. Angew. Math. Mech. 10, 266.
ROMANO, A.; LANCELLOTA, R. & MARASCO, A. (2006). Continuum Mechanics using
Mathematica: fundamentals, applications, and scientific computing. Birkhauser Boston. USA.
RUNESSON, K. & MROZ, Z. (1989). A note on nonassociated plastic flow rules. Int. J.
Plasticity, 5, 639-658.
RUNESSON, K. & OTTOSEN, N. (1991). Discontinuity bifurcation of elastic-plastic solutions
at plane stress and plane strain. Int. J. Plasticity, 7:99-121.
SANSOUR, C. (1998). Large strain deformations of elastic shell. Constitutive modeling and
finite element analysis. Comp. Mech. Appl. Mech. Engrg. 161, pp1-18.
SANSOUR, C.; FEIH, S. & WAGNER, W. (2003). On the performance of enhanced strain
finite elements in large strain deformations of elastic shells. Comparison of two classes
of constitutive models for rubber materials. Report Universitat Karlsruhe, Institut fr
Baustatik
SECHLER, E. (1952). Elasticity in Engineering. John Willey & Sons, Inc. new York.
ILHAV, M. (1997). The mechanics and thermodynamics of continuous media. SpringerVerlag, Germany.
SIMO, J. & HUGHES, T.J.R. (1998). Computational Inelasticity. Springer-Verlag, New York.
SIMO, J.C. & JU, J.W. (1987a). Strain and Stress Based Continuum damage Models I.
Formulation. International Journal Solids Structures, Vol. 23, pp. 821-840.
SIMO, J.C. & JU, J.W. (1987b). Strain and Stress Based Continuum damage Models II.
Computational aspects. International Journal Solids Structures, Vol. 23, pp. 841-869.
SIMO, J.C. (1988a). A framework for finite strain elastoplasticity based on maximum plastic
dissipation: Part I. Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering, Vol. 66, pp. 199219.
SIMO, J.C. (1988b). A framework for finite strain elastoplasticity based on maximum plastic
dissipation: Part II. Computer Methods in Applied Mechanics and Engineering, Vol. 68, pp. 131.
SIMO, J.C. (1992). Algorithms for static and dynamic multiplicative plasticity that preserve
the classical return mapping schemes of the infinitesimal theory, Computer Methods in
Applied Mechanics and Engineering, Vol. 99, pp. 61-112.
SOKOLNIKOFF, I.S. (1956). Mathematic theory of elasticity. New York, McGraw-Hill.
586
SOUZA NETO, E.A.; PERI, D. & OWEN, D.R.J. (1998). A phenomenological threedimensional rate-independent continuum damage model for highly filled polymers:
Formulation and computational aspects. J. Mech. Phys. Solids. 42(10), pp. 1533-1550.
SOUZA NETO, E.A.; PERI, D. & OWEN, D.R.J. (1998). Continuum Modelling and
Numerical Simulation of Material Damage at Finite Strains, Archives of Computational
Methods in Engineering, Vol.5,4, pp. 311-384.
SPENCER, A.J.M. (1980). Continuum Mechanics, Longmans, Hong-Kong.
TAYLOR, J.R. (2005). Classical Mechanics. University Science Books. USA.
TIMOSHENKO, S. & GOODIER, J.N. (1951). Theory of elasticity, 2nd edition, McGraw-Hill.
TRELOAR, L.R.G. (1944). Stress-strain data for vulcanized rubber under various types of
deformation. Proc. of the Faraday Soc, 40:59-70.
TRELOAR, L.R.G. (1975). The physics of rubber elasticity. Clarendon Press, Oxford.
TRESCA, H. (1864). Mmire sur lEcoulement des corps solids soumis a de fortes pressions
comptes rendua academie de sciences. Paris, France, Vol.59, p.754..
TRUESDELL, C.A. & NOLL, W. (1965). The non-linear field theories of mechanics, in
Handuch der Physik, Vol. III/3, S. Flgge (Ed.), Springer-Verlag, Berlin.
UGURAL, A.C. (1981). Stress in Plates and Shells. McGraw Hill.
VON MISES, R. (1930). ber die bisherigen Anstze in der lassischen MEchanik der
Kontinua. in Proceedings of the Third Intenational Congress for Applied Mechanics.
Vol.2, pp1-9.
VUJOEVI, L. & LUBARDA, V.A. (2002). Finite-Strain thermoelasticity based on
multiplicative decomposition of deformation gradient. Theoretical and Applied Mechanics,
vol. 28-29, pp. 379-399, Belgrade.
WILLAM, K. (2000). Constitutive models for materials: Encyclopedia of Physical Science & Technology,
3rd edition. Academic Press.
YEOH, O.H. (1993). Some forms of the strain energy function for rubber. Rubber Chem.
Technol., Vol. 66, pp. 754-71.
ZIEGLER, H. (1959). A modification of Pragers hardening rule. Q. Appl. Math. 17, 55-64.
ZIENKIEWICZ, O.C. & TAYLOR, R.L. (1994a). El mtodo de los elementos finitos. Volumen 1:
Formulacin bsica y problemas lineales. CIMNE, Barcelona, 4 edicin.
ZIENKIEWICZ, O.C. & TAYLOR, R.L. (1994b). El mtodo de los elementos finitos. Volumen 2:
Mecnica de slidos y fluidos. Dinmica y no linealidad. CIMNE, Barcelona, 4 edicin.